Home

ETSI TC SMG#30 Plenary Meeting Tdoc SMG P-99

1. Source MCC STF 61V Date 13 10 99 Subject Two editorial changes in the clause 26 14 Work item REN SMG 071110Q6R1 1 Category F Correction Release Phase 2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 only one category B Addition of feature Release 97 X shall be marked Functional modification of feature Release 98 with an X D Editorial modification Release 99 Release 00 Reason for Two minor editorial changes are introduced in 26 14 6 7 3 and 26 14 10 change Clauses affected 26 14 6 7 3 and 26 14 10 Other specs Other 3G core specifications affected Other GSM core specifications MS test specifications BSS test specifications O amp M specifications Other comments tat List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs 26 14 6 7 VGCS VBS GCC BCC Procedures BCC states This test is applicable to the MS supporting VBS originating 26 14 6 7 1 Conformance requirement The BCC entity of the MS performs transitions between states It has certain parameters and attributes which it sets and changes based on interaction with higher layer and lower layers and on message exchanges with its peer entity These states and parameters shall be consistent as defined Reference s GSM 04 69 clause 6 1 2 1 6 1 2 11 6 5 1 1 26 14 6 7 2 Test purpose To verify that the BCC states and parameters of the MS are consistent as defined 26 14 6 7 3 Method of test Initial C
2. Information element Value remark TIMESLOT ALLOCATION 00000100 allocate timeslot 5 Oll lt TBF Starting Time gt 1 TBF_STARTING_TIME arbitrarily chosen PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT in step 8 Information element Value remark lt TIMESLOT_ALLOCATION gt 00000001 allocate timeslot 7 Oll lt TBF Starting Time gt 0 No TBF starting time PACKET POLLING REQUEST in step 3 and 9 Information element Value remark RRBP in MAC header Set to 1 S P in MAC header Set to 1 RRBP field is valid MESSAGE TYPE gt 000100 lt PAGE MODE Normal Paging 0 Global TFI gt 110 lt TLLI gt 10 TLLI 1110 lt TQI gt TYPE OF ACK gt O as four access bursts 42 1 2 2 5 Packet Downlink Assignment Abnormal cases 42 1 2 2 5 1 Packet Downlink Assignment Abnormal cases Incorrect PDCH assignment 42 1 2 2 5 1 1 Conformance requirements If the mobile station has been assigned more PDCHs than it supports according to its MS multislot class the mobile station shall return to packet idle mode Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 2 2 42 1 2 2 5 1 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station return to packet idle mode if the mobile station is assigned more PDCHs than it supports according to its MS multislot class 42 1 2 2 5 1 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS Mobile Station The MS is GPRS attached and in packet idle mode and Rea
3. at least one should be marked with an X Source SMG7 GPRS Date 1999 10 18 Subject Test of Medium Access Control MAC Procedures on PCCCH in idle mode Work item GPRS Category F Correction Release Phase 2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 only one category B Addition of feature Release 97 X Sia bemarked C Functional modification of feature Release 98 with an X D Editorial modification Release 99 Release 00 Reason for Tests of this feature is missing in current version change Clauses affected 42 1 Other specs Other 3G core specifications List of CRs Affected Other GSM core specifications List of CRs MS test specifications List of CRs BSS test specifications List of CRs O amp M specifications List of CRs Other comments help doc lt double click here for help and instructions on how to create a CR 42 1 Test of Medium Access Control MAC Procedures on PCCCH in idle mode This clause presents tests for Medium Access Control MAC Procedures on PCCCH in idle mode which are specified in GSM 04 60 7 Applicability and default conditions The clause is applicable for mobiles supporting GPRS The SS default conditions simulate one cell with default settings as defined in the GPRS general default section The MS default initial condition is GPRS attached Unless otherwise stated no PDP context is required The default mess
4. Direction Message Comments MS gt SS MODIFY User initiated service level upgrade is initiated MS enters the Mobile originating modify state SS gt MS STATUS ENQUIRY MS gt SS STATUS Cause shall be 30 response to enq and state U26 Mobile originated modify SS gt MS MODIFY COMPLETE MS enters the active state SS gt MS STATUS ENQUIRY MS gt SS STATUS Cause shall be 30 response to enq and state U10 Active ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Specific message contents MODIFY Bearer capability Maximum number of TCH F s the MS is able to support and channel modes supported by the MS Low layer comp Appropriate for the basic service selected for the test High layer comp Appropriate for the basic service selected for the test Reverse call setup direction Presence and value not checked 26 13 2 1 2 Multislot signalling CC In call functions User initiated service level downgrade successful 25 13 2 1 2 1 Definition and applicability Multislot connection is established Multislot configuration has the maximum number of timeslots supported by the MS User initiated service level downgrade is successfully performed This test is applicable for any equipment supporting multislot configuration 26 13 2 1 2 2 Conformance requirements 1 MS shall send MODIFY message to SS indicating that User initiated service level downgrade is in
5. Contents of AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE message Protocol Discriminator MM message Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 0X010100 Other information element s Not checked ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Contents of CALL PROCEEDING message Protocol Discriminator Call Control Transaction Identifier TI value As used in the SETUP message TI flag 1 destination side Message Type 00000010 All other information elements Not present Contents of CHANNEL MODE MODIFY message Protocol Discriminator RR Management Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 00010000 Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Depending on test Timeslot Number Chosen arbitrarily by the test house Training Sequence Code Chosen arbitrarily by the test house Hopping Single RF channel ARFCN Channel number 30 Channel Mode Mode Depending on test Contents of CHANNEL MODE MODIFY ACKNOWLEDGE message Protocol Discriminator RR Management Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 000101 11 Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Depending on test Timeslot Number Same as in the CHANNEL MODE MODIFY message Training Sequence Code Same as in the CHANNEL MODE MODIFY message Hopping Single RF channel Frequency Band Band number 0 ARFCN Channel number 30 Channel Mode Mode Same as in the CHANNEL MODE MODIFY message Contents of CHANNEL RELEASE message Pro
6. List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 26 13 1 3 Test of handover With the Handover procedure it is possible to completely alter the channels allocated to a MS This makes it possible in particular to switch a call in progress from one cell to another The procedure is always initiated by the network and with the MS in a dedicated mode Sections 26 13 1 3 1 26 13 1 3 5 contain test procedures to be used for executing successful Handover tests in multislot configuration Table 26 13 1 3 1 contains a summary of the different combinations of parameters that have to be tested together with a reference to the appropriate test procedure Table 26 13 1 3 1 ur Lem ese m Adv Time of call counter Multislot Multislot arbitrarily 26 13 1 3 1 configuration configuration MAX MAX number of number of timeslots no FH timeslots FH Multislot Multislot arbitrarily 26 13 1 3 2 configuration configuration MAX MIN number of number of timeslots no FH timeslots no FH Multislot Multislot arbitrarily i 26 13 1 3 3 configuration configuration MIN MAX number of number of timeslots FH timeslots no FH Multislot Multislot arbitrarily finely estab 26 13 1 3 4 configuration FH configuration FH Multislot Multislot arbitrarily 26 13 1 3 5 configuration configuration MAX MIN number of number of timeslots FH timeslots no FH The MS is in th
7. NC REPORTING PERIOD T 100 7 68 s 42 4 1 2 Network Control measurement reporting Idle mode New cell reselection 42 4 1 2 1 Conformance requirement The procedure for measurement report sending shall be initiated by the mobile station at expiry of the NC measurement report interval timer T3158 At expiry of the timer T3158 the mobile station shall restart the expired timer T3158 perform the measurements and initiate the packet access The packet access procedure is initiated by the RR entity in the mobile station with access type Single block without TBF establishment indicated in the PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message The radio resource is assigned to the mobile station in a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message sent on any PAGCH on the same PCCCH on which the network has received the PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message When receiving a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message the mobile station shall send PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT in the allocated radio block on the assigned PDCH and immediately switch back to the PCCCH in non DRX mode No TBF is established and the network shall not acknowledge the reception of the PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT A mobile station may reselect a new cell or may be ordered to reselect a new cell while timer T3158 is active If time to expiry of timer T3158 is greater than the indicated reporting period for the new cell the mobile station shall immediately restart timer T3158 with the indicated reporting period for the new cell
8. Related PICS PIXIT Statements Type of MS P GSM 900 or EGSM or DCS 1 800 Multislot class Foreseen Final State of the MS The MS is idle updated Test Procedure A mobile terminated RR connection is established on an SDCCH The following is repeated six times with different parameters The SS sends an ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message allocating a hopping non hopping symmetric asymmetric multislot configuration with or without resource upgrading downgrading but does not activate the assigned channels The MS shall try to activate the new channel this is not verified and shall then reactivate the old channel and trigger the establishment of the main signalling link on the old channel Then the MS shall send an ASSIGNMENT FAILURE The SS initiates the channel release procedure and the test ends here ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Maximum Duration of Test 30 s r ret1 GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Expected Sequence Step Direction 1 SS gt MS 2 MS gt SS 3 SS gt MS 4 MS gt SS 5 SS gt MS 6 7 MS gt SS 8 Ss 9 SS gt MS 10 MS gt SS 11 SS gt MS 12 13 MS gt SS 14 SS gt MS 15 MS gt SS 16 SS gt MS 17 18 MS gt SS 19 SS gt MS 20 MS gt SS 21 SS gt MS 22 23 MS gt SS 24 SS gt MS 25 MS gt SS 26 SS gt MS 27 28 MS gt SS 29 SS gt MS 30 MS gt SS Message PAGING R
9. 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF Channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Use Range 128 to encode 773 775 779 782 791 798 829 832 844 Appropriate for the test but more than one timeslot allocated and excluding timeslot 0 Same as in downlink assignment Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included 10XXX Same number of TCH Fs and timeslot mapping as in step 19 Same as in step 19 Chosen arbitrarily Frequency hopping hosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Use Range 128 to encode 773 775 779 782 791 798 829 832 844 Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Indicate frequencies 782 791 798 Not included r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 25 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Step 28 ASSIG
10. 1 address is TLLI same as the value received from MS Dynamic Allocation acknowledged mode 0 single slot arbitrarily chosen from valid values default slot 2 1 timing advance value 30 bit periods 0 no timing advance index 0 no power control parameter 1 Frequency Parameters present value arbitrarily chosen from valid values default 5 00 ARFCN no hopping For GSM 900 30 For DCS 1800 650 1 assign downlink TFT arbitrarily chosen from valid values default 3 Power Control Parameters present 0 5 depending on the value in TIMESLOT ALLOCATION default 0 no GAMMA TNO0 depending on the value in TIMESLOT ALLOCATION default 0 no GAMMA TNI depending on the value in TIMESLOT ALLOCATION default 1 GAMMA TN2 For GSM 900 9 dBm For DCS 1800 6 dBm depending on the value in TIMESLOT_ALLOCATION default 0 no GAMMA_TNO depending on the value in TIMESLOT ALLOCATION default 0 no GAMMA TN4 depending on the value in TIMESLOT ALLOCATION default 0 no GAMMA TN5 depending on the value in TIMESLOT ALLOCATION default 0 no GAMMA TNO 011 GAMMA_TN7 gt depending on the value in TIMESLOT_ALLOCATION default 0 no GAMMA_TN7 Oll lt TBF_STARTING_TIME gt 0 no starting time present Oll lt Measurement Mapping gt 0 no measurement mapping lt padding bits gt Spare Padding 42 1 3 2 5 PACKET PAGING REQUEST message lt MESSAGE TYPE gt 100010 lt PAGE MODE gt
11. A mobile station in class A or class B mode of operation shall respond to a PACKET PAGING REQUEST message indicating an RR connection establishment A mobile station in class B mode of operation may abort the packet access procedure at the receipt of a PACKET PAGING REQUEST message indicating an establishment of a RR connection PACKET PAGING REQUEST messages indicating a non RR connection shall be ignored Mobile stations in class C mode of operating shall not respond to any type of PACKET PAGING REQUEST messages during the packet access procedure but decode the PERSISTENCE LEVEL parameter if included in the message Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 1 42 1 1 2 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station ignores PACKET PAGING REQUEST messages indicating a non RR connection after scheduling the sending of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages To verify that a mobile station in class A or class B mode of operation shall respond to a PACKET PAGING REQUEST message indicating an RR connection establishment after scheduling the sending of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages To verify that a mobile station in class C mode of operating shall not respond to any type of PACKET PAGING REQUEST messages during the packet access procedure 42 1 1 2 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS The packet system information ACCESS BURST TYPE indicates 8 bit access and MAX RETRANS indicates 7 allowed retransmission
12. C12 C13 D12 MS gt SS FACILITY D13 MS gt SS CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE L14 DISCONNECT RELEASE RELEASE COMPLETE CHANNEL RELEASE DISCONNECT RELEASE RELEASE COMPLETE CHANNEL RELEASE emergency call and shall be successful Comments At start of test only read and note value of ACM on SIM it shall be zero For k 1 The MS is made to initiate an ordinary call to a supported channel type As default message except contains Facility IE with contents as indicated in below Fork 3 The MS is made to initiate an emergency call 112 is entered Establishment cause is emergency call establishment CM service type IE indicates emergency call establishment to a supported channel type As default message except contains Facility IE with contents as indicated in i below For k 1 or 3 either branch C or D is taken oe aan MS gt SS FACILITY As default message except contains Facility IE with contents as indicated in ii below As default message except contains Facility IE with For k 1 Record call duration x seconds after CAI information sent by SS until call is terminated by the ME Cause value 68 The main signalling link is released Call duration y seconds after CAI information sent by SS The main signalling link is released k 1 Non zero CAI call attempted by MS and should succeed k 2 Non zero CAI call attempted by MS and should fail k 3 Emergency call attempted by MS and should suc
13. Direction Message Comments The MS is in idle updated mode MMI action to select a priority level 0 and MMI action to initiate VGCS VBS call using immediate setup procedure L2 SABM UA no ciphering see specific message contents verify that the TCH is through connected MMI action to terminate the call cause protocol error unspecified The MS releases L2 multiple frame link L2 DISC UA MMI action to initiate VGCS VBS call with setup procedure TCH F needed L2 SABM UA no ciphering verify that the TCH is through connected The MS releases L2 multiple frame link L2 DISC UA ETSI SMG7 23 Sophia France 19 22 October 1999 Tdoc 7 99 323 CHANGE REQUEST GSM CR A747 11 10 1 GSM AA BB or 3G AA BBB specification number T For submission to 30 list expected approval meeting here T for approval X for information Please see embedded help file at the bottom of this page for instructions on how to fill in this form correctly Current Version 6 1 0 T CR number as allocated by MCC support team strategic non strategic X for SMG use only Form CR cover sheet version 2 for 3GPP and SMG U SIM Proposed change affects at least one should be marked with an X ME UTRAN Radio The latest version of this form is available from ftp ftp 3gpp org Information CR Form v2 doc Core Network __
14. Maximum number of timeslots that MS supports Less timeslots assigned than in downlink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Chosen arbitrarily from the Cell channel description Not included ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 29 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Step 31 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 4
15. Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message Type Page Mode Page Mode Channel Description 1 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFON Request Reference 1 Timing Advance 1 Timing advance value Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Request Reference 2 Timing Advance 2 Timing advance value Mobile Allocation Length Starting Time IAX rest octets This is the sum of the lengths of all the information elements present in the message except for the IAX rest octets and L2 pseudo length IEs For the default message the L2 pseudo length is 18 RR Management 0000 00111001 Normal Paging For non combined CCCH SDCCH see test conditions SDCCH 8 with subchannel chosen arbitrarily by the test house For combined CCCH SDCCH default SS conditions SDCCH 4 with subchannel chosen arbitrarily by the test house For non combined CCCH SDCCH see test conditions chosen arbitrarily by the test house For combined CCCH SDCCH default SS conditions SDCCH 4 timeslot zero For non combined CCCH SDCCH see initial conditions chosen arbitrarily by the test house For combined CCCH SDCCH default SS conditions SDCCH 4 TSC 5 same as the BCC Single RF channel For non combined CCCH SDCCH see initial conditions Channel number 30 For combined CCCH SDCCH default SS conditions
16. Reason for It is not possible for the SS to check for MS state U6 with a STATUS ENQUIRY after change receiving a SETUP message from the MS Therefore another method is required in order to meet the purpose of test case 31 2 1 7 2 It is however possible to check for state U9 after the MS has sent the CALL CONFIRMED message This implies that the MS has moved through state U6 Clauses affected 31 2 1 7 2 Other specs Other releases of same spec List of CRs Affected Other core specifications List of CRs MS test specifications TBRs List of CRs BSS test specifications List of CRs O amp M specifications List of CRs Other comments GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 31 2 1 7 2 Forwarded to mobile subscriber side 31 2 1 7 2 1 Conformance requirements 1 Upon receipt of the SETUP message containing a notification indication that the call is a forwarded one with any SS code except CFC the MS shall correctly continue call establishment and enter CC state U6 2 Upon receipt of the SETUP message containing a notification indication that the call is a forwarded one the MS shall provide the appropriate user indication which is to be described by the manufacturer References 1 GSM 04 82 2 GSM O2 30 section 4 5 31 2 1 7 2 2 Test purpose 1 To check that upon receipt of the SETUP message containing a notification indication that the call is a forwarded o
17. 00 CS 1 1 ALPHA is present 0 5 For GSM 900 9 dBm For DCS 1800 6 dBm 0 TIMING_ADVANCE_INDEX not present 1 TBF_STARTING_TIME is present indicating current frame 50 frames Spare Padding 41 2 8 2 5 access Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message Type Page Mode Page Mode Dedicated mode or TBF TMA Downlink T D Packet Channel Description Channel Type TN TSC ARFCN Request Reference Timing Advance Timing advance value Mobile Allocation Length Starting Time IA rest octets Packet Uplink Assignment TFI ASSIGNMENT POLLING ALLOCATION BITMAP LGTH ALLOCATION BITMAP CHANNEL CODING CMD TLLI BLOCK CH CODING ALPHA GAMMA TBF STARTING TIME spare padding IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT for uplink TBF single block RR Management 0000 00111111 Normal Paging 0 no meaning 0 no meaning 1 assign a Temporary Block Flow PDCH slot 4 3 0 00 Binary 30 Pertaining to last Channel Request sent by the MS 30 bit periods 0 Not present HH00 Packet Uplink Assignment 1 00001 0 1 Fixed Allocation 1 1 only one block granted 01 CS 2 00 CS 1 1 ALPHA is present 0 5 For GSM 900 9 dBm For DCS 1800 6 dBm 0 TIMING_ADVANCE_INDEX not present 1 TBF_STARTING_TIME is present indicating current frame 50 frames Spare Padding 41 2 8 2 6 PAGING REQUEST TYPE 1 Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator
18. 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not included Maximum number of timeslots supported by the MS Maximum number of timeslots supported by the MS after specifying Downlink timeslots Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Indicates all of the CA broadcast on the BCCH except for the BCCH carrier Not included 10XXX Maximum number of possible additional bidirectional TCH Fs and SACCH Ms substracted by one minimum being one A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF Channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Use Range 128 to encode 773 775 779 782 791 798 829 832 844 Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 11 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Chann
19. 0001H 001 decimal 01 decimal not active MS must not use MS shall not apply 1 basic physical channel for CCCH combined with SDCCH 0 blocks reserved 5 paging subgroups not barred allowed same same GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 GSM900 DCS 1 800 Network dependent timers Radio Link Time out 8 0 aT T3212 Periodic updating in Infinite Infinite decihours Access control parameters es Max retrans fo C Tx integer nr of slots CELL RESELECT HYSTERESIS 2 dB MS TXPWR MAX CCH RXLEV ACCESS MIN New establishment causes are same not supported ACS ADDITIONAL RESELECTION No additional cell parameters PARAM IND are present in SI messages 7 Lo S and 8 same 1 1 1 1 P1 and C2 parameters C2 parameters not present same POI and POWER OFFSET N A POWER OFFSET Parameter not present These information s are provided by system information 1 2 3 and 4 messages Pet The system information elements that are broadcast on the SACCH M during the dedicated mode should be consistent with those sent on the BCCH when the MS was in idle mode prior to the channel request In addition all fill paging messages sent on the paging sub channels will have by default their page mode set to NORMAL PAGING 26 13 3 7 Default contents of messages ALERTING mobile station to network direction Information element Value remark Facility Not checked U
20. 1 MS 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST 3 SS gt MS PACKET PAGING REQUEST 1 4 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Comments The MS is triggered to send 200 octets data ACCESS TYPE One or Two Phase Access Request Received on PRACH See specific message contents Sent on PPCH for RR connection ACCESS TYPE One or Two Phase Access Request Received on PRACH The SS verifies that the MS request One or Two Phase packet Access 5 SS gt MS PACKET ACCESS REJECT Sent on PAGCH Specific message contents As default messages contents except PACKET PAGING REQUEST 1 Information element Value remark 1l lt Repeated Page info gt 1 0 lt TMSI gt CHANNEL NEEDED 011 eMLPP PRIORITY 1 start of Repeated Page info 1 page request for RR connection establ 0 allocated TMSI 00 any channel type 1 page request to trigger RR connection eMLPP PRIORITY 000 no priority specified 42 1 1 3 Packet Channel Request Access type 42 1 1 3 1 Conformance requirements If the mobile station intends to use the TBF to send user data it shall request two phase access if the requested RLC mode is unacknowledged mode If the requested RLC mode is acknowledged mode and the amount of data can fit in 8 or less than 8 RLC MAC blocks the mobile station shall indicate Short Access as access type The number of blocks shall be calculated assuming channel codi
21. 11 10 1 A724 R97 6 1 0 Test of Medium Access Control MAC Procedures on PCCCH F 6 2 0 GPRS in idle mode 7 99 315 11 10 1 A726 R97 6 1 0 Measurement Reports and Cell Change Order Procedures F 6 2 0 GPRS 7 99 316 11 10 1 A729 R97 6 1 0 HSCSD test 26 13 1 2 1 GSM1800 messages missing Steps A 6 2 0 HSCSD 28 29 added 7 99 317 11 10 1 A732 R97 6 1 0 HSCSD section 26 13 1 3 Table 1 corrected A 6 2 0 HSCSD 7 99 319 11 10 1 A735 R97 6 1 0 HSCSD section 26 13 PICS PIXIT sections reworked A 6 2 0 HSCSD 7 99 320 11 10 1 A738 R97 6 1 0 New PICS PIXIT in GSM 11 10 1 Annex 3 A 6 2 0 HSCSD 7 99 321 11 10 1 A741 R97 6 1 0 Default parameter values on the test SIM card for ASCI testing B 6 2 0 REN SNG 071110QR7 1 Page 1 of 2 SMG7 SPEC CR RE VERS SUBJECT CAT NEW WORKITEM Doc VERS 6 1 0 7 99 322 11 10 1 A744 R97 Alignment to the priority levels based on the test SIM card A 6 2 0 REN SMG 071110QR7 1 7 99 323 11 10 1 A747 R97 6 1 0 Two editorial changes in the clause 26 14 A 6 2 0 REN SMG 071110QR7 1 7 99 324 11 10 1 A750 R97 6 1 0 Correction of test prose 31 12 2 eMLPP Service automatic A 6 2 0 REN SMG answering point to point MT call 071110QR7 1 7 99 326 11 10 1 A753 R97 6 1 0 Correction of test prose 31 12 3 eMLPP Service automatic A 6 2 0 REN SMG answering MT VGCS or VBS call 071110QR7 1 7 99 327 11 10 1 A756 R97 6 1 0 Correction of test requirements in 31 12 4 and 31 12 5 A 6 2 0 REN SMG eMLPP Service
22. 5 2149F8FF 214819FF 1235029 215320F9 2158FlFF 2159F2FF _ 2159F3FF _ 2158F4FF 2158F5FF 2159F6FF 2158F7FF 2159F8FF 2153F9FF 0200F0FF 200FlFF 0200F2FF amp 0200F3FF 20004 0200F4FF i 1 co P m w um o s 1 M m N C2 c o n2 ce Mm ised ent cm Ro leo NIN C2 co OO Q2 bol Qo AB q T Co A ie ol PO 91 Co c o c1 pm o o Li C BK Value il 123 1234 12348 23491 2 12353 12354 12355 12356 12357 12358 12359 20000 20001 20002 20003 20004 Group ID 6 8 33 36 9 7 80 ETC GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 81 84 20005 02 00 F5 FF 85 88 2000 02 00 F6 FF 89 92 2000 02 00 F7 FF 97 100 20009 0200F9FF 101 104 26 20010 Q210FO0FF 105 108 27 66660 6666FOFF 109 112 28 66600 6666FIFF 113 116 29 66600 6666F2FF 117 120 30 666638 666683FF amp 1213124 31 66664 6666F4FF 125 128 32 66665 6666F5FF 120 132 33 66666 6666F6FF 193 136 34 66607 6606F7FF 137140 35 66668 6666F8FF 141 144 36 66600 6666FOFF 145 148 37 66670 6676FOFF 149 152 38 80120 QB
23. Expected sequence The MS is triggered to initiate packet uplink transfer of an LLC PDU consisting of 500 octets data 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 3 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Including Timing Advance Index 0 ASSIGNMENT Dynamic allocation struct Sent on PAGCH 4 Uplink data transfer dynamic Macro Completion from step 4 in the TBF allocation procedure Verification see below Verification During the uplink data transfer step 4 the SS monitors the access burst on PTCCH which are located on slots with numbers EN such that FN mod 8 52 12 for Timing Advance Index 0 GSM 03 64 6 5 7 2 and GSM 05 02 Table 6 The access burst contents shall be MESSAGE TYPE 011111 and CTRL_ACK 11 The test is repeated with an arbitrarily chosen Timing Advance Index in the range 1 to 15 SS shall verify that the access burst are sent in the correct idle slots as specified in GSM 05 02 Table 6 Specific message contents None 42 1 2 1 8 2 2 Packet Uplink Assignment One phase access Timing Advance TA Index not present 42 1 2 1 8 2 2 1 Conformance requirements If a Timing Advance Index is included in the assignment message the mobile station shall use the continuous update timing advance mechanism using its allocation on PTCCH see GSM 05 10 Otherwise the continuous update timing advance mechanism shall not be used Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 5 42 1 2 1 8 2 2 2 Test purpo
24. PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Single block without TBF establishment SS verifies that PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST arrives at the end of correct reporting period PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT Sent on PAGCH PACKET MEASUREMENT Sent on the allocated PDCH REPORT Specific message contents ePrTor PACKET MEASUREMENT ORDER NC Measurement parameters NETWORK CONTROL ORDER 01 NC1 NC REPORTING PERIOD 100 7 68 s PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER in step 3 NC Measurement parameters NETWORK CONTROL ORDER 01 NC1 NC REPORTING PERIOD 001 0 96 s PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER in step 10 NC Measurement parameters NETWORK CONTROL ORDER 01 NC1 NC REPORTING PERIOD 010 1 92 s 42 4 1 3 Network Control measurement reporting Downlink transfer Normal case 42 4 1 3 1 Conformance requirement The procedure for NC measurement report sending shall be initiated by the mobile station at the expiry of the NC measurement report interval timer T3158 At expiry of the timer T3158 the mobile station shall restart the timer T3158 perform the measurements and send the PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT message containing the NC measurement report struct on PACCH Following a downlink TBF establishment the PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT message shall not be sent on the uplink PACCH associated with this TBF until two PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK messages has been sent to the network The mobile station shall transmit an RLC MAC control message other tha
25. Proposed change affects at least one should be marked with an X ME UTRAN Radio The latest version of this form is available from ftp ftp 3gpp org Information CR Form v2 doc Core Network Source MCC STF 61V Date 13 10 99 Subject Default parameter values on the test SIM card for ASCI testing Work item REN SMG 071110Q6R1 1 Category F Correction Release Phase 2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 only one category B Addition of feature Release 97 X shall be marked Functional modification of feature Release 98 with an X D Editorial modification Release 99 Release 00 Reason for In order to use a single test SIM card for all ASCI test the following default values are change proposed in annex 4 1 for EFssr EFvacs EFvacss EFves EFvess 2 for EFeuipe the proposed coding gives the available priority levels 2 3 4 and O If a test purpose needs to check a priority not granted the priority level shall be greater than 2 and not equals to 0 For a fast call setup the coding corresponds to the available level 0 3 for EFa4ew the proposed coding gives the capability of the MS to answer automatically to incoming calls that have a priority level higher than 2 Clauses affected Modification of A4 3 8 New sub clauses A4 3 27 A4 3 28 A4 3 29 A4 3 30 A4 3 31 A4 3 32 Other specs Other 3G core specifications affected Other GSM cor
26. Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFON Handover Reference Handover Reference Value Power Command Power level Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set 1 lt X lt 8 Channel mode Contents of HANDOVER COMPLETE message Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message Type RR cause Time difference Contents of HANDOVER FAILURE message Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message Type Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 RR Management 0000 00101011 1 Corresponding to target cell Set to the BCCH carrier number of cell B one of 10 20 80 90 100 110 or 120 Bm ACCHs Chosen arbitrarily by the test house Chosen arbitrarily by the test house Single RF channel Chosen arbitrarily by the test house from those supported on the target cell Chosen arbitrarily by the test house Chosen arbitrarily by the test house Appropriate for the test Appropriate for the test Appropriate for the test Appropriate for the test RR Management 0000 00101100 Normal event Not present RR Management 0000 00101000 RR cause Dependent on the test ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Contents of IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message L2 pseudo length Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message Type Page Mode Page Mode Channel Description Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Se
27. registration and interrogation 071110QR7 1 7 99 346 11 10 1 A759 R97 6 1 0 HSCSD section 26 13 1 3 Authentication procedures missing A 6 2 0 HSCSD 7 99 351 11 10 1 A763 R97 6 1 0 Update of table Applicability of Tests in Section 3 2 2 A 6 2 0 TEI Directed Retry Tests 7 99 361 11 10 1 A767 R97 6 1 0 Test 27 21 3 Clarification of test procedure and expected A 6 20 TEI sequence 7 99 362 11 10 1 A771 R97 6 1 0 Test 31 6 2 4 Clarification of test procedure and expected A 6 20 TEI sequence 7 99 363 11 10 1 A775 R97 6 1 0 Test 31 6 2 5 Clarification of test procedure and expected A 6 20 TEI sequence 7 99 369 11 10 1 A779 R97 6 1 0 Update of table Applicability of Tests in Section 3 2 2 A 6 20 TEI deletion of test case 26 12 2 2 7 99 370 11 10 1 A782 R97 6 1 0 Correction of test prose 31 12 1 eMLPP Service priority level A 6 2 0 REN SMG of MO call 071110QR7 1 7 99 349 11 10 1 A785 2 R97 6 1 0 Introduction of GPRS test mode as a means of establishing C 6 2 0 GPRS uplink TBF in Power Control test cases 22 3 and 22 4 7 99 255 11 10 1 A788 1 R97 6 1 0 Modification of section 11 7 to enhance IMEI security A 6 2 0 TEI 1 This CR was approved by SMG7 conditionally to the SMG approval of CRs approved by SMG10 to GSM 02 09 GSM 03 03 and GSM 02 16 in document AP99 101 2 This CR was approved by SMG7 conditionally to the SMG approval of the CR approved by SMG2 to GSM 04 14 in document 2 99 D06 Page 2 of 2 SMG7 Mee
28. the second IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message is not received within two multiframes after the first message Request References in both messages do not have same contents Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator Default settings except CHANGE MARK in SI13 is set to 1 Mobile Station MS is switched off Related PICS PIXIT statement Test procedure The MS is triggered to initiate the GPRS attach procedure After reception of CHANNEL REQUEST the SS sends a two message IMMEDIATE assignment first attempt CHANGE MARK does not match SII3 CHANGE MARK MS shall re initiate packet access see GSM 04 08 4 7 3 1 5 GPRS attach procedure Abnormal cases Second attempt the second IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message is not received within two multiframes after the first message MS shall re initiate packet access third attempt Request References in both messages do not have same contents MS shall re initiate packet access fourth attempt the second IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message is received in the last access grant block before the second multiframes after the first message In this case the MS shall successfully switch to the assigned PDCH and complete the GPRS attach procedure Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence The MS is triggered to initiate the GPRS attach procedure MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT first message of two message assignment with contents as specified below see
29. 0 6 TI flag 0 Message Type 0X000101 Other information elements Not checked 26 13 2 Multislot signalling CC 26 13 2 1 Multislot signalling CC In call functions 26 13 2 1 1 Multislot signalling CC In call functions User initiated service level upgrade successful This test is applicable to all MS that supports multislot configuration 26 13 2 1 1 1 Definition and applicability Multislot connection is established Multislot configuration with one TCH F is allocated User initiated service level upgrade is successfully performed This test is applicable for any equipment supporting multislot connection 26 13 2 1 1 2 Conformance requirements 1 MS shall send MODIFY message to SS indicating that User initiated service level upgrade is initiated 2 MS enters CC state Mobile originating modify U26 after sending MODIFY 3 MS enters CC state Active U10 when MODIFY COMPLETE is received References Conformance requirement 1 GSM 04 08 section 9 3 13 Conformance requirement 2 GSM 04 08 section 5 3 5 1 Conformance requirement 3 GSM 04 08 section 5 3 5 2 26 13 2 1 1 3 Test purpose 1 To verify that the procedure is initiated by the MS in the active state of a multislot connection It sends a MODIFY message including the wanted value of the maximum number of traffic channels and or the wanted air interface parameters and enters the mobile originating modify state Other
30. 27 14 2 Change of PIN All ME AIME LI zs 27 14 3 Disabling the PIN ME supporting either ID 1 or Plug in SIM and supporting a feature to disable the PIN 27 14 4 PUK entry ME supporting either ID 1 or Plug in SIM 27 14 5 Entry of PIN2 ME supporting a feature requiring entry of PIN2 e g AoC or FDN and supporting PIN2 and supporting ADN 27 16 MMI reaction to SIM status encoding ME supporting either ID 1 or Plug in SIM continued ero Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests Applicability 27 17 1 1 Phase preceding ME power on AIME ME interface or 5V 3V SIM interface forbidden interface or 5V 3V SIM interface allowed interface or 5V 3V SIM interface recognition failure recognition of 5V only SIMs recognition of 5V only SIMs recognition of 3V technology SIMs interface or 5V 3V SIM interface interface or 5V 3V SIM interface interface or 5V 3V SIM interface interface or 5V 3V SIM interface interface or 5V 3V SIM interface and supporting FDN and supporting FDN and supporting FDN 27 21 38 Call terminated when ACM greater than ME supporting AoCC ACMmax 27 21 4 Response codes of increase command ME supporting AoC 28 2 Constraining the access to a single MS supporting autocalling number GSM 02 07 category 3 Contain the access to a single number GSM 02 07 categories 1 and 2 Lum LN blacklisted numbers is full transparent mode transparent BCs Requirement RCR Number of Data bits and Parit
31. 5 multiframe periods for transmission of paging messages Infinite 001 decimal 01 decimal 0001H 00011001 00011010 00011011 00011100 00011101 00011110 Range 512 0 Channels numbers 520 590 600 700 780 810 870 This IE carries the complete BA EXT IND is 0 0000 0010 Max 1 retrans 5 slots used Cell is not barred Not Allowed Access is not barred Yes Not used all bits are set to spare Not used all bits are set to spare Not used all bits are set to spare ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 SI 4 rest octets Not used all bits are set to spare Default settings for cell A Downlink input level 63 dBmicroVolt emf Uplink output power minimum supported by the MS s power class Propagation profile static BCCH CCCH carrier number ARFN 590 Cell B The contents of SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 1 to 6 messages for cell B are identical to those of cell A with the following exceptions Cell Channel Description Format Identifier Range 512 Cell Allocation ARFCN Channel Number 520 NOTE 2 This IE needs modification when used in handover tests that command the MS to go to a frequency hopping channel in cell B Cell Identity Cell Identity Value 0002H Default settings for cell B Downlink input level 53 dBmicroVolt emf Uplink output power minimum supported by the MS s power class Propagation profile static BCCH CCCH carri
32. 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Only one timeslot is assigned in downlink direction Only one timeslot is assigned in uplink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 GSM 900 end GSM 1800 begin Step 5 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time 1182 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Use Range 128 to encode 773 775 779 782 791 798 829 832 844 Maximum number of symmetrical timeslots assigned As many timeslots as downlink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Arbitrarily chosen from Cell channel description Not included GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 9 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND
33. 76 108 114 Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Indicate frequencies 46 73 74 Not included ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 25 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 Same as in step 19 Chosen arbitrarily Single RF Channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Indicate same timeslots as step 19 Same as in downlink assignment Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Chosen arbitrarily 26 13 1 2 2 Multislot signalling RR Dedicated assignment failure general case This test is applicable to all MS that supports multislot configuration 26 13 1 2 2 1 Conformance requirements On the mobile station side if a lower layer failure happens on the new channel before the ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message has been sent the mobile station deactivates the new channels reactivates the old channels reconnects the TCHs if any and triggers the establishment of the main signalli
34. 810 ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 Information Element Protocol Discriminator Message Type Cell Identity LAI Cell Options Power Control Indicator DTX Indicator Radio Link Timeout PLMN permitted MEASUREMENT REPORT Information Element Protocol Discriminator Transaction Identifier Message Type Measurement Results BA used DTX used RXLEV FULL SERVING CELL RXLEV SUB SERVING CELL MEAS VALID RXQUAL FULL SERVING CELL RXQUAL SUB SERVING CELL NO NCELL M RXLEV NCELL 1 BCCH FREQ NCELL 1 BSIC NCELL 1 RXLEV NCELL 2 BCCH FREQ NCELL 2 BSIC NCELL 2 RXLEV NCELL 3 BCCH FREQ NCELL 3 BSIC NCELL 3 RXLEV NCELL 4 BCCH FREQ NCELL 4 BSIC NCELL 4 RXLEV NCELL 5 BCCH FREQ NCELL 5 BSIC NCELL 5 RXLEV NCELL 6 BCCH FREQ NCELL 6 BSIC NCELL 6 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 value remark RR Management sys info 6 Default Default Power Control Indicator is set MS shall not use DTX Default only NCC 1 permitted value remark RR Management 0000 MEASUREMENT REPORT 1 DTX was not used See NOTE 1 See NOTE 1 See NOTE 2 See NOTE 1 See NOTE 1 4 neighbour cell measurement results See NOTE 1 Corresponds to one of N7 N6 S1 or N2 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 1 See NOTE 1 Corresponds to one of N7 N6 S1 or N2 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 2 See NOTE 1 Corresponds to one of N7 N6 S1 or N2 Corresponds to that of BCCH FR
35. ARFCN 10 lt Single Block Allocation gt lt TIMESLOT_NUMBER gt 0l1 lt ALPHA gt lt GAMMA TN gt 011 lt P0 gt lt BTS PWR CTRL MODE gt TBF STARTING TIME lt padding bits gt allocate 5 blocks PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message single block 001010 Normal Paging 111 Packet Request Reference information field sent in PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST and frame number in which PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST was received arbitrarily chosen default CS 1 arbitrarily chosen but different from CHANNEL CODING COMMAND 1 timing advance value 30 bit periods 0 no timing advance index Frequency Parameters present arbitrarily chosen default 5 00 ARFCN no hopping For GSM 900 30 For DCS 1800 650 10 Single block allocation arbitrarily chosen default slot 2 1 power control parameters 0 5 For GSM 900 9 dBm For DCS 1800 6 dBm 1 downlink power control parameters 0 dB 0 mode A no TBF starting time Spare padding ETSI STC SMG7 23 Sophia Antipolis 19 22 October 1999 Document 7 99 315 e g for 3GPP use the format TP 99xxx or for SMG use the format P 99 xxx CHANGE REQUEST 11 10 1 CR A726 GSM AA BB or 3G AA BBB specification number T For submission to SMG 30 list expected approval meeting here T for approval X for information Please see embedded help file at the bottom of this page for instructions on how to fill i
36. Channel set X 1 lt x lt 8 Frequency Channel Sequence after time Frequency Channel Sequence PHYSICAL INFORMATION 1 5 40 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies encoded in the Frequency Channel Sequence IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 2 63 As many timeslots assigned as before HANDOVER COMMAND As many timeslots assigned as before HANDOVER COMMAND Same as before HANDOVER COMMAND Allocates the following 15 frequencies 14 18 22 24 30 31 38 53 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Information Element value remarks As default message contents except Timing advance Arbitrarily selected but different to default value r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 DCS 1 800 HANDOVER COMMAND Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Information Element value remarks As default message contents except Cell Description Network Colour Code Base Station Colour Code BCCH Carrier Number Channel Description 2 Channel Type Timeslot number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Synchronization Indication IE is not included Channel Mode IE is not included Description of a multislot configuration Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Frequency Short List after tim
37. Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Use Range 128 to encode 773 775 779 782 791 798 829 832 844 Only one timeslot is assigned in downlink direction Only one timeslot is assigned in uplink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Use Range 128 to encode 773 775 779 782 791 798 829 832 844 Maximum number of timeslots that MS supports Maximum number of timeslots that MS supports Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 19 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Step 21 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Mu
38. Direction Message Comments WP OONDO i e 11 SS gt MS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT 10 RLC data blocks PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK PACKET MEASUREMENT ORDER 10 RLC data blocks PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK 10 RLC data blocks PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK 10 RLC data blocks PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT 10 RLC data blocks PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK 10 RLC data blocks PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK 10 RLC data blocks PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK 10 RLC data blocks PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT 10 RLC data blocks PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK PACKET MEASUREMENT ORDER 10 RLC data blocks PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK 10 RLC data blocks PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK 10 RLC data blocks PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT 10 RLC data blocks PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK 10 RLC data blocks PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK 10 RLC data blocks PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK 10 RLC data blocks ero Sent on the PCCCH SS sends data last block is polling Sent on PACCH Sent on PACCH Contains NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER and NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T See s
39. Expiry of timer T3190 42 1 2 2 5 2 1 Conformance requirements When receiving the PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT message and after waiting the TBF Starting Time when applicable the mobile station starts timer T3190 The timer is reset when receiving the first valid RLC MAC block On expiry of timer T3190 the mobile station shall abort and return to packet idle mode Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 2 1 1 42 1 2 2 5 2 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station aborts the TBF and returns to packet idle mode if a valid RLC block is not received within the duration of timer T3190 42 1 2 2 5 2 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS The packet system information ACCESS BURST TYPE indicates 8 bit access Mobile Station The MS is GPRS attached and in packet idle mode and Ready state Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Test procedure The SS initiate a downlink data transfer The SS sends PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT message to the MS The SS wait to send RLC data blocks for a time greater than timer T3190 The SS verifies that the MS not respond to the RLC data blocks sent by SS The SS reinitiate the sending of downlink data transfer The SS sends PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT message again and starts to send RLC data blocks after a time less than timer T3190 The MS shall complete the downlink data transfer Maximum duration of the test 2 min Expected sequence 2
40. NECI RKLEV ACCESS MIN Control Channel Description Attach Detach allowed BS AG BLKS RES CCCH CONF B8 PA MFRMS T3212 Time out value L2 pseudo length System information 1 System information 2 System information 3 System information 4 Location Area Identification Mobile Country Code Mobile Network Code Location Area Code Message Type System information 1 System information 2 System information 3 System information 4 System information 5 System information 6 Neighbour Cells Description Format identifier BCCH Allocation Sequence BCCH Allocation ARFCN EXT IND NCC Permitted RACH Control Parameters Max Retrans Tx integer Cell Barred for Access Call Reestablishment Allowed Access Control Class Emergency Call allowed SI 1 rest octets SI 2 rest octets SI 3 rest octets Not present Not present bit map 0 Channels 20 30 50 and 70 0001H Power Control Indicator is not set MS shall not use DTX 8 SACCH blocks 12 dB Minimum level No addition cell parameters are present in SYSTEM INFORMATION messages 7 and 8 New establishment causes not supported Minimum level No Attach Detach 0 blocks reserved for access grant 1 basic physical channel used for CCCH combined with SDCCHs 5 multiframe periods for transmission of paging messages Infinite 001 decimal 01 decimal 0001H 00011001 00011010 00011011 00011100
41. Parameters changed from the default values in table 20 22 1 RF Signal Level dBm 70 RAI Different GPRS RXLEV ACCESS MIN dBm 100 GRO GCRH RARH C1 C32 Note1 GRO GPRS RESELECT OFFSET GCRH GPRS CELL RESELECT HYSTERESIS RARH RA RESELECT HYSTERESIS Note 2 The BA GPRS list only contains the ARFCNs of the carriers used during the test The HCS structure is transmitted in the Packet system information messages Note 3 Carrier 1 is the BCCH carrier which broadcasts the position of the PBCCH channel in the cell Carrier 2 ETSI SMG7 Tdoc SMG7 99 273 Sophia Antipolis 19 22 October 1999 CHANGE REQUEST No A702 Please see embedded help file at the bottom of this page for instructions on how to fill in this form correctly Technical Specification GSM UMTS 11 10 1 Version 6 1 0 list plenary meeting or STC here T for information with presentation strategic Submitted to SMG 30 for approval x without presentation non strategic E PT SMG CR cover form Filename crf26_3 doc Proposed change affects SIM ME X Network at least one should be marked with an X Work item GPRS Source Motorola Date 18 09 99 Subject Cell reselection test 20 22 6 Category F Correction Release Phase 2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 one category B Addition of feature Release 97 and one release C Functional modification of feature Release 98 only shall be D Editoria
42. Synchronization Indication Report Observed Time Difference Synchronization Indication Normal Cell Indication Description of the multislot connection Uplink assignment Downlink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 HANDOVER ACCESS 1 5 40 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF Channel 40 Chosen arbitrarily from the range 0 1 255 Arbitrarily chosen but different to the one already in use and within the range supported by that type of MS Shall not be included Synchronized Ignore out of range timing advance If possible fewer timeslots are allocated than before HANDOVER COMMAND Less timeslots are allocated than before HANDOVER COMMAND Appropriate for the test Information Element value remark As default message contents except Handover Reference Value Same as HANDOVER COMMAND ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 DCS 1 800 HANDOVER COMMAND Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Information Element value remark As default message contents except Cell Description Network Colour Code Base Station Colour Code BCCH Carrier Number Channel Description 2 Channel type Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFON Handover Reference Value Power command Power Level Synchronization Indication Report Observed Time Difference Synchronization Indicat
43. This test is applicable to all MS that supports multislot configuration 26 13 3 1 1 Conformance requirements 1 An MS in MM state idle updated and in RR idle mode when made to initiate a call if it provides a human interface shall display the dialled number 2 An MS in MM state idle updated and in RR idle mode when made to initiate a call for a selected teleservice bearer service for HSCSD that is supported by the MS starts to initiate the immediate assignment procedure by sending a CHANNEL REQUEST message with correct establishment cause 3 Subsequently after establishment of a MM connection after MS sends its multislot class in CLASSMARK CHANGE message the MS shall send a SETUP message with correct parameters 4 The call control entity of the Mobile Station in the call initiated state in the mobile originating call proceeding state or in the call delivered state shall upon receipt of a CONNECT message 4 1 attach the user connection to the radio path 4 2 return a CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 4 3 establish the RLP link 5 User initiated service level upgrade is initiated by sending MODIFY message After receipt of MODIFY COMPLETE message MS enters the active state 6 After receipt of a CONFIGURATION CHANGE COMMAND message MS sends CONFIGURATION CHANGE ACKNOWLEDGE message 7 Subsequently when the network initiates call cl
44. arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RE hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not included Not included Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Indicates frequencies 773 775 779 829 832 844 Not included erTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 15 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Step 17 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitra
45. complete the GPRS attach procedure Maximum duration of the test 15 s Expected sequence The MS is switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 3 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 4 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 5 SS gt MS PACKET ACCESS REJECT Containing WAIT_INDICATION 15 seconds and packet request reference pertaining to message received in step 2 Sent on PAGCH 6 SS The SS check for 5 seconds that the MS not sends PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages 7 SS gt MS PACKET ACCESS REJECT Without WAIT_INDICATION Sent on PAGCH before the time indicated in step 5 elapsed The MS shall not consider this message 8 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Random Reference pertaining to message ASSIGNMENT received in step 2 Sent on PAGCH before the time indicated in step 5 elapsed 9 GPRS attach procedure Macro Completion from step 4 in the attach procedure Specific message contents None 42 1 2 1 3 2 Packet Uplink Assignment Packet access reject No respond 42 1 2 1 3 2 1 Conformance requirements On receipt of a PACKET ACCESS REJECT message containing a WAIT_INDICATION field in a Reject structure addressed to the mobile station where the Packet Request Reference in the Reject structure corresponds to one of its 3 last PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages the mobile station is not allowed to make a new
46. ftp 3gpp org Information CR Form v2 doc Core Network Source MCC STF 61V Date 13 10 99 Subject Correction of test prose 31 12 2 eMLPP Service automatic answering point to point MT call Work item REN SMG 071110Q6R1 1 Category F Correction Release Phase 2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 only one category B Addition of feature Release 97 X shall be marked Functional modification of feature Release 98 with an X D Editorial modification Release 99 Release 00 Reason for 1 Due to the corrections of GSM 04 67 and GSM 03 67 the requirement text have change been largely changed 2 In step 55 DISCONNECT shall be sent from the MS According to GSM 04 67 4 1 3 after receiving HOLD REJECT the MS shall release the current call and accept the waiting call 3 Messages on steps 64 65 and 66 are related to the second call and belong to the same Transaction as in step 51 but not step 60 4 Cause value for DISCONNECT message pre empt is not defined in GSM 04 08 The cause value shall be Normal call clearing 5 Steps 71 and 87 shall be deleted According to GSM 04 08 NOTIFICATION FACCH is used to notify other VGCS VBS calls The purpose of this test is to check point to point call 6 On the test SIM the MS has the capability to answer automatically to incoming calls that have a priority higher than 2 The test step 20 is unnecessary The step
47. stop timer T3186 and start timer T3170 At expiry of timer T3170 the packet access procedure shall be aborted and the mobile station shall perform an abnormal release with cell re selection Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 1 1 42 1 1 4 1 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station makes a maximum of M 1 attempts to send a PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message M is the parameter MAX RETRANS broadcast on PBCCH To verify that the mobile station aborts the packet access procedure when the network does not respond to the PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages 42 1 3 1 1 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS The packet system information ACCESS BURST TYPE indicates 8 bit access MAX RETRANS indicate 1 retransmission and PERSISTENCE LEVEL P 1 0 Mobile Station The MS is GPRS attached and in packet idle mode PDP context 2 has been established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Support PDP context Test procedure The SS send PACKET PAGING REQUEST message The MS is expected to send M 1 PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages M is the parameter MAX RETRANS broadcast on PBCCH The SS monitors the MS transmission for a period equal to the maximum length of time it can take to send M 1 PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages plus the duration of timer T3170 The SS verifies that the MS makes maximally M 1 attempts to send PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages in this period When the SS not respond the
48. the SS monitors access bursts on PTCCH which are located on slots with numbers FN such that FN mod 8 52 12 for TAI 0 GSM 03 64 6 5 7 2 and GSM 05 02 Table 6 The access burst contents shall be 01111111 The test is repeated once more with an arbitrarily chosen TAI in the range 1 to 15 SS shall verify that the access bursts are sent in the correct PTCCH slots as specified in GSM 05 02 Table 6 41 2 3 11 One phase packet access Timing Advance Index not present Conformance requirement If a timing advance index TAI field is not included the continuous update timing advance mechanism shall not be used Reference GSM 04 08 subclause 3 5 2 1 3 2 Test purpose To verify that the MS does not send any access bursts on PTCCH i e it does not use the continuous update timing advance mechanism if TAI is not present in the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator Default settings Mobile Station MS is GPRS attached a PDP context has been established and the MS is in Packet Idle mode Related PICS PIXIT statement Support of PDP context Test procedure The MS is triggered to transfer data The SS assigns packet uplink resources in an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message not including a Timing Advance Index During TBF transfer the SS shall verify that the MS does not send any access bursts in idle frames Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence The MS is eem to t
49. 0 26 38 990 1005 1020 for c 9 use range 256 to encode the following frequencies 38 SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5bis Information Element value remark Protocol Discriminator RR management Message Type Sys Info 5bis Neighbour Cells Description EXT IND Information Element carries only a part of the BA BA IND 0 for c 1 use range 512 to encode the following frequencies 520 990 1 003 1 005 1 020 for c 2 use range 128 to encode the following frequencies 0 26 38 for c 3 use range 256 to encode the following frequencies 0 26 38 for c 4 use range 1 024 to encode the following frequencies 520 1 000 1 020 for c 5 use variable Bitmap to encode the following frequencies 884 990 1 003 1 005 for c 6 use range 512 to encode the following frequencies 520 990 1 003 ETSI GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 953 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5ter Protocol Discriminator RR management Additional Multiband information multiband reporting normal reporting of the six strongest cells irrespective of the band used Message Type Sys Info 5ter Neighbour Cells Description EXT IND Information Element carries only a part of the BA BA IND 0 for c 7 use range 1024 to encode the following frequencies 0 26 1003 1005 for c 8 use variable bitmap to encode the following frequencies 1000 1003 for c 9 use range 256 to encode the following frequencies 26 100
50. 00 Normal Paging Oll lt PERSISTENCE LEVEL gt 0 no persistence level present Oll lt NLN gt 0 no notification list number 1l lt Repeated Page info gt 1 start of Repeated Page info 0 0 Page request for TBF establishment 0 lt PTMSI gt 0 PTMSI PTMSI P TMSI allocated during GPRS attach procedure lt padding bits gt Spare Padding 42 1 3 2 6 lt MESSAGE TYPE gt Oll lt ACCESS TYPE gt ACCESS TYPE 0 Global TFI gt Il lt TLLI gt TLLI Oll lt MS Radio Access Capability gt MS Radio Access Capability Channel Request Description gt PEAK THROUGHPUT CLASS RADIO PRIORITY RLC MODE LLC PDU TYPE RLC OCTET COUNT 011 CHANGE MARK gt C VALUE Oll lt SIGN VAR gt 011 I LEVEL TN0 j Oll lt I LEVEL TNI gt 011 I LEVEL TN2 j 011 I LEVEL TN35 j 011 I LEVEL TN4 gt 011 I LEVEL TN5 gt Oll lt I LEVEL TN6 j 011 I LEVEL TN7 gt lt padding bits gt 42 1 3 2 7 lt MESSAGE TYPE gt lt UPLINK TFI gt lt CHANNEL_CODING_COMMAND gt lt Ack Nack Description gt lt FINAL_ACK_INDICATION gt STARTING SEQUENCE NUMBER RECEIVED BLOCK BITMAP 001 CONTENTION RESOLUTION TLLI gt Oll lt Packet Timing Advance gt 0l1 Power Control Parameters gt Oll lt Fixed Allocation parameters gt lt padding bits gt PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message two phase access 000101 1 response to single block assign
51. 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 More than one timeslot but less than maximum number of timeslots is assigned in downlink direction Only one timeslot is assigned in uplink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Maximum number of timeslots that MS supports Less timeslots assigned than downlink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 24 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Step 26 ASSIGNM
52. 1 0 1999 07 SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5bis Sent only when k z 2 Information Element value remark Protocol Discriminator RR management Message Type Sys Info 5bis Neighbour Cells Description Format 1024 range EXT IND k 2 Information Element carries only a part of the BA W i k 2 Non null ARFCN 514 530 762 SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 Protocol Discriminator RR Management Message Type sys info 6 Cell Identity default LAI default Cell Options Power Control Indicator Power Control Indicator is set DTX Indicator MS shall use DTX Radio_Link_Timeout default PLMN permitted only NCC 1 permitted MEASUREMENT REPORT Protocol Discriminator RR Management Transaction Identifier 0000 Message Type MEASUREMENT REPORT Measurement Results BA_used 1 DTX_used DTX was used see NOTE 3 RXLEV_FULL_SERVING_CELL See NOTE 1 RXLEV SUB SERVING CELL See NOTE 1 MEAS VALID See NOTE 2 RXQUAL FULL SERVING CELL See NOTE 1 RXQUAL SUB SERVING CELL See NOTE 1 NO NCELL M 6 neighbour cell measurement results RXLEV NCELL 1 See NOTE 1 BCCH FREQ NCELL 1 Shall not correspond to N1 or N2 BSIC NCELL 1 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 1 RXLEV NCELL 2 See NOTE 1 BCCH FREQ NCELL 2 Shall not correspond to N1 or N2 BSIC NCELL 2 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 2 RXLEV NCELL 3 See NOTE 1 BCCH FREQ NCELL 3 Shall not correspond to N1 or N2 BSIC NCELL 3 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 3 RXLEV NCELL 4 See NOTE 1 BCCH
53. 20 25 32 50 S is arbitrarily chosen in the set 12 15 20 30 41 55 76 109 163 217 PERSISTENCE LEVEL P 1 0 Mobile Station The MS is GPRS attached and in packet idle mode Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Test procedure Specific test parameters K equals the upper rounded value of 230 M The SS sends PACKET PAGING REQUEST message The MS shall send PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages M 1 times indicating page response After each attempt the S and T parameters are used to determine the next TDMA frame in which it may be allowed to make a successive attempt The SS measure the number of TDMA frames f n k between each attempt excluding the slots containing the messages themselves The SS does not answer the PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages MAX RETRANS times The SS sends an PACKET ACCESS REJECT message The test sequence is executed K times M is the value of the parameter MAX RETRANS T is the value of the parameter TX INT S is the value of the parameter S Maximum duration of the test The execution of one sequence for one value k 10s Between two consecutive executions for k and k 1 the SS must wait for amount of time which is enough to guarantee that the MS is in service listening to its paging subchannel Expected sequence The sequence is executed for execution counter k 1 K Step Direction Message Comments 1 SS gt MS PACKET PAGING REQUEST Sent on PPC
54. 26 6 6 1 26 6 6 1 R 1 procedure full rate procedure half rate supporting encryption algorithm A5 1 26 6 8 1 MS supporting CC state U10 and supporting encryption algorithm A5 2 26 6 8 2 Ciphering mode no ciphering MS supporting CC state U10 26 6 8 3 Ciphering mode old cipher key MS supporting CC state U10 and supporting encryption algorithm A5 1 and or A5 2 26 6 8 4 Ciphering mode change of mode MS supporting CC state U10 and algorithm and key supporting encryption algorithm A5 1 and or A5 2 26 6 8 5 Ciphering mode IMEISV request All MS supporting more than one power class 26 6 12 2 26 6 12 3 26 6 12 4 successful case time not elapsed successful case time elapsed 26 6 13 3 Dedicated assignment with starting time All MS and frequency redefinition failure case time not elapsed 26 6 13 4 Dedicated assignment with starting time All MS and frequency redefinition failure case time elapsed case time not elapsed case time elapsed 26 6 13 7 Handover with starting time and frequency All MS redefinition failure case time not elapsed continued ero Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests redefinition failure case time elapsed successful case time not elapsed successful case time elapsed 26 7 2 2 Authentication rejected All MS 26 7 3 1 General Identification All MS 26 7 3 2 Handling of IMSI shorter than the All MS maximum length 26 7 4 1 Location updating a
55. 29 3 3 2 Negotiation initiated by the MS MS supporting at least one non transparent bearer service MS supporting the use of non default RLP parameters 29 3 3 3 Collision of XID frames MS supporting at least one non transparent bearer service MS supporting the use of non default RLP parameters 29 3 3 4 Loss of XID frames MS supporting at least one non transparent bearer service 29 3 3 5 Total loss of XID frames MS supporting at least one non transparent bearer service unii MS supporting the use of non default RLP parameters procedure Alternate speech facsimile procedure Automatic facsimile 29 4 2 5 Call release procedure MS supporting TS 61 and or TS62 29 4 2 6 CTC processing 4th PPR for the same MS supporting TS 61 and or TS62 and block supporting the error correction mode 29 4 2 7 Transition from Facsimile to Speech MS supporting TS61 Procedure interrupt generated by receiving station 29 4 2 8 Transition from Facsimile to Speech MS supporting TS61 Procedure interrupt generated by transmitting station 29 4 2 9 Quality check MS supporting transparent facsimile group 3 29 4 3 1 1 1 Mobile terminated call Call Establishment MS supporting TS61 Procedure Alternate Speech Facsimile DCD Mobile Terminated 29 4 3 1 1 2 Mobile terminated call Call Establishment MS supporting TS61 Procedure Alternate Speech Facsimile DCD mobile originated 29 4 3 1 2 Mobile terminated call Call Establishment MS supporting TS62
56. 3 1 rr Lar sme m Adv Time of call counter Multislot Multislot arbitrarily 26 13 1 3 1 configuration configuration MAX MAX number of number of timeslots no FH timeslots FH Multislot Multislot arbitrarily 26 13 1 3 2 configuration configuration MAX MIN number of number of timeslots no FH timeslots no FH Multislot Multislot arbitrarily i 26 13 1 3 3 configuration configuration MIN MAX number of number of timeslots FH timeslots no FH Multislot Multislot arbitrarily finely estab 26 13 1 3 4 configuration FH configuration FH Multislot Multislot arbitrarily 26 13 1 3 5 configuration configuration MAX MIN number of number of timeslots FH timeslots no FH The MS is in the idle updated state with a TMSI allocated and camped on cell A 26 13 1 3 1 Multislot signalling RR Handover successful active call non synchronized This test is applicable to all MS that supports multislot configuration 26 13 1 3 1 1 Conformance requirements 1 The MS shall correctly apply the handover procedure in the non synchronized case when a multislot connection is in progress and when handover is performed from a non hopping multislot configuration towards a hopping multislot configuration References Conformance requirement 1 GSM 04 08 sections 3 4 4 and 9 1 15 GSM 04 13 section 5 2 6 2 26 13 1 3 1 2 Test purpose 1 To test that when the MS is ordered to make a non synchronized handover from non hopping mu
57. 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Channel Type SDCCH 4 See specific message contents below The MS attempts and fails to establish a signalling link on the new channel The MS re establishes the signalling link on the old channel RR cause value protocol error unspecified The SS checks that the MS reports the old power level prior to the Assignment command in the layer 1 header of the SACCH message that is sent in the first SACCH multiframe following the SABM See specific message contents below Assignment command is successfully performed Channel Type TCH F non hopping symmetric multislot configuration The MS attempts and fails to establish a signalling link on the new channel The MS re establishes the signalling link on the old channel RR cause value protocol error unspecified Assignment command to non hopping symmetric multislot configuration is successfully performed Channel Type TCH F non hopping symmetric multislot configuration resource upgrading used The MS attempts and fails to establish a signalling link on the new channel The MS re establishes the signalling link on the old channel RR cause value protocol error unspecified Assignment command to non hopping asymmetric multislot configuration is successfully performed Channel Type TCH F non hopping asymmetric multislot configuration resource downgrading used The MS attempts and fails to establish a signalling link on
58. 41 2 2 4 Initiation of the packet access procedure timer T3146 Conformance requirements Having sent the maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST messages the mobile station starts timer T3146 At expiry of timer T3146 the packet access procedure is aborted and a packet access failure is indicated to upper layers Reference GSM 04 08 subclause 3 5 2 1 2 Test purpose To verify that the MS waits T3146 seconds before aborting the packet access procedure Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator Default settings except System Information parameter MAX_RETRANS is set to 2 retransmissions CCCH is non combined System Information parameter TX_INTEGER in RACH Control Parameters is set to 3 Mobile Station MS is switched off Related PICS PIXIT statement Test procedure The MS is triggered to initiate the GPRS attach procedure the SS waits until the MS sends all M 1 CHANNEL REQUEST messages where M is the parameter Max Retrans broadcast on BCCH The SS waits until T3146 seconds elapse and sends an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT which shall be ignored by the MS since the access procedure should be aborted The MS shall retry the access procedure according to 04 60 7 1 2 3 Again the SS waits until the MS sends all M 1 CHANNEL REQUEST messages and then sends an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT before T3146 seconds elapse In this case the MS shall correctly send the LLC PDU on the assigned PDCH Note Timer T3146 GSM 04 08 11 d
59. ACCESS THR 010 spare packet access not allowed in the cell DI SYS INFO 13 including PRIORITY ACCESS THR O11 packet access priority level 1 D2 SS waits 30 s to allow Sys Info decoding D3 The MS is triggered to transfer data with D4 D5 priority 1 CHANNEL REQUEST MS tries to access the network IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT El SYS INFO 13 including PRIORITY_ACCESS_THR O11 packet access priority level 1 E2 SS waits 30 s to allow Sys Info decoding E3 The MS is triggered to transfer data with priority 2 E4 SS verifies for 10 s that MS does not try to access the network F1 SYS INFO 13 including PRIORITY ACCESS THR 100 F2 F3 F4 F5 G1 packet access priority levels 1 to 2 SS waits 30 s to allow Sys Info decoding The MS is triggered to transfer data with priority 1 CHANNEL REQUEST MS tries to access the network IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT SS gt MS SYS INFO 13 including PRIORITY ACCESS THR 100 packet access priority levels 1 to 2 G2 SS waits 30 s to allow Sys Info decoding G3 The MS is triggered to transfer data with priority 3 G4 SS verifies for 10 s that MS does not try to access the network H1 SS 2MS SYS INFO 13 including PRIORITY ACCESS THR 101 packet access priority levels 1 to 3 H2 SS waits 30 s to allow Sys Info decoding H3 MS The MS is triggered to transfer data with priority 1 H4 MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST MS t
60. ALLOCATION BITMAP whose TBF starting time has elapsed the mobile station shall use whatever portion of the fixed allocation remains If none of the fixed allocation remains the mobile station shall ignore the message Reference GSM 04 08 subclause 3 5 2 1 3 2 GSM 04 60 subclause 8 1 1 5 Test purpose To verify that the MS correctly considers the TBF Starting Time included in the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator Default settings Mobile Station MS is GPRS attached a PDP context has been established and the MS is in Packet Idle mode Related PICS PIXIT statement Support of PDP context Test procedure The MS is triggered to transfer data The SS assigns packet uplink resources in an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message indicating one phase packet access and containing a TBF starting time The MS shall start transferring RLC data blocks at the exact frame specified by the TBF starting time The test is repeated with a TBF starting time in the past In this case the MS shall immediately see note below send RLC data blocks Note The MS shall start transmitting RLC blocks within n blocks after the block containing the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message the exact value of n is specified in GSM 04 60 3 1 Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence The MS is triggered to transfer 200 octets of data 1 MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST 2 SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT in
61. ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message the mobile station initiates a local end release of link layer connections disconnects the physical channels commands the switching to the ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 5 assigned channels and initiates the establishment of lower layer connections this includes the activation of the channels their connection and the establishment of the main signalling links MM messages and CM messages using SAPI 0 sent from the mobile station to the network can be duplicated by the data link layer in the following case a channel change of dedicated channels is required assignment or handover procedure and the last layer 2 frame has not been acknowledged by the peer data link layer before the mobile station leaves the old channel In this case the mobile station does not know whether the network has received the message correctly Therefore the mobile station has to send the message again after the new dedicated channel is established The MS shall establish the link with the power level specified in the ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message The MS shall confirm the power control level that it is currently employing in the uplink SACCH L1 header The indicated value shall be the power control level actually used by the mobile for the last burst of the previous SACCH period The MS shall apply the hopping frequencies specified in ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message in the Mobile
62. AUTHENTICATION REQUEST message The MS shall answer with an AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE message which is not acknowledged on L2 by the SS Immediately after the AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE message is received the SS sends an ASSIGNMENT COMMAND The MS shall switch to the assigned channel establish the link with the commanded power level and send as ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message Then MS shall repeat the AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE message with the same N SD value Then the SS sends an ASSIGNMENT COMMAND which includes a Starting Time IE The MS shall react as specified above but this shall be done at the time specified in Starting Time IE The SS initiates the channel release procedure and the main signalling link is released Maximum Duration of Test 30 s Expected Sequence Step Direction Message 1 SS gt MS PAGING REQUEST TYPE 1 2 MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST 3 SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT __ See specific message contents 4 MS gt SS PAGING RESPONSE 5 MS gt SS CLASSMARK CHANGE Multislot class 6 SS gt MS ASSIGNMENT COMMAND See specific message contents 7 MS gt SS ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE Sent on the correct channel after establishment of 11 12 13 SS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND the main signalling link This message shall be ready to be transmitted before 600 m
63. Advance TA Index present 42 1 2 1 8 2 1 1 Conformance requirements If a Timing Advance Index is included in the assignment message the mobile station shall use the continuous update timing advance mechanism using its allocation on PTCCH see GSM 05 10 Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 5 GSM 03 64 subclause 6 5 7 2 42 1 2 1 8 2 1 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station uses the continuous update timing advance mechanism and sends access bursts on the PTCCH slots as determined by the Timing Advance Index sent in the PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message 42 1 2 1 8 2 1 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS The packet system information ACCESS BURST TYPE indicates 8 bit access Mobile Station The MS is GPRS attached and in packet idle mode PDP context 2 has been established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Support PDP context Method of triggering the MS to initiate an uplink packet data transfer Test procedure The MS is triggered to initiate uplink data packet transfer The SS responds with PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message indicating one phase access and containing a Timing Advance Index The MS shall start to send data on the allocated uplink The SS allows the MS to send the uplink data transfer During the Uplink data transfer the SS shall verify that the access bursts are sent correctly by the MS in the PTCCH Maximum duration of the test 2 min
64. After 50 seconds the SS increases the level of carrier 2 to 42 dBuVemf d For an E GSM MS only when the SS receives a response on carrier 2 the SS stops paging on that carrier and after 30 seconds the SS increases the level of carrier 3 to 60 dBuVemf 20 5 5 Test Requirements 1 After step b there shall be no response from the MS on carrier 2 For an E GSM MS there shall also be no response on carrier 3 2 After increasing the level of carrier 2 in step c the MS shall respond on carrier 2 within 20 seconds 3 After increasing the level of carrier 3 in step d an E GSM mobile shall respond on carrier 3 within 20 seconds GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 302 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 333 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 20 21 5 R GSM cell reselection using parameters transmitted in the System Information type 2bis type 2ter type 7 and type 8 messages 20 21 5 1 Definition and applicability System information SI type 7 and 8 are transmitted on the BCCH Ext when the system information type 4 message does not contain all information needed for cell selection The system information type 2 bis message is used when the system information type 2 message does not contain all neighbour cell ARFCNs The system information type 2 ter message is used when system information type 2 messages broadcast by one cell which are system information 2 or both system informat
65. Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Maximum number symmetrical of timeslots supported by MS assigned As many timeslots as in downlink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 14 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Step 16 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Only one timeslot is assigned in downlink direction Onl
66. CELL CHANGE ORDER message to the mobile station on the PCCCH or PACCH Upon receipt of the PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER message the mobile station shall start timer T3174 When a cell reselection is made controlled by the network the mobile station shall act upon the IMMEDIATE REL value which has been received in the Packet Cell Change Order if required the mobile station shall abort any TBF in progress by immediately ceasing to decode the downlink ceasing to transmit ero on the uplink stopping all RLC MAC timers except for timers related to measurement reporting The mobile station shall then switch to the identified specified new cell and shall obey the relevant RLC MAC procedures on this new cell 42 4 2 2 1 2 Test Purpose To verify that the cell change order procedure is started when the MS receives a PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER message To verify that the MS switches to the new cell Reference GSM 04 60 v 6 4 0 Chapter 8 4 42 4 2 2 1 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 2 cells GPRS supported Mobile Station MS is in Packet Idle mode and GPRS attached PDP context established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support of GPRS Foreseen final state of the MS MS is in Transfer mode Test procedure MS is brought into downlink packet transfer mode SS sends a PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER message MS switches to the new cell and SS establishes a new downlink TBF Maximum duration of the test Expecte
67. COMMAND message but not before a UA frame has been sent by the SS The term ready to transmit is defined in GSM 04 13 Maximum Duration of Test 5 minutes including 1 minute for any necessary operator actions r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Expected Sequence Direction Message Comments The MS and SS are using a multislot configuration in hopping mode on cell A Maximum number of channels supported by the MS in a HSCSD configuration is allocated See Specific Message Contents See specific message contents Four messages are transmitted to Cell B in 4 successive slots on the new DCCH HANDOVER COMMAND HANDOVER ACCESS HANDOVER ACCESS HANDOVER ACCESS HANDOVER ACCESS SABM UA 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 c Specific Message Contents GSM 900 HANDOVER COMMAND HANDOVER COMPLETE Sent without information field This message shall be ready to be transmitted before 650 ms after the completion of step 1 The header of the next uplink SACCH M is examined and the Timing Advance and Power Level indications are examined The correct timing advance shall be indicated The power level indication shall indicate the power level used in the handover command The MS and SS are using a multislot configuration in non hopping mode on cell B Information Element value remark As default message contents except Cell Description Network Colour Code Base St
68. Chosen arbitrarily Hopping RF hopping channel MAIO Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies encoded in the Mobile Allocation HSN Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 2 63 Mobile Allocation Indicates all of the CA of cell A except for the BCCH frequency r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 HANDOVER COMMAND Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Information Element value remark As default message contents except Cell Description Network Colour Code Base Station Colour Code BCCH Carrier Number Channel Description 2 Channel Type TDMA offset Timeslot number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Handover Reference Value Power command Power Level Synchronization Indication Report Observed Time Difference Synchronization Indication Normal Cell Indication Frequency List after time Frequency List Description of the multislot configuration Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 HANDOVER ACCESS 1 5 40 00000 Chosen arbitrarily A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies encoded in the Frequency List IE Zero this gives cyclic hopping Chosen arbitrarily from the range 0 1 255 Arbitrarily chosen bu
69. Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Channel Type TCH F non hopping multislot configuration resources downgrading to one TCH F The MS attempts and fails to establish a signalling link on the new channel The MS re establishes the signalling link on the old channel RR cause value protocol error unspecified The main signalling link is released 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Maximum number of symmetrical timeslots assigned As many timeslots as downlink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Arbitrarily chosen from Cell channel description Not included ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 9 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power lev
70. Correction Release Phase 2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 only one category B Addition of feature Release 97 X shall be marked Functional modification of feature Release 98 with an X D Editorial modification Release 99 Release 00 Reason for In GSM 11 10 1 test case 26 6 3 4 the specific message contents of the change measurement report message for the GSM 900 iteration of the test lists an incorrect value for the parameter BA used The SYSTEM INFORMATION 5 message has a BCCH Allocation Sequence number of 1 Therefore the Information Element BA used in the Measurement Report should have the value 1 NOT the value 0 as is stated at present Clauses affected 26 6 3 4 Other specs Other 3G core specifications affected Other GSM core specifications MS test specifications BSS test specifications O amp M specifications Other comments List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs The Specific Message contents for the measurement report on the DCS1800 iteration of the test lists the correct value for BA_used GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 26 6 3 4 Measurement DTX This test applies to both GSM 900 and DCS 1 800 mobile stations 26 6 3 4 1 Conformance requirements After the sending of the HANDOVER COMPLETE the MS shall continuously send measurement reports in every SACCH blocks the measurement val
71. Description of the second channel Omitted Mode of the second channel Omitted Mobile allocation Omitted Starting time Omitted Cipher mode setting Omitted ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 HANDOVER COMMAND Information Element value remarks As default message contents except Cell Description Network Colour Code Base Station Colour Code BCCH Carrier Number Channel Description 2 Channel Type 00000 Timeslot number Chosen arbitrarily but not Zero Training Sequence Code Chosen arbitrarily Hopping 0 no hopping ARFCN The ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Synchronization Indication IE is not included Channel Mode IE is not included Description of a multislot configuration Downlink assignment More timeslots are assigned than before HANDOVER COMMAND Uplink assignment As many timeslots assigned as in Downlink assignment Channel set X 1 lt x lt 8 Same as before HANDOVER COMMAND PHYSICAL INFORMATION Information Element value remarks As default message contents except Timing advance Arbitrarily selected but different to default value DCS 1 800 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Information element Value remark Channel description 2 describes non hopping Bm ACCHs or Lm ACCHs as appropriate for the test Power Command As in section 26 1 1 Frequency list Omitted Cell channel description Omitted Description of the multislot configuration Appropriate for the telese
72. Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 PAGING REQUEST TYPE 1 L2 pseudo length L2 pseudo length of the message Page Mode Normal Paging Channels needed for Mobiles 1 and 2 channel first any channel channel second any channel Mobile identity 1 TMSI of MS under test Mobile identity 2 Omitted P1 rest octets spare octets PAGING RESPONSE Ciphering key sequence number Value assigned to MS in the initial conditions Spare half octet spare bits Mobile station classmark 2 as given by PICS Mobile identity specifies TMSI of MS RELEASE network to mobile station direction Cause Omitted Second cause Omitted Facility Omitted User user Omitted RELEASE mobile station to network direction Cause Not checked Second cause Not checked Facility Not checked User user Not checked SS version Not checked RELEASE COMPLETE network to mobile station direction Information element Value remark Cause Omitted Facility Omitted User user Omitted RELEASE COMPLETE mobile station to network direction Information element Value remark Cause Not checked Facility Not checked User user Not checked SS version Not checked r ret1 GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 SETUP MS to SS BC Repeat indicator Omitted Bearer capability 1 Appropriate for the teleservice selected for the test Bearer capability 2 Omitted Facility Not checked Calling party subaddress Not checke
73. ENQUIRY STATUS U6U9 RELEASE COMPLETE CHANNEL RELEASE Specific message contents at step 6 5 protocol discriminator CC EF transaction identifier message type SETUP facility invoke notification SS Code CFU CFB CFNRy CFNRc or CF SS Notification indicating call is forwarded i e Call is forwarded indication to C subscriber ETSI SMG7 23 Sophia Antipolis France 19 22 October 1999 Document 7 99 300 e g for 3GPP use the format TP 99xxx or for SMG use the format P 99 xxx GSM AA BB or 3G AA BBB specification number T For submission to CHANGE REQUEST 11 10 1 CR A714 30 for approval X Please see embedded help file at the bottom of this page for instructions on how to fill in this form correctly Current Version 6 1 0 T CR number as allocated by MCC support team strategic for SMG list expected approval meeting here T for information non strategic X Use only Form CR cover sheet version 2 for 3GPP and SMG SM Proposed change affects The latest version of this form is available from ftp ftp 3gpp org Information CR Form v2 doc ME UTRAN Radio Core Network at least one should be marked with an X Source Anite Telecoms Date 04 10 99 Subject Correction to test case 26 6 3 4 value of information element BA used Work item DE SMG 001 110P 1 Category F
74. FREQ NCELL 4 Shall not correspond to N1 or N2 BSIC NCELL 4 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 4 RXLEV NCELL 5 See NOTE 1 BCCH FREQ NCELL 5 Shall not correspond to N1 or N2 BSIC NCELL 5 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 5 RXLEV NCELL 6 See NOTE 1 BCCH FREQ NCELL 6 Shall not correspond to N1 or N2 BSIC NCELL 6 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 6 DCS 1 800 end NOTE 1 These actual values are not checked NOTE 2 The Measurement Valid Indication shall be set to valid within the second SACCH block after the HANDOVER COMPLETE message at the latest GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 NOTE 3 Foran MS that only supports transparent data services the value of DTX used shall not be checked ETSI SMG7 Meeting 23 Document 7 99 301 Sophia Antipolis France 19 22 October 1999 ria BMG doe tie tonal Pasce CHANGE REQUEST 11 1 0 1 CR AT1 8 Current Version v 6 1 0 GSM AA BB or 3G AA BBB specification number 1 T CR number as allocated by MCC support team For submission to 30 for approval X strategic for SMG list expected approval meeting here T for information non strategic X use only Form CR cover sheet version 2 for 3GPP and SMG The latest version of this form is available from ftp ftp 3gpp org Information CR Form v2 doc Proposed change affects siM ME X UTRAN Radio Core Network
75. FULL SERVING CELL See NOTE 1 RXQUAL SUB SERVING CELL See NOTE 1 NO NCELL M 6 neighbour cell measurement results RXLEV NCELL 1 See NOTE 1 BCCH FREQ NCELL 1 Shall not correspond to N1 or N2 BSIC NCELL 1 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 1 RXLEV NCELL 2 See NOTE 1 BCCH FREQ NCELL 2 Shall not correspond to N1 or N2 BSIC NCELL 2 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 2 RXLEV NCELL 3 See NOTE 1 BCCH FREQ NCELL 3 Shall not correspond to N1 or N2 BSIC NCELL 3 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 3 RXLEV_NCELL 4 See NOTE 1 BCCH FREQ NCELL 4 Shall not correspond to N1 or N2 BSIC NCELL 4 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 4 RXLEV NCELL 5 See NOTE 1 BCCH FREQ NCELL 5 Shall not correspond to N1 or N2 BSIC_NCELL 5 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 5 RXLEV NCELL 6 See NOTE 1 BCCH FREQ NCELL 6 Shall not correspond to N1 or N2 BSIC_NCELL 6 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 6 GSM 900 end DCS 1 800 begin SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5 Protocol Discriminator RR management Message Type Sys Info 5 Neighbour Cells Description Format 1024 range EXT IND k 2 1 Information Element carries complete BA k 2 Information Element carries only a part of the BA W i k 1 Non null for ARFCN 514 530 549 602 665 686 762 810 k 2 Non null for ARFCN 549 602 665 686 810 GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6
76. Indicator DTX Indicator Radio Link Timeout Cell Selection Parameters Cell Reselect Hysteresis MX TXPWR MAX CCH ACS NECI RKLEV ACCESS MIN Control Channel Description Attach Detach allowed BS AG BLKS RES CCCH CONF BS PA MFRMS T3212 Time out value L2 pseudo length System information 1 System information 2 System information 3 System information 4 Location Area Identification Mobile Country Code Mobile Network Code Location Area Code Message Type System information 1 System information 2 System information 3 System information 4 System information 5 System information 6 Neighbour Cells Description Format identifier BCCH Allocation Sequence BCCH Allocation ARFCN EXT IND NCC Permitted RACH Control Parameters Max Retrans Tx integer Cell Barred for Access Call Reestablishment Allowed Access Control Class Emergency Call allowed SI 1 rest octets SI 2 rest octets SI 3 rest octets Not present Not present Range 512 Channel Numbers 590 650 750 and 850 0001H Power Control Indicator is not set 0 MS shall not use DTX 8 SACCH blocks 12 dB Minimum level No addition cell parameters are present in SYSTEM INFORMATION messages 7 and 8 New establishment causes not supported Minimum level MS shall not apply 0 blocks reserved for access grant 1 basic physical channel used for CCCH combined with SDCCHs
77. List of CRs specifications MS test specifications List of CRs BSS test specifications List of CRs O amp M specifications List of CRs Other Ref GSM04 86 ch2 3 comments 2 3 Accumulated Call Meter is equal to or greater than ACMmax If the change stored in the Accumulated Call Meter ACM is equal to or greater than the maximum value specified by ACMmax then the mobile station shall initiate call clearing giving a specific cause value for this situation as indicated in figure 2 5 MS DISCONNECT Network Cause 68 ACM equal to or greater than ACMmax Figure 2 5 Mobile station releases the call due to ACM being equal to or greater than ACMmax 31 6 2 4 ACMmax operation Mobile Originating Purpose 1 2 3 To verify that when the value stored in the ACM becomes equal to or exceeds its maximum value the ACMmax any outgoing calls in progress for which a non zero CAI exists are terminated by the ME with cause value 68 once the chargeable interval determined by the CAI has elapsed with an appropriate indication given to the user To verify that when the value stored in the ACM becomes equal to or exceeds its maximum limit the ACMmax the making of non emergency calls is inhibited To verify that when the value stored in the ACM becomes equal to or exceeds its maximum limit the ACMmax the making of emergency calls is uninhibited Conformance Requirement s 1 When the value stored in
78. MS PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK 21 MS lt gt SS Completion of macro Uplink SS allows MS to complete uplink data data transfer transfer 41 2 3 8 One phase packet access Contention resolution 4 access repetition attempts Conformance requirement If contention resolution for packet access fails the mobile station shall reinitiate the packet access procedure unless it has already been repeated 4 times Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 3 Test purpose To verify that the MS repeats the packet access initiation 4 times Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator Default settings Mobile Station MS is GPRS attached a PDP context has been established and the MS is in Packet Idle mode Related PICS PIXIT statement Support of PDP context Test procedure The MS is triggered to transfer 200 octets of data The SS assigns packet uplink resources in an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message indicating one phase packet access The MS shall start transferring RLC data blocks including the correct TLLI in the first three blocks The SS acknowledges the RLC block transfer with a PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK including a TLLI not corresponding to the MS The SS shall verify that the MS stops transmitting blocks and reinitiates packet access which shall be repeated four times Maximum duration of the test 5 minutes Expected sequence The MS is triggered to transfer 200 octets of data MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST SS g
79. Method of test Initial Conditions System Simulator 8 cells with the following settings a 002 2 DCS1800 identity Serving S1 002 0001H Neighbour N1 tree 9 0002H Neighbour N2 80 1 7 014 602 0003H With the exception of the Cell Allocation the rest of the parameters for all eight cells are the same as the default settings and default SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 1 to 4 message contents for cell A The Cell Allocation for the serving cell is the same as the default setting for cell A The Cell Allocations for the neighbour cells need have only one entry consisting of the ARFCN of that cell s BCCH Mobile Station The MS is in the active state of a service using asymmetric multislot connection Related PICS PIXIT Statements Type of MS P GSM 900 or EGSM or DCS 1 800 Multislot class Supported teleservices bearer services Foreseen Final State of the MS Active state of a service using asymmetric multislot connection ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Test Procedure This test procedure is performed twice MS having a multislot connection with maximum number of timeslots in the downlink and one slot in uplink direction in progress the SS sends SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5 amp 6 on the second iteration of the test two timeslots are used in the downlink and one in uplink direction the SS also sends SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5bis on the SACCH M All 7
80. Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Step 31 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time 1181 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Maximum number of timeslots that MS supports Less timeslots assigned than in downlink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Chosen arbitrarily from the Cell channel description Not included 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59
81. Neighbour N4 55 1 3 026 0005H Neighbour N5 50 1 5 1020 0006H Neighbour N6 45 1 7 038 0007H Neighbour N7 40 1 1 960 0008H With the exception of the Cell Allocation the rest of the parameters for all eight cells are the same as the default settings and default SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 1 to 4 message contents for cell A The Cell Allocation for the serving cell is the same as the default setting for cell A The Cell Allocations for the neighbour cells need have only one entry consisting of the ARFCN of that cell s BCCH Mobile Station The MS is in the active state of a call U10 Related PICS PIXIT Statements Support E GSM or R GSM Support for state U10 of the Call Control protocol Foreseen Final State of the MS Active state of a call U10 Test Procedure The test is performed for execution counter c 1 to 9 For c 1 to 6 the following procedure applies With the MS having a call in progress the SS sends SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5 5bis amp 6 on the SACCH The MS shall send MEASUREMENT REPORTS back to the SS and it shall be indicated in these that measurement results for the 6 strongest present carriers of the supported band have been obtained For c 7 to 9 the following procedure applies With the MS having a call in progress the SS sends SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5 5ter amp 6 on the SACCH The MS shall send MEASUREMENT REPORTS back to the SS and it shall be indicated in these that measurement results for the 6 strongest
82. Otherwise the timer T3158 shall continue to run 42 4 1 2 2 Test Purpose To verify that if the MS reselects a new cell while timer T3158 is active and the time to expiry of timer T3158 is greater than the indicated reporting period for the new cell the MS shall immediately restart timer T3158 with the indicated reporting period for the new cell To verify that if the MS reselects a new cell while timer T3158 is active and the time to expiry of timer T3158 is shorter than the indicated reporting period for the new cell the timer T3158 shall continue to run Reference GSM 04 60 v 6 3 0 Chapters 7 3 and 5 6 1 42 4 1 2 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 8 cells GPRS supported PCCCH is present Mobile Station MS is in Packet Idle mode and GPRS attached PDP context established Related PICS PIXIT statement ePrTor Support of GPRS Foreseen final state of the MS MS is in idle mode Test procedure SS sends PACKET MEASUREMENT ORDER message to MS SS sends PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER message to MS with new reporting period before the old reporting period has expired MS initiates a packet access and sends the PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT to SS Another measurement report is sent before new PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER message with new reporting period is sent to MS Two more measurement reports are sent using correct reporting periods Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence r ret1 Step Directi
83. PAGING REQUEST message without priority level is sent and during the call set up the SETUP message contains priority level 12 It is checked that the MS automatically accepts the incoming normal call ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 The MS is in dedicated mode If the MS supports TS11 TS11service shall be selected for the dedicated mode testing a SETUP message with priority level higher enough for auto answering is sent by the SS It is checked that the MS automatically accepts the incoming normal call A SETUP message containing low priority level without auto answering is sent It is checked that the MS indicates the incoming call to the user The MS is in group receive mode a NOTIFICATION FACCH message containing paging information and a PAGING REQUEST message with priority level O are sent It is checked that the MS automatically accepts the incoming normal call The MS is brought into group receive mode A NOTIFICATION FACCH message containing paging information and a PAGING REQUEST message containing low priority level are sent It is checked that the MS indicates the incoming call to the user Maximum Duration of Test 5 minutes Expected Sequence Step Direction 1 Message Comments the MS is in idle mode and auto answering for priority level 2 is disabled PAGING REQUEST TYPE 1 with priority level 2 CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT SDCCH PAGING RESPO
84. Procedure Automatic facsimile 29 4 3 2 Pre message procedure MS supporting TS61 and or TS62 ero 29 4 3 3 Message procedure MS supporting TS61 and or TS62 29 4 3 4 Post message procedure MS supporting TS61 and or TS62 29 4 3 5 Call release procedure MS supporting TS61 and or TS62 29 4 3 6 Speed conversion factor MS supporting TS61 and or TS62 continued Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests 2943 Notes S O 31 2 1 1 1 Call forwarding supplementary services All MS Registration accepted Registration rejected Erasure accepted Erasure rejected 31 2 1 3 Call forwarding supplementary services All MS pe ae ree Deactivation Interrogation accepted Interrogation rejected 31 2 1 7 1 1 Call forwarding supplementary services ETON Notioaion during arinoomingea Notification during an outgoing call Forwarded to mobile subscriber side call terminated call call ero 31 6 2 2 Interruption of power supply during an MS supporting AOCC and CC state U10 active call 31 6 2 3 MS going out of coverage during an active MS supporting AOCC and CC state U10 AOCC call continued Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests RegisterPassword operation negative result 31 8 1 2 3 Rejection after new password mismatch All MS 31 8 3 1 Activation accepted All MS 31 8 3 2 1 Rejection after invoke of ActivateSS All MS operation 31 8 3 2 2 Rejection after use of password procedure All MS 31 8 4 1 Deactivati
85. QUEUING NOTIFICATION message corresponding to one of its 3 last PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages the mobile station shall stop timer T3170 if running start timer T3162 and stop sending PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 2 2 42 1 2 1 1 1 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station stops sending PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages on receipt of a PACKET QUEUING NOTIFICATION message 42 1 2 1 1 1 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS The packet system information MAX RETRANS indicates 7 allowed retransmission Mobile Station The MS is switched off Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Switch off on button Yes No Method of trigger GPRS attach Test procedure The MS is switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach The SS sends PACKET QUEUING NOTIFICATION message corresponding to one of the last three PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages The SS verifies that the MS stops sending PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages The SS sends PACKET ACCESS REJECT message to end the test procedure Maximum duration of the test 15 s Expected sequence Step Direction Message Comments 1 MS The MS is powered up or switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 3 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 4 SS gt MS PACKET QUEUING Corresponding to message in ste
86. SDCCH 4 Channel number 20 Pertaining to last Channel Request sent by the MS Chosen arbitrarily by the test house Same channel type as in Channel Description 1 but different TDMA offset to that in Channel Description 1 equal to the value in Channel Description 1 equal to the value in Channel Description 1 Single RF channel equal to the value in Channel Description 1 Not pertaining to any Channel Requests sent by the MS Chosen arbitrarily by the test house 0 Not present Not used all bits set to spare r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Contents of IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message L2 pseudo length Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message Type Page Mode Page Mode Request Reference Wait Indication Request Reference Wait Indication Request Reference Wait Indication Request Reference Wait Indication IAR rest octets 19 RR Management 0000 00111010 Normal Paging Pertaining to last Channel Request sent by the MS 0 seconds Not pertaining to the MS under test 0 seconds Not pertaining to the MS under test 0 seconds Not pertaining to the MS under test 0 seconds Not used all bits set to spare Contents of LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST message Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message Type Other information elements MM message 0000 0X001000 Not checked Contents of PAGING REQUEST TYPE 1 me
87. Sent on PACCH MS sends data Sent on PACCH Sent on the PACCH Contains BSIC BCCH frequency The network control order USF IMMEDIATE_REL bit is not set See specific message contents MS sends data Sent on PACCH Steps 13 and 14 are optional and can be repeated but not more than 5 seconds Sent on the PRACH To the new cell Sent on the PCCCH MS sends data Sent on PACCH Sent on PACCH On the new cell SS sends data last block is polling Sent on PACCH MS sends data Sent on PACCH Specific message contents PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER in Step 18 Packet Cell Change Order message content IMMEDIATE REL 0 Same procedure as for an autonomous cell reselection 42 4 2 3 2 Cell change order procedure Simultaneous uplink and downlink transfer Failure case T3174 expiry 42 4 2 3 2 1 Conformance requirement If timer T3174 expires before a response to the PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message has been received from the new cell the mobile station shall start timer T3176 and return to the old cell The mobile station shall send a PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message to the network If the mobile station was in a simultaneous uplink and downlink packet transfer mode before the cell change the mobile station shall establish a new uplink TBF and send the PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message on this TBF When the mobile station has sent a PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message timer T3176 shall be stoppe
88. The MS sends PAGING RESPONSE message to network and after that MS sends its multislot class in CLASSMARK CHANGE message to the network 4 The MS performs successfully authentication and cipher mode setting procedures 5 The MS shall acknowledge the SETUP message with a CALL CONFIRMED message if compatibility checking was successful the MS is not busy and the user does not refuse the call 6 Upon receipt of the ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message the MS continues a mobile terminating call establishment with early establishment of the traffic channel s ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 6 1 by replying to the ASSIGNMENT COMMAND with an ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message and 6 2 if the MS supports immediate connect by continuing the call establishment by through connecting the traffic channel s in both directions or if the MS does not support immediate connect by sending an ALERTING message 7 An MS indicates acceptance of a MT call by sending CONNECT 8 After receiving the CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message from the network the MS shall establish the RLP link 9 User requests User initiated service level upgrade MS sends MODIFY message and after receipt of MODIFY COMPLETE message the MS enters the active state 10 MS receives CONFIGURATION CHANGE COMMAND message and reply s to SS by sending CONFIGURATION CHANGE ACKNOWLEDGE message 11 The MS initiates call clearing of an active call by sendin
89. Type Other information elements MM message 0000 0X001000 Not checked Contents of PAGING REQUEST TYPE 1 message L2 pseudo length Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message Type Page Mode Page Mode Channels needed first channel second channel Mobile Identity 1 odd even indication Type of Identity Identity Digits Mobile Identity 2 P1 rest octets This is the sum of the lengths of all the information elements present in the message except for the P1 rest octets and L2 pseudo length IEs For the default message the L2 pseudo length is 9 RR Management 0000 00100001 Normal Paging any channel any channel Even TMSI TMSI previously allocated to MS Not present Not used all bits set to spare r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Contents of PAGING REQUEST TYPE 2 message L2 pseudo length Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message Type Page Mode Page Mode Channels needed first channel second channel Mobile Identity 1 TMSI value Mobile Identity 2 TMSI value Mobile Identity P2 rest octets This is the sum of the lengths of all the information elements present in the message except for the P2 rest octets and L2 pseudo length IEs For the default message the L2 pseudo length is 11 RR Management 0000 00100010 Normal Paging any channel any channel TMSI previously allocated to MS T
90. UPLINK ASSIGNMENT Sent on PAGCH Fixed allocation 42 4 3 2 Default Messages 42 4 3 2 1 PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER message MESSAGE TYPE 0000 01 PAGE MODE 00 Normal Paging Referenced Address S 10 address is TLLI TLLI b received from MS IMMEDIATE_REL 1 Immediate release of the on going TBF ARFCN For GSM 900 00 0001 0100 ARFCN 20 For DCS 1800 10 0100 1110 ARFCN 590 BSIC For GSM 900 001101 For DCS 1800 001101 NC Measurement Parameters NETWORK CONTROL ORDER 00 NCO 0 1 NC NON DRX PERIOD O No additional NC parameters NC REPORTING PERIOD I lt NC REPORTING PERIOD T NC Frequency list struct 0 1 NC FREQUENCY LIST 0 No NC FREQUENCY LIST padding bits Spare Padding 42 4 3 2 2 PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message MESSAGE TYPE 0000 00 TLLI same as the value received from MS ARFCN For GSM 900 00 0001 0100 ARFCN 20 For DCS 1800 10 0100 1110 ARFCN 590 BSIC For GSM 900 001101 For DCS 1800 001101 CAUSE 0001 No response on target cell spare padding Spare Padding ePrTor 42 4 3 2 3 PACKET MEASUREMENT ORDER message MESSAGE TYPE PAGE MODE TLLI PMO INDEX PMO COUNT 0 1 lt NC Measurement Parameters NC Measurement Parameters NETWORK CONTROL ORDER 0 1 NC NON DRX PERIOD NC REPORTING PERIOD I NC REPORTING PERIOD T 0 1 NC FREQUENCY LIST NC Frequency list 0 11 NR OF REMOVED FREQ NR OF REMOVED FREQ REMOVED FREQ INDEX 1 lt List of added Frequency struct Add F
91. a correction in an earlier release Release 96 only one category B Addition of feature Release 97 X shall be marked C Functional modification of feature Release 98 with an X D Editorial modification Release 99 Release 00 Reason for Tests of this feature is missing in current version change Clauses affected 41 2 Other specs Other 3G core specifications List of CRs Affected Other GSM core List of CRs specifications MS test specifications List of CRs BSS test specifications List of CRs O amp M specifications List of CRs Other comments help doc lt double click here for help and instructions on how to create a CR 41 2 RR procedures on CCCH related to temporary block flow establishment This clause presents tests for RR procedures on CCCH related to temporary block flow establishment which are specified in GSM 04 08 3 5 Applicability and default conditions The clause is applicable for mobiles supporting GPRS The SS default conditions simulate one cell with default settings as defined in the GPRS general defaults section except SI 13 Rest Octets contains no PCCCH description PCCCH is not supported by the network The MS default initial condition is GPRS attached Unless otherwise stated no PDP context is required Default message contents and signaling macros are also defined in the GPRS general defaults section except for those messages and macros specified at the end of this clause 41 2 1 Permi
92. access procedure At the second attempt the SS sends PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK exactly after N3104 MAX data blocks The SS verifies that this time the MS does not abort the access procedure and successfully completes uplink transfer Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST MS is triggered to transfer 1000 data octets IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT for uplink TBF indicating one phase packet access fixed allocation and allocation bitmap granting 31 blocks n RLC data blocks SS receives n N3104_MAX data blocks SS verifies that MS does not send further RLC data blocks PACKET UPLINK with parameter REPEAT_ALLOCATION ACK NACK set MS shall ignore this message SS verifies that the MS does not send further RLC data blocks CHANNEL REQUEST MS re initiates packet access procedure IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT indicating one phase packet access granted n 1 RLC data blocks SS receives N3104_MAX 1 data blocks PACKET UPLINK with parameter REPEAT ALLOCATIOn ACK NACK set Completion of macro Uplink SS allows MS to complete uplink data data transfer transfer 41 2 3 7 One phase packet access Contention resolution Timer T3166 Conformance requirement The contention resolution has failed on the mobile station when the counter N3104 has reached its maximum value or on expiry of timer T3166 Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 3 Test purpose To verify that the MS correctly considers timer
93. at least one should be marked with an X Source Anite Telecoms Date 05 10 1999 Subject Measurement reporting corrections in test case 26 10 2 1 Work item DE SMG 001 10P 1 Category F Correction Release Phase2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 only one category B Addition of feature Release 97 X shall be marked Functional modification of feature Release 98 with an X D Editorial modification Release 99 Release 00 Reason for These problems were initiated with AniteMail 1408 and confirmed with STF79mail change 99452 1 In GSM 11 10 1 the BA IND parameter used in System Information 5 5bis and 5ter messages is set to 0 but the BA USED parameter is set to 1 in Measurement Report message GSM 04 08 section 10 5 2 20 specifies the BA USED parameter to be the value of the BA IND field of the neighbour cells description information element or elements defining the BCCH allocation used for the coding of BCCH FREQ NCELL fields Since the MS should already be in state U10 for the start of this test it is not necessary to discriminate between BCCH allocations on different logical channels Therefore the BA USED parameter in the Measurement Report should reflect the BA IND parameter in the System Information 5 message i e 0 2 ARFCN 20 is specified to be reported on for c 3 But ARFCN 20 is not among the list of cells present Also a Measurement Report messag
94. back to the SS on every uplink HSCSD channel and it shall be indicated in these that measurement results for the 4 strongest carriers have been obtained Maximum Duration of Test 5 minutes including 1 minute for any necessary operator actions Expected Sequence SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5 SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 and MEASUREMENT REPORT are sent continuously a table is not applicable in this test The interval between 2 successive Layer 2 frames containing MEASUREMENT REPORTS shall not exceed one Layer 2 frame Specific Message Contents GSM 900 begin SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5 Neighbour Cells Description Format Identifier bit map 0 BCCH Allocation Sequence 1 BCCH Allocation ARFCN The channel numbers 2 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 26 28 29 30 32 34 35 36 38 40 and 44 belong to the BCCH allocation EXT IND Information Element carries complete BA SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 Information Element value remark Protocol Discriminator RR Management Message Type sys info 6 Cell Identity Default LAI Default Cell Options Power Control Indicator Power Control Indicator is set DTX Indicator MS shall not use DTX Radio Link Time out Default PLMN permitted only NCC 1 permitted r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 MEASUREMENT REPORT Information Element value remark Protocol Discriminator RR Management Transaction Ident
95. call The call is established with certain AoCC non zero e parameters sent in a Facility IE in the CONNECT message It is an implementation option whether the AoCC acknowledge is sent before or after the CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE After the ACM has been incremented to 2 units 60 s the call shall be terminated by the MS once an additional chargeable interval of 30s has elapsed and an indication given to the user The call duration is recorded and the ACM is checked to ensure it has been incremented to 2 units The MS is then made to attempt to originate an ordinary call to the MS for which a non zero CAI exists for the calling party and shall be unsuccessful The MS shall not send a CHANNEL REQUEST for that call The MS is then made to attempt to originate an Maximum Duration of Test 10 minutes Expected Sequence Step Direction Message MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT MS gt SS CM SERVICE REQUEST SS gt MS CM SERVICE ACCEPT MS gt SS SETUP SS gt MS CALL PROCEEDING SS gt MS ASSIGNMENT COMMAND MS gt SS ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE SS gt MS ALERTING SS gt MS CONNECT MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT MS gt SS CM SERVICE REQUEST SS gt MS CM SERVICE ACCEPT MS gt SS EMERGENCY SETUP SS gt MS CALL PROCEEDING SS gt MS ASSIGNMENT COMMAND MS gt SS ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE SS gt MS ALERTING SS gt MS CONNECT
96. called party and shall be successful Maximum Duration of Test 10 minutes Expected Sequence The sequence step 1 20 is executed for execution counter k 1 3 At start of test only read and note value of ACM on SIM The SS is made to initiate a call o PAGING REQUEST CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT PAGING RESPONSE SETUP CALL CONFIRMED ASSIGNMENT COMMAND to a supported channel type ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE ALERTING CONNECT CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE OONDARWND gt A13 SS MS FACILITY As default message except contains Facility IE with contents as indicated in i below A14 MS gt SS FACILITY As default message except contains Facility IE with contents as indicated in ii below MENSEM ae is taken contents as indicated in i below As default message except contains Facility IE with contents as indicated in ii below C14 MS gt SS DISCONNECT MS terminates call with cause value 68 D13 MS gt SS DISCONNECT MS terminates call with cause value 68 D14 MS gt SS FACILITY As default message except contains Facility IE with contents as indicated in ii below E13 MS gt SS DISCONNECT MS terminates call with cause value 68 DISCONNECT may or may not contain Facility IE with contents as indicated in ii below ELM For k 1 2 and 3 F G and branch shall be taken respectively For k 1 Record call duration x seconds after CAI information sent by SS until call is terminated by the ME DISCO
97. carrier 1 b The MS is switched on C After 50 seconds the SS increases the level of carrier 2 to 42 dBuVemf d When the SS receives a response on carrier 2 the SS stops paging on that carrier and Aafter 30 seconds the SS increases the level of carrier 3 to 60 dBuVemf 20 21 5 5 Test Requirements 1 After step b there shall be no response from the MS on carrier 2 There shall also be no response on carrier 3 2 After increasing the level of carrier 2 in step c the MS shall respond on carrier 2 within 20 seconds 3 After increasing the level of carrier 3 in step d the mobile shall respond on carrier 3 within 20 seconds ETSI SMG7 Tdoc SMG7 99 299 Edinburgh 9 11 June 1999 CHANGE REQUEST No A710 Technical Specification GSM UMTS 11 10 1 Version 6 1 0 Submitted to SMG 30 for approval without presentation non strategic erp ats EA R for information with presentation strategic Proposed change affects SIM ME Network at least one should be marked with an X Work item DE SMG 001 110P 1 Source Anite Telecoms Date 10 June 1999 Subject Testing state U6 problem with GSM 11 10 1 test case 31 2 1 7 2 Category F Oorrection Release Phase2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 one category B Addition of feature Release 97 and one release C Functional modification of feature Release 98 only shall be D Editorial modification Release 99 marked with an X UMTS
98. case of rejection In call functions MS originated in call modification a successful channel change in state mobile originating modify In call functions MS originated in call modification an unsuccessful channel change in state mobile originating modif In m g dify call functions MS originated in call odification unknown message received MS supporting at least one dual mode bearer capability service BS61 BS81 or TS61 MS supporting at least one dual mode bearer capability service BS61 BS81 or TS61 MS supporting at least one dual mode bearer capability service BS61 BS81 or TS61 MS supporting at least one dual mode bearer capability service BS61 BS81 or TS61 MS supporting at least one dual mode bearer capability service BS61 BS81 or TS61 26 8 1 4 5 9 In call functions MS originated in call MS supporting at least one dual mode modification a release complete received bearer capability service BS61 BS81 or TS61 establishment allowed capability establishment not allowed switched basic service 26 8 2 3 26 8 3 Call Re establishment call under establishment transmission stopped User to user signalling switched basic service switched basic service 26 9 2 Structured procedures MS originated call MS supporting at least one MO early assignment teleservice 26 9 4 Structured procedures MS terminated MS supporting at least one MT basic call early assignment service 26 9 3
99. channel change caused by the HANDOVER COMMAND message the MS shall send the Layer 3 message to the new cell using the same value in the N SD field after the handover procedure r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 References Conformance requirements GSM 04 08 sections 3 4 4 and 9 1 15 GSM 04 13 section 5 2 6 2 26 13 1 3 2 2 Test purpose 1 To test that when the MS is ordered to make a non synchronized handover from non hopping multislot configuration to a non hopping multislot configuration it continuously sends access bursts on the main DCCH until it receives a PHYSICAL INFORMATION message from the SS 2 To test that the MS correctly takes the values of the Timing Advance information element in the PHYSICAL INFORMATION message into account 3 To test that the MS activates the new channels that belongs to same multislot configuration correctly taking into account upgraded resources and transmits the HANDOVER COMPLETE message without undue delay 4 To test that MS correctly retransmits Layer 3 MM or CC messages that were not acknowledged by Layer 2 before the Handover after completion of the Handover 26 13 1 3 2 3 Method of test Initial Conditions System Simulator 2 cells A and B with same LAI default parameters except Early classmark sending enabled in SI3 rest octets GSM 900 Cell A has BCCH ARFON 20 PLMN colour code NCC as defaults BS colour
100. contents of HLC LLC are not verified CALL PROCEEDING Information element Value remark Repeat Indicator Omitted Bearer Capability 1 GSM 04 08 section 10 5 4 5 Bearer Capability 2 Omitted Facility Omitted Progress indicator Omitted r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 MODIFY Information element Value remark Bearer capability Appropriate for the selected test Low layer comp Appropriate for the basic service selected for the test High layer comp Appropriate for the basic service selected for the test Reverse call setup direction Presence and value not checked MODIFY COMPLETE Information element Value remark Bearer capability Appropriate for the selected test Low layer comp Appropriate for the basic service selected for the test High layer comp Appropriate for the basic service selected for the test Reverse call setup direction Presence and value not checked MODIFY REJECT Information element Value remark Bearer capability Appropriate for the selected test Cause 58 bearer capability not presently available Low layer compatibility Appropriate for the basic service selected for the test High layer compatibility Appropriate for the basic service selected for the test 26 13 3 Multislot signalling Structured procedures 26 13 3 1 Multislot signalling Structured procedures MS originated call early assignment HSCSD non transparent
101. decode the Mobile Allocation and Frequency List IEs correctly and applies the specified frequencies using the correct Cell Allocation To verify that after receipt of the ASSIGNMENT COMMAND the MS returns an ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE without undue delay 26 13 1 2 1 3 Method of test Initial Conditions System Simulator 1 cell default parameters except Early classmark sending enabled in SI3 rest octets GSM 900 BCCH ARFCN 20 Throughout the test the CA broadcast in System Information 1 is 10 17 20 26 34 42 45 46 52 59 Note that the actual CA of the cell contains other frequencies DCS 1 800 BCCH ARFCN 747 Throughout the test the CA broadcast in System Information 1 is 734 741 747 754 759 766 773 775 779 782 Note that the actual CA of the cell contains other frequencies Mobile Station The MS is in the idle updated state with a TMSI allocated ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Related PICS PIXIT Statements The supported channel mode s need to be declared The supported frequencies P GSM E GSM R GSM or DCS 1 800 Multislot class Classmark change Foreseen Final State of the MS Idle updated with TMSI allocated Test Procedure The SS pages the MS and allocates an SDCCH Each time the MS shall switch to the assigned channel establish the link and send an ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message Then the SS sends an
102. defined in PICS PIXIT MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST Establishment cause is Originating call and TCH F is needed or originating call and the network does not set NECI bit to 1 IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT CM SERVICE REQUEST Message is contained in SABM CLASSMARK CHANGE Multislot class AUTHENTICATION REQUEST AUTHENTICATION SRES specifies correct value RESPONSE CIPHERING MODE SS starts deciphering after sending the message COMMAND CIPHERING MODE Shall be sent enciphered All following messages COMPLETE shall be sent enciphered SS starts ciphering SETUP Transparent connection CALL PROCEEDING ASSIGNMENT COMMAND In multislot allocation maximum number of timeslots that MS supports is allocated ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE ALERTING Depending on the PICS an alerting indication is given CONNECT CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE The appropriate bearer channel is through connected in both directions DISCONNECT RELEASE RELEASE COMPLETE CHANNEL RELEASE The main signalling link is released 26 13 3 4 Multislot signalling Structured procedures MS Terminated call early assignment HSCSD non transparent This test is applicable to all MS that supports multislot configuration 26 13 3 4 1 Conformance requirement 1 The MS is in MM state idle updated and in RR idle mode when being paged by the network 2 The MS sends CHANNEL REQUEST message to the network and after that it receives IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message from the network 3
103. for the test Downlink assignment Appropriate for the test Uplink assignment Appropriate for the test Channel set 12 X 8 Appropriate for the test Channel mode 12 X 8 Appropriate for the test r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Contents of CONFIGURATION CHANGE ACKNOWLEDGE message MS to SS Protocol Discriminator Radio Resource Skip Indicator 0000 Message type 00110001 Contents of CONFIGURATION CHANGE REJECT message MS to SS Protocol Discriminator Radio Resource Skip Indicator 0000 Message type 00110011 RR Cause Protocol Error Unspecified Contents of CONNECT message SS to MS Protocol Discriminator Call Control Transaction Identifier TI value As used in the SETUP message TI flag 1 Message Type 000001 11 All other information elements Not present Contents of CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message MS to SS Protocol Discriminator Call Control Transaction Identifier TI value As used in the SETUP message TI flag 0 Message Type 0X001 111 Contents of HANDOVER ACCESS message Handover Reference Equal to the value included in the Handover Command message r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Contents of HANDOVER COMMAND message Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message Type Cell Description Network Colour Code Base station Colour Code BCCH Carrier Number Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset
104. from hopping multislot configuration finely synchronized case to hopping multislot configuration synchronized case during call establishment 2 The MS shall not change number of channels in multislot configuration but the place of each channel is changed 3 If during call establishment a Layer 3 MM or CC message just sent by the MS is not Layer 2 acknowledged before the channel change caused by the HANDOVER COMMAND message the MS shall send the Layer 3 message to the new cell using the same value in the N SD field after the handover procedure References Conformance requirements GSM 04 08 sections 3 4 4 and 9 1 15 GSM 04 13 section 5 2 6 2 26 13 1 3 4 2 Test purpose 1 To test that when the MS is ordered to make a finely synchronized handover to a synchronized cell it sends 4 access bursts on the main DCCH and then activates the channel correctly taking into account power command new order of channels in multislot configuration and correctly calculating the timing advance to use Handover is done from hopping multislot configuration to hopping multislot configuration number of channels in multislot configuration is not changed but the place of each channel is changed 2 To test that MS correctly retransmits Layer 3 MM or CC messages that were not acknowledged by Layer 2 before the Handover after completion of the Handover 3 To verify the MS transmits the HANDOVER COMPLETE message without undue delay 26 13 1 3 4 3 Method o
105. gt Arbitrarily chosen 42 1 2 1 8 Packet Uplink Assignment One phase access 42 1 2 1 8 1 Packet Uplink Assignment One phase access Contention Resolution Contention resolution is completed on the mobile station when the mobile station receives a PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK message with the same TLLI as the mobile station has included in the RLC header of the first RLC data blocks The mobile station shall then stop timer T3166 and counter N3104 At sending of the first RLC data block the mobile station shall stop timer T3164 set counter N3104 to 1 and start timer T3166 Counter N3104 shall be stepped each time the mobile station sends an RLC data block 42 1 2 1 8 1 1 Packet Uplink Assignment One phase access Contention resolution Inclusion of TLLI in RLC data blocks 42 1 2 1 8 1 1 1 Conformance requirements In order to uniquely identify the mobile station when sending on uplink the RLC Header is extended to include the TLLI of the mobile station until contention resolution is completed on the mobile station side All the RLC data blocks of an uplink TBF initiated by one phase access shall each contain a TLLI field in the RLC data block header until the contention resolution is completed on the mobile station side After the reaction time specified in GSM 05 10 no other RLC data blocks shall contain a TLLI field The TLLI BLOCK CHANNEL CODING parameter in the PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message indicates whether a RLC data bloc
106. gt MS SS gt MS SS gt MS SS gt MS SS gt MS SS gt MS SS gt MS SS gt MS MS lt gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK RLC data block PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK octets data Received on PRACH Indicating one phase packet access granted CS 1 shall be used and USF_GRANULARITY one block Sent on PAGCH USF addressing the MS Sent on PACCH of PDCH assigned in step 3 Received on the assigned PDTCH USF not addressing the MS USF not addressing the MS USF not addressing the MS USF not addressing the MS USF not addressing the MS USF not addressing the MS USF not addressing the MS USF not addressing the MS USF not addressing the MS USF not addressing the MS USF not addressing the MS Sent on PACCH Sent on PACCH Sent on PACCH Sent on PACCH Sent on PACCH Sent on PACCH Sent on PACCH Sent on PACCH Sent on PACCH Sent on PACCH Sent on PACCH Steps 4 to 16 are repeated at most 22 times or until MS does
107. gt SS ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE AUTHENTICATION REQUEST AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Sent on the correct channel after establishment of the main signalling link This message shall be ready to be transmitted before 600 ms after the completion of step 19 See specific message contents Sent on the correct channel after establishment of the main signalling link This message shall be ready to be transmitted before 600 ms after the completion of step 21 This message is not L2 acknowledged by the SS See specific message contents Sent on the correct channel after establishment of the main signalling link This message shall be transmitted at the specified Starting Time in step 25 N SD shall be the same as in step 24 SS gt MS CHANNEL RELEASE The main signalling link is released Specific Message Contents GSM 900 begin Step 3 IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT As default message contents except Channel Description Channel Type TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN SDCCH 8 Chosen arbitrarily N chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF Channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 6 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot
108. however following the Channel Request received from the Mobile Station the SS sends an Immediate Assignment to the MS commanding it to go to a TCH F This sets the Channel Mode automatically to Signalling Only 2 The SS then sends a series of CHANNEL MODE MODIFY messages to the MS Each time it is checked that the MS responds with a CHANNEL MODE MODIFY ACKNOWLEDGE message specifying ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 2 1 the channel mode that has been specified in the CHANNEL MODE MODIFY message if the MS supports that mode this mode then becomes the channel mode in use 2 2 the channel mode that was in use when the CHANNEL MODE MODIFY message has been received if the MS does not support the channel mode specified in the CHANNEL MODE MODIFY message Maximum duration of test 3 minutes Expected Sequence Step Direction Message Comment PAGING REQUEST TYPE 1 Sent on correct paging subchannel CHANNEL REQUEST Establishment cause indicates answer to paging IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT Assignment to a non hopping TCH F PAGING RESPONSE CLASSMARK CHANGE Multislot class ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Multislot configuration Channel mode signalling only ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE CHANNEL MODE MODIFY See specific message contents CHANNEL MODE MODIFY See specific message contents ACKNOWLEDGE CHANNEL MODE MODIFY See specific message contents CHANNEL MODE MODIFY See specific m
109. in downlink direction Multislot configuration is upgraded from the simplest case up to the maximum number of channels supported by MS in the HSCSD configuration This is verified by checking that the MS sends and receives correct RLP frames in each data block ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 8 To verify that subsequently upon the network initiating call clearing by sending a DISCONNECT message the MS proceed to release the call with RELEASE 9 To verify that subsequently on receipt of a RELEASE COMPLETE message followed by a CHANNEL RELEASE message the MS disconnects the main signalling link 26 13 3 1 3 Method of test Initial conditions Mobile Station The MS is in MM state idle updated with valid TMSI and CKSN System Simulator 1 cell default parameters except Early classmark sending enabled in SI3 rest octets Related PICS PIXIT statement s Interface to human user p1 Y N Way to display the called number only applicable if the MS has an interface to human user Way to indicate alerting only applicable if the MS supports the feature SS version Supported teleservices bearer services Classmark Multislot class Foreseen final state of the MS MS is in MM state idle updated with valid TMSI and CKSN Test procedure The MS is made to initiate a HSCSD connection The call is established with early assignment MS enters the active stat
110. in group receive mode ifreceives a paging message with the own mobile station identity on PCH is received it provides an indication with the correct priority 3 When the MS in group transmit mode ifreceives a NOTIFICATION FACCH message on the voice group call channel containing in band paging information is received the MS provides an indication with the correct priority 4 If the MS in group transmit mode ifreceives a paging message with the own mobile station identity on PCH is received it provides an indication with the correct priority 26 14 2 1 3 Method of test Initial Conditions System Simulator 1 cell with default parameters for ASCI testing Mobile Station No automatic answering configured Related PICS PIXIT Statement s Type of MS P E R GSM 900 or DCS 1800 Support VGCS talking Support VBS originating Support eMLPP Support monitoring on PCH in group transmit mode Way to configure VGCS or VBS ETC GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Way to request uplink Foreseen Final State of the MS Idle updated Test Procedure The MS is in group receive mode The SS sends NOTIFICATION FACCH message containing Paging Information IE which addresses the MS It is checked that the MS indicates the paging information The SS changes SI 6 indicating no support of in band paging After waiting 5s the SS sends a PAGING REQUEST TYPE 1 message addressing the MS on th
111. included Synchronized Ignore out of range timing advance Use Range 512 to encode the complete CA of Cell B For Type 1 MS timeslots are shifted one position to right if timeslot 7 is not used If timeslot 7 is used then timeslots are shifted one position to left For type 2 MS timeslots are shifted one position to right taking into account rules of multislot capability described in 05 02 Annex B For Type 1 MS timeslots are shifted one position to right if timeslot 7 is not used If timeslot 7 is used then timeslots are shifted one position to left For type 2 MS timeslots are shifted one position to right taking into account rules of multislot capability described in 05 02 Annex B Appropriate for the test Information Element value remark As default message contents except Handover Reference Value Same as HANDOVER COMMAND 26 13 1 3 5 Multislot signalling RR Handover successful call under establishment pre synchronized resource upgrading If an MS does not implement the pre synchronized handover procedure correctly then calls may fail ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 If an MS does not report the observed time difference between cells correctly then pseudo synchronized handovers might not be possible for any MS This test is applicable to all MS that supports multislot configuration 26 13 1 3 5 1 Conformance requirements 1 If during call es
112. is not a TS11 call the mobile station should not send a hold message to the network but release the call and accept the waiting call Reference s GSM 02 67 section 4 5 9 GSM 03 67 section 4 11 3 2 4 11 3 2 5 11 6 GSM 04 67 section 4 1 32 GSM 04 83 section 1 1 1 2 31 12 2 2 Test purpose For the MS supporting MT call to verify that pret GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 In idle mode the MS automatically accepts an incoming point to point call of priority level for which automatic answering is enabled In idle mode the MS alerts an incoming point to point call of a priority level for which automatic answering is disabled In dedicated mode and supporting Call Waiting when a Call Waiting indication includes a priority of sufficient higherlevel for which automatic answering is enabled and the priority level is higher than the ongoing efthe point to point call the MS automatically confirms the waiting call and sends a hold message to the network If a hold reject is received the other call is released and the waiting call is accepted In dedicated mode and supporting Call Waiting when a Call Waiting indication includes a priority ofa level for which automatic answering is enabled and the priority level is equal or lower than the priority level of the ongoing callnet high enough for automatic answering the MS indicates the waiting call In group receive mode the MS automatica
113. lower priority 31 12 3 3 Method of test Initial Conditions System Simulator 1 cell with default parameters Mobile Station the MS is in idle mode The auto answering priority level is set to higher than priority level 2 Related PICS PIXIT Statement s Type of MS P E R GSM 900 or DCS 1800 Support eMLPP Way to configure automatic answering Way to indicate that a VGCS VBS call has been automatically accepted Foreseen Final State of the MS Idle updated Test Procedure The MS is in idle mode a NOTIFICATION NCH message with priority level higher enough for auto answering is sent It is checked that the MS automatically accepts the incoming VGCS VBS call The call is released A NOTIFICATION NCH message containing low priority level without auto answering is sent It is checked that the MS indicates the incoming VGCS VBS call to the user The MS is in dedicated mode a NOTIFICATION FACCH message with priority level higher enough for auto answering is sent It is checked that the MS automatically accepts the incoming VGCS VBS call A NOTIFICATION FACCH message containing low priority level without auto answering is sent It is checked that the MS indicates the incoming VGCS VBS call to the user The MS is in group receive mode a NOTIFICATION FACCH message with priority level higher enough for auto answering and containing VGCS VBS channel description is sent It is checked that the MS automatically accepts the incom
114. non combined CCCH SDCCH see initial conditions Channel number 650 For combined CCCH SDCCH default SS conditions SDCCH 4 Channel number 590 Pertaining to last Channel Request sent by the MS Chosen arbitrarily by the test house Same channel type as in Channel Description 1 but different TDMA offset to that in Channel Description 1 equal to the value in Channel Description 1 equal to the value in Channel Description 1 Single RF channel equal to the value in Channel Description 1 Not pertaining to any Channel Requests sent by the MS Chosen arbitrarily by the test house 0 Not present Not used all bits set to spare ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Contents of IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message L2 pseudo length Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message Type Page Mode Page Mode Request Reference Wait Indication Request Reference Wait Indication Request Reference Wait Indication Request Reference Wait Indication IAR rest octets 19 RR Management 0000 00111010 Normal Paging Pertaining to last Channel Request sent by the MS 0 seconds Not pertaining to the MS under test 0 seconds Not pertaining to the MS under test 0 seconds Not pertaining to the MS under test 0 seconds Not used all bits set to spare Contents of LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST message Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message
115. non hopping mode Request reference Random access information As received from MS N51 N32 N26 Corresponding to frame number of the CHANNEL REQUEST Timing advance Arbitrary Mobile allocation Empty L 0 Starting time Omitted MODIFY Information element Value remark Bearer capability Connection element octet 6c Transparent for cases 26 13 3 3 26 13 3 5 Non transparent for cases 26 13 3 1 26 13 3 2 26 13 3 4 Low layer comp Appropriate for the basic service selected for the test High layer comp Appropriate for the basic service selected for the test Reverse call setup direction Presence and value not checked MODIFY COMPLETE Information element Value remark Bearer capability Connection element octet 6c Transparent for cases 26 13 3 3 26 13 3 5 Non transparent for cases 26 13 3 1 26 13 3 2 26 13 3 4 Low layer comp Appropriate for the basic service selected for the test High layer comp Appropriate for the basic service selected for the test Reverse call setup direction Presence and value not checked MODIFY REJECT Bearer capability Connection element octet 6c Transparent for cases 26 13 3 3 26 13 3 5 Non transparent for cases 26 13 3 1 26 13 3 2 26 13 3 4 Cause Cause Channel Unacceptable Low layer comp Appropriate for the basic service selected for the test High layer comp Appropriate for the basic service selected for the test r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997
116. of reading ACM from the SIM via the ME Type of user indication when ACMmax exceeded Supported teleservices Support for active state of the call control protocol U10 Initial Conditions System Simulator 1 cell default parameters IMSI attach detach disabled Mobile Station The MS is in MM state idle updated PIN 2 is entered into the MS allowing modification of both the ACM and ACMmax fields on the SIM The ACM is reset to zero and the ACMmax is set to 2 units Foreseen Final State of the MS The MS is in MM state idle updated Method of Test The SS is made to initiate a call The call is established with certain non zero AoCC e parameters sent in a Facility IE contained in a FACILITY message sent before the CONNECT message It is an implementation option whether the AoCC e parameters and AoCC acknowledge are sent before or after the CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE After the ACM has been incremented to 2 units 60s the call shall be terminated by the MS once an additional chargeable interval of 30s has elapsed and an indication given to the user The ACM shall be checked to ensure that it has been incremented to 2 units The SS is then made to attempt to make an ordinary call to the MS for which a non zero CAI exists for the called party and shall be unsuccessful The MS shall terminate the call with a DISCONNECT message The SS is then made to attempt to make an ordinary call to the MS for which a zero CAI exists for the
117. one TCH F 1 7 from non hopping multislot configuration with one TCH F to non hopping multislot configuration resource upgrading used 1 8 from non hopping multislot configuration to hopping multislot configuration relocating all channels in multislot configuration call without changing the number of TCH Fs allocated ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 5 1 9 from hopping multislot configuration to non hopping multislot configuration partially relocating the channels in multislot configuration call without changing the number of TCH Fs allocated To verify that an MS supporting TCH and multislot configuration having sent a MM or CM message that was not acknowledged on L2 before the channel assignment procedure was initiated and before the MS has left the old channel repeats that message after completion of the assignment procedure without incrementing N SD This is tested in the special case of MM message AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE To verify that an MS supporting TCH and multislot configuration having received an ASSIGNMENT COMMAND having sent an SABM frame to establish the main signalling link on the assigned main channel of the multislot configuration reports the power level s specified in the ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message in the uplink SACCH L1 header of the SACCH message sent int the SACCH period following the transmission of the SABM frame To verify that an MS supporting TCH a
118. per TDMA frame of the uplink radio block and the RRBP 1 Specific message contents None 42 1 2 2 2 Packet Downlink Assignment PCCCH monitoring 42 1 2 2 2 1 Conformance requirements A PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT message may indicate an assignment starting time in the TBF Starting Time parameter The mobile station shall monitor PCCCH until the point in time denoted by the TBF Starting Time Thereafter it shall switch to the assigned PDCHs If while monitoring the PCCCH the mobile station receives more than one PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT message it shall act upon the most recently received message and shall ignore the previous message Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 2 1 1 42 1 2 2 2 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station monitors PCCCH until the point in time denoted by the TBF Starting Time To verify that the mobile station considers the most recently received PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT message 42 1 2 2 2 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS The packet system information ACCESS BURST TYPE indicates 8 bit access Mobile Station The MS is GPRS attached and in packet idle mode and Ready state Related PICS PIXIT statement Support of GPRS Yes No Test procedure The SS initiate a downlink data transfer The SS sends PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT message to the MS with a TBF starting time Then send a new PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT message on PCCCH with another TBF
119. present carriers of the supported band have been obtained Maximum Duration of Test 8 minutes including 1 minute for any necessary operator actions Expected Sequence This sequence is performed for execution counter c 1 to 9 ETSI GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 952 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Since SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5 SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 and MEASUREMENT REPORT are sent continuously a table is not applicable in this test The interval between 2 successive Layer 2 frames containing MEASUREMENT REPORTS shall not exceed one Layer 2 frame Specific Message Contents E GSM SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5 Information Element value remark Protocol Discriminator RR management Message Type Sys Info 5 Neighbour Cells Description EXT IND Information Element carries only a part of the BA BA IND 0 for c 1 use range 128 to encode the following frequencies 26 38 for c 2 use range 256 to encode the following frequencies 990 1 003 1 005 for c 3 use range 512 to encode the following frequencies 520 990 1 003 1 005 1 020 for c 4 use range 1 024 to encode the following frequencies 0 26 38 990 1 003 1 005 for c 5 use variable Bitmap to encode the following frequencies 0 26 38 for c 6 use Bitmap 0 to encode the following frequencies 26 for c 7 use range 512 to encode the following frequencies 520 990 1020 for c 8 use range 1024 to encode the following frequencies
120. priority level of current call is level 3 containing priority level 0 SDCCH without priority level and signal IE automatic connection TCH the MS is brought into group receive mode with the priority level 3 containing priority level 3 to check that the MS gives incoming call indication UI format ero ETSI SMG7 23 Sophia France 19 22 October 1999 CHANGE REQUEST GSM CR A753 11 10 1 GSM AA BB or 3G AA BBB specification number T For submission to 30 list expected approval meeting here T for approval X for information Tdoc 7 99 326 Please see embedded help file at the bottom of this page for instructions on how to fill in this form correctly Current Version 6 1 0 7 CR number as allocated by MCC support team strategic non strategic X for SMG use only Form CR cover sheet version 2 for 3GPP and SMG U SIM Proposed change affects at least one should be marked with an X ME UTRAN Radio The latest version of this form is available from ftp ftp 3gpp org Information CR Form v2 doc Core Network Source MCC STF 61V Date 13 10 99 Subject Correction of test prose 31 12 3 eMLPP Service automatic answering MT VGCS or VBS call Work item REN SMG 071110Q6R1 1 Category F Correction Release Phase 2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 only one category B
121. response Received on PRACH 9 SS gt MS PACKET QUEUING Allocate a TQI to the MS Sent on PAGCH NOTIFICATION 10 SS The SS waits T3162 0 1 T3162 11 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Include same TQI as in step 9 dynamic ASSIGNMENT allocation struct Sent on PAGCH 12 MS gt SS UPLINK RLC DATA BLOCK LLC PDU implicitly indicating paging response Received on uplink PDTCH assigned in step 11 13 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Acknowledge the received RLC data block Final Ack Indicator 1 Sent on PACCH 14 MS gt SS PACKET CONTROL Acknowledge the RLC control message ACKNOWLEDGEMENT Received on PACCH Specific message contents None 42 1 2 1 2 Packet Uplink Assignment Response to packet polling request 42 1 2 1 2 1 Conformance requirements On receipt of a PACKET POLLING REQUEST message the mobile station shall restart the timer T3162 and respond to the network with the PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message in the reserved uplink radio block specified by the RRBP field Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 2 3 42 1 2 1 2 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station responds to the Network with a PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message in the reserved uplink radio block specified by the RRBP field on receipt of a PACKET POLLING REQUEST message The message from the network shall be sent in a way that the timer T3162 must have been restarted on receipt of the PACKET POLLING REQUEST
122. sending a DISCONNECT message the MS proceed to release the call with RELEASE 7 To verify that subsequently on receipt of a RELEASE COMPLETE message followed by a CHANNEL RELEASE message the MS disconnects the main signalling link 26 13 3 3 3 Method of test Initial conditions Mobile Station The MS is in MM state idle updated with valid TMSI and CKSN System Simulator 1 cell default parameters except Early classmark sending enabled in SI3 rest octets Related PICS PIXIT statement s Interface to human user p1 Y N Way to display the called number only applicable if the MS has an interface to human user Way to indicate alerting only applicable if the MS supports the feature SS version Supported teleservices bearer services Classmark Multislot class Foreseen final state of the MS MS is in MM state idle updated with valid TMSI and CKSN Test procedure The MS is made to initiate a HSCSD connection Maximum number of channels supported by the MS in a HSCSD configuration is allocated The call is established with early assignment Having reached the active state the call is cleared by the SS Maximum duration of test 7 min ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Expected sequence Direction Message Commens The called number is entered If p1 Y the MS must display the called number in the way
123. service Support PDP context Method of triggering the MS to initiate an uplink packet data transfer Test procedure The MS is triggered to transfer an LLC PDU The SS sends PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message containing Dynamic Allocation struct The MS shall start to send RLC data and RLC MAC control blocks on the allocated uplink The SS allows the MS to send the uplink data transfer The SS verifies the coding is the scheme specified by TLLI BLOCK CHANNEL CODING the TFI is correct and the block contains TLLI in the first RLC data blocks After contention resolution reaction time shall the remaining RLC data blocks contain coding scheme specified by CHANNEL CODING COMMAND the TFI shall be correct and the blocks do not contain TLLI Maximum duration of the test 3 min Expected sequence The MS is triggered to initiate packet uplink transfer of an LLC PDU consisting of 500 octets data 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL Received on PRACH REQUEST 3 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Dynamic allocation struct ASSIGNMENT USF_GRANULARITY one block Sent on PAGCH 4 SS gt MS PACKET DOWLINK DUMMY Sent on the PACCH of the PDCH assigned in CONTROL BLOCK step 3 containing USF assigned to the MS 5 MS gt SS UPLINK RLC DATA BLOCK Received on the assigned PDTCH Check that the coding is the scheme specified by TLLI BLOCK CHANNEL CODING the TFI is correct and the block contains TLLI 6 SS Check that there is no RLC data block tran
124. service selected for the test Reverse call setup direction Presence and value not checked r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 26 13 2 1 3 Multislot signalling CC In call functions User initiated service level upgrade Time out of timer T323 26 13 2 1 3 1 Definition and applicability Multislot connection is established Multislot configuration with one TCH F is allocated User initiated service level upgrade is requested Timer T323 expires Call is cleared This test is applicable for any equipment supporting multislot configuration 26 13 2 1 3 2 Conformance requirements 1 MS shall send MODIFY message to SS indicating that User initiated service level upgrade is initiated 2 After timer T323 has expired MS starts call clearing by sending DISCONNECT message 3 After receipt of RELEASE message the MS sends RELEASE COMPLETE message and goes to idle updated state References Conformance requirement 1 GSM 04 08 section 9 3 13 Conformance requirement 2 GSM 04 08 section 9 3 7 Conformance requirement 3 GSM 04 08 sections 9 3 18 and 9 1 7 and 5 4 4 2 2 26 13 2 1 3 3 Test purpose 1 To verify that upon expiration of T323 accuracy 10 the MS shall initiate the procedures for call clearing with cause 102 recovery on timer expiry 26 13 2 1 3 4 Method of test Initial conditions Mobile station MS in the active state of a service using a multislot conn
125. starting time and a different timeslot before the first starting time has occurred The SS starts to send RLC MAC data blocks according to the second PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT message The MS shall send PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK message to indicate correct reception of data blocks Maximum duration of the test 2 min Expected sequence The SS initiate a downlink transfer of 200 octets data 2 SS gt MS PACKET DOWNLINK See specific message contents Sent on ASSIGNMENT PCCCH 3 SS gt MS PACKET DOWNLINK Sent 3 blocks before TBF starting time in step ASSIGNMENT 2 has elapsed See specific message contents Sent on PCCCH 4 SS gt MS DOWNLINK RLC DATA SS sends data starting at frame as indicated by BLOCK TBF starting time in step 3 on assigned PDTCH 5 MS gt SS PACKET DOWNLINK Indicating correct reception of downlink data ACK NACK block Received on PACCH Specific message contents As default messages contents except PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT in step 2 Information element Value remark lt TIMESLOT_ALLOCATION gt 00010000 allocate timeslot 3 Oll lt TBF Starting Time gt I IBF STARTING TIME arbitrarily chosen PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT in step 3 Information element Value remark TIMESLOT ALLOCATION 00000010 allocate timeslot 6 Oll lt TBF Starting Time gt 1 TBF_STARTING_TIME arbitrarily chosen different from step 2 42 1 2 2 3 Packet Downlink Assignm
126. step 3 Information element Value remark lt WAIT_INDICATION gt Set values between 1 255 see below lt WAIT_INDICATION_SIZE gt 0 units of seconds Case 1 WAIT INDICATION 60 Case 2 WAIT INDICATION 240 42 1 2 1 3 3 Packet Uplink Assignment Packet access reject PRACH Control Parameter decoding On receipt of a PACKET ACCESS REJECT message that contains a Reject structure addressed to the mobile station without a WAIT INDICATION field the mobile station shall stop timer T3162 if running and return to packet idle mode Before initiating a new packet access procedure the mobile station shall decode the PRACH Control Parameters if they are broadcast 42 1 2 1 3 3 1 Conformance requirements The mobile station shall decode the PRACH Control Parameters if they are broadcast Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 2 4 42 1 2 1 3 3 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station decodes the PRACH Control Parameters anew on receipt of a PACKET ACCESS REJECT message 42 1 2 1 3 3 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS The packet system information ACCESS BURST TYPE indicates 8 bit access Mobile Station The MS is switched off Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Switch off on button Yes No Method of trigger GPRS attach Test procedure The MS is switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach The SS shall save the MS action when sendin
127. strategic X for SMG use only Form CR cover sheet version 2 for 3GPP and SMG SMM Proposed change affects at least one should be marked with an X ME UTRAN Radio The latest version of this form is available from ftp ftp 3gpp org Information CR Form v2 doc Core Network Source SMG7 GPRS Date 1999 10 08 Subject Correction of applicability clauses Work item GPRS Category F Correction Release Phase2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 only one category B Addition of feature Release 97 X shall be marked C Functional modification of feature Release 98 with an X D Editorial modification Release 99 Release 00 Reason for The applicability of some test cases is not specified in current version and needs to be change added Clauses affected 3 2 2 and 41 4 Other specs Other 3G core specifications affected Other GSM core specifications MS test specifications BSS test specifications O amp M specifications Other comments help doc List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs lt double click here for help and instructions on how to create a CR 3 Definitions conventions and applicability For abbreviations and acronyms see GSM 01 04 3 1 Mobile station definition and configurations In this EN a MS can be a vehicle mounted station a portable station
128. terms 3 5 1 Radio Frequency RF input signal level In general the RF input signal level to the MS is expressed in terms of the received field strength E in dByuV m assuming a 0 dBi gain antenna This is related to the power level P in dBm by the following formula see GSM 05 05 GSM 900 E dByV m P dBm 136 5 calculated for a frequency of 925 MHz DCS 1 800 E dBuV m P dBm 142 3 calculated for a frequency of 1 795 MHz According to annex 1 subclause A1 1 5 3 in all tests in which a handheld MS normally only equipped with integral antenna is the unit under test the equivalent input signal level into a temporary test connector is determined from Ein Ereq F where Ein input signal level to a temporary antenna connector dBuVemf Ereq signal level required by the test dBuVemf F coupling factor dB at the respective ARFCN ero Since F has to be determined by each test house individually Ein cannot be given as a figure in test procedures If the case of integral antenna is applicable the input signal level is then expressed in the test procedures as Ereq dBuVemf where the empty parenthesis is to be read as Ein Alternatively the input signal level to the MS at the antenna connector can be expressed in dBuVemf This is related to the power level P in dBm by the following formula assuming a 50 ohm antenna connector Input signal level dBuVemf P dBm 113 3 5 2 Reference sensitivi
129. the ACM becomes equal to or exceeds its maximum value the ACMmax any outgoing calls in progress for which a non zero CAI exists shall be terminated by the ME with cause value 68 once the chargeable interval determined by the CAI has elapsed with an appropriate indication given to the user 2 When the value stored in the ACM becomes equal to or exceeds its maximum limit the ACMmax the making of further non emergency calls shall be inhibited 3 When the value stored in the ACM becomes equal to or exceeds its maximum limit the ACMmax the making of emergency calls shall be uninhibited Reference s Conformance requirement 1 GSM 02 24 GSM 04 86 section 2 3 Conformance requirement 2 GSM 02 24 Conformance requirement 3 GSM 02 24 Related PICS PIXIT Statement s Support of AoCC Supported rates full rate half rate Method of reading ACM from the SIM via the ME Type of user indication when ACMmax exceeded Supported teleservices Support for active state of the call control protocol U10 Initial Conditions System Simulator 1 cell default parameters IMSI attach detach disabled Mobile Station The MS is in MM state idle updated PIN 2 is entered into the MS allowing modification of both the ACM and ACMmax fields on the SIM The ACM is reset to zero and the ACMmax is set to 2 units Foreseen Final State of the MS The MS is in MM state idle updated Method of Test The MS is made to initiate a
130. the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 11 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not included Not included Appropriate for the test Depending on Multislot class Shall not have maximum number of timeslots Appropriate for the test but as many as in downlink assignment Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Indicates frequencies 45 46 73 74 75 76 108 114 Not included r ret1 GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 13 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Descripti
131. the RRBP field Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 2 1 1 42 1 2 2 1 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station sends PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT as four access bursts if the network sets the poll bit in the PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT message when CONTROL ACK TYPE is set to four access bursts 42 1 2 2 1 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS The packet system information CONTROL ACK TYPE is set to indicate PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEGEMENT format as four access bursts and the ACCESS BURST TYPE indicates 11 bit access Mobile Station The MS is GPRS attached and in packet idle mode and Ready state Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Test procedure The SS initiate a downlink data transfer The SS sends PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT message The poll bit in the MAC header of the PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT message will be set to indicate RRBP field is valid The SS verifies that the MS sends PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT as four access bursts Maximum duration of the test 2 min Expected sequence The SS initiate a downlink transfer of 200 octets data 2 SS gt MS PACKET DOWNLINK Poll bit in the MAC header is set to indicate a ASSIGNMENT valid RRBP 1 Sent on PCCCH 3 MS gt SS PACKET CONTROL As four access bursts Received on PACCH ACKNOWLEDGEMENT 4 SS The SS verifies that the MS sends the PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT as four access bursts one
132. the call due to loss of traffic continued r ret1 Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests Channel release after unrecoverable MS which do not have an application errors 1 layer always running which performs a normal release of the call due to loss of traffic 1 Channel release after unrecoverable MS which do not have an application E errors 2 layer always running which performs a normal release of the call due to loss of traffic 201 9 1 9 2 9 3 Channel release after unrecoverable MS which do not have an application errors 3 layer always running which performs a normal release of the call due to loss of 0 5 0 9 traffic 20 1 Cell selection All MS 20 2 Cell selection with varying signal strength All MS values Basic cell reselection All MS 20 4 Cell reselection using All MS TEMPORARY_OFFSET CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET POWER_OFFSET and PENALTY_TIME parameters 2 Cell reselection using parameters All MS Test purpose 2 is only applicable transmitted in the System Information type to EGSM900 and DCS 1 800 MS 2bis type 7 and type 8 messages 206 20 6 Cell reselection timings All MS Priority of cells All MS Cell reselection when C1 serving cell lt 0 for 5 seconds Running average of the surrounding cell BCCH carrier signal levels Running average of the serving cell BCCH carrier signal level Updating the list of six strongest neighbour carriers and decoding the BCCH information of a new carri
133. the default Sys Info parameters used in the test is larger than 58 frames see 04 08 Table 3 1 This value is large enough to allow the MS to respond to the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message by stopping sending the next access bursts 41 2 5 2 Packet access rejection assignment before T3142 expires Conformance requirement On receipt of an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message corresponding to one of its 3 last CHANNEL REQUEST messages the mobile station stops sending CHANNEL REQUEST messages starts timer T3142 with the indicated value wait indication information element starts T3146 if it has not already been started and listens to the downlink CCCH until T3146 expires During this time additional IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT messages are ignored but any immediate assignment corresponding to any other of its 3 last CHANNEL REQUEST messages make the mobile station follow the assignment procedure If no such immediate assignment is received the mobile station returns to packet idle mode Reference GSM 04 08 subclause 3 5 2 1 3 4 Test purpose To verify that the MS stops sending CHANNEL REQUEST messages when receiving an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT and if an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT containing a correct Request Reference arrives before T min T3142 T3146 seconds elapse then the MS shall accept this assignment See below for a note on T3146 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator Default settings except
134. the mobile station in packet transfer mode shall act upon the IMMEDIATE REL value it may continue its operation in the old serving cell as in mobile steered cell reselection or it shall immediately abort its TBF if it is indicated by the IMMEDIATE REL value Under no circumstances operations in the old cell shall be continued more than 5 seconds after a cell reselection has been determined 42 4 2 3 1 2 Test Purpose To verify that when the cell change order procedure is started by sending a PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER message the MS shall abort any TBF in progress and stop transmitting To verify that the MS shall switch to the new cell To verify that the MS shall act upon the IMMEDIATE REL value Reference GSM 04 60 v 6 4 0 Chapters 5 5 1 1 8 4 and 8 4 1 42 4 2 3 1 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 2 cells GPRS supported Mobile Station MS is in Packet Idle mode and GPRS attached PDP context established Related PICS PIXIT statement ePrTor Support of GPRS The way to trigger the MS initiating an uplink packet transfer Foreseen final state of the MS MS is in simultaneous uplink and downlink packet transfer mode Test procedure MS is brought into simultaneous uplink and downlink packet transfer mode SS sends a PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER message with IMMEDIATE REL value set to 1 to force the mobile to release all ongoing TBFs MS switches to the new cell and simultaneous uplink and dow
135. the priority level of current call is level 3 containing priority level 4 to check that the MS indicates the VGCS VBS call to the user stop sending NOTIFICATION FACCH format release dedicated channel the MS is in group receive mode the priority level of current call is level 3 containing priority level 1 and with VGCS VBS channel description to check the MS automatically accepts the incoming VGCS VBS call containing priority level 4 and with VGCS VBS channel description to check the MS indicates the incoming VGCS VBS call to the user UI format release VGCS VBS channel ero ETSI SMG7 23 Sophia France 19 22 October 1999 Tdoc 7 99 327 CHANGE REQUEST GSM CR A756 11 10 1 GSM AA BB or 3G AA BBB specification number 1 For submission to 30 list expected approval meeting here 1 for approval X for information Please see embedded help file at the bottom of this page for instructions on how to fill in this form correctly Current Version 6 1 0 7 CR number as allocated by MCC support team strategic non strategic X for SMG use only Form CR cover sheet version 2 for 3GPP and SMG U SIM Proposed change affects at least one should be marked with an X ME UTRAN Radio The latest version of this form is available from ftp ftp 3gpp org Information CR Form v2 doc Core Network Sou
136. the switching to the assigned channels and initiates the establishment of lower layer connections this includes the activation of the channels their connection and the establishment of the main signalling links MM messages and CM messages using SAPI 0 sent from the mobile station to the network can be duplicated by the data link layer in the following case a channel change of dedicated channels is required assignment or handover procedure and the last layer 2 frame has not been acknowledged by the peer data link layer before the mobile station leaves the old channel In this case the mobile station does not know whether the network has received the message correctly Therefore the mobile station has to send the message again after the new dedicated channel is established The MS shall establish the link with the power level specified in the ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message The MS shall confirm the power control level that it is currently employing in the uplink SACCH L1 header The indicated value shall be the power control level actually used by the mobile for the last burst of the previous SACCH period The MS shall apply the hopping frequencies specified in ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message in the Mobile Allocation IE or the Frequency List IE at the time of accessing the new channel using the last received Cell Allocation After receipt of the ASSIGNMENT COMMAND the MS shall perform the assignment and return an ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE without
137. the test Mode of the channel set X 12 X 8 Appropriate for on bearer capability chosen for the test Description of the second channel Omitted Mode of the second channel Omitted Mobile allocation Omitted Starting time Omitted Cipher mode setting Omitted HANDOVER COMMAND As default message contents except Cell Description Network Colour Code 3 Base Station Colour Code 0 BCCH Carrier Number 764 Channel Description 2 Channel Type 00000 Timeslot number Chosen arbitrarily but not Zero Training Sequence Code Chosen arbitrarily Hopping 0 no hopping ARFCN the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Synchronization Indication IE is not included Channel Mode IE is not included Description of a multislot configuration Downlink assignment More timeslot are assigned than before HANDOVER COMMAND Uplink assignment As many timeslots assigned as before HANDOVER COMMAND Channel set X 1 lt x lt 8 Same as before HANDOVER COMMAND PHYSICAL INFORMATION Information Element value remarks As default message contents except Timing advance Arbitrarily selected but different to default value 26 13 1 3 3 Multislot signalling RR Handover successful active call finely synchronized resource downgrading This test is applicable to all MS that supports multislot configuration ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 26 13 1 3 3 1 Conformance requirements 1 The MS
138. timeslots is selected MS connects all bi directional channels in both directions and all uni directional channels in downlink direction The MS is made to release the call The main signalling link is released ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 26 13 3 5 Multislot signalling Structured procedures MS Terminated call early assignment HSCSD Transparent This test is applicable to all MS that supports multislot configuration 26 13 3 5 1 Conformance requirement The MS is in MM state idle updated and in RR idle mode when being paged by the network 2 The MS sends CHANNEL REQUEST message to the network and after that it receives IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message from the network 3 The MS sends PAGING RESPONSE message to network and after that MS sends its multislot class in CLASSMARK CHANGE message to the network 4 The MS performs successfully authentication and cipher mode setting procedures 5 The MS shall acknowledge the SETUP message with a CALL CONFIRMED message if compatibility checking was successful the MS is not busy and the user does not refuse the call 6 Upon receipt of the ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message the MS continues a mobile terminating call establishment with early establishment of the traffic channel s 6 1 by replying to the ASSIGNMENT COMMAND with an ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message and 6 2 if the MS supports immediate connect by continuing the call estab
139. transfer on a PCH block corresponding to its paging group see 05 02 6 5 2 which depends on Sys Info parameters and the MS s IMSI The MS shall switch to the assigned PDCH and exercise downlink transfer Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence 1 SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT sent on a PCH block corresponding to the MS s paging group including a packet downlink assignment with correct TLLI 2 MS lt gt SS Completion of macro SS completes downlink transfer of 200 Downlink data transfer octets of data 41 2 6 2 Initiation of packet downlink assignment procedure timer T3190 Conformance requirement On receipt of an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message the MS stops monitoring downlink CCCH and switches to the assigned PDCH and starts listening for downlink RLC MAC blocks identified by the assigned TFI it then starts timer T3190 If the mobile station does not receive a RLC MAC block on the assigned PDCHs before timer T3190 expires then a TBF establishment failure has occurred Reference GSM 04 08 subclause 3 5 3 1 2 Test purpose To verify that the MS returns to packet idle updated if RLC MAC blocks are sent after T3190 seconds and that the MS correctly receives RLC MAC blocks if they are sent before T3190 seconds Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator Default settings Mobile Station MS is GPRS attached a PDP context has been established and the MS is in Packet Idle mode Related P
140. value of CCM If the ACMmax is valid and the ACM becomes equal to or exceeds the value of the ACMmax then all calls in progress chargeable to the user shall be terminated by the MS with cause value 68 once the chargeable interval determined by the CAI has elapsed except emergency calls Reference GSM 02 24 section 4 3 part h and section 4 2 2 GSM 04 86 section 2 3 27 21 3 3 Test purpose 1 To verify that the ME increments the ACM by the correct number of units even though this may take ACM above ACMmax 2 To verify that the ME terminates the call with cause value 68 27 21 3 4 Method of test 27 21 3 4 1 Initial conditions The ME shall be connected to a SIM or the SIM simulator with all elementary files coded as default with the exception of EFss SIM Service Table Logically CHV1 disable function allocated and activated Abbreviated dialling numbers allocated and activated PLMN selector allocated and activated Fixed dialling numbers not activated AoC allocated and activated Coding B1 B2 B3 B4 Xx0x1 111 0011xx11 XXXXXXXX 0000xxxx binary The coding of EFss shall conform with the capabilities of the SIM used EF acm Accumulated call meter Logically 80 units EFacmmax Accumulated call meter maximum Logically 94 units System Simulator 1 cell default parameters IMSI attach detach disabled Mobile Station The MS is in MM state idle updated 27 21 3 4 2 Procedure a The MS is made to ini
141. value remarks As default message contents except Cell Description Network Colour Code Base Station Colour Code BCCH Carrier Number Channel Description 2 Channel Type Timeslot number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Synchronization Indication Channel Mode IE is not included Description of a multislot configuration Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt x lt 8 Timing Advance 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily 0 no hopping Chosen arbitrarily pre synchronized ROT 1 NCI 0 More timeslots are allocated than before HANDOVER COMMAND Same as before HANDOVER COMMAND Same as before HANDOVER COMMAND 9 bit periods ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 DCS 1 800 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Information element Value remark Channel description 2 describes hopping Bm ACCHs or Lm ACCHs as appropriate for the test Power Command As in section 26 1 1 Frequency list Omitted Cell channel description Omitted Description of the multislot configuration Uplink assignment Appropriate for the test but shall not be the maximum number of timeslots Downlink assignment Appropriate for the test but shall not be the maximum number of timeslots Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Appropriate for the test Mode of the channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Appropriate for the tes
142. 0 1999 07 Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests procedure Mobile originated call supporting at least one MO teleservice procedures emergency call supporting speech assignment procedure operation 26 11 2 2 1 Multiband signalling RR Handover MS supporting simultaneous multiband successful active call non synchronized operation and supporting TCH F and supporting CC state U10 layer 1 failure operation and supporting CC state U10 26 11 2 3 Multiband signalling RR Measurement MS supporting simultaneous multiband reporting operation and supporting CC protocol for at least one Bearer Capability updating accepted operation Multiband signalling MM Location MS supporting simultaneous multiband updating periodic operation 26 11 5 1 Multiband signalling Structured MS supporting simultaneous multiband procedures MS originated call early operation and supporting at least one assignment MO teleservice 26 11 5 2 Multiband signalling Structured MS supporting simultaneous multiband procedures MS terminated call late operation and supporting at least one assignment MT teleservice modify procedure successful case 26 12 2 2 A PEL ER MS supporting EFR speech MS originated call late assignment MS terminated call early assignment emergency call SETS ht of multislot connection pP e of multislot connection 26 13 1 1 3 Multislot signalling RR Measurement MS supporting Multislot class and state asymmet
143. 00 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Information element Value remark Channel description 2 describes hopping Bm ACCHs or Lm ACCHs as appropriate for the test Power Command As in section 26 1 1 Frequency list Omitted Cell channel description Omitted Description of the multislot configuration Uplink assignment Appropriate for the test Downlink assignment Appropriate for the test Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Appropriate for the test Mode of the channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Appropriate for the test Description of the second channel Omitted Mode of the second channel Omitted Mobile allocation Omitted Starting time Omitted Cipher mode setting Omitted IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT Information Element value remark As default message contents except Channel Description Channel Description Channel Type SDCCH 8 TDMA offset As default message contents Timeslot number Arbitrary value but not zero Training Sequence Code Chosen arbitrarily Hopping RF hopping channel MAIO Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies encoded in the Mobile Allocation HSN Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 2 63 Mobile Allocation Indicates all of the CA of cell A except for the BCCH frequency r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 HANDOVER COMMAND Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Information Element value remark As default message contents except Cell Description Network Col
144. 00 50 DCS 1800 750 L2 SABM UA no ciphering very early assignment verify that the TCH is through connected only for VGCS call GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Message Comments Message X Comments check that the MS indicates a user action needed for a desire of speaking An user action for speaking SS gt MS GET STATUS MS gt SS STATUS check that the MS is in state U2sr for VGCS or U2 for VBS SS gt MS TERMINATION terminate the call SS gt MS CHANNEL RELEASE The MS releases L2 multiple frame link L2 DISC UA ere GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 26 14 8 1 VGCS VBS Structured Procedures Very early and early assignment This test is applicable to the MS supporting VGCS VBS originating 26 14 8 1 1 Conformance requirement 1 The mobile station initiates immediate assignment service request and contention resolution 2 After sending the CIPHERING MODE COMPLETE message the mobile station initiates call establishment by sending the SETUP message to the network 3 The network allocates a traffic channel to the mobile station before it initiates call establishment in the fixed network 4 The network assigns the traffic channel at the earliest possible moment i e in the immediate assignment procedure The mode of the traffic channel is changed from signalling only to the mode ne
145. 00011101 00011110 bit map 0 0 Channels 10 20 40 80 90 100 110 and 120 This IE carries the complete BA 0000 0010 Max 1 retrans 5 slots used Cell is not barred Not allowed Access is not barred Yes Not used all bits are set to spare Not used all bits are set to spare Not used all bits are set to spare ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 SI 4 rest octets Not used all bits are set to spare Default settings for cell A Downlink input level 63 dBmicroVolt emf Uplink output power minimum supported by the MS s power class Propagation profile static BCCH CCCH carrier number 20 Cell B The contents of SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 1 to 6 messages for cell B are identical to those of cell A with the following exceptions Cell Channel Description Format Identifier Bit map 0 Cell Allocation ARFCN Channel Number 10 NOTE 2 This IE needs modification when used in handover tests that command the MS to go to a frequency hopping channel in cell B Cell Identity Cell Identity Value 0002H Default settings for cell B Downlink input level 53 dBmicroVolt emf Uplink output power minimum supported by the MS s power class Propagation profile static BCCH CCCH carrier number 10 Contents of ALERTING message SS to MS Protocol Discriminator Call Control Transaction Identifier TI value As used in the SETUP message TI flag 1 de
146. 04 08 section 10 5 4 5 Omitted Omitted Information element Value remark Repeat Indicator Bearer Capability 1 Bearer Capability 2 Facility Progress indicator Omitted GSM 04 08 section 10 5 4 5 Omitted Omitted Omitted r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 CHANNEL RELEASE Information element Value remark RR cause Normal event CHANNEL REQUEST Information element Value remark Establishment cause Answer to paging 100 Random reference Arbitrary value of 5 bits length CIPHERING MODE COMMAND Information element Value remark Cipher mode setting algorithm identifier indicates a supported algorithm SC Start ciphering Cipher response CR IMEI must not be included CIPHERING MODE COMPLETE Information element Value remark Mobile equipment identity Omitted CLASSMARK CHANGE Information element Value remark MS classmark Multislot classmark value appropriate for the test Additional mobile station classmark information Omitted CM SERVICE ACCEPT Information element Value remark none but message head CM SERVICE REQUEST Information element Value remark CM service type Mobile originating call establishment or packet mode connection establishment Ciphering key sequence number CKSN of the MS Mobile station classmark 2 as given by PICS Mobile identity TMSI of MS CONFIGURATION CHANGE COMMAND Information element Value remark Description of the multislot
147. 07 A3 2 3 2 Transmission rate supported by the ME on the EMMI A3 2 3 3 Layer 3 messages supported on the EMMI Layer 3 messages as specified in GSM 11 10 section 36 3 5 3 2 except followed by the list of messages not supported others than defined in GSM 11 10 section 36 3 5 3 1 table 9 A3 2 3 4 Keystroke sequence messages Non standard keystroke sequences to be used on the EMMI in line with GSM 11 10 36 3 5 3 2 related to tests of the mobile station features GSM 11 10 section 33 related to testing of the ME SIM interface GSM 11 10 section 27 related to tests of autocalling restrictions GSM 11 10 section 28 related to tests of supplementary services GSM 11 10 section 31 related to tests of data services GSM 11 10 section 29 related to tests of short message service GSM 11 10 section 34 related to other tests A3 2 3 5 Internal malfunction detected messages List of the error indicators provided A3 2 4 Digital Audio Interface DAI Description of the speech data routing via the control lines or via the test interface message A3 2 5 Characteristics related to bearer services or teleservices A3 2 5 1 Access interface Description of the access interface to connect the DTE e g V series V 24 V 28 X series two wire analogue interface for use with fax group 3 1 420 S reference point In case of a proprietary interface to a DTE non standard description of this inte
148. 1 15 The mobile station is allowed to transmit a PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message if P 1 where i is the radio priority of the TBF being established is less than or equal to R After each attempt the S and T parameters are used to determine the next TDMA frame in which it may be allowed to make a successive attempt The number of TDMA frames belonging to the PRACH on the PDCH defined by the PCCCH group for the mobile station between two successive attempts to send a PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message excluding the TDMA frames potentially containing the messages themselves is a random value drawn for each transmission with uniform probability distribution in the set S S 1 S T 1 Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 1 1 42 1 3 4 3 2 Test purpose To verify that the number of TDMA frames belonging to the PRACH on the PDCH defined by the PCCCH group for the mobile station between two successive attempts to send a PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message excluding the TDMA frames potentially containing the messages themselves is a random value drawn for each transmission with uniform probability distribution in the set S Sc 1 Sec T 1 42 1 3 4 3 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS The packet system information BS PCC CHANS 3 BS PAG BLKS RES 2 and BS PBCCH BLKS 3 MAX RETRANS is arbitrarily chosen in the set 1 2 4 7 TX INT is arbitrarily chosen in the set 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16
149. 1 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Contents of HANDOVER COMMAND message Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message Type Cell Description Network Colour Code Base station Colour Code BCCH Carrier Number Channel Description Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Handover Reference Handover Reference Value Power Command Power level All other information elements Contents of HANDOVER COMPLETE message Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message Type RR cause Time difference Contents of HANDOVER FAILURE message Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message Type Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 RR Management 0000 00101011 1 Corresponding to target cell Set to the BCCH carrier number of cell B one of 520 590 600 700 780 810 or 870 Bm ACCHs Chosen arbitrarily by the test house Chosen arbitrarily by the test house Single RF channel Chosen arbitrarily by the test house from those supported on the target cell Chosen arbitrarily by the test house Chosen arbitrarily by the test house Not present RR Management 0000 00101100 Normal event Not present RR Management 0000 00101000 RR cause Dependent on the test ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Contents of IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message L2 pseudo length Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message T
150. 1 or N2 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 2 See NOTE 1 Corresponds to one of N7 N6 S1 or N2 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 3 See NOTE 1 Corresponds to one of N7 N6 S1 or N2 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 4 00 0000 0 0000 00 0000 00 0000 0 0000 00 0000 This message shall contain one report on each of N7 N6 S1 and N2 GSM 900 end r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 DCS 1 800 begin SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5 Protocol Discriminator RR management Message Type Sys Info 5 Neighbour Cells Description Format 1024 range EXT IND k 2 1 Information Element carries complete BA k 2 Information Element carries only a part of the BA W i k 1 Non null for ARFCN 514 549 602 665 686 762 810 k 2 Non null for ARFCN 549 602 665 686 810 SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5bis Sent only when k 2 Protocol Discriminator RR management Message Type Sys Info 5bis Neighbour Cells Description Format 1024 range EXT IND k 2 Information Element carries only a part of the BA W i k 2 Non null ARFCN 20 514 762 SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 Protocol Discriminator RR Management Message Type sys info 6 Cell Identity default LAI default Cell Options Power Control Indicator Power Control Indicator is set DTX Indicator MS shall not use DTX Radio_Link_Timeout default PLMN permitted only NCC 1 perm
151. 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies encoded in the Mobile Allocation HSN Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 2 63 Mobile Allocation Indicates all of the CA of cell A except for the BCCH frequency r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 HANDOVER COMMAND Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Information Element value remark As default message contents except Cell Description Network Colour Code Base Station Colour Code BCCH Carrier Number Channel Description 2 Channel Type TDMA offset Timeslot number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Handover Reference Value Power command Power Level Synchronization Indication Report Observed Time Difference Synchronization Indication Normal Cell Indication Frequency List after time Frequency List Description of the multislot configuration Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 HANDOVER ACCESS 1 5 40 00000 Chosen arbitrarily A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies encoded in the Frequency List IE Zero this gives cyclic hopping Chosen arbitrarily from the range 0 1 255 Arbitrarily chosen but different to the one already in use and within the range supported by the MS Shall not be
152. 10001 Mid level 1 GPRS TEMPORARY OFFSET present 000 0000 1GPRS RESELECT OFFSET present 10000 OdBm 1 HCS params present 000 10100 1 SH13 PBCCH LOCATION present 0 0 SI13 is sent on BCCH norm 0001 010 111 ARFCN 95 001101 1 cell selection parameters available 0 0 Normal reselection 0 Not RA as serving cell 0 GPRS RXLEV ACCESS MIN not present 0 GPRS TEMPORARY OFFSET not present 0 GPRS RESELECT OFFSET not present 0 HCS params not present 1 S113 PBCCH LOCATION present 0 SI13 LOCATION 0 SI13 LOCATION 1 SI13 is sent on BCCH norm 0 End of list padding bits Spare Padding r ret1 SMG7 Meeting 23 Sophia Antipolis France 19 22 Oct 1999 Document P 99 316 e g for 3GPP use the format TP 99xxx or for SMG use the format P 99 xxx CHANGE REQUEST 11 10 1 CR A729 GSM AA BB or 3G AA BBB specification number 1 For submission to SMG 30 list expected approval meeting here T for approval X for information Please see embedded help file at the bottom of this page for instructions on how to fill in this form correctly Current Version 6 1 0 7 CR number as allocated by MCC support team strategic non strategic X for SMG use only Form CR cover sheet version 2 for 3GPP and SMG U SIM Proposed change affects at least one should be marked with an X ME X UTRAN Radio The latest version of this form is availab
153. 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 334 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 b The ARFONS of carriers 1 2 and 3 are chosen from those in table 20 21 1 with carrier 3 chosen between ARFCN 955 974 C The cell reselection parameters PENALTY TIME CELL RESELECT OFFSET and TEMPORARY OFFSET are transmitted in the SI3 SI7 and SI8 messages on carrier 2 They are not transmitted in SI4 and the ADDITIONAL RESELECT PARAM IND parameter is set to 1 d The Sl2bis message is transmitted on carrier 1 and contains the ARFCN of carrier 2 and ARFCNs 43 70 500 550 958 963 990 and 995 The ARFON of carrier 2 is not transmitted in the SI2 message e Carriers 1 and 2 are synchronized but staggered in frame number so that the transmission of the SI3 message on carrier 2 coincides with the paging block which the MS is listening to on carrier 1 NOTE Under these conditions the MS can only decode the parameters affecting cell reselection from the SI7 or SI8 messages To achieve this the following conditions are used BS PA MFRMS 4 IMSI mod 1000 12 FN carrier 1 FN carrier 2 27 for simultaneously transmitted frames f The SI3 message on carrier 2 indicates that Sl2ter is used on carrier 2 Sl2ter message contains the ARFCN of carrier 3 and ARFCNs 45 76 891 905 The ARFCN of carrier 3 is transmitted neither in the SI2 nor in the Sl2bis messages on carriers 1 and 2 20 21 5 4 2 Test Procedure a The SS activates the channels The MS is not paged on
154. 2 09 GSM 03 20 11 7 1 2 Mechanical security The manufacturer declares that he has taken necessary and sufficient steps to ensure that unauthorised any individuals or organisations cannot economically replace the component in which the IMEI is stored and thereby provide the MS with a different IMEI after the ME s final production process GSM 02 09 GSM 03 20 44 743 Technical knowledge and availability of programme The manufacturer declares that he takes the necessary measurers to ensure that the technical knowledge ie pt ahi ea eta pt pt si UN du di ges a I oe alg a Se ES SS Se 11 7 2 Test purpose To verify that it is not possible to change the IMEI after the ME s final production process It shall resist tampering by any means e g physical electrical or software the physical_pretection_of the IME is sufficiently secure 11 7 3 Method of test The manufacturer submitting his equipment for Type Approval shall make the declarations listed in the Conformance Requirements The manufacturer shall give justification to support a claim that the requirements are met
155. 3 1020 SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 Protocol Discriminator RR Management Message Type sys info 6 Cell Identity default LAI default Cell Options Power Control Indicator Power Control Indicator is set DTX Indicator MS shall not use DTX Radio Link Time out default PLMN permitted only NCC 1 permitted ETSI GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 954 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 MEASUREMENT REPORT Protocol Discriminator RR Management Transaction Identifier 0000 Message Type MEASUREMENT REPORT Measurement Results BA used 01 DTX used DTX was not used RXLEV FULL SERVING CELL See note 1 RXLEV SUB SERVING CELL See note 1 MEAS VALID See note 3 RXQUAL FULL SERVING CELL See note 1 RXQUAL SUB SERVING CELL See note 1 NO NCELL M n see note 2 RXLEV NCELL 1 See note 1 BCCH FREQ NCELL 1 See note 2 BSIC NCELL 1 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 1 RXLEV NCELL 2 See note 1 BCCH FREQ NCELL 2 See note 2 BSIC NCELL 2 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 2 RXLEV NCELL 3 See note 1 BCCH FREQ NCELL 3 See note 2 BSIC NCELL 3 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 3 RXLEV NCELL 4 See note 1 BCCH FREQ NCELL 4 See note 2 BSIC NCELL 4 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 4 RXLEV NCELL 5 See note 1 BCCH FREQ NCELL 5 See note 2 BSIC NCELL 5 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 5 RXLEV NCELL 6 See note 1 BCCH FREQ NCELL 6 See note 2 BSIC NCELL 6 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 6 NOTE 1 These actual values
156. 6 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Maximum number of timeslots that MS supports Less timeslots assigned than in downlink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Chosen arbitrarily from the Cell channel description Not included 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Only one timeslot is assigned in downlink direction Only one timeslot is assigned in uplink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 26 13 1 3 Test of handover With the Handover procedure it is possible to completely alter the channels allocated to a MS This makes it possible in particular to switch a call in progress from one cell to another The procedure is always initiated by the network and with the MS in a dedicated mode Sections 26 13 1 3 1 26 13 1 3 5 contain test procedures to be used for executing successful Handover tests in multislot configuration Table 26 13 1 3 1 contains a summary of the different combinations of parameters that have to be tested together with a reference to the appropriate test procedure Table 26 13 1
157. 7 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 GSM 900 end DCS 1 800 begin SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5 Protocol Discriminator RR management Message Type Sys Info 5 Neighbour Cells Description Format 1024 range EXT IND Information Element carries complete BA W i Non null for ARFCN 514 530 549 602 665 686 762 810 SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 Protocol Discriminator RR Management Message Type sys info 6 Cell Identity default LAI default Cell Options Power Control Indicator Power Control Indicator is set DTX Indicator MS shall not use DTX Radio_Link_Timeout default PLMN permitted only NCC 1 permitted MEASUREMENT REPORT Protocol Discriminator RR Management Transaction Identifier 0000 Message Type MEASUREMENT REPORT Measurement Results BA used 1 DTX used DTX was not used RXLEV FULL SERVING CELL See NOTE 1 RXLEV SUB SERVING CELL See NOTE 1 MEAS VALID See NOTE 2 RXQUAL FULL SERVING CELL The worst subchannel RXQUAL SUB SERVING CELL The worst subchannel DCS 1 800 end NOTE 1 These actual values are not checked NOTE 2 The Measurement Valid Indication shall be set to valid within the second SACCH block at the latest 26 13 1 2 Multislot signalling RR Dedicated assignment 26 13 1 2 1 Multislot signalling RR Dedicated assignment successful case This test is applicable to all MS that supports multislot configuration 26 13 1 2 1 1 Conformance requirements 1 Upon receipt of the
158. 7 in its Random Reference The probability that in a sequence of N samples one of the possible value does not appear is 8 7 8 N for large N Note The number of samples N has been computed such that the probability of refusing a correct MS is less than 0 02 96 Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence MS is triggered to transfer data MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST SS stores the value of Request References MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST SS stores the value of Request References MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST SS stores the value of Request References MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST SS stores the value of Request References MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST SS stores the value of Request References MS lt gt SS Steps 1 to 6 are repeated N 5 16 times SS SS verifies that all Request Reference values 0 to 7 come out in the stored samples 41 2 2 Random references for one phase packet access Conformance requirements The random reference in the CHANNEL REQUEST messages shall be randomly drawn from a uniform probability distribution for every new transmission References GSM 04 08 subclause 3 5 2 1 2 Test purpose To verify that the MS produces different Random References when accessing the network for one phase access Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator default settings except Parameter MAX RETRANS is set to 4 retransmissions Mobile Station MS is switched off Related PICS PIXIT statement Tes
159. 821FOFF 153 156 39 80121 QB821FIFF 157 160 40 80122 QB82lF2FF 1613164 41 80123 QB821F3FF 165 168 42 80124 0821F4FF 169 172 43 80125 O821F5FF 173 176 44 80126 0O821F6FF 177180 45 80127 0O0821F7FF 1819484 46 80128 0821F8FF 185 188 47 80129 0821F9FF 189 192 48 80130 0831FOFF 193 1906 49 9999 g9999F9FF 197 200 50 1111119 111111F9 A4 3 28 EFyGcss Voice Group Call Service Status This EF contains the default activation of the VGCS group identifiers The following list of group ID are activated 1 4 20 30 50 File size Bytes 7 Default values HEX Bytes 1 7 09 00 08 20 00 00 FE A4 3 29 EF ves Voice Broadcast Service This EF contains a list of the default VBS group identifiers File size Bytes 200 Default values ytes Group ID BCD encoding in the SIM car 21 EF FF FE 2E ingi d 21 FFE FE 1284 AR 12948 2143F8FF 129491 214319FF 1235029 215320F0 7 12951 2153FIFF 12952 2153F2FF amp 12953 2158F3FF NE Z 9 ETC GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 21 53 F5 FE 21 53 F6 FF 21 53 F7 FF 21 53 F4 FF 21 53 F8 FF md Ea olo elo 0200F2FF 0200
160. 97 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 A3 2 Protocol Implementation Extra Information for Testing PIXIT A3 2 0 Introduction Some of the features listed below are mandatory others are not but in any case for each feature implemented the manufacturer must provide information to enable regulatory testing to be conducted A3 2 1 Basic characteristics A3 2 1 1 Type of antenna Integrated without a connector Position for normal use if integrated without a connector With a connector allowing the connection of an external antenna If with a connector declare in band impedance A3 2 1 2 Power supply s Type of battery if any Type of power supply Nominal voltage s End point voltage s of battery s if any Details of MS shut down voltage A3 2 1 3 Power class of the MS Different class declared Class mark change description of the means to change the RF power capabilities A3 2 1 4 Channel modes supported Speech full rate Speech half rate Data 14 5 kbit s T NT Data 12 kbit s full rate T NT Data 6 kbit s full rate T NT Data 6 kbit s half rate T NT Data 3 6 kbit s full rate T Data 3 6 kbit s half rate T A3 2 1 5 Teleservices supported Telephony Emergency calls Short message MT PP 22 Short message MO PP Short message transmission cell broadcast Alternate speech and facsimile group 3 T NT Automatic facsimile group 3 T NT A3 2 1 6 Supplementary services supported Call forw
161. 9xxx or for SMG use the format P 99 xxx 3GPP SMG7 Meeting 23 Nice France 19 22 Oct 1999 Please see embedded help file at the bottom of this page for instructions on how to fill in this form correctly CHANGE REQUEST 11 10 1 CR A771 GSM AA BB or 3G AA BBB specification number 1 Current Version 6 1 0 7 CR number as allocated by MCC support team For submission to 30 list expected approval meeting here 4 for approval X for information strategic non strategic X for SMG use only Form CR cover sheet version 2 for 3GPP and SMG U SIM The latest version of this form is available from ftp ftp 3gpp org Information CR Form v2 doc ME X UTRAN Radio Proposed change affects Core Network at least one should be marked with an X Source Nokia Date 20 Oct 99 Subject Test 31 6 2 4 Clarification of test procedure and expected sequence Work item TEI Category F Correction Release Phase 2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 only one category B Addition of feature Release 97 X shall be marked Functional modification of feature Release 98 with an X D Editorial modification Release 99 Release 00 Reason for The cause value of the Disconnect message has not been defined change Clauses affected Other specs Other 3G core specifications List of CRs affected Other GSM core
162. A BB or 3G AA BBB specification number 1 For submission to SMG 30 list expected approval meeting here T for approval X for information Please see embedded help file at the bottom of this page for instructions on how to fill in this form correctly Current Version 6 1 0 7 CR number as allocated by MCC support team strategic non strategic X for SMG use only Form CR cover sheet version 2 for 3GPP and SMG U SIM Proposed change affects at least one should be marked with an X ME X UTRAN Radio The latest version of this form is available from ftp ftp 3gpp org Information CR Form v2 doc Core Network Source Rohde amp Schwarz Date 11 10 1999 Subject HSCSD section 26 13 1 3 Table 1 corrected Work item HSCSD Category F Oorrection Release Phase 2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 only one category B Addition of feature Release 97 X shall be marked C Functional modification of feature Release 98 with an X D Editorial modification Release 99 Release 00 Reason for Correction in column State of call for test 26 13 1 3 2 change Clauses affected 26 13 1 3 Test of Handover Other specs Other 3G core specifications affected Other GSM core specifications MS test specifications BSS test specifications O amp M specifications Other comments List of CRs List of CRs
163. ACKET ACCESS REJECT message is received from the new cell Reference GSM 04 60 v 6 4 0 Chapter 8 4 1 42 4 2 2 2 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 2 cells GPRS supported Mobile Station MS is in Packet Idle mode and GPRS attached PDP context established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support of GPRS r retr Foreseen final state of the MS MS is in idle mode Test procedure MS is brought into downlink packet transfer mode SS sends the PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER message to the MS MS sends the PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST SS sends PACKET ACCESS REJECT message MS returns to the old cell and sends PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message to the network Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence Step Direction Message Comments E 3 PACKET DOWNLINK Sent on the PCCCH ASSIGNMENT 10 RLC data blocks SS sends data last block is polling PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK Sent on PACCH PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER Sent on the PACCH Contains BSIC BCCH frequency The network control order PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST To the new cell PACKET ACCESS REJECT Received from the new cell PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST To the old cell Single block without TBF establishment PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT Sent on PACCH PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE Single block Error cause Packet Access Reject on target cell Specific message contents PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE in step 9 Packet Cell Change Failure me
164. ASSIGNMENT Oll lt RLC_DATA_BLOCKS_GRANTED gt Oll lt TBF_STARTING_TIME gt Oll lt Timeslot Allocation gt lt ALPHA gt 011 USF_TNO gt lt GAMMA_TNO Oll lt USE TNI2 GAMMA TNI 0l1 USF TN22 GAMMA TN2 USF_TN2 GAMMA TN2 PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message dynamic allocation 001010 Normal Paging 0 no persistence level present 10 TLLI the value received from the MS arbitrarily chosen from the valid values default CS 1 arbitrarily chosen but different from CHANNEL CODING COMMAND 1 timing advance value 30 bit periods 0 no timing advance index 1 Frequency Parameters present arbitrarily chosen default 5 00 ARFCN no hopping For GSM 900 30 For DCS 1800 650 01 Dynamic allocation 0 Dynamic allocation 1 0 dB 0 one block 1 uplink TFI assignment arbitrarily chosen default 00101 0 no RLC_DATA_BLOCKS_GRANTED open ended TBF 0 no starting time Timeslot Allocation with Power Control Parameters one slot arbitrarily chosen and the following USF TNx and GAMMA TNx shall be corresponding to the chosen value default slot 2 0 5 0 timeslot 0 not assigned 0 timeslot 1 not assigned timeslot 2 assigned arbitrarily chosen default 101 For GSM 900 9 dBm gt gt gt gt 0l1 USF_TN3 gt lt GAMMA_TN3 Oll lt USF_TN4 gt lt GAMMA_TN4 0l1 USE TN52 GAMMA TN5 Oll lt USF_TN6 gt lt GAMMA_TN6 Oll lt USF_TN7 gt
165. Addition of feature Release 97 X shall be marked Functional modification of feature Release 98 with an X D Editorial modification Release 99 Release 00 Reason for Due to corrections of GSM 04 67 and GSM 03 67 the requirement text have been change largely changed It leads to deletion of a test purpose and the some expected message sequences Clauses affected 31 12 3 Other specs Other 3G core specifications affected Other GSM core specifications MS test specifications BSS test specifications O amp M specifications Other comments List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 31 12 3 eMLPP Service automatic answering MT VGCS or VBS call 31 12 3 1 Conformance requirement For the MS supporting VGCS VBS listening 1 Automatic answering or if necessary called party pre emption has to be performed by the Mobile Station as defined in the following voice group calls and voice broadcast calls Notifications for other voice group calls voice broadcast calls or information on paging for point to point calls shall be given to the Mobile Stations involved in on going voice group calls or voice broadcast calls as defined in GSM 03 68 and GSM 03 69 respectively The notifications include the related priority level of the call In case of a notified call with higher priority where called party pre emption applies the Mobile S
166. Allocation IE or the Frequency List IE at the time of accessing the new channel using the last received Cell Allocation After receipt of the ASSIGNMENT COMMAND the MS shall perform the assignment and return an ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE without undue delay References Conformance requirements Conformance requirements 4 GSM 04 08 sections 3 4 3 and 9 1 2 GSM 04 08 section 3 1 4 3 1 2 Conformance requirements 3 GSM 04 08 sections 3 4 3 and 9 1 2 GSM 05 08 section 4 2 5 Conformance requirements GSM 04 08 sections 3 4 3 and 9 1 3 GSM 04 13 section 5 2 4 26 13 1 2 1 2 Test purpose 1 To verify that upon receipt of an ASSIGNMENT COMMAND the MS switches to the channel s defined in the ASSIGNMENT COMMAND establishes the link and sends an ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message This is tested for an MS supporting TCH and multislot configuration in the special cases of a transition 1 1 from non hopping SDCCH to hopping multislot configuration 1 2 from hopping multislot configuration to non hopping multislot configuration 1 3 from non hopping multislot configuration to hopping multislot configuration 1 4 from hopping symmetric multislot configuration to hopping asymmetric multislot configuration resource upgrading used 1 5 from hopping asymmetric multislot configuration to hopping symmetric multislot configuration 1 6 from hopping multislot configuration to non hopping multislot configuration resources downgrading to
167. BAND COPnoFICt CT105 and CT106 A3 2 5 8 Possible ways of setting up a call from either an external interface or internally Describe in detail all possible ways a call can be initiated from the MS or a connected terminal A3 2 5 9 Application layer causing automatic call termination State whether the call termination facility can be disabled and if so describe in detail how A3 2 5 10 Call re establishment for MS not supporting speech Applicability of call re establishment A3 2 6 International mobile station equipment identity IMEI of the MS A3 2 7 Receiver intermediate frequencies Fio Local Oscillator frequency applied to first receiver mixer IF IF intermediate frequencies A3 2 8 Artificial ear The manufacturer shall declare which type of artificial ear type 1 or type 3 2 is used for teleservices speech testing ePrTor ETSI SMG7 23 Sophia France 19 22 October Tdoc 7 99 321 CHANGE REQUEST GSM CR A741 11 10 1 GSM AA BB or 3G AA BBB specification number 1 For submission to TC SMG list expected approval meeting here 1 for approval X for information Please see embedded help file at the bottom of this page for instructions on how to fill in this form correctly Current Version 6 1 0 7 CR number as allocated by MCC support team strategic non strategic X for SMG use only Form CR cover sheet version 2 for 3GPP and SMG U SIM
168. C BURST TYPE parameter broadcast on PBCCH 42 1 1 1 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS The packet system information ACCESS BURST TYPE indicates 11 bit access Mobile Station The MS is switched off Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Method of trigger GPRS attach Switch On off Yes No Test procedure The MS is switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach The MS shall send PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message The SS verifies that the MS requests 11 bit access format Switch off the MS Change the ACCESS BURST TYPE parameter in Packet System Information to 8 bit format and repeat the test procedure The SS verifies that the MS requests 8 bit access format Maximum duration of the test min Expected sequence Step Direction Message Comments 1 MS The MS is switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST ACCESS TYPE Mobility Management procedure Received on PRACH 3 SS SS verifies the requested access bit format 4 MS If possible the MS is powered down or switched off otherwise it has its power source removed and then restored 5 SS PACKET SYSTEM Change ACCESS BURST TYPE to indicate INFORMATION Type 1 8 bit access Sent on PBCCH 6 Repeat step 1 to 3 Specific message contents None 42 1 1 2 Packet Channel Request Response to Packet Paging 42 1 1 2 1 Conformance requirements
169. CH after having sent a PAGING RESPONSE message on the allocated SDCCH after having sent multislot class in CLASSMARK CHANGE message after having performed successful authentication and cipher mode setting procedures after receipt of a SETUP message not containing a signal information element returns a CALL CONFIRMED message Multislot configuration with one TCH F is allocated To verify that subsequently the SS sending an ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message the MS successfully continues a mobile terminating call establishment with early assignment of traffic channel s 2 1 by replying to the ASSIGNMENT COMMAND with an ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message and ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 2 2 by continuing the call establishment by either sending a CONNECT message or sending an ALERTING message depending on PICS PIXIT statemant 3 To verify that the MS generates an alerting indication if an ALERTING message had to be sent 4 To verify that if an ALERTING had been sent subsequently when the user accepts the call possibly internal action as declared in PICS PIXIT statement the MS returns a CONNECT message 5 To verify that the MS after receipt of a CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message subsequently attaches the user connection to the radio path This is verified by checking that the MS establishes the RLP link correctly and sends and receives correct RLP frames in each data block 6 To verify that subs
170. Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Step 11 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time 1183 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Use Range 128 to encode 773 775 779 782 791 798 829 832 844 Maximum number of timeslots that MS supports Less timeslots assigned than downlink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Arbitrarily chosen from Cell channel description Not included 00000 A suitable val
171. DE COMPLETE SETUP CALL PROCEEDING ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE ALERTING CONNECT CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE DISCONNECT RELEASE RELEASE COMPLETE CHANNEL RELEASE CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT CM SERVICE REQUEST AUTHENTICATION REQUEST AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE CIPHERING MODE COMMAND CIPHERING MODE COMPLETE SETUP CHANNEL MODE MODIFY CHANNEL MODE MODIFY ACKNOWLEDGE CONNECT TERMINATION CHANNEL RELEASE CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT IMMEDIATE SETUP CHANNEL MODE MODIFY CHANNEL MODE MODIFY TERMINATION CHANNEL RELEASE Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 no cipherin Steps 47 71 are performed if the MS supports VGCS VBS originating MMI action to select a priority level 3 and initiate a VGCS VBS call by setup procedure containing priority IE with a priority level nearest allowed priority level below the requested one level 3 no cipherin Verify that TCH is through connected MMI action to select a priority level 0 MMI action to initiate VGCS VBS call TCH F single RF channel GSM 900 50 DCS 1800 750 L2 SABM UA very early assignment verify that the TCH is through connected Verify that TCH is through connected ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Special Message Contents CM SERVICE REQUEST in step 5 and step 24 for k 1 2 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Information Element value remark as default except CM Service Type Cip
172. Description gt lt FINAL_ACK_INDICATION gt 0 not final ack lt STARTING_SEQUENCE_NUMBER not checked gt lt RECEIVED_BLOCK_BITMAP gt not checked 011 lt Channel Request Description gt 0 no channel request Channel Quality Report gt C VALUE not checked RXQUAL not checked SIGN VAR gt not checked 0l1 I LEVEL TN0 not checked 0l1 I LEVEL TNI j not checked 0l1 I LEVEL TN2 not checked 0l1 I LEVEL TN3 not checked 0l1 I LEVEL TN4 not checked 0l1 I LEVEL TN5 not checked 0l1 I LEVEL TN6 not checked 0l1 I LEVEL TN7 not checked lt padding bits gt Spare Padding 42 1 3 2 4 lt MESSAGE TYPE gt PAGE MODE 011 PERSISTENCE LEVEL gt 0 Global TFI Il lt TLLI gt lt MAC MODE lt RLC MODE CONTROL ACK TIMESLOT ALLOCATION Packet Timing Advance 0l1 TIMING ADVANCE VALUE gt TIMING ADVANCE VALUE 01 DOWNLINK TIMING ADVANCE IN DEX 011 lt PO Oll lt Frequency Parameters gt lt TSC gt 00 lt ARFCN gt ARFCN 011 DOWNLINK TFI ASSIGNMENT gt DOWNLINK TFI ASSIGNMENT 0l1 Power Control Parameters gt ALPHA 011 GAMMA_TNO gt 011 GAMMA TNI gt 011 GAMMA TN2 GAMMA TN2 011 GAMMA_TN3 gt 011 GAMMA_TN4 gt Oll lt GAMMA_TNS gt 011 GAMMA_TN6 gt PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMET message 000010 Normal Paging 0 no persistence level present
173. Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not included Not included Appropriate for the test Must be more than one Appropriate for the test but as many as in downlink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Indicates frequencies 45 46 73 74 75 76 108 114 Not included 10000 no additional timeslots A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF Channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 19 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN P
174. Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Specific message contents MODIFY Bearer capability Maximum number of TCH F s the MS is able to support and channel modes supported by the MS Low layer comp Appropriate for the basic service selected for the test High layer comp Appropriate for the basic service selected for the test Reverse call setup direction Presence and value not checked 26 13 2 1 5 Multislot signalling CC In call functions contents of some of the messages The following messages are used for testing in call modification procedures test cases 26 13 2 1 as default messages for those ones defined below If any other values are defined in the expected sequence of the actual test cases those values take precedence over the ones defined hereafter SETUP MS to SS BC Repeat indicator Omitted Bearer capability 1 Appropriate for the teleservice Bearer Service selected as an initial call mode Bearer capability 2 Omitted Facility Omitted Calling party subaddress Omitted Called party BCD number As entered Called party subaddress Omitted LLC repeat indicator Omitted Low layer compatibility See note 1 Low layer compatibility Il Omitted HLC repeat indicator Omitted High layer compatibility See note 1 High layer compatibility ii Omitted User user Omitted SS version Omitted CLIR suppression Omitted CC Capabilities present but contents not checked NOTE 1 HLC LLC may or may not be present The
175. EL P i is chosen from 0 1 2 14 16 Counter J is initialized with O total number of received Packet Channel Requests The SS sends PACKET PAGING REQUEST message The MS shall send between 0 and M 1 PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message indicating page response The SS verifies that the MS draw a random value R for each attach Every received Packet Channel Request in response to Packet Paging Request increment counter J by 1 This test sequence is performed K times The test is performed with Persistence level set to at least P i 0 P 1 28 and P 1 216 Maximum duration of the test The execution of one sequence for one value k 30s Between two consecutive executions for k and k 1 the SS must wait for amount of time which is enough to guarantee that the MS is in service listening to its paging subchannel Expected sequence The sequence is executed for execution counter k 1 K 1 SS 2MS PACKET PAGING REQUEST v Sent on PPCH 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST N0 number of received Packet Channel 3 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Requests in response to stepl Count for 10 sec NO J J N0 0 lt NO lt M l ACCESS TYPE Page Response M 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH M 3 SS SS waits for expiry of T3170 M 4 SS SS waits to allow Cell Reselection Editors note The 10 sec in steps 2 to M 2 is derived from the following consideration Answ
176. ELEASE message 8 On receipt of a CHANNEL RELEASE message the MS shall disconnect the main signalling link Reference Conformance requirement 1 GSM 02 07 and GSM 04 08 sections 3 3 1 1 and 9 1 8 Conformance requirement 2 GSM 04 08 sections 9 1 11 and 9 3 23 Conformance requirement 3 GSM 04 08 sections 3 4 3 9 1 2 and 9 1 3 Conformance requirement 4 GSM 04 08 sections 9 3 5 and 9 3 6 GSM 07 01 section 8Conformance requirement 5 GSM 04 08 sections 9 3 13 and 9 3 14 Conformance requirement 6 GSM 04 08 sections 9 1 12b and 9 1 12c Conformance requirement 7 GSM 04 08 sections 9 3 7 and 9 3 18 and 5 4 4 2 2 Conformance requirement 8 GSM 04 08 section 9 1 7 26 13 3 2 2 Test purpose 1 To verify that the MS in MM state idle updated and in RR idle mode with a TMSI assigned when made to initiate a call for a selected teleservice bearer service for HSCSD that is supported by the MS as declared in a PICS PIXIT statement starts to initiate an immediate assignment procedure by sending the CHANNEL REQUEST message 2 Multislot configuration with one TCH F is allocated To verify that subsequently after receipt of an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message allocating an SDCCH after completion of establishment of the main signalling link after having sent a CM SERVICE REQUEST message after MS sends it s multislot class in CLASSMARK CHANGE message after having successfully performed the authentication and cipher mode setting procedures after havin
177. EM INFORMATION TYPE 6 and MEASUREMENT REPORT are sent continuously a table is not applicable in this test The interval between 2 successive Layer 2 frames containing MEASUREMENT REPORTS shall not exceed one Layer 2 frame Specific Message Contents GSM 900 begin SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5 Information Element value remark Neighbour Cells Description Format Identifier bit map 0 BCCH Allocation Sequence 1 BCCH Allocation ARFCN The channel numbers 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 26 28 29 30 32 34 35 36 38 40 and 44 belong to the BCCH allocation EXT IND Information Element carries complete BA SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 Information Element value remark Protocol Discriminator RR Management Message Type sys info 6 Cell Identity default LAI default Cell Options Power Control Indicator Power Control Indicator is set DTX Indicator MS shall not use DTX Radio Link Timeout default PLMN permitted NCC 1 permitted MEASUREMENT REPORT Information Element value remark Protocol Discriminator RR Management Transaction Identifier 0000 Message Type MEASUREMENT REPORT Measurement Results BA used 1 DTX used DTX was not used RXLEV FULL SERVING CELL See NOTE 1 RXLEV SUB SERVING CELL See NOTE 1 MEAS VALID See NOTE 2 RXQUAL FULL SERVING CELL The worst subchannel RXQUAL SUB SERVING CELL The worst subchannel r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 199
178. ENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Only one timeslot is assigned in downlink direction Only one timeslot is assigned in uplink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Chosen arbitrarily from the Cell channel description Not included 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114
179. EQ NCELL 3 See NOTE 1 Corresponds to one of N7 N6 S1 or N2 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 4 00 0000 0 0000 00 0000 00 0000 0 0000 00 0000 This message shall contain one report on each of N7 N6 S1 and N2 DCS 1 800 end NOTE 1 These actual values are not checked NOTE 2 The Measurement Valid Indication shall be set to valid within the second SACCH block at the latest 26 13 1 1 2 Multislot signalling RR Measurement asymmetric This test is applicable to all MS that supports multislot configuration ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 26 13 1 1 2 1 Conformance requirements The MS shall continuously send MEASUREMENT REPORT messages on every uplink HSCSD channel used on every SACCH blocks and the measurement valid indication shall be set to valid 0 within the second block at the latest After 20 seconds the values in the MEASUREMENT REPORT message shall contain measurement results for the 4 strongest BCCH carriers with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC References GSM 04 08 sections 3 4 1 2 and 9 1 21 GSM 05 08 section 8 4 26 13 1 1 2 2 Test purpose 1 To test that when a combination of normal neighbours barred cells and non permitted NCCs is on air the MS reports only on normal neighbours and that in asymmetric HSCSD configuration the neighbouring cell measurement reports are copied on every uplink HSCSD channel used 26 13 1 1 2 3
180. EQUEST TYPE 1 CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT PAGING RESPONSE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT FAILURE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT FAILURE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT FAILURE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT FAILURE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT FAILURE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Comments Channel Type SDCCH 4 See specific message contents below The MS attempts and fails to establish a signalling link on the new channel The MS re establishes the signalling link on the old channel RR cause value protocol error unspecified The SS checks that the MS reports the old power level prior to the Assignment command in the layer 1 header of the SACCH message that is sent in the first SACCH multiframe following the SABM See specific message contents below Assignment command is successfully performed Channel Type TCH F non hopping symmetric multislot configuration The MS attempts and fails to establish a signalling link on the new channel The MS re establishes the signalling link on the old channel RR cause value protocol error unspecified Assignment command to non hopping symmetric multislot configuration is successfully performed Channel Type TCH F non hopping sym
181. ET PAGING REQUEST message and continue to send PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages requesting one or two phase access The SS sends PACKET ACCESS REJECT to end the test case Maximum duration of the test 1 min Expected sequence All MS classes non RR connection paging Step Direction Message Comments 1 MS The MS is triggered to send 200 octets data 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST ACCESS TYPE One or Two Phase Access Request Received on PRACH 3 SS gt MS PACKET PAGING REQUEST Sent on PPCH for TBF establishment 4 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST ACCESS TYPE One or Two Phase Access Request Received on PRACH The SS verifies that the MS continue request One or Two Phase packet Access 5 SS gt MS PACKET ACCESS REJECT Sent on PAGCH MS class A and class B RR connection paging Only Network mode I Message Step Direction 1 MS 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST 3 SS gt MS PACKET PAGING REQUEST 1 4 MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST 5 SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT Comments The MS is triggered to send 200 octets data ACCESS TYPE One or Two Phase Access Request Received on PRACH See specific message contents Sent on PPCH for RR connection Establishment cause Answer to paging Received on RACH The SS verifies that the MS request RR connection MS class C RR connection paging Step Direction Message
182. ETSI TC SMG 30 Plenary Meeting Tdoc SMG P 99 566 Brighton UK 9 11 November 1999 Title Phase 2 R97 CRs to GSM 11 10 1 Signalling and RF for Approval Agenda Item 6 7 Source SMG7 This document contains 31 CRs to GSM 11 10 1 V 6 1 0 These CRs have been agreed by SMG7 and are put forward to SMG as non strategic ones for approval without presentation SMG7 SPEC CR RE VERS SUBJECT CAT NEW_ WORKITEM Doc VERS 7 99 263 11 10 1 A696 R97 6 1 0 Adding of Specific Message Contents for GSM 1800 A 6 2 0 HSCSD 7 99 271 11 10 1 A698 R97 6 1 0 Cell reselection test 20 22 2 F 6 2 0 GPRS 7 99 272 11 10 1 A700 R97 6 1 0 Cell reselection test 20 22 4 F 6 2 0 GPRS 7 99 273 11 10 1 A702 R97 6 1 0 Cell reselection test 20 22 6 F 6 2 0 GPRS 7 99 280 11 10 1 A706 R97 6 1 0 Stop paging in carrier 2 in the EGSM path in test case 20 5 A 6 2 0 DE SMG 00110P 1 7 99 299 11 10 1 A710 R97 6 1 0 Testing state U6 problem with GSM 11 10 1 test case A 6 2 0 DE SMG 001110P 1 31 2 1 7 2 7 99 300 11 10 1 A714 R97 6 1 0 Correction to test case 26 6 3 4 value of information element A 6 2 0 DE SMG 001110P 1 BA_used 7 99 301 11 10 1 A718 R97 6 1 0 Measurement reporting corrections in test case 26 10 2 1 A 6 2 0 DE SMG 00110P 1 7 99 312 11 10 1 A720 R97 6 1 0 Correction of applicability clauses F 6 2 0 GPRS 7 99 313 11 10 1 A722 R97 6 1 0 RR procedures on CCCH related to temporary block flow F 6 2 0 GPRS establishment 7 99 314
183. ETUP procedure on request 3 After establishment of VGCS call the MS indicates that an user action is required if he wants to speak If such user action is not made within a certain time the MS sends an UPLINK RELEASE 26 14 6 1 3 Method of test Initial Conditions System Simulator 1 cell with default parameters for ASCI testing Mobile Station The MS is in MM state idle updated with a TMSI allocated Related PICS PIXIT Statement s Type of MS P E R GSM 900 or DCS 1800 Support VGCS originating Support VBS originating Way to configure VGCS or VBS Way to initiate a VGCS VBS call Way to select the immediate set up or the normal set up Way to verify the downlink speech path Way to indicate the desire of speaking The allowed duration between an indication of a required user action for speaking and an action performed by user ETC GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Foreseen Final State of the MS Idle updated with TMSI allocated Test Procedure The MS is in MM state idle updated The MS is requested to initiate a VGCS or VBS call using immediate setup procedure by MMI action It is checked that the MS performs correctly the immediate setup procedure The call is terminated The MS is requested to initiate a VGCS or VBS call using setup procedure by MMI action It is checked that the MS performs correctly the setup procedure The call is cleared Maximum D
184. F3FF 0200F4FF 0200F5FF 0200F6FF 0200F7FF 0200F8FF 0200F9FF 0210F0FF 6666F0FF 606FlFF 6606F2FF 6666988 666683FF 6666F4FF 6666F5FF 6666F6FF 6606F7FF 6606F8FF m o e 2 N N co 1 Qo BK oo oo oo ININ bd kA ini Fa laa o loo Qo llo DS oe ESS lO oo 20000 20001 20002 20003 20004 20005 20006 20007 20008 20009 20010 OB QTFOFF 82lFlFF 0821F3FF O821F4FF_ _ 0821F5FF 0821F6FF 0821F8FF 0821F9FF 0831F0FF 9999F9FF ma Nane Co OO OO Dd O ez O O QO O D er er 1D D 1D 1D 1D Ler 1D 1D e2 NINNIN INID O ID O O D O IO co 100 IN HI O1 12354 12355 12356 12357 12358 12359 0000 0001 0002 0003 0004 0005 0006 0007 0008 0009 0010 66660 66661 66662 2 80123 80124 80125 80126 80127 80128 80129 80130 99999 1119 i m A4 3 30 EF pss Voice Broadcast Service Status This EF contains the default activation of the VBS group identifiers The following list of group ID are activated 1 4 20 30 50 File size Bytes 7 Default values HEX Bytes 1 7 09 00 08 20 00 00 FE A4 3 31 EF pp enhanced Multi Level Pre emption and Priority This EF contains default information about priority levels and fast call set up conditions for the enhanced M
185. G MODE COMMAND CIPHERING MODE COMPLETE SETUP ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE SETUP HANDOVER COMMAND HANDOVER ACCESS HANDOVER ACCESS HANDOVER ACCESS HANDOVER ACCESS HANDOVER COMPLETE SETUP CHANNEL RELEASE Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 An MO call is initiated Establ Cause Originating call NECI not set to 1 See Specific Message contents CM Service Type Mobile Originating Call Establishment Multislot class Last L2 frame not acknowledged by the SS Multislot configuration is sent to MS See specific message contents below Last L2 frame not acknowledged by the SS Same N SD as in step 8 See Specific Message Contents below See Specific message contents Four messages are transmitted to cell B in 4 successive slots on the new DCCH Sent without information field The message shall be ready to be transmitted before 1500 ms after the completion of step 12 The header of the next uplink SACCH M is examined and the Timing Advance and Power Level indications are examined The correct timing advance shall be indicated The power level indication shall indicate the power level used in the handover command Same N SD as in step 8 The main signalling link is released ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Specific Message Contents DCS 1 800 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Information element Value remark Channel description 2 describes h
186. GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 2 4 42 1 2 1 3 1 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station stops sending PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages on receipt of a PACKET ACCESS REJECT message containing a WAIT INDICATION field To verify that the mobile station ignores additional PACKET ACCESS REJECT messages but on reception of any PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message corresponding to any other of its 3 last PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages the mobile station shall switch to the assigned PDCHs if the message is received before timer T3162 expire 42 1 2 1 3 1 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS The packet system information MAX RETRANS indicates 7 retransmissions Mobile Station The MS is switched off Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Switch off on button Yes No Method of trigger GPRS attach Test procedures The MS is switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach The SS sends PACKET ACCESS REJECT message with WAIT INDICATION field corresponding to one of the last three PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages The SS verifies that the MS does not send further PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages The SS sends a new PACKET ACCESS REJECT message without WAIT INDICATION field The SS shall then send a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message corresponding to one of the last three sent PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages before the time indicated in the first PACKET ACCESS REJECT message The SS allows the MS to
187. GSM path of 20 5 when the MS is accessing carrier 2 The MS correctly RACHs on carrier 2 within 20 seconds of its level being increased Currently the test then waits for 30 seconds before increasing the level of carrier 3 and expects the MS to RACH on carrier 3 within 20 seconds However after the MS has sent M 1 Channel Requests on carrier 2 and received no Immediate Assignment message it performs a cell reselection back to carrier 1 ref GSM 04 08 section 3 3 1 2 Initiation of the Immediate Assignment procedure After 5 seconds the MS re selects to carrier 2 sends M 1 Channel Requests and re selects to carrier 1 again This change between carrier 1 and carrier 2 occurs during the 30 seconds waiting period As a consequence it not possible for the MS to meet the 20 seconds requirement at the end of the test To resolve this problem the paging on carrier 2 should be stopped as soon as the MS has sent the first Channel Request on this channel This will ensure that it selects carrier 1 for 5 seconds and then reverts to and camps on carrier 2 for the remaining part of the 30 seconds waiting period When the power on carrier 3 is increased the MS will be ready to select this channel as it will have received the ARFCN of carrier 3 in the SI 2ter message broadcast on carrier 2 thus completing the test successfully This principle has already been implemented in the cell selection test cases 20 4 and 20 6 Clauses affected 20 5 20 21 5 O
188. H 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST ACCESS TYPE Page Response Received on PRACH Step 3 5 are executed for execution counter n 1 MAX_RETRANS 3 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST ACCESS TYPE Page Response Received on PRACH 4 SS See verification 5 SS gt MS PACKET ACCESS REJECT Sent on PAGCH Verification In step 4 the SS measure the number of TDMA frames belonging to the PRACH on the PDCH defined by the PCCCH group for the MS between two successive attempts to send a PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message excluding the TDMA frames potentially containing the messages themselves f n k shall be in the set S S 1 S T 1 The SS stores f Test The following requirement shall be met C sq Sum S sq Sum S 1 sq Sum S T 1 T K M K M V sq sqrt 2T 3 2 58 1 1 Sum X CARD k f n k Xj the number of times that f n k equals X The test and the number of sample are chosen in such a way that the possibility of non accepting a correct MS is less than 0 5 Specific message contents None 42 1 2 Packet Uplink Downlink Assignment 42 1 2 1 Packet uplink assignment procedure 42 1 2 1 1 Packet Uplink Assignment Packet access queuing notification procedure 42 1 2 1 1 1 Packet Uplink Assignment Packet queuing notification Stop sending Packet Channel Requests 42 1 2 1 1 1 1 Conformance requirements On receipt of a PACKET
189. H ARFON 747 PLMN colour code NCC as defaults BS colour code BCC as defaults PLMN_PERM 00001010 Cell B has BCCH ARFCN 764 PLMN colour code NCC 3 BS colour code BCC 0 The timebase of cells A and B shall be such that the edges of their timeslots are not coincident at the antenna connector Mobile Station The MS is in the idle updated state with a TMSI allocated and camped on cell A Related PICS PIXIT Statements Support for MO calls Type of Mobile Station P GSM 900 or EGSM or DCS 1 800 Multislot class Supported teleservices Classmark change Foreseen Final State of the MS idle updated with a TMSI allocated and camped on cell B Test Procedure A Mobile Originating Call is initiated on Cell A After the MS has sent the SETUP message and before the last L2 frame carrying the SETUP message is acknowledged by the SS the SS sends ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message to MS defining used multislot configuration Mulstislot configuration with one TCH F is allocated MS responds with ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message Then the SS sends a HANDOVER COMMAND message ordering the MS to switch to cell B The MS shall then begin to send access bursts on the new DCCH to cell B The SS observes the access bursts and after receiving 10 20 access bursts the SS sends one PHYSICAL INFORMATION message with a Timing Advance as specified in table 26 13 1 3 1 of section 26 13 1 3 6 The MS shall activate the
190. H of cell A is sent k bit periods before the BCCH of cell B The timing advance in cell A sent to the MS is y bit periods k and y are selected such that 0 2k y mod 256 lt 60 P GSM 900 Cell B has BCCH ARFCN 40 DCS 1 800 Cell B has BCCH ARFON 764 Mobile Station The MS is in the active state U10 of a service using a multislot connection on cell A The MS is using a power level P Where P is a power level within the supported range of that type of MS Related PICS PIXIT Statements Support for state U10 of the Call Control Type of Mobile Station P GSM 900 or EGSM or DCS 1 800 Multislot class Supported teleservices bearer services Foreseen Final State of the MS The active state U10 of a multislot connection on cell B Test Procedure The MS is in the active state U10 of a multislot connection on cell A Maximum number of channels supported by the MS in a HSCSD configuration is allocated The SS sends a HANDOVER COMMAND on the main DCCH In the case that the MS supports only 1 timeslot in uplink direction the HANDOVER COMMAND S Uplink assignment shall be one timeslot The MS shall send 4 access bursts in 4 successive slots on the new DCCH to cell B Then the MS shall establish a signalling link indicating the correct Timing Advance and power level and send a HANDOVER COMPLETE message The MS shall be ready to transmit HANDOVER COMPLETE message before 650 ms after the end of the HANDOVER
191. HANNEL REQUEST was received lt CHANNEL_CODING_COMMAND gt arbitrarily chosen but different from TLLI BLOCK CHANNEL CODING TLLI BLOCK CHANNEL CODING CS 1 gt PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK message in step 7 Oll lt 1 CONTENTION_RESOLUTION_TLLI gt the value received in step 5 CONTENTION RESOLUTION TLLI 42 1 2 1 8 1 2 Packet Uplink Assignment One phase access Contention resolution Counter N3104 42 1 2 1 8 1 2 1 Conformance requirements Contention resolution has failed on the mobile station side when the counter N3104 has reached its maximum value or on expiry of timer T3166 or if the mobile station receives a PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK message with the right TFI but with a another TLLI than the mobile station has included in the RLC header of the first RLC data blocks The mobile station shall then reset the counter N3104 stop timer T3166 if not expired immediately stop transmitting on this TBF and reinitiate the packet access procedure unless it has already been repeated 4 times Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 3 42 1 2 1 8 1 2 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station correctly sets and considers counter N3104 Note Counter N3104 is incremented by 1 with each new RLC MAC block the mobile station sends until the first PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK message is received Its maximum value is N3104 MAX 3 BS CV MAX no of timeslots assigned where BS CV MAX is broadcast in PSII 42 1 2 1 8 1 2 3 M
192. I allocated and camped on cell B Test Procedure A Mobile Originating Call is initiated on cell A After the MS has sent the SETUP message and before the last L2 frame carrying the SETUP message is acknowledged by the SS the SS sends ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message to MS defining used multislot configuration MS responds with ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message Then the SS sends a HANDOVER COMMAND message ordering the MS to switch to cell B After the handover timeslots are relocated Timeslots are also overlapped this is described in specific message contents The MS shall then send 4 access bursts in successive slots on the new DCCH to cell B Then the MS shall establish a signalling link indicating the correct timing advance and power level number of channels in multislot configuration is not changed but the place of each channel is changed and send a HANDOVER COMPLETE message The MS shall be ready to transmit the HANDOVER COMPLETE message before 1500 ms after the end of the HANDOVER COMMAND message but not before a UA frame has been sent by the SS The MS shall then again send the SETUP message to the SS using the same value in the N SD field Finally the SS sends a CHANNEL RELEASE to end the test The term ready to transmit is defined in GSM 04 13 Maximum Duration of Test 5 minutes including 1 minute for any necessary operator actions ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Expected Sequenc
193. ICS PIXIT statement Support of PDP context Test procedure The SS assigns a PDCH for downlink transfer but does not send any RLC MAC blocks until T3190 seconds have elapsed The MS shall return to packed idle updated and ignore the RLC MAC blocks To verify that the MS returned to packet idle updated the SS again assigns a PDCH and sends RLC MAC blocks before T3190 seconds elapse The SS shall successfully transfer all RLC data blocks Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT for downlink TBF on a PCH block corresponding to the MS including a packet downlink assignment 2 SS SS waits T3190 10 5 5s after the last IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT 3 SS gt MS RLC data blocks SS sends data 4 SS SS verifies for 10s that the MS does not respond 5 SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT SS assigns again a PDCH 6 SS SS waits T3190 10 4 5s after the last IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT 7 SS gt MS RLC data blocks SS starts sending 200 octets of data 8 MS gt SS PACKET DOWNLINK indicating correct reception of data blocks ACK NACK 9 MS lt gt SS Completion of macro SS completes downlink transfer Downlink data transfer 41 2 6 3 Initiation of packet downlink assignment procedure TBF starting time Conformance requirement The IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message may indicate a TBF starting time If the mobile station receives the message before the TBF starting time has expired it s
194. IGNMENT including Polling bit set and valid RRBP field 3 SS SS verifies that the MS does not respond in the assigned block 4 SS SS waits value of T3190 10 5 5s 5 SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT for downlink TBF 6 SS gt MS RLC data block with correct TFI including Polling bit set and valid RRBP field 7 MS gt SS PACKET DOWNLINK indicating correct reception of RLC block ACK NACK 8 MS lt gt SS Completion of macro SS completes downlink transfer Downlink data transfer 41 2 7 Single block packet downlink assignment 41 2 7 1 Single block packet downlink assignment TBF Starting Time Conformance requirement The sending of an RLC MAC control message to a mobile station in packet idle mode may be initiated by the RR entity on network side using the packet downlink assignment procedure The procedure is used to assign a single downlink block on a PDCH for the transfer of the RLC MAC control message The packet downlink construction in the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message shall contain only the TLLI and the TBF starting time If the mobile station receives the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message before the TBF starting time has expired it shall wait until the frame number indicated by the TBF starting time The network shall use the TBF starting time to indicate the first frame number belonging to the single block period assigned to the mobile station The mobile station shall switch to the assigned PDCH and
195. IME LIH Measurement Mapping PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT 000100 Normal Paging 1 address is TLLI as allocated for MS Dynamic Allocation acknowledged mode 0 slot 2 1 timing advance value 30 bit periods 0 no timing advance index H Frequency Parameters present 5 00 non hopping channel For GSM 900 30 For DCS 1800 650 H Power Control Parameters present 0 5 0 no GAMMA TNO 0 no GAMMA TNI 0 GAMMA TNZ present For GSM 900 9 dBm For DCS 1800 6 dBm 0 no GAMMA TN3 0 no GAMMA TNA 0 no GAMMA TN35 0 no GAMMA TNO 0 no GAMMA TN7 H assign downlink TFT 0001 1 Binary H TBF Starting Time present indicating current frame 13 frames L no measurement mapping ETSI SMG7 Meeting 23 Document 7 99 314 Sophia Antipolis France 19 22 October 1999 ie a pot ci Pleas bedded help file at the b hi CHANGE REQUEST Pu Dubai P a Hi d a i ly 11 10 1 CR A724 Current Version 6 1 0 e GSM AA BB or 3G AA BBB specification number T T CR number as allocated by MCC support team For submission to SMG 30 for approval X Strategic for SMG list expected approval meeting here T for information non strategic X we only Form CR cover sheet version 2 for 3GPP and SMG The latest version of this form is available from ftp tp 3 gpp org Information CR Form v2 doc Proposed change affects U SIM __ ME UrRAN Radio Core Network
196. K CHANGE message Maximum duration of test 2 minutes Expected sequence This test is executed with the following sequences in allowed and not allowed cases respectively After the first sequence Early classmark sending is disabled from SI3 rest octets Step Direction Message Comments BERENNMAEMNS procedure is allowed by the network PAGING REQUEST TYPE 1 Sent on the correct paging subchannel CHANNEL REQUEST Establishment cause is answer to paging IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT PAGING RESPONSE Message is contained in SABM CLASSMARK CHANGE SS checks that MS sent its multislot class in Mobile Station Classmark 3 CHANNEL RELEASE The main signalling link is released Direction Message Comments procedure is not allowed by the network SS gt MS PAGING REQUEST TYPE 1 Senton the correct paging subchannel MS SS CHANNEL REQUEST Establishment cause is answer to paging SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT MS gt SS PAGING RESPONSE Message is contained in SABM SS checks for 2 seconds that no CLASSMARK CHANGE message is sent by the MS SS gt MS CHANNEL RELEASE The main signalling link is released NOTE Step 5 GSM 04 08 section 3 3 1 1 4 1 states that the MS shall send CLASSMARK CHANGE as early as possible 2 seconds are chosen as a reasonable value to verify that the MS does not send a CLASSMARK CHANGE message 26 13 1 6 Default contents of layer 3 messages for RR tests 26 13 1 6 1 Default c
197. KET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT message to the MS without TBF starting time The SS sends a PACKET POLLING REQUEST message containing a valid RRBP field The SS verifies that the MS sends a PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message in the block period specified by the RRBP field Maximum duration of the test 5 min Expected sequence Step Direction Message Comments 1 SS The SS initiate a downlink transfer of 200 octets data 2 SS gt MS PACKET DOWNLINK See specific message contents Sent on ASSIGNMENT PCCCH 3 SS gt MS PACKET POLLING REQUEST Sent on PAGCH before TBF starting time in step 2 has elapsed See specific message contents 4 MS gt SS PACKET CONTROL The SS verifies that the MS send this message ACKNOWLEDGEMENT in the block period specified by the RRBP field as four access bursts Received on PACCH 5 SS gt MS PACKET PDCH RELEASE Sent on PACCH 6 SS Wait 20 seconds 7 SS The SS initiate a downlink transfer of 200 octets data 8 SS gt MS PACKET DOWNLINK See specific message contents Sent on ASSIGNMENT PCCCH 9 SS gt MS PACKET POLLING REQUEST Sent on PACCH See specific message contents 10 MS gt SS PACKET CONTROL The SS verifies that the MS send this message ACKNOWLEDGEMENT in the block period specified by the RRBP field as four access bursts Received on PACCH Specific message contents As default messages contents except PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT in step 2
198. KET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT 6 Uplink data transfer dynamic allocation The MS is triggered to initiate packet uplink transfer of an LLC PDU containing 400 octets of data Two Phase Access Request Received on PRACH Single block allocation struct Sent on PAGCH The SS verifies the indicated number of octets to transfer see specific message contents Received on PACCH Dynamic allocation struct Sent on the PACCH of the assigned PDCH Macro Completion from step 4 in the TBF procedure Specific message contents As default messages contents except PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST in step 4 Information element Value remark lt Channel Request Description IE gt lt RLC OCTET COUNT gt 400 LLC data octets RLC data block length octets 42 1 2 1 9 2 Packet Uplink Assignment Two phase access Contention resolution 42 1 2 1 0 2 1 Packet Uplink Assignment Two phase access Contention resolution Expiry of timer T3168 42 1 2 1 9 2 1 1 Conformance requirements The contention resolution has failed on the mobile station side when the mobile station does not receive a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message with its TLLI before expiry of timer T3168 The mobile station shall then reinitiate the packet access procedure unless it has already been repeated 4 times In that case TBF failure has occurred Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 3 3 42 1 2 1 9 2 1 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station
199. KET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message corresponding to one of its 3 last PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages the mobile station shall stop timer T3170 if running stop sending PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages and switch to the assigned PDCHs Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 2 1 42 1 2 1 4 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station stops sending PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages and switches to the assigned PDCHs on receipt of a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message 42 1 2 1 4 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS The packet system information MAX_RETRANS indicates 7 allowed retransmission Mobile Station The MS is switched off Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Switch off on button Yes No Method of trigger GPRS attach Foreseen final state of the MS Packet idle mode Test procedure The MS is switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach The SS send a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message corresponding to one of the last 3 PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages from the MS The SS verifies that the MS stops sending PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages The SS allows the MS to complete the GPRS attach procedure Maximum duration of the test 15 s Expected sequence The MS is switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 3 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 4 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Resp
200. Layer 3 MM or CC message just sent by the MS is not Layer 2 acknowledged before the channel change caused by the HANDOVER COMMAND message the MS ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 shall send the Layer 3 message to the new cell using the same value in the N SD field after the handover procedure References Conformance requirements GSM 04 08 sections 3 4 4 and 9 1 15 GSM 04 13 section 5 2 6 2 26 13 1 3 4 2 Test purpose 1 To test that when the MS is ordered to make a finely synchronized handover to a synchronized cell it sends 4 access bursts on the main DCCH and then activates the channel correctly taking into account power command new order of channels in multislot configuration and correctly calculating the timing advance to use Handover is done from hopping multislot configuration to hopping multislot configuration number of channels in multislot configuration is not changed but the place of each channel is changed 2 To test that MS correctly retransmits Layer 3 MM or CC messages that were not acknowledged by Layer 2 before the Handover after completion of the Handover 3 To verify the MS transmits the HANDOVER COMPLETE message without undue delay 26 13 1 3 4 3 Method of test Initial Conditions System Simulator 2 cells A and B with same LAI default parameters except Early classmark sending enabled in SI3 rest octets The BCCH of cell A is sent k bit periods b
201. Loss of UA frame All MS different information field supervisory frames in response to an SABM frame 25 2 1 1 3 Initialization denial All MS 25 2 1 1 4 Total initialization failure All MS 25 2 1 2 1 Normal initialization without contention All MS resolution 25 2 1 2 2 Initialization failure All MS 25 2 1 2 3 Initialization denial All MS 25 2 1 2 4 Total initialization failure All MS 25 2 2 1 Sequence counting and frame All MS acknowledgements 25 2 2 2 Receipt of an frame in the timer recovery All MS state 26 2 2 IMSI detach and IMSI attach Procedure 1 All MS Procedure 2 MS where SIM removal is possible without powering down Procedure 3 All MS 26 2 3 Sequenced MM CC message transfer All MS 26 2 4 Establishment cause Procedure 1 MS supporting a service on a traffic channel 26 2 4 Establishment cause Procedure 2 MS supporting a service on a half rate channel pe supplementary service operation 26 3 3 MS will send only if BSS is on air All MS steps a c continued ero Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests Applicability 26 3 3 MS will send only if BSS is on air MS supporting speech step d 26 3 4 Manual mode of PLMN selection All MS 26 5 1 Handling of unknown unforeseen and All MS erroneous protocol data and of parallel transactions unknown protocol discriminator 26 5 2 1 1 TI and skip indicator RR Idle Mode All MS 26 5 2 1 2 TI and skip indicator RR RR Conne
202. M 7 CC state U10 establishment non synchronized M 8 CC state U10 establishment non synchronized M 9 CC state U10 continued erTor Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests establishment non synchronized M 10 CC state U10 Handover successful active call finely synchronized M 1 CC state U10 Handover successful active call finely synchronized M 2 CC state U10 establishment finely synchronized M 1 establishment finely synchronized M 2 establishment finely synchronized M 3 CC state U10 establishment finely synchronized M 4 CC state U10 26 6 5 5 1 Handover successful active call pre MS supporting TCH F and supporting synchronized Timing Advance IE not CC state U10 included 26 6 5 5 2 Handover successful call being MS supporting TCH F and supporting established pre synchronized timing CC state U10 advance IE is included reporting of observed time difference requested continued erTor Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests 26 6 5 6 Handover successful active call MS supporting TCH F and supporting pseudo synchronized the pseudo synchronized handover procedure and supporting CC state U10 26 6 5 7 Handover successful active call non MS supporting TCH F and supporting synchronized reporting of observed time CC state U10 difference requested 26 6 5 8 MS supporting TCH F and supporting CC state U10 26 6 5 9 26 6 6 1
203. MENT in step 5 Direct encoding 1 Information element Value remark Ol Frequency Parameters Frequency Parameters IE gt lt TSC gt 10 lt Direct encoding 1 gt lt Direct encoding 1 struct gt lt MAIO gt lt GPRS Mobile Allocation IE gt lt GPRS Mobile Allocation gt lt HSN gt Oll lt RFL number list gt lt RFL_NUMBER gt MA LENGTH gt lt MA BITMAP gt Frequency Parameters present value arbitrarily chosen from valid values default 5 10 direct encoding 1 arbitrarily chosen arbitrary chosen RFL number list 0010 the value points to a RFL NUMBER in PSI2 step 2 0 MA BITMAP 000111 corresponding to MA in PSI2 step 2 PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT in step 5 Direct encoding 2 Information element Value remark Oll lt Frequency Parameters gt Frequency Parameters IE lt TSC gt 11 lt Direct encoding 2 gt lt Direct encoding 2 struct gt 1 Frequency Parameters present value arbitrarily chosen from valid values default 5 11 direct encoding 2 lt MAIO gt arbitrarily chosen lt HSN gt arbitrarily chosen lt Length of MA Frequency List contents gt lt MA Frequency List contents gt containing the frequencies indicated by CA and MA in PSI2 step 2 coded by bit map 0 format 42 1 2 2 4 42 1 2 2 4 1 Packet Downlink Assignment Response to Packet Polling Conformance requirement
204. MMAND 1517 HANDOVER ACCESS 1618 HANDOVER ACCESS 1719 SABM Sent without information field 1820 UA 1921 HANDOVER COMPLETE This message shall be ready to be transmitted before 650 ms after the completion of step 12 Shall include the Mobile Time Difference IE with value 2k y mod 2 097 152 half bit periods A tolerance of 2 half bit periods is allowed SETUP Same N SD as in step 8 E The SS checks that the timing advance reported in the layer 1 header of the SACCH M message that is sent in the first SACCH M multiframe following the SABM is 9 bit periods CHANNEL RELEASE The main signalling link is released r retr SMG7 Meeting 23 Document 7 99 351 Sophia Antipolis France 19 22 October 1999 CHANGE REQUEST 11 10 1 CR A763 GSM AA BB or 3G AA BBB specification number 1 For submission to SMG 30 list expected approval meeting here T for approval X for information Please see embedded help file at the bottom of this Current Version 6 1 0 7 CR number as allocated by MCC support team Strategic for SMG Use only page for instructions on how to fill in this form correctly non strategic X Form CR cover sheet version 2 for 3GPP and SMG SM Proposed change affects at least one should be marked with an X ME X UTRAN Radio The latest version of this form is available from ftp ftp 3gpp org Information CR Form v2 doc Core
205. MMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Comments See specific message contents Multislot class See specific message contents Sent on the correct channel after establishment of the main signalling link This message shall be ready to be transmitted before 600 ms after the completion of step 6 The SS checks that the MS reports the requested power level in the layer 1 header of the SACCH message that is sent in the first SACCH multiframe following the SABM See specific message contents Sent on the correct channel after establishment of the main signalling link This message shall be ready to be transmitted before 600 ms after the completion of step 9 See specific message contents Sent on the correct channel after establishment of the main signalling link This message shall be ready to be transmitted before 600 ms after the completion of step 11 See specific message contents See specific message contents Sent on the correct channel after establishment of the main signalling link This message shall be ready to be transmitted before 600 ms after the completion of step 15 See specific message contents Sent on the correct channel after establishment of the main signalling link This message shall be ready to be transmitted before 600 ms after the completion of step 17 See specific message contents ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Message MS
206. MMI the user requests registration of eMLPP for a default priority level DefaultPriorityLevel arbitrarily selected Upon receipt of the operation in a REGISTER message the system simulator answers with a RELEASE COMPLETE message with the Facility information element containing the return result of the RegisterSS operation The SS transaction is released and the dedicated channel is released Then check the MS provides a correct user indication Maximum Duration of Test 3 min Expected Sequence Step Direction e Message EI a a a The MS is made to initiate a registration of eMLPP default priority level CHANNEL REQUEST with establishment cause Other procedures which can be completed with an SDCCH IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT CM SERVICE REQUEST cause supplementary service activation CM SERVICE ACCEPT REGISTER RegisterSS eMLPP DefaultPriorityLevel RELEASE COMPLETE RegisterSS operation Return_result provide correct MMI user indication CHANNEL RELEASE Special Message Contents REGISTER Information Element value remark as default except Facility invoke RegisterSS Supplementary service code eMLPP Default Priority arbitrary r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 31 12 5 eMLPP Service interrogation 31 12 5 1 Conformance requirement For interrogation of eMLPP default priority level the MS shall transmit successively 1 A CHANNEL REQUEST with establishment ca
207. MODE COMMAND CIPHERING MODE COMPLETE SETUP Last L2 frame not acknowledged by the SS ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Multislot configuration is sent to MS Multislot configuration with one TCH F is allocated See specific message contents below ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE HANDOVER COMMAND See specific message contents Resource upgrading HANDOVER ACCESS Repeated on every burst of the uplink main DOCH until reception of PHYSICAL INFORMATION Handover Reference as included in the HANDOVER COMMAND PHYSICAL INFORMATION Sent after reception of n HANDOVER ACCESS message Timing Advance as specified in table 26 13 1 3 1 of section 26 13 1 3 6 Sent without information field HANDOVER COMPLETE This message shall be ready to be transmitted before 650 ms after the completion of step 13 SETUP Same N SD as in step 8 CHANNEL RELEASE The main signalling link is released Specific Message Contents P GSM 900 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel description 2 describes non hopping Bm ACCHs or Lm ACCHs as appropriate for the test Power Command As in section 26 1 1 Frequency list Omitted Cell channel description Omitted Description of the multislot configuration Downlink assignment Only one timeslot is allocated in downlink direction Uplink assignment Only one timeslot is allocated in uplink direction Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Appropriate for the test Mode of the channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Appropriate for on bearer capability chosen for the test
208. MODIFY message Hopping Single RF channel Frequency Band Band number 0 ARFCN Channel number 650 Channel Mode Mode Same as in the CHANNEL MODE MODIFY message Contents of CHANNEL RELEASE message Protocol Discriminator RR Management Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 00001101 RR Cause RR Cause Value Normal event Contents of CHANNEL REQUEST message Establishment Cause Not checked Random Reference Not checked ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Contents of CIPHERING MODE COMMAND message Protocol Discriminator RR Management Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 00110101 Cipher Mode Setting algorithm identifier cipher with A5 1 SC Start ciphering Cipher Response IMEI shall not be included Contents of CIPHERING MODE COMPLETE message Protocol Discriminator RR Management Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 00110010 Mobile Identity Not present Contents of the CLASSMARK CHANGE message Protocol Discriminator RR Management Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 000100110 Mobile Station Classmark 2 RF Power Capability See PICS PIXIT Frequency Capability Set to 0 Mobile Station Classmark 3 For presence and contents see PICS PIXIT Contents of CM SERVICE ACCEPT message Protocol Discriminator Mobility Management Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 00100001 Contents of CM SERVICE REQUEST message Protocol Discriminator Mobility Manageme
209. MS messages are stored in the SIM and or the ME Maximum length characters of a mobile originated short message A3 2 2 3 Supplementary services A3 2 2 3 1 Call forwarding Description of the user s commands and of the display of the answers from the network for registration erasure activation deactivation interrogation specific data request Description of the display of notification of an incoming call to the served mobile or the forwarded to mobile notification during out going call information to the calling mobile A3 2 2 3 2 Call restriction Description of the user s commands and the display of the answers from the network for registration change of the password activation deactivation interrogation Description of the display of the indication of call barring A3 2 2 3 3 Handling of undefined GSM supplementary services Description of the user s commands and the display of the answer from the network A3 2 3 Electrical Man Machine Interface EMMI A3 2 3 1 Methods supported for activation deactivation of EMMI all possibilities specified in GSM 11 10 section 36 2 2 all possibilities specified in GSM 11 10 section 36 2 2 except activation by inserting a test SIM when the ME is already switched on activation deactivation only via layer 3 messages on the radio interface according to GSM 11 10 section 36 2 2 ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999
210. MS shall abort the packet access procedure and perform an abnormal release The SS sends PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message corresponding to one of its 3 last PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages after a time higher than the duration of timer T3170 and the MS shall not respond to the message Repeat the test procedure with the different MAX RETRANS parameters 2 4 7 sent in Packet System Information Maximum duration of the test 4 min Expected sequence Step Direction Message 1 SS gt MS PACKET PAGING REQUEST 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST n 4 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT Comments Sent on PPCH n l1 M 1 ACCESS TYPE Page response Received on PRACH The SS waits M 1 PACKET CHANNEL REQUESTSs timer T3170 0 5s The SS verifies that the MS makes maximally M 1 attempts to send PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages in this period Correspond to one of the last 3 messages in step 2 The MS shall not respond to this message Sent on PAGCH 5 SS Change MAX_RETRANS in PSII to 2 retransmission 6 Repeat step 1 to 4 after two PSII repeat periods 7 SS Change MAX_RETRANS in PSII to 4 retransmission 8 Repeat step 1 to 4 after two PSII repeat periods 9 SS Change MAX RETRANS in PSII to 7 retransmission 10 Repeat step 1 to 4 after two PSII repeat periods Specific message contents None 42 1 1 4 2 Packet Channel Request Access persistence control on PRACH Pe
211. MS supporting TCH EFS 14 2 9 Reference sensitivity TCH FS for MS R GSM MS supporting speech supporting the R GSM band Usable receiver input level range MS supporting speech 14 4 1 Co channel rejection TCH FS MS supporting speech 14 4 2 Co channel rejection TCH HS MS supporting half rate speech 14 4 3 Co channel rejection TCH HS SID MS supporting half rate speech frames 14 4 4 Co channel rejection FACCH F All MS 14 4 5 Reference sensitivity half rate data MS supporting half rate data channels 14 4 6 Co channel rejection speech channels MS supporting speech channels channels channels channels channels channels 14 7 3 Blocking and spurious response speech R GSM MS supporting speech channels for MS supporting the R GSM band 14 7 4 Blocking and spurious response control R GSM MS not supporting speech channels for MS supporting the R GSM band Paging performance at high input levels AIMS 1410 Reserved for future use gt O 14 114 Reserved for future use 14 12 Reserved for future use 0 O 14 13 Reserved for future use 14 14 Reserved for future use 14 15 Reserved for future use PO 14 16 GPRS receiver tests AIGPRSMS 15 5 GPRS Timing advance and absolute delay AIGPRS MS ero Temporary reception gaps MS which do not have an application layer always running which performs a normal release of
212. MSI not allocated to MS Not present Not used all bits set to spare Contents of PAGING REQUEST TYPE 3 message L2 pseudo length Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message Type Page Mode Page Mode Channels needed first channel second channel Mobile identity 1 TMSI value Mobile identity 2 TMSI value Mobile identity 3 TMSI value Mobile identity 4 TMSI value P3 rest octets Contents of PAGING RESPONSE message Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message Type Ciphering Key Sequence Number Key Sequence Mobile Station Classmark 2 Mobile Identity odd even indication Type of identity Identity Digits 19 RR Management 0000 00100100 Normal Paging any channel any channel TMSI previously allocated to MS TMSI not allocated to MS TMSI not allocated to MS TMSI not allocated to MS Not used all bits set to spare RR Management 0000 00100111 Key sequence number previously allocated to MS or 111 if no key is available Even TMSI TMSI previously allocated to MS ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Contents of PHYSICAL INFORMATION message Protocol Discriminator RR Management Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 00101101 Timing advance 20 bit periods Contents of SETUP message MS to SS Protocol Discriminator Call Control Transaction Identifier TI value any value from the set
213. Message Type Page Mode Page Mode Channels needed first channel second channel Mobile Identity 1 odd even indication Type of Identity Identity Digits Mobile Identity 2 P1 rest octets Packet Page Indication 1 Packet Page Indication 2 spare padding RR Management 0000 00100001 Normal Paging 00 00 Even P TMSI P TMSI previously allocated to MS Not present L no Notification List Number PCH L no priority specified for mobile Id 1 L no priority specified for mobile Id 2 H L Not present L no Group call Information L no Notification List Number status Spare Padding 41 2 8 2 7 MESSAGE TYPE PAGE MODE Referenced Address Packet Request Reference CHANNEL CODING COMMAND TLLI BLOCK CHANNEL CODING LIH lt UPLINK_TFI_ASSIGNMENT gt UPLINK TFI ASSIGNMENT Packet Timing Advance TIMING ADVANCE VALUE LIH Frequency Parameters Frequency Parameters TSC ARFCN Oll lt List of Reference Frequency lists 011 Mobile Allocation list gt Fixed Allocation FINAL ALLOCATION DOWNLINK CONTROL TIMESLOT CONTENTION RESOLUTION TLLI ALPHA GAMMA TNO GAMMA TNI GAMMA TN2 GAMMA TN2 GAMMA TN3 GAMMA TN4 GAMMA TN5 GAMMA TN6 GAMMA TN7 HALF DUPLEX MODE TBF STARTING TIME PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT 001110 Normal Paging not Global TFI not TLLI 1 not TQD 1 Packet Request Reference information field sent
214. Mobile Station The MS is GPRS attached and in packet idle mode PDP context 2 has been established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Supporting GPRS MS class A B or C Yes No Support PDP context Method of triggering the MS to initiate an uplink packet transfer Test procedure All MS classes non RR connection paging The MS is triggered to initiate an uplink packet transfer When SS has received the first PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message shall PACKET PAGING REQUEST message indicating a non RR connection be sent to the MS The MS shall ignore the PACKET PAGING REQUEST message and continue to send PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages requesting one or two phase access The SS sends PACKET ACCESS REJECT to end the test case MS class A and class B RR connection paging The MS is triggered to initiate an uplink packet transfer When SS has received the first PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message shall PACKET PAGING REQUEST message indicating a RR connection be sent to the MS The MS shall send CHANNEL REQUEST messages with establishment cause Answer to paging SS verify that the MS request RR connection The SS sends IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT to end the test case MS class C RR connection paging The MS is triggered to initiate an uplink packet transfer When SS has received the first PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message shall PACKET PAGING REQUEST message indicating a RR connection be sent to the MS The MS shall ignore the PACK
215. NK ACK NACK Sent on PACCH Repeat steps 3 and 4 until the reporting period has expired PACKET MEASUREMENT Sent on PACCH REPORT Contains the NC measurement report struct on PACCH RLC data blocks MS sends data PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Sent on PACCH Repeat steps 7 and 8 until the reporting period has expired PACKET MEASUREMENT Sent on PACCH REPORT Contains the NC measurement report struct on PACCH RLC data blocks MS sends data PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Sent on PACCH PACKET MEASUREMENT ORDER Sent on PACCH Contains NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER and NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T with new reporting period which is greater than time to expiry of the timer T3158 See specific message contents RLC data blocks MS sends data PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Sent on PACCH Repeat steps 14 and 15 until the old reporting period has expired PACKET MEASUREMENT Sent on PACCH REPORT Contains the NC measurement report struct on PACCH RLC data blocks MS sends data PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Sent on PACCH Repeat steps 18 and 19 until the new reporting period has expired PACKET MEASUREMENT Sent on PACCH REPORT Contains the NC measurement report struct on PACCH Specific message contents PACKET MEASUREMENT ORDER in step 2 NC Measurement parameters NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER 01 NC1 NC REPORTING PERIOD T 001 0 96 s r retr PACKET MEASUREMENT ORDER in step 13 NC Measurement parameters NETWORK CONTROL ORDER 01 NC1
216. NMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 Same as in step 19 Chosen arbitraril Single RF Channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Use Range 128 to encode 773 775 779 782 791 798 829 832 844 Indicate same timeslots as step 19 Same as in downlink assignment Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included 10000 no additional timeslots Same as in step 19 Chosen arbitrarily Frequency hopping Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Not Included Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Indicate frequencies 782 791 798 Chosen arbitraril r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 GSM 1800 end NN r ret1 SMG7 Meeting 23 Sophia Antipolis France 19 22 Oct 1999 Document 7 99 317 e g for 3GPP use the format TP 99xxx or for SMG use the format P 99 xxx CHANGE REQUEST 11 10 1 CR A732 GSM A
217. NNECT MS terminates call with cause value 468 RELEASE RELEASE COMPLETE CHANNEL RELEASE The main signalling link is released For k 2 RELEASE RELEASE COMPLETE RELEASE COMPLETE may or may not contain Facility IE with contents as indicated in ii below CHANNEL RELEASE The main signalling link is released For k 3 Call duration y seconds after CAI information sent by SS DISCONNECT MS terminates call RELEASE RELEASE COMPLETE CHANNEL RELEASE The main signalling link is released ACM checked should be 2 units k 1 Non zero CAI call attempted to MS and should succeed k 2 Non zero CAI call attempted to MS and should fail k 3 Zero CAI call attempted to MS and should succeed NOTE The values of x and y are given below The correct value of the ACM is found from the general AOC formula given in GSM 02 24 section 4 with CDUR x y seconds and e parameters as defined below SMG7 Meeting 23 Document 7 99 369 Sophia Antipolis France 19 22 October 1999 CHANGE REQUEST 11 10 1 CR A779 GSM AA BB or 3G AA BBB specification number 1 For submission to SMG 30 list expected approval meeting here T for approval X for information Please see embedded help file at the bottom of this Current Version 6 1 0 7 CR number as allocated by MCC support team Strategic for SMG Use only page for instructions on how to fill in this form correctly non strategic X Form CR co
218. NSE SETUP containing priority level 2 but not signal IE CALL CONFIRMED ASSIGNMENT COMMAND TCH ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE ALERTING eo OOAOANDARWNDM 0 An alerting indication as defined in a PICS PIXIT statement is given by the MS The MS is made to accept the call in the way described in a PICS PIXIT statement CONNECT CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE DISCONNECT RELEASE RELEASE COMPLETE CHANNEL RELEASE return to idle mode to enable automatic _ answering forprioritylevel2 PAGING REQUEST TYPE 1 containing priority level 12 CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT SDCCH PAGING RESPONSE SETUP containing priority level 12 but no signal IE CALL CONFIRMED CONNECT automatic connection ASSIGNMENT COMMAND TCH ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE to check that the MS gives an indication as defined in a PICS PIXIT statement for call automatically answered 32 SS gt MS DISCONNECT 33 MS gt SS RELEASE 34 SS gt MS RELEASE COMPLETE 35 SS gt MS CHANNEL RELEASE return to idle mode 36 SS gt MS PAGING REQUEST TYPE 1 containing no priority level 37 MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST 38 SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT SDCCH 39 MS gt SS PAGING RESPONSE ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Direction Message Comments SETUP CALL CONFIRMED CONNECT ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE SETUP CALL C
219. NTROL BLOCK PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK MS gt SS SS gt MS SS gt MS SS gt MS SS gt MS SS gt MS SS gt MS SS gt MS SS gt MS SS gt MS SS gt MS SS gt MS MS lt gt SS MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT MS lt gt SS MS is triggered to transfer 1000 data octets Indicating one phase packet access granted dynamic allocation CS1 shall be used USF addressing the MS USF not addressing the MS USF not addressing the MS USF not addressing the MS USF not addressing the MS USF not addressing the MS USF not addressing the MS USF not addressing the MS USF not addressing the MS USF not addressing the MS USF not addressing the MS USF not addressing the MS Steps 3 to 15 are repeated at most 22 times or until MS does not send further RLC data blocks at step 4 Note steps 3 to 15 transfer one block every 52 frames or 240 ms 22 repetitions require about 5 5 s Timer T3166 shall expire MS re initiates packet access procedure Indicating one phase packet access granted dynamic allocation Steps 3 to 15 are repeated 17 times Note 17 repetitions require about 4 3 s Timer T3166 should not expire 20 SS gt
220. Network Source Mannesmann Mobilfunk GmbH Date 19 10 1999 Subject Update of table Applicability of Tests in Section 3 2 2 Directed Retry Tests Work item TEI Category F Correction Release Phase2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 only one category B Addition of feature Release 97 X shall be marked Functional modification of feature Release 98 with an X D Editorial modification Release 99 Release 00 Reason for New tests for Directed Retry have been introduced in sections 26 9 7 26 8 8 26 12 6 change and 26 12 7 of GSM 11 10 The table for the applicability of tests in section 3 2 2 of GSM 11 10 needs to be updated accordingly Clauses affected Section 3 2 2 of GSM 11 10 Other specs Other 3G core specifications List of CRs affected Other GSM core List of CRs specifications MS test specifications List of CRs BSS test specifications List of CRs O amp M specifications List of CRs Other comments help doc M double click here for help and instructions on how to create a CR CR to GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 2 26 8 1 4 5 4 26 8 1 4 5 5 In call functions MS originated in call modification time out of timer T323 26 8 1 4 5 6 26 8 1 4 5 7 26 8 1 4 5 8 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests Applicability In call functions MS originated in call modification an abnormal
221. Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Step 9 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not included Maximum number of timeslots supported by the MS Maximum number of timeslots supported by the MS after specifying Downlink timeslots Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Indicates all of the CA broadcast on the BCCH except for the BCCH carrier Not included 10XXX Maximum number of possible additional bidirectional TCH Fs and SACCH Ms substracted by one minimum being one A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF Channel the ARFCN of
222. ON CHANGE COMMAND CONFIGURATION CHANGE ACKNOWLEDGE DISCONNECT RELEASE RELEASE COMPLETE CHANNEL RELEASE Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Sent on the correct paging subchannel Establishment cause indicates answer to paging Message is contained in SABM Multislot class SRES specifies correct value SS starts deciphering after sending the message Shall be sent enciphered All following messages shall be sent enciphered SS starts ciphering Message does not contain the signal IE Setup indicates non transparent connection If the MS supports immediate connect then branch A applies If the MS does not support immediate connect then branch B applies In multislot allocation only one timeslot is allocated In multislot allocation only one timeslot is allocated An alerting indication as defined in a PICS PIXIT statement is given by the MS The MS is made to accept the call in the way described in a PICS PIXIT statement TCH shall be through connected in both directions The RLP link establishment is initiated by the MS User initiated service level upgrade is initiated MS enters the active state Next three steps are performed as many times as used multislot class has different channel combinations Timeslot allocation starts from simplest case and is upgraded up to the maximum that MS multislot class supports one step at the time within the highest multislot class that MS supports Appropriate number of
223. ONFIRMED HOLD HOLD REJECT DISCONNECT RELEASE RELEASE COMPLETE CONNECT CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE SETUP CALL CONFIRMED ALERTING DISCONNECT RELEASE RELEASE COMPLETE CHANNEL RELEASE ACHES HOME OSs PAGING REQUEST TYPE 1 CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT PAGING RESPONSE SETUP CALL CONFIRMED CONNECT ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE DISCONNECT RELEASE RELEASE COMPLETE CHANNEL RELEASE MOI E SY HOMME OSs PAGING REQUEST TYPE 1 CHANNEL RELEASE containing priority level 3 but no signal IE automatic connection TCH new transaction containing priority level 12 and Signal Information Element with value 7 on new transaction with cause 17 on old transaction for service TS11 no signalling for services other than TS11 on old transaction for service TS11 with cause 69 no signalling for services other than TS11 on old transaction cause Normal call clearing on old transaction cause pre empty on old transaction on new transaction on new transaction another new transaction different from step 51 containing priority level 21 and Signal Information Element with value 7 on the same transaction as step 60 with cause 17 on the same transaction as step 60 to check that the MS gives incoming call indication on the same transaction as step 5160 on the same transaction as step 5160 on the same transaction as step 5160 the MS is in group receive mode the
224. PACKET QUEUING NOTIFICATION message the mobile station shall stop timer T3162 start timer T3164 and switch to the assigned PDCHs Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 2 2 42 1 2 1 1 3 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station switches to the assigned PDCHs on receipt of a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message after a PACKET QUEUING NOTIFICATION message 42 1 2 1 1 3 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS The packet system information ACCESS BURST TYPE indicates 8 bit access Mobile Station The MS is switched off Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Switch off on button Yes No Method of trigger GPRS attach Test procedure The MS is switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach The SS send PACKET QUEUING NOTIFICATION message and sends then PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message The SS allows the MS to complete the GPRS attach procedure Maximum duration of the test 15 s Expected sequence Step Direction Message Comments 1 MS The MS is switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach procedure 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 3 SS gt MS PACKET QUEUING See specific message contents Sent on NOTIFICATION PAGCH 4 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Include same TQI as step 3 Sent on PAGCH ASSIGNMENT before timer T3162 expires 5 GPRS attach procedure Macro Completion from step 4 in the attach procedure Sp
225. PIXIT statement Support of PDP context Test procedure The MS is triggered to initiate uplink data transfer The SS assigns packet uplink resources for single block in an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message including a TBF starting time The SS verifies that the MS sends a PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST at the first allowed block as indicated by the TBF starting frame Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence The MS is triggered to transfer 200 octets of data MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT For uplink TBF single block assignment for an arbitrarily chosen TBF Starting Time in the future PACKET RESOURCE SS verifies that first block is on first REQUEST allowed block starting at frame number given by TBF Starting Time PACKET ASSIGNMENT with default contents REJECT 41 2 4 2 Single block packet access Packet Measurement Report Conformance requirement The network shall use the TBF starting time to indicate the first frame number belonging to the single block period granted for packet access The mobile station may use that block period to send a PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message to initiate the two phase access defined in GSM 04 60 or to send a PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT message see GSM 04 60 Reference GSM 04 08 subclause 3 5 2 1 3 3 Test purpose To verify that the MS sends PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT in the assigned uplink block when performing a measurement report procedure Further on this tests verif
226. PIXIT statement starts to initiate an immediate assignment procedure by sending the CHANNEL REQUEST message with correct establishment cause 3 To verify that subsequently after receipt of an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message allocating an SDCCH after completion of establishment of the main signalling link after having sent a CM SERVICE REQUEST message after MS sends it s multislot class in CLASSMARK CHANGE message after having successfully performed the authentication and cipher mode setting procedures the MS sends a SETUP message with correct parameters 4 Multislot configuration with maximum number of channels supported by MS in a HSCSD configuration is allocated To verify that subsequently after receipt of a CALL PROCEEDING message and of an ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message allocating an appropriate TCHs after having completed the early assignment procedure for all traffic channel in multislot configuration by ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 replying with the ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message after receipt of an ALERTING message and a CONNECT message the MS returns a CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message 5 To verify that subsequently the MS has attached the user connection to the radio path This is verified by checking that the MS synchronises correctly to the TCHs and sends and receives correct data frames in each data block 6 To verify that subsequently upon the network initiating call clearing by
227. PRACH 8 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Include invalid frequency parameter see ASSIGNMENT specific message contents Sent on PAGCH 9 SS The SS verifies that the MS abort the GPRS attach procedure Specific message contents As default messages contents except PACKET SYSTEM INFORMATION type 2 in initial condition Information element Value remark lt PSI2_CHANGE_MARK gt 00 lt PCCCH Description List struct gt lt TSC gt arbitrarily chosen Oll lt Hopping PCCCH carriers gt 1 MA NUMBER 0001 List 1 Hopping PCCCH carriers struct gt lt Hopping PCCCH carriers struct gt MAIO arbitrarily chosen TIMESLOT ALLOCATION 000000100 timeslot 2 PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT in step 3 Information element Value remark Oll lt Frequency Parameters gt 1 hopping channel lt Frequency Parameters IE gt lt TSC gt Same as PSI2 lt Indirect encoding struct gt 01 Indirect encoding MAIO Same as PSI2 MA NUMBER Same as PSI2 01 CHANGE MARK 1 1 CHANGE MARK present CHANGE MARK 1j 00 same change mark as PSIZ CHANGE MARK 011 CHANGE MARK 2 0 no CHANGE MARK 2 gt PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT in step 8 Information element Value remark Oll lt Frequency Parameters gt 1 hopping channel lt Frequency Parameters IE gt lt TSC gt Same as PSI2 lt Indirect encoding struct gt 01 Indirect encoding MAIO Same as PSI2
228. Parameter MAX RETRANS is set to 7 retransmissions Parameter TX INTEGER is set to 32 CCCH is not combined with SDCCH Mobile Station MS is switched off Related PICS PIXIT statement Foreseen final state of the MS Test procedure The MS is triggered to initiate GPRS attach After reception of 3 CHANNEL REQUEST messages the SS sends an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT with correct Request Reference and including a waiting indication T3142 The SS verifies that the MS stops sending CHANNEL REQUEST messages Before T min T3142 T3146 seconds elapse the SS sends an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT with correct Request Reference The MS shall switch to the assigned PDCH and transfer the data Note on T3146 T3146 is started when sending the last CHANNEL REQUEST or when receiving the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT At its expiry the packet access is aborted The value of T3146 is given by T 2 S GSM 04 08 11 1 1 where T is TX INTEGER and S is given in GSM 04 08 Table 3 1 The value of T3146 is 2 15 s for the current settings Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence MS is triggered to initiate GPRS attach CHANNEL REQUEST CHANNEL REQUEST CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT jincluding Request Reference REJECT corresponding to the CHANNEL REQUEST in step 2 and waiting time indication with value T3142 2 s The SS verifies that the MS stops sending CHANNEL REQUEST messages IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT sent after 1 5s of the l
229. QUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT for uplink TBF single block access PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST PACKET UPLINK for fixed allocation ASSIGNMENT Steps 6 to 8 are executed 0 to n times as needed RLC data block Step 6 is repeated at most 14 times resulting in at most 15 uplink data blocks PACKET UPLINK indicating correct reception of uplink data ACK NACK blocks and parameter REPEAT_ ALLOCATION set Countdown procedure Step 10 is repeated as needed RLC data block The MS shall correctly set the CV value in the RLC header the last one being 0 PACKET UPLINK indicating correct reception of uplink ACK NACK blocks and valid RRBP field and FBI set PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT 41 2 8 1 3 Downlink data transfer The following table describes a sequence performing downlink data transfer in acknowledged mode Downlink data transfer acknowledged mode Step Direction Message Comments A PDP context in acknowledged RLC mode has been established IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT for downlink TBF sent on CCCH on the correct CCCH block the MS belongs to Steps 3 to 6 are executed 0 to n times as needed RLC data block Step 3 is repeated at most 14 times RLC data block with polling bit set PACKET DOWNLINK indicating correct reception of downlink ACK NACK data blocks RLC data block Step 7 is repeated as needed RLC data block Last data block with FBI bit set and a valid RRBP field PACKET DOWNLINK indicating correct reception of do
230. Release 98 with an X D Editorial modification Release 99 Release 00 Reason for The cause value of the Disconnect message has not been defined change Clauses affected Other specs Other 3G core specifications List of CRs affected Other GSM core List of CRs specifications MS test specifications List of CRs BSS test specifications List of CRs O amp M specifications List of CRs Other Ref GSM04 86 ch2 3 comments 2 3 Accumulated Call Meter is equal to or greater than ACMmax If the change stored in the Accumulated Call Meter ACM is equal to or greater than the maximum value specified by ACMmax then the mobile station shall initiate call clearing giving a specific cause value for this situation as indicated in figure 2 5 MS DISCONNECT Network Cause 68 ACM equal to or greater than ACMmax Figure 2 5 Mobile station releases the call due to ACM being equal to or greater than ACMmax 31 6 2 5 ACMmax operation Mobile Terminating Purpose 1 3 To verify that when the value stored in the ACM becomes equal to or exceeds its maximum value the ACMmax any mobile terminating calls in progress for which a non zero CAI exists are terminated by the ME with cause value 68 once the chargeable interval determined by the CAI has elapsed with an appropriate indication given to the user To verify that when the value stored in the ACM becomes equal to or exceeds its maximum value the ACMma
231. S REJECT Received from the new cell PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST To the old cell PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT Sent on PACCH PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE Error cause Packet Access Reject on target cell RLC data blocks MS sends data PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Sent on PACCH 42 4 2 1 4 Cell change order procedure Uplink transfer Failure cases Contention resolution failure 42 4 2 1 4 1 Conformance requirement If the contention resolution procedure fails on the new cell then the mobile station shall start timer T3176 and return to the old cell The mobile station shall send a PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message to the network If the mobile station was in uplink packet transfer before the cell change the mobile station shall establish a new uplink TBF and send the PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message on this TBF The mobile station shall then resume its uplink transfer on this TBF ero 42 4 2 1 4 2 Test Purpose To verify that the mobile station initiates a random access to the old cell if the contention resolution procedure fails on the new cell Reference GSM 04 60 v 6 4 0 Chapter 8 4 1 42 4 2 1 4 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 2 cells GPRS supported Mobile Station MS is in Packet Idle mode and GPRS attached PDP context established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support of GPRS The way to trigger the MS initiating an uplink packet transfer Foreseen final state of the MS MS is
232. S81 or TS61 26 8 1 4 5 6 In call functions MS originated in call MS supporting at least one dual mode modification a successful channel bearer capability service BS61 BS81 or change in state mobile originating modify TS61 26 8 1 4 5 7 In call functions MS originated in call MS supporting at least one dual mode modification an unsuccessful channel bearer capability service BS61 BS81 or change in state mobile originating modify TS61 26 8 1 4 5 8 In call functions MS originated in call MS supporting at least one dual mode modification unknown message received bearer capability service BS61 BS81 or TS61 26 8 1 4 5 9 In call functions MS originated in call MS supporting at least one dual mode modification a release complete received bearer capability service BS61 BS81 or TS61 establishment allowed capability establishment not allowed switched basic service establishment transmission stopped switched basic service switched basic service early assignment teleservice late assignment teleservice call early assignment service call late assignment teleservice Structured procedures emergency call MS supporting speech idle updated preferred channel rate idle updated non preferred channel rate Structured procedures emergency call idle no IMSI accept case Structured procedures emergency call MS supporting speech idle no IMSI reject case Measurement supporting CC state U10 Immediate assignm
233. SS gt MS PACKET DOWNLINK The SS initiate a downlink transfer of 200 octets data Not indicating any TBF Starting Time Sent ASSIGNMENT on PCCCH 3 SS The SS waits timer T3190 0 1 T3190 4 SS gt MS DOWNLINK RLC DATA Sent on assigned PDTCHs BLOCK 5 SS Verify for 10 seconds that the MS not respond 6 SS gt MS PACKET DOWNLINK Reinitiate the downlink data transfer Sent on ASSIGNMENT PCCCH 7 SS The SS waits timer T3190 0 1 T3190 8 SS gt MS DOWNLINK RLC DATA Sent on assigned PDTCHs with a valid RRBP BLOCK field 9 MS gt SS PACKET DOWNLINK Indicating correct reception of downlink data ACK NACK blocks SS verifies that ACK NACK is sent from the MS Specific message contents None 42 1 3 Macro and default message contents 42 1 3 1 Macro In order to simplify the process of writing and coding test cases macros are referenced in the expected signaling tables These macros provide all additional signaling needed to complete the particular test but are not relevant to its purpose This Macro is only applicable to test case in clause 42 1 1 and 42 1 2 42 1 3 1 1 GPRS attach procedure The following table describes a signaling sequence performing the GPRS attach procedure when PCCCH is present Note that there are different possible sequences implementing the GPRS attach procedure In this case we use dynamic allocation and simultaneous uplink and downlink TBFs GPRS attach procedure Directi
234. SSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 11XXX Appropriate number of additional unidirectional TCH FDs and SACCH MDs or Additional bidirectional TCH F and SACCH M and additional unidirectional TCH FD and SACCH MD Number of downlink timeslots shall be more than in step 11 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not included Not included Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Indicates frequencies 45 46 73 74 75 76 108 114 Not included r ret1 GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 15 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time S
235. Structured procedures MS originated call MS supporting at least one MO late assignment teleservice 26 9 6 2 1 26 9 6 2 2 Structured procedures MS terminated MS supporting at least one MT call late assignment teleservice Directed Retry Mobile Originated Call Directed Retry Mobile Terminated Call Structured procedures emergency call idle updated preferred channel rate Structured procedures emergency call idle updated non preferred channel rate Structured procedures emergency call idle no IMSI accept case Structured procedures emergency call idle no IMSI reject case MS supporting at least one MO circuit switched basic service MS supporting at least one MT circuit switched basic service Measurement supporting CC state U10 Immediate assignment 26 10 2 4 1 E GSM or R GSM signalling RR MS supporting E GSM or R GSM and Handover Successful handover supporting CC state U10 26 10 2 3 E GSM or R GSM signalling RR MS supporting E GSM or R GSM channel assignment procedure 26 10 2 4 2 E GSM or R GSM signalling RR MS supporting E GSM or R GSM and Handover layer 1 failure supporting CC state U10 26 10 2 5 E GSM or R GSM signalling RR Frequency Redefinition MS supporting E GSM or R GSM CR to GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 3 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 continued Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests procedure Mobile originated ca
236. T3166 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator Default settings except BS CV MAX value in System Information Type 13 is set to 15 Mobile Station MS is GPRS attached a PDP context has been established and the MS is in Packet Idle mode Related PICS PIXIT statement Support of PDP context Test procedure The MS is triggered to transfer 1000 octets of data The SS assigns packet uplink resources in an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message indicating one phase packet access and dynamic allocation The MS shall start transferring RLC data blocks The SS reduces the block transfer rate by controlling the USF flag In this way the SS forces T3166 with value 5 s to expire before counter N3104 reaches N3104 MAX with value 45 blocks for current settings The SS verifies that the MS stops transmitting and restarts packet access procedure At the second attempt the SS sends PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK before T3166 seconds The SS verifies that this time the MS does not abort the access procedure and successfully completes the data transfer Maximum duration of the test 5 minutes Expected sequence 2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT SS gt MS PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK RLC data block PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CO
237. To verify that the MS sends its multislot class in Mobile Station Classmark 3 using Controlled Early Classmark Sending procedure if allowed by network 2 To verify that the MS does not perform Early Classmark Sending if it is not allowed 26 13 1 5 3 Method of test Initial conditions Mobile Station The MS is in MM state idle updated with valid TMSI and CKSN System Simulator 1 cell default parameters except Early classmark sending enabled in SI3 rest octets Related PICS PIXIT statement s Classmark Multislot class Foreseen final state of the MS MS is in MM state idle updated with valid TMSI and CKSN Test procedure The MS is made to initiate a multislot connection In the first case Controlled Early Classmark Sending procedure is allowed by network the MS performs Early Classmark sending In the second case Controlled Early Classmark Sending procedure is not allowed by network the MS does not send a CLASSMARK CHANGE message SS checks Controlled Early Classmark Change procedure from CLASSMARK CHANGE message If Controlled Early Classmark Sending procedure is allowed by the network ES ind bit in SI 3 Resr Octets is set If this bit is not set SS sends CHANNEL RELEASE and the main signalling link is released If ES ind bit ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 was set then the MS s multislot class is sent in Mobile Station Classmark 3 octet 4 in the CLASSMAR
238. V6 1 0 1999 07 2 If the mobile station does not support the indicated mode it shall retain the old mode and return the associated channel mode information in the CHANNEL MODE MODIFY ACKNOWLEDGE message References Conformance requirement GSM 04 08 sections 3 4 6 and 9 1 5 and 9 1 6 26 13 1 4 2 Test purpose 1 To verify that the MS in an RR connected state acknowledges a CHANNEL MODE MODIFY message by sending a CHANNEL MODE MODIFY ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message specifying and switching to the correct mode for the channels in a multislot configuration the new mode if that mode is supported the old mode if the new mode is not supported 2 This shall be verified for all existing channel modes data 9 6 Kb s data 4 8 Kb s full rate data 14 4 Kb s 26 13 1 4 3 Method of test Initial Conditions System Simulator 1 cells default parametersexcept Early classmark sending enabled in SI3 rest octets Mobile Station The MS is idle updated with TMSI allocated Related PICS PIXIT statement s Type of MS P GSM 900 or EGSM or DCS 1 800 Supported tesleservices bearer services Channel modes supported by the MS MS supports data 9 6 Kb s p1 Y N MS supports data 4 8 Kb s full rate p2 Y N MS supports data 14 4 Kb s p3 Y N Multislot class Classmark Foreseen final state of the MS Idle updated with TMSI allocated Test procedure 1 A Mobile Terminated multislot connection is initiated
239. Y RR Protocol Discriminator 0110 B Skip Indicator 0000 B Message Type 00101010 B UPLINK FREE RR short PD O B Message Type 00010 B short L2 header 00 B type 1 Uplink access request bit L UIC indication H UIC PICS PIXIT bit 6 Spare padding logic L UPLINK RELEASE Information Element value remark RR Protocol Discriminator 0110 B Skip Indicator 0000 B Message Type 00001110 B RR Cause Normal event VGCS UPLINK GRANT Information Element value remark RR Protocol Discriminator 0110 B Skip Indicator 0000 B Message Type 00001001 B Request Reference Same as that in UPLINK ACCESS Timing Advance 30 TALKER INDICATION RR Protocol Discriminator 0110 B Skip Indicator 0000 B Message Type 00010001 B Mobile station classmark PICS PIXIT Mobile identity PICS PIXIT Default Message contents for GCC BCC CHANNEL MODE MODIFY Channel Description Same as in IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT in test Channel Mode Mode speech full rate or half rate version 1 VGCS target mode indication iei target mode group transmit mode group cipher key number no ciphering spare bit 41 B CHANNEL MODE MODIFY ACKNOWLEDGE Channel Description Same as in CHANNEL MODE in test Channel Mode Same as in CHANNEL MODE in test CM SERVICE REQUEST Information Element value remark CM service type VGC or VBC establishment depending on the service Priority any or omit CONNECT GCC BCC Protocol Disc
240. a signalling link using the correct timing advance and send a HANDOVER COMPLETE message The MS shall be ready to transmit the HANDOVER COMPLETE message before 650 ms after the end of the HANDOVER COMMAND message but not before a UA frame has been sent by the SS The term ready to transmit is defined in GSM 04 13 The MS shall then again send the SETUP message to the SS using the same value in the N SD field Finally the SS sends a CHANNEL RELEASE to end the test Maximum Duration of Test 20 seconds r ret1 GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Expected Sequence Step Direction Message Comments An MO call is initiated CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT to an SDCCH 4 CM SERVICE REQUEST CLASSMARK CHANGE Multislot class AUTHENTICATION REQUEST AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE CIPHERING MODE COMMAND CIPHERING MODE COMPLETE SETUP Last L2 frame not acknowledged by the SS ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Multislot configuration is sent to MS Multislot configuration shall not have the maximum number of timeslots allocated See specific message contents below lo a RONM A B IN e 810 9 1012 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE 1443 SETUP Last L2 frame not acknowledged by the SS Same N SD as in step 8 1214 HANDOVER COMMAND See specific message contents below 1315 HANDOVER ACCESS Handover Reference as included in the 1416 HANDOVER ACCESS HANDOVER CO
241. a Version Submitted to SMG 30 For approval n Without presentation non strategic eal list plenary meeting or STC here 1 for information with presentation strategic PT SMG CR cover form Filename crf26_2 doc Proposed change SIM L ME EE Network Workitem affects at least one should be marked with an X Subject Modification of section 11 7 to enhance IMEI security Category F Correction Release Phase 2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier Release release 96 one category B Addition of feature Release 97 and one release C Functional modification of feature Release 98 shall be marked D Editorial modification Release 99 with an X UMTS Reason for change Clauses affected Other specs Other releases of same spec List of CRs affected Other core specifications List of CRs MS test specifications TBRs List of CRs One or more may BSS test specifications List of CRs x marked with an O amp M specifications List of CRs Other comments Page 87 CR to Draft prETS 300 607 1 GSM 11 10 1 version 4 25 0 March 1999 11 7 IMEI Security 11 7 1 Conformance requirements 11 7 1 1 Electrical Pprogramming security The manufacturer declares that concerning the programming security he has taken necessary and sufficient steps to ensure that eitherthe IMEI cannot be oy changed or r modified by any software after the ME s final production processonce GSM 0
242. a handheld station a vehicle mounted portable station a vehicle mounted handheld station A MS is the complete equipment configuration which may take part in a communication However this may not be the MS as it is offered to a test house for conformance testing In general the MS as it will be presented to a test house for conformance testing is the station without all the additional Terminal Equipment TE Such a piece of hardware is also called a Mobile Termination MT but in this EN the expression MS is used for any form of MS hardware as it is offered to the test house Mobile Interfaces reference points S R etc Terminal Termination Equipment Figure 3 1 During the tests the interfaces of the MT shall be connected to a System Simulator SS which will also emulate the TE For some tests it may be necessary to establish a pre configured setup of the MS EXAMPLE For reception of automatic fax group 3 to a fax machine on the R interface the MS needs configuration information about the presence of such a machine on that interface As an alternative the TE may be physically integrated For a more detailed description of MS configurations see GSM 02 06 3 2 Applicability 3 2 1 Applicability of this specification If a MS is equipped with a connector to connect terminal equipment on an S or R reference point as defined in GSM 04 02 then testing of the MS may include testing of appropriate functioning to and f
243. actions Expected Sequence Direction Message Commens The MS and SS are using a multislot configuration in hopping mode on cell A Maximum number of channels supported by the MS in a HSCSD configuration is allocated HANDOVER COMMAND See Specific Message Contents HANDOVER ACCESS See specific message contents Four messages HANDOVER ACCESS are transmitted to Cell B in 4 successive slots HANDOVER ACCESS on the new DCCH HANDOVER ACCESS SABM Sent without information field UA HANDOVER COMPLETE This message shall be ready to be transmitted before 650 ms after the completion of step 1 The header of the next uplink SACCH M is examined and the Timing Advance and Power Level indications are examined The correct timing advance shall be indicated The power level indication shall indicate the power level used in the handover command The MS and SS are using a multislot configuration in non hopping mode on cell B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 c r ret1 GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Specific Message Contents GSM 900 HANDOVER COMMAND Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Information Element value remark As default message contents except Cell Description Network Colour Code Base Station Colour Code BCCH Carrier Number Channel Description 2 Channel type Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Handover Reference Value Power command Power Level
244. age contents and signaling macro not specified in the end of this section shall be set as in GPRS default conditions Chapter 40 Specific message contents for a test case is specified in each test case Conditions or message contents specified in a test case have the highest precedence In addition the default message contents described in the end of this section override those specified in GPRS default conditions In case the test case not expected short access as access type for Packet Channel Request the amount of RLC data specified in the comments in expected sequence is not necessary to be exactly the specified amount of data It only has to be more than the limit for short access If the test case need a specific amount of data this is specified in the test case 42 1 1 Packet Channel Request 42 1 1 1 Packet Channel Request Message format There are two formats of the PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message containing either 8 bits or 11 bits of information The format to be applied on PRACH is controlled by the parameter ACC BURST TYPE that is broadcast on PBCCH 42 1 1 1 1 Conformance requirements The mobile station shall apply the correct PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message format on PRACH according to the ACC_BURST_TYPE parameter broadcast on PBCCH Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 1 42 1 1 1 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station applies the correct PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message format on PRACH according to the AC
245. amp M specifications List of CRs Other comments ETC GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 26 14 2 1 VGCS VBS Paging Paging indication 26 14 2 1 1 Conformance requirement 1 Paging into on going voice group calls shall be provided as an implementation option 2 In group receive mode the MS shall be ready to receive paging information on the FACCH containing the mobile subscriber identity and the priority level if eMLPP applies 3 In group transmit mode if the MS has received a paging message with the own mobile station identity on the PCH or on the voice group call channel downlink the RR entity shall provide an indication to the upper layers together with the related priority if applicable 4 In group transmit mode if the MS receives information on the voice group call channel of the existence of a paging message in its paging subgroup of the PCH the RR entity shall pass this information to the upper layers together with the related priority Reference s GSM 04 08 clause 3 4 12 9 1 21a 3 4 15 1 2 4 10 5 2 23 10 5 2 24 10 5 2 25 GSM 03 68 clause 11 3 1 3c GSM 03 69 clause 11 3 1 3c 26 14 2 1 2 Test purpose It is checked that 1 When the MS in group receive mode ifreceives a NOTIFICATION FACCH message on the voice group call channel containing in band paging information is received the MS provides an indication with the correct priority if applicable 2 When the MS
246. annel ARFCN GSM 900 50 DCS 1800 750 MA or FSL 0 B non hopping Another Group call references 0 B no Spare padding logic L NOTIFICATION FACCH RR short PD O B message type 00001 B short layer 2 header 00 for UI frame Group call Paging information indication 0 group call information Group or broadcast call reference Group or broadcast call reference PICS PIXIT 27 bits active in the SIM SF VBS if only VBS supported otherwise VGCS AF 0 B acknowledgement not required priority 4 Ciphering information No ciphering Group Channel Description indication 1 group channel description Channel Description 24 bits Channel type and TDMA offset TCH F Timeslot number arbitrarily chosen but not 0 TSC arbitrarily chosen Hopping Single RF non hopping channel ARFCN GSM 900 70 DCS 1800 850 MA or FSL 0 B non hopping Spare padding logic L NOTIFICATION RESPONSE MM Protocol Discriminator 0101 B Skip Indicator 0000 B Message Type 0x100101 B Mobile station classmark PICS PIXIT Mobile identity PICS PIXIT Group or broadcast call reference 1 Group or broadcast call reference Not checked SF Not checked AF Not checked Ciphering information No ciphering UPLINK ACCESS Establishment Cause 110 B for subsequent talker uplink access 00100101 B for reply on uplink access request Random Reference Not checked for subsequent talker uplink request UPLINK BUS
247. annel for MS supporting the connector R GSM band Conducted spurious emissions MS in idle mode for MS supporting the R GSM band connector 12 4 1 Radiated spurious emissions MS R GSM MS The test at extreme allocated a channel for MS supporting the voltages does not apply to MS where a R GSM band practical connection to an external power supply is not possible 12 4 2 Radiated spurious emissions MS in idle R GSM MS The test at extreme mode for MS supporting the R GSM band voltages does not apply to MS where a practical connection to an external ower supply is not possible interference conditions Output RF spectrum All MS DCS 1 800 MS HSCSD multislot configuration 137 Reserved for future use fT configuration Output RF spectrum for MS supporting the R GSM MS R GSM band 13 8 13 9 13 10 Reserved for future use n 13 11 Reserved for future use ero 13 12 Reserved for future use PO 13 13 Reserved for future use pO 13 14 Reserved for future use 13 15 Reserved for future use ee cee et a 13 16 GPRS transmitter tests GPRS MS supporting multislot operation continued erTor Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests 14 2 2 Reference sensitivity TCH HS Speech MS supporting half rate speech frames 14 2 3 Reference sensitivity FACCH F All MS 14 2 4 Reference sensitivity FACCH H MS supporting half rate channels channels channels 14 2 7 Reference sensitivity TCH EFS
248. arding Call restriction Handling of undefined GSM Supplementary Services A3 2 1 7 Bearer services supported 20 Asynchronous General Bearer Service see GSM 02 02 sect 3 1 21 Data circuit Duplex asynchronous 300 bit s T NT ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 22 Data circuit Duplex asynchronous 1200 bit s T NT 23 Data circuit Duplex asynchronous 1200 75 bit s T NT 24 Data circuit Duplex asynchronous 2400 bit s T NT 25 Data circuit Duplex asynchronous 4800 bit s T NT 26 Data circuit Duplex asynchronous 9600 bit s T NT 30 Synchronous General Bearer Service see GSM 02 02 sect 3 1 31 Data circuit Duplex synchronous 1200 bit s T 32 Data circuit Duplex synchronous 2400 bit s T NT 33 Data circuit Duplex synchronous 4800 bit s T NT 34 Data circuit Duplex synchronous 9600 bit s T NT 40 General PAD Access Bearer Service see GSM 02 02 sect 3 1 41 PAD Access circuit asynchronous 300 bit s T NT 42 PAD Access circuit asynchronous 1200 bit s T NT 43 PAD Access circuit asynchronous 1200 75 bit s T NT 44 PAD Access circuit asynchronous 2400 bit s T NT 45 PAD Access circuit asynchronous 4800 bit s T NT 46 PAD Access circuit asynchronous 9600 bit s T NT 50 General Packet Access Bearer Service see GSM 02 02 sect 3 1 51 Data Packet Duplex synchronous 2400 bit s NT 52 Data Packet Duplex synchronous 4800 bit s NT 53 Data Packet Duplex synchronous 9600 bit s NT 61 Alternate Speech Date her
249. are not checked NOTE 2 ARFCN 2 is the serving cell carrier c 1 report on ARFCNs 2 26 38 990 1 003 1 005 1 020 n 6 c 2 report on ARFCNSs 2 26 38 990 1 003 1 005 0 1 020 stronger than 1 005 but not broadcasted in SYS INFO n 6 c 3 report on ARFCNs 2 20 26 38 1 003 1 005 1 020 0 990 less strong 520 DCS n 6 c 4 report on ARFCNs 2 26 38 990 1 003 1 005 0 1 000 less strong 520 DCS 1 020 not broadcasted in SYS INFO n 6 c 5 report on ARFCNs 2 26 38 990 1 003 1 005 0 884 DCS n 6 c 6 report on 2 26 990 1 003 n 36 c 7 report on ARFCNs 2 26 990 1003 1005 1020 0 520 DCS n 6 c 8 report on ARFCNS 2 26 38 1003 1005 1020 0 990 and 1000 less strong n 6 c 9 report on ARFONSs 2 26 38 1003 1020 n 4 NOTE 3 The Measurement Valid Indication shall be set to valid within the second SACCH block at the latest ETSI ETSI STC SMG7 23 Sophia Antipolis 19 22 October 1999 Document 7 99 312 e g for 3GPP use the format TP 99xxx or for SMG use the format P 99 xxx CHANGE REQUEST 11 10 1 CR A720 GSM AA BB or 3G AA BBB specification number T For submission to SMG 30 list expected approval meeting here T for approval X for information Please see embedded help file at the bottom of this page for instructions on how to fill in this form correctly Current Version 6 1 0 T CR number as allocated by MCC support team Strategic non
250. are shifted one position to right if timeslot 7 is not used If timeslot 7 is used then timeslots are shifted one position to left For type 2 MS timeslots are shifted one position to right taking into account rules of multislot capability described in 05 02 Annex B Appropriate for the test Information Element value remark As default message contents except Handover Reference Value Same as HANDOVER COMMAND ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 GSM 900 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Information element Value remark Channel description 2 describes hopping Bm ACCHs or Lm ACCHs as appropriate for the test Power Command As in section 26 1 1 Frequency list Omitted Cell channel description Omitted Description of the multislot configuration Uplink assignment Appropriate for the test Downlink assignment Appropriate for the test Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Appropriate for the test Mode of the channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Appropriate for the test Description of the second channel Omitted Mode of the second channel Omitted Mobile allocation Omitted Starting time Omitted Cipher mode setting Omitted IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT Information Element value remark As default message contents except Channel Description Channel Description Channel Type SDCCH 8 TDMA offset As default message contents Timeslot number Arbitrary value but not zero Training Sequence Code
251. ast IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT and including Request Reference corresponding to step 1 SS lt gt MS Completion of macro GPRS SS allows MS to complete GPRS attach attach procedure 41 2 6 Packet downlink assignment procedure using CCCH 41 2 6 1 Initiation of packet downlink assignment procedure MS listens to correct CCCH block Conformance requirement The network initiates the packet downlink assignment procedure by sending an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message in unacknowledged mode on the CCCH timeslot corresponding to CCCH group the mobile station belongs to On receipt of an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message the MS stops monitoring downlink CCCH and switches to the assigned PDCH and starts listening for downlink RLC MAC blocks identified by the assigned TFT it starts timer T3190 Reference GSM 04 08 subclause 3 5 3 1 2 Test purpose To verify that the MS responds to an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT for downlink TBF sent on PCH blocks corresponding to the MS s paging group Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator Default settings except Parameters CCCH CONF BS AG BLKS RES and BS PA MFRMS are arbitrarily chosen Mobile Station MS is GPRS attached DRX have been negotiated MS is in Ready state A PDP context has been established and the MS is in Packet Idle mode Related PICS PIXIT statement Support of PDP context Support of DRX Test procedure The SS sends an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT for downlink
252. ated 4 times Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 3 42 1 2 1 8 1 4 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station reinitiates packet access when it receives a PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK message with the correct TFI but with a TLLI other than the mobile station has included in the RLC header 42 1 2 1 8 1 4 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS Mobile Station The MS is GPRS attached and in packet idle mode PDP context 2 has been established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Support PDP context Method of triggering the MS to initiate an uplink packet data transfer Test procedure The MS is triggered to initiate packet uplink transfer of an LLC PDU The SS assigns packet uplink resources in a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message indicating one phase packet access The MS shall start transferring RLC data block after SS has assigned USF to the MS The SS acknowledges the RLC block transfer with a PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK including correct TFI and incorrect TLLI The SS continue to assign USF to the MS The SS shall verify that the MS immediately stops transmitting see note below and retries packet access procedure At the second attempt the SS sends PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK including a correct TLLI The SS verifies that this time the MS does not abort the access procedure and successfully completes the data transfer Note A mobile station receiving a commanding message in
253. ation Colour Code BCCH Carrier Number Channel Description 2 Channel type Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFON Handover Reference Value Power command Power Level Synchronization Indication Report Observed Time Difference Synchronization Indication Normal Cell Indication Description of the multislot connection Uplink assignment Downlink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 1 5 40 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF Channel 40 Chosen arbitrarily from the range 0 1 255 Arbitrarily chosen but different to the one already in use and within the range supported by that type of MS Shall not be included Synchronized Ignore out of range timing advance If possible fewer timeslots are allocated than before HANDOVER COMMAND Less timeslots are allocated than before HANDOVER COMMAND Appropriate for the test ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 HANDOVER ACCESS Information Element value remark As default message contents except Handover Reference Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Value DCS 1 800 HANDOVER COMMAND Same as HANDOVER COMMAND Information Element value remark As default message contents except Cell Description Network Colour Code Base Station Colour Code BCCH Carrier Number Channel Description 2 Channel type Ti
254. ation is given CONNECT CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE The appropriate bearer channel is through connected in both directions The RLP link establishment is initiated by the MS MODIFY User initiated service level upgrade is initiated MODIFY COMPLETE MS enters the active state Next three steps are performed as many times as used multislot class has different channel combinations Timeslot allocation starts from simplest case and is upgraded up to the maximum that MS multislot class supports one step at the time within highest multislot class that the MS supports CONFIGURATION CHANGE Appropriate number of timeslots is selected COMMAND CONFIGURATION CHANGE ACKNOWLEDGE TCH s shall be through connected in both directions DISCONNECT RELEASE RELEASE COMPLETE CHANNEL RELEASE The main signalling link is released 26 13 3 2 Multislot signalling Structured procedures MS originated call late assignment HSCSD non transparent This test is applicable to all MS that supports multislot configuration ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 26 13 3 2 1 Conformance requirements 1 An MS in MM state idle updated and in RR idle mode with a TMSI assigned when made to initiate a call for a selected teleservice bearer service for HSCSD that is supported by the MS shall start to initiate an immediate assignment procedure by sending the CHANNEL REQUEST message with correct establishment ca
255. attempt for packet access in the same cell until timer T3172 expires but may attempt packet access in an other cell after successful cell reselection A mobile station in an other cell after successful cell reselection A mobile station in class A or B mode of operation may attempt to enter the dedicated mode in the same cell before timer T3172 has expired During the time T3172 is running the mobile station shall ignore all received PACKET PAGING REQUEST messages except paging request to trigger RR connection establishment Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 2 4 42 1 2 1 3 2 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station ignores PACKET PAGING REQUEST messages request TBF establishment during the time T3172 is running 42 1 2 1 3 2 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS The packet system information ACCESS BURST TYPE indicates 8 bit access Mobile Station The MS is GPRS attached and in packet idle mode Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Supporting GPRS MS class A and MS class B Test procedure The SS sends a PACKET PAGING REQUEST message After response from the MS the SS sends PACKET ACCESS REJECT message with WAIT INDICATION set to a value between 1 255 seconds see specific message contents The SS sends then a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message after timer T3162 has elapse The SS verifies that the MS not respond to the message The SS sends a PACKET PAGING REQUEST messa
256. attempt to decode an RLC MAC control message in the assigned downlink block Reference GSM 04 08 subclause 3 5 3 2 Test purpose To verify that the MS correctly decodes the RLC control block sent by the network on the assigned downlink block given by TBF starting time in the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator Default settings Mobile Station MS is GPRS attached in Ready state and in Packet Idle mode Related PICS PIXIT statement Test procedure The SS assigns a single block for downlink via an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message on CCCH including a TBF starting time The SS sends a PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK message with Polling Bit set and a valid RRBP field The MS shall respond with a PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGMENT message on the assigned TBF block This verifies that the MS correctly received the RLC control block sent in the assigned single block TBF Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT for single block Tro assignment including a TBF starting time arbitrarily chosen in the range 0 5 to 50 s after the current frame number 2 SS gt MS PACKET DOWNLINK sent on the block indicated by TBF starting DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK time in step 1 including Polling bit set and valid RRBP field 3 MS gt SS PACKET CONTROL sent on the block indicated by the RRBP ACKNOWLEDGEMENT field in step 2 41 2 7 2 Single block pac
257. attributes depending on the context of the test TERMINATION GCC BCC Protocol Discriminator 0000 B for GCC 0001 B for BCC Transaction identifier depending on the context of the test Message Type 0x110100 B Cause any TERMINATION REJECT Information Element value remark GCC BCC Protocol Discriminator 0000 B for GCC 0001 B for BCC Transaction identifier depending on the context of the test Message Type 0x110110 B Reject cause any TERMINATION REQUEST Information Element value remark GCC BCC Protocol Discriminator 0000 B for GCC 0001 B for BCC Transaction identifier depending on the context of the test Message Type 0x110101 B Broadcast identity PICS PIXIT ETSI SMG7 7 Sophia France 19 22 October 1999 Tdoc 7 99 324 CHANGE REQUEST GSM CR A750 11 10 1 GSM AA BB or 3G AA BBB specification number T For submission to 30 list expected approval meeting here T for approval X for information Please see embedded help file at the bottom of this page for instructions on how to fill in this form correctly Current Version 6 1 0 7 CR number as allocated by MCC support team strategic non strategic X for SMG use only Form CR cover sheet version 2 for 3GPP and SMG U SIM Proposed change affects at least one should be marked with an X ME UTRAN Radio The latest version of this form is available from ftp
258. bit periods 0 no timing advance index 1 Frequency Parameters present arbitrarily chosen default 5 00 ARFCN no hopping For GSM 900 30 For DCS 1800 650 11 Fixed allocation 1 arbitrarily chosen Final allocation arbitrarily chosen default 2 1 0 dB 0 mode A 1 Timeslot Allocation with Power Control Parameters one slot arbitrarily chosen and the following GAMMA TNXx shall be corresponding to the chosen value default slot 2 0 5 0 no GAMMA TNO 0 no GAMMA TNI 1 GAMMA TN2 For GSM 900 9 dBm For DCS 1800 6 dBm 0 no GAMMA_TN3 0 no GAMMA_TN4 0 no GAMMA TN35 GAMMA TN6 lt GAMMA TN7 gt HALF DUPLEX MODE TBF STARTING TIME 0l1 Length of Allocation Bitmap gt 0 no GAMMA TNO 0 no GAMMA TN7 0 no half duplex mode no TBF starting time 1 without length of Allocation Bitmap lt ALLOCATION BITMAP gt 42 1 3 2 10 allocation MESSAGE TYPE gt PAGE MODE 011 PERSISTENCE LEVEL gt Referenced Address struct 0 Global TFI gt 10 lt TLLI gt 110 lt TQI gt 111 lt Packet Request Reference gt lt CHANNEL_CODING_COMMAND gt lt TLLI_BLOCK_CHANNEL_CODING gt lt Packet Timing Advance gt 0ll lt TIMING ADVANCE VALUE gt TIMING_ADVANCE_VALUE 011 lt TIMING ADVANCE INDEX TIMING ADVANCE TIMESLOT N UMBER gt Oll lt Frequency Parameters gt lt TSC gt 00 lt ARFCN gt
259. block number N shall take an immediate action as a result of the command starting in any block from block number N 1 to N 6 inclusive Maximum duration of the test 5 min Expected sequence The MS is triggered to initiate packet uplink transfer of an LLC PDU consisting of 200 octets data 2 IMS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 3 ISS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Indicating one phase packet access granted ASSIGNMENT dynamic allocation struct and USF GRANULARITY one block Sent on PAGCH 4 SS gt MS PACKET DOWNLINK Contained USF assigned to the MS DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK 5 MS gt SS UPLINK RLC DATA BLOCK Received on the assigned PDTCH 6 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Assign USF to the MS include correct TFI and incorrect TLLI Sent on PACCH 7 SS gt MS PACKET DOWNLINK Execute step 7 six times with USF assigned to DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK the MS or until the MS sends Packet Channel request in step 8 The SS verifies that the MS does not transmit more than 6 uplink RLC data block after step 6 and before step 8 8 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST MS re initiates packet access procedure Received on PRACH 9 ISS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Indicating one phase packet access granted ASSIGNMENT dynamic allocation struct and USF GRANULARITY one block Sent on PAGCH 10 SS gt MS PACKET DOWNLINK Contained USF assigned to the MS DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK 11 MS gt SS UPLINK RLC DATA BLOCK _ Receiv
260. ccepted All MS 26 7 4 2 1 Location updating rejected IMSI invalid All MS allowed test 1 i n allowed test 2 not allowed 26 7 4 2 4 Location updating rejected national roaming Procedure 1 26 7 4 2 4 Location updating rejected national roaming Procedure 2 26 7 4 2 4 Location updating rejected national All MS roaming Procedure 3 26 7 4 2 4 Location updating rejected national All MS roaming Procedure 4 26 7 4 2 4 Location updating rejected national roaming Procedure 5 powering down 26 7 4 3 1 Location updating abnormal cases random access fails 26 7 4 3 2 Location updating abnormal cases All MS attempt counter less or equal to 4 LAI different 26 7 4 3 3 Location updating abnormal cases All MS attempt counter equal to 4 26 7 4 3 4 Location updating abnormal cases All MS attempt counter less or equal to 4 stored LAI equal to broadcast LAI 26 7 4 4 Location updating release expiry of All MS T3240 26 7 4 5 1 Location updating periodic spread All MS 26 7 4 5 2 Location updating periodic normal test 1 All MS 26 7 4 5 3 Location updating periodic normal test 2 All MS search MS waits time T search MS in manual mode 26 7 4 5 4 3 Location updating periodic HPLMN All MS search MS waits at least two minutes and at most T minutes continued ero Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests Applicability 26 7 4 6 Location updating interworking of a
261. ceed NOTE The values of x and y are given below The correct value of the ACM is found from the general AOC formula given in GSM 02 24 section 4 with CDUR x y seconds and e parameters as defined below Document 7 99 363 e g for 3GPP use the format TP 99xxx or for SMG use the format P 99 xxx 3GPP SMG7 Meeting 23 Nice France 19 22 Oct 1999 Please see embedded help file at the bottom of this page for instructions on how to fill in this form correctly CHANGE REQUEST 11 10 1 CR A775 GSM AA BB or 3G AA BBB specification number T Current Version 6 1 0 7 CR number as allocated by MCC support team For submission to 30 list expected approval meeting here 4 for approval X for information strategic non strategic X for SMG use only Form CR cover sheet version 2 for 3GPP and SMG U SIM The latest version of this form is available from ftp ftp 3gpp org Information CR Form v2 doc ME X UTRAN Radio Proposed change affects Core Network at least one should be marked with an X Source Nokia Date 20 Oct 99 Subject Test 31 6 2 5 Clarification of test procedure and expected sequence Work item TEI Category F Correction Release Phase 2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 only one category B Addition of feature Release 97 X shall be marked Functional modification of feature
262. cessary for the call by means of the channel mode change procedure Reference s GSM 04 08 clause 7 3 2 26 14 8 1 2 Test purposes 1 To verify that the MS initiates immediate assignment service request using the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT or CM SERVICE REQUEST message and contention resolution 2 To verify that the MS after sending the CIPHERING MODE COMPLETE message initiates call establishment by sending the SETUP message to the network 3 To check that the MS performs correctly the early assignment procedure 4 To check that the MS performs correctly the very early assignment procedure 26 14 8 1 3 Method of test Initial Conditions System Simulator 1 cell with default parameters for ASCI testing Mobile Station The MS is in MM state idle updated with a TMSI allocated Related PICS PIXIT Statement s Type of MS P E R GSM 900 or DCS 1800 Support VGCS originating Support VBS originating Supported speech versions Way to configure a necessary radio channel rate Way to configure VGCS or VBS Way to select the immediate set up or the normal set up Way to verify the downlink speech path Foreseen Final State of the MS Idle updated with TMSI allocated ETC GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Test Procedure The MS is requested to initiate a VGCS VBS call using immediate setup procedure The authentication and ciphering mode setting to no ciphering
263. ch that the edges of their timeslots are not coincident at the antenna connector Mobile Station The MS is in the active state U10 of a service using a multislot connection on cell A Related PICS PIXIT Statements Support for state U10 of the Call Control protocol Supported radio interface rates 1 2kbps 6kbps 14 5kbps Type of Mebile Station P GSM 900 or EGSM or DCS 1 800 Multislot class Supported teleservices bearer services Classmark Foreseen Final State of the MS The active state U10 of a multislot connection on cell B ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Test Procedure The MS is in the active state U10 of a multislot connection The SS sends a HANDOVER COMMAND on the main DCCH The MS shallbegin to send access bursts on the new DCCH of the target cell The SS observes the access bursts and after receiving 10 20 access bursts the SS sends one PHYSICAL INFORMATION message with a Timing Advance arbitrarily selected The MS shall activate the new channels that belongs to same multislot configuration The MS shall establish a signalling link The MS shall be ready to transmit a HANDOVER COMPLETE message before 500 ms after the end of the PHYSICAL INFORMATION message but not before a UA frame has been sent by the SS The term ready to transmit is defined in GSM 04 13 Maximum Duration of Test 5 minutes including 1 minute for any necessary operator a
264. channel RR cause value protocol error unspecified The main signalling link is released 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Maximum number of symmetrical timeslots assigned As many timeslots as downlink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Arbitrarily chosen from Cell channel description Not included GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 9 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Step 11 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Chan
265. channels that belongs to same multislot configuration correctly taking into account upgraded resources The MS shall establish a signalling link The MS shall be ready to transmit a HANDOVER COMPLETE message before 650 ms after the end of the PHYSICAL INFORMATION message but not before a UA frame has been sent by the SS The MS shall then again send the SETUP message to the SS using the same value in the N SD field Finally the SS sends a CHANNEL RELEASE to end the test The term ready to transmit is defined in GSM 04 13 Maximum Duration of Test 5 minutes including 1 minute for any necessary operator actions ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Expected Sequence Step Direction Message Comments CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT CM SERVICE REQUEST CLASSMARK CHANGE AUTHENTICATION REQUEST AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE CIPHERING MODE COMMAND CIPHERING MODE COMPLETE SETUP ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE HANDOVER COMMAND HANDOVER ACCESS PHYSICAL INFORMATION HANDOVER COMPLETE SETUP CHANNEL RELEASE An MO call is initiated on cell A Establ Cause Originating call NECI not set to 1 See specific message contents CM Service Type Mobile Originating Call Establishment Multislot class Last L2 frame not acknowledged by the SS Multislot configuration is sent to MS Multislot configuration with one TCH F is allocated See specific message cont
266. cification testing functions 37 Reserved for future use O 38 Reserved for future use O 39 Reserved for future use O Reserved for future use E Pewee U 41 Reserved for future use RR Paging All GPRS MS 3 1 2 RR procedures on CCCH related to TBF All GPRS MS establishment ero TBF release All GPRS MS 41 4 DCCH related RR procedures for TBF All GPRS MS establishment 42 1 Medium Access Control MAC procedures All GPRS MS on PCCCH 42 2 Fixed Allocation Medium Access Control All GPRS MS MAC procedures in Packet Transfer Mode Dynamic Allocation Medium Access All GPRS MS Control MAC procedures in Packet Transfer Mode order procedures os ee I GPRS mobility management All GPRS MS Session Management Procedures All GPRS MS a ee ee ee 3 2 3 Applicability to terminal equipment If a MS is delivered for conformance testing and it contains physically integrated TE then this EN applies to the complete MS including that TE This EN also applies to separate TE that is delivered for conformance testing with the MS The MS is then tested as an MTO In that case the specific TE with which the MS is tested is documented in the test report erTor 3 3 Definitions The following definitions are used in this EN idle updated The MS is defined to be idle updated if the following three conditions are fulfilled its update s
267. ck for downlink Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT for single block downlink assignment including a TBF starting time arbitrarily chosen 2 SS gt MS PACKET MEASUREMENT on the assigned single block ORDER NETWORK CONTROL ORDHR 01 NC REPORTING PERIOD I 110 30 72 s 3 SS gt MS PAGING REQUEST 4 MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST This verifies that MS is in idle mode 5 SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT including Wait Indication set to 5 s REJECT 6 MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST 7 SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT for uplink TBF single block assignment 8 MS gt SS PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT 9 MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST The SS verifies reporting period the time interval between CHANNEL REQUESTS messages in steps 7 and 10 shall be in the range 30 72 s 10 10 SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT for uplink TBF single block assignment 11 MS gt SS PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT 41 2 8 Macros and default message contents 41 2 8 1 Macros In order to simplify the process of writing and coding test cases macros are referenced in the expected signaling tables These macros provide all additional signaling needed to complete the particular test but are not relevant to its purpose 41 2 8 1 1 GPRS attach procedure The following table describes a signaling sequence performing the GPRS attach procedure Note that there are different possib
268. code BCC as defaults PLMN PERM 00001010 Cell B has BCCH ARFON 40 PLMN colour code NCC 3 BS colour code BCC 0 The timebase of cells A and B shall be such that the edges of their timeslots are not coincident at the antenna connector DCS 1 800 Cell A has BCCH ARFCN 747 PLMN colour code NCC as defaults BS colour code BCC as defaults PLMN_PERM 00001010 Cell B has BCCH ARFCN 764 PLMN colour code NCC 3 BS colour code BCC 0 The timebase of cells A and B shall be such that the edges of their timeslots are not coincident at the antenna connector ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Mobile Station The MS is in the idle updated state with a TMSI allocated and camped on cell A Related PICS PIXIT Statements Support for MO calls Type of Mebile Station P GSM 900 or EGSM or DCS 1 800 Multislot class Supported teleservices bearer servioces Classmark change Foreseen Final State of the MS idle updated with a TMSI allocated and camped on cell B Test Procedure A Mobile Originating Call is initiated on Cell A After the MS has sent the SETUP message and before the last L2 frame carrying the SETUP message is acknowledged by the SS the SS sends ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message to MS defining used multislot configuration Mulstislot configuration with one TCH F is allocated MS responds wit
269. codes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Indicate frequencies 46 73 74 Not included ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 25 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 Same as in step 19 Chosen arbitrarily Single RF Channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Indicate same timeslots as step 19 Same as in downlink assignment Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not includedChosen arbitrarily erTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 28 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time GSM 900 end GSM 1800 begin Step 3 IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT As default message conte
270. commanded power level in 4 successive slots of the new DCCH to cell B Then the MS shall establish a signalling link using the correct timing advance and send a HANDOVER COMPLETE message The MS shall be ready to transmit the HANDOVER COMPLETE message before 650 ms after the end of the HANDOVER COMMAND message but not before a UA frame has been sent by the SS The term ready to transmit is defined in GSM 04 13 The MS shall then again send the SETUP message to the SS using the same value in the N SD field Finally the SS sends a CHANNEL RELEASE to end the test Maximum Duration of Test 20 seconds Expected Sequence Step Direction Message Comments An MO call is initiated CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT to an SDCCH A CM SERVICE REQUEST CLASSMARK CHANGE Multislot class CIPHERING MODE COMMAND CIPHERING MODE COMPLETE SETUP Last L2 frame not acknowledged by the SS ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Multislot configuration is sent to MS Multislot configuration shall not have the maximum number of timeslots allocated See specific message contents below ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE SETUP Last L2 frame not acknowledged by the SS Same N SD as in step 8 HANDOVER COMMAND See specific message contents below HANDOVER ACCESS Handover Reference as included in the HANDOVER ACCESS HANDOVER COMMAND HANDOVER ACCESS HANDOVER ACCESS SABM Sent without information field UA HANDOVER COMPLETE This message shal
271. configuration Appropriate for the teleservice selected for the test Mode of channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Appropriate channel mode is selected ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 CONFIGURATION CHANGE REJECT Information element Value remark Cause Channel mode unacceptable CONNECT network to mobile station direction Information element Value remark Facility Omitted Progress indicator Omitted Connected number Omitted Connected subaddress Omitted User user Omitted CONNECT mobile station to network direction Information element Value remark Facility Not checked Connected subaddress Not checked User user Not checked SS version Not checked CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE Value remark none but message head Pe o 0 m EE ELLE il DISCONNECT network to mobile station direction Information element Value remark Cause Coding standard GSM Location User Cause value Normal clearing Facility Omitted Progress indicator Omitted User user Omitted DISCONNECT mobile station to network direction Information element Value remark Cause Coding standard GSM Location User Cause value Normal clearing Facility Not checked User user Not checked SS version Not checked r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT Value remark Page mode Normal paging Channel description describes a valid SDCCH SACCH in
272. ction All MS established 26 5 2 2 TI and skip indicator MM All MS one Bearer Capability undefined message type CC one Bearer Capability undefined message type MM one Bearer Capability undefined message type RR unexpected message type CC one Bearer Capability Unforeseen information elements in the non imperative message part duplicated information elements missing mandatory IE error special case missing mandatory IE error general case comprehension required syntactically incorrect mandatory IE one Bearer Capability syntactically incorrect mandatory IE comprehension required 26 5 5 3 1 1 Non semantical mandatory IE errors CC MS supporting CC protocol for at least missing mandatory IE disconnect one Bearer Capability message missing mandatory IE general case one Bearer Capability comprehension required one Bearer Capability MM IE unknown in the protocol MM IE unknown in the message 26 5 6 2 1 Unknown information elements in the non MS supporting CC protocol for at least imperative message part CC Call one Bearer Capability establishment imperative message part CC disconnect one Bearer Capability imperative message part CC release one Bearer Capability continued ero Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests Applicability 26 5 6 2 4 Unknown information elements in the non MS supporting CC protocol for at least imperative message part CC release one Bearer Capab
273. ctions Expected Sequence Direction Message Comments The MS and SS are using a maximum multislot configuration according to the MS multislot class highest class that MS supports in non hopping mode on cell A HANDOVER COMMAND See Specific message contents HANDOVER ACCESS Repeated on every burst of the uplink main DCCH until reception of PHYSICAL INFORMATION Handover Reference as included in the HANDOVER COMMAND PHYSICAL INFORMATION Sent after reception of n HANDOVER ACCESS messages See specific message contents Sent without information field HANDOVER COMPLETE The message shall be ready to be transmitted before 500 ms after the completion of step 3 The MS and SS are using a maximum multislot configuration according to the MS multislot class highest class that MS supports in hopping mode on cell B and state U10 is reached ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Specific Message Contents P GSM 900 HANDOVER COMMAND Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Information Element value remarks As default message contents except Cell Description Network Colour Code Base Station Colour Code BCCH Carrier Number Channel Description 2 Channel Type Timeslot number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Synchronization Indication IE is not included Channel Mode IE is not included Description of a multislot configuration Downlink assignment Uplink assignment
274. ctly decodes a two message assignment and switches to the assigned PDCH Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator Default settings Mobile Station MS is switched off Related PICS PIXIT statement Test procedure The MS is triggered to initiate the GPRS attach procedure After reception of CHANNEL REQUEST the SS sends a two message IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT which actually describe a default IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message except that it is split in two parts basically the first part contains the IA Rest Octets and the second part the Packet Channel Description IE The SS verifies that the MS correctly switches to the assigned PDCH and completes GPRS attach Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence MS is turned on and triggered to initiate the GPRS attach procedure CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT first message of two message assignment IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT second message see specific message contents sent within two multiframes after step 3 MS lt gt SS Completion of macro GPRS SS allows MS to complete the GPRS attach procedure attach procedure Specific message contents IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT first message Information Element Value as default except Dedicated mode or TBF TMA 1 is first message of a two message assignment Downlink 0 T D 1 assign a TBF Packet Channel Description not present Request Reference as default Timing Advance as default Sta
275. d Called party BCD number As entered Called party subaddress Omitted LLC repeat indicator Omitted Low layer compatibility Appropriate for teleservice selected for the test Low layer compatibility Il Omitted HLC repeat indicator Omitted High layer compatibility i Appropriate for teleservice selected for the test High layer compatibility ii Omitted User user Not checked SS version Not checked CLIR suppression Not checked CC Capabilities Not checked SETUP SS to MS BC repeat indicator Omitted Bearer capability 1 Appropriate for teleservice selected for the test Bearer capability 2 Omitted Facility Omitted Progress indicator Omitted Signal Omitted Calling party BCD number Omitted Calling party subaddress Omitted Called party BCD number Omitted Called party subaddress Omitted LLC repeat indicator Omitted Low layer compatibility Appropriate for the teleservice selected for the test Low layer compatibility Il Omitted HLC repeat indicator Omitted High layer compatibility i Appropriate for the teleservice selected for the test High layer compatibility ii Omitted User user Omitted r retr SMG7 Meeting 23 Sophia Antipolis France 19 22 Oct 1999 Document P 99 320 e g for 3GPP use the format TP 99xxx or for SMG use the format P 99 xxx CHANGE REQUEST 11 10 1 CR A738 GSM AA BB or 3G AA BBB specification number T For submission to SMG 30 list expected approval meeting here T for ap
276. d The mobile station shall then resume its uplink transfer on this TBF 42 4 2 3 2 2 Test Purpose To verify that the mobile station sends a PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message to the network and returns to the old cell if timer T3174 expires before a response from the new cell Reference GSM 04 60 v 6 4 0 Chapter 8 4 1 42 4 2 3 2 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 2 cells GPRS supported Mobile Station MS is in Packet Idle mode and GPRS attached PDP context established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support of GPRS The way to trigger the MS initiating an uplink packet transfer Foreseen final state of the MS MS is in Idle mode ePrTor Test procedure MS is brought into simultaneous uplink and downlink packet transfer mode SS sends the PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER message to the MS MS sends several PACKET CHANNEL REQUESTs to the new cell but the timer T3174 expires before a response to PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message has been received from the new cell MS returns to the old cell and sends a PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message to the SS Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence Step Direction Message Comments Uplink packet transfer mode fixed MS is brought into uplink packet transfer mode Fixed allocation PACKET DOWNLINK Sent on the PACCH ASSIGNMENT RLC data blocks MS sends data PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Sent on PACCH 10 RLC data blocks SS sends data last block is poll
277. d correctly calculates the time to transmit 2 To test that the MS activates the new channels that belong to same multislot configuration correctly taking into account upgraded resources and transmits the HANDOVER COMPLETE message without undue delay 26 13 1 3 5 3 Method of test Initial Conditions System Simulator 2 cells A and B with same LAI default parameters The BCCH of cell A is sent k bit periods before the BCCH of cell B Mobile Station The MS is in the idle updated state with a TMSI allocated and camped on cell A Related PICS PIXIT Statements Support for state MO calls Type of MS P GSM 900 or EGSM or DCS 1 800 Multislot class Classmark change Foreseen Final State of the MS Idle updated with TMSI allocated and camped on cell B ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Test Procedure A Mobile Originating Call is initiated The SS sends an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message allocating an SDCCH 4 The MS is commanded to use a timing advance of y bit periods on cell A After the MS has sent the SETUP message and before the last L2 frame carrying the SETUP message is acknowledged by the SS the SS sends ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message to MS specifying used multislot configuration MS responds by sending ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message to SS Then the SS sends a HANDOVER COMMAND ordering the MS to switch to cell B The MS shall then send 4 access bursts at the
278. d sequence ePrTor Step Direction Message PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT 10 RLC data blocks PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT RLC data block PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT 10 RLC data blocks PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK Comments Sent on the PCCCH SS sends data last block is polling Sent on PACCH Sent on the PACCH Contains BSIC BCCH frequency The network control order To the new cell Single block without TBF Sent on PAGCH Sent on the PDCH Sent on PCCCH On the new cell Addressing the MS with TLLI SS sends data last block is polling Sent on PACCH Specific message contents None 42 4 2 2 2 Cell change order procedure Downlink transfer Failure cases REJECT from the new cell 42 4 2 2 2 1 Conformance requirement If a PACKET ACCESS REJECT message is received from the new cell the mobile station shall start timer T3176 return to the old cell and send a PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message to the network If the mobile station was in downlink packet transfer mode before the cell change the mobile station shall initiate a random access to the old cell with access type single block without TBF establishment and then transmit the PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message on the single block 42 4 2 2 2 2 Test Purpose To verify that the mobile station sends a PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message to the network in the old cell if a P
279. dicating one phase packet access granted fixed allocation and an arbitrarily chosen TBF Starting Time indicating a future frame number 3 SS SS verifies that MS does not transmit for frame numbers below TBF Starting Time 4 MS gt SS 3 RLC data blocks SS verifies that first RLC block arrives on first allowed block after TBF Starting Time 5 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Including correct TLLI ACK NACK 6 MS gt SS RLC data blocks 7 SS lt gt MS Completion of macro Uplink SS allows MS to complete data transfer data transfer 8 MS The MS is triggered again to transfer 200 octets of data 9 MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST 10 SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT indicating one phase packet access granted fixed allocation and an arbitrarily chosen TBF Starting Time with value less than current frame number and such that the Allocation Bitmap extends over more than 3 blocks after current frame number 11 MS gt SS 3 RLC data blocks SS verifies that MS immediately starts sending RLC data blocks i e within n 6 blocks after step 10 see Note above 12 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Including correct TLLI ACK NACK 13 MS gt SS RLC data blocks 14 SS lt gt MS Completion of macro Uplink SS allows MS to complete data transfer data transfer 41 2 3 10 One phase packet access Timing Advance Index present Conformance requirement If the timing advance index TAI is included in the
280. does not contain the signal IE CALL CONFIRMED If the MS supports immediate connect then branch A applies If the MS does not support immediate connect then branch B applies ASSIGNMENT COMMAND In multislot allocation maximum number of timeslots that MS supports is allocated ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE CONNECT ASSIGNMENT COMMAND In multislot allocation maximum number of timeslots that MS supports is allocated ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE sent on the TCH Sm channel ALERTING An alerting indication as defined in a PICS PIXIT statement is given by the MS The MS is made to accept the call in the way described in a PICS PIXIT statement CONNECT CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE The appropriate bearer channel is through connected in both directionsand the MS correctly uses different ciphering bit streams on the different timeslots The MS is made to release the call DISCONNECT RELEASE RELEASE COMPLETE CHANNEL RELEASE The main signalling link is released 26 13 3 6 Default test conditions during layer 3 tests During tests in section 26 13 the following default test conditions shall apply if not otherwise stated within the test description In the table below decimal values are normally used Sometimes a hexadecimal value indicated with a H or a binary value indicated with a B is given r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 General signalling conditions for all carriers Ciphering General RF conditions for all carriers Freque
281. dure Uplink transfer Failure cases T3174 expiry 42 4 2 1 2 1 Conformance requirement If timer T3174 expires before a response to the PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message has been received from the new cell the mobile station shall start timer T3176 and return to the old cell The mobile station shall send a PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message to the network ero If the mobile station was in uplink packet transfer before the cell change the mobile station shall establish a new uplink TBF and send the PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message on this TBF The mobile station shall then resume its uplink transfer on this TBF 42 4 2 1 2 2 Test Purpose To verify that the mobile station sends a PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message to the network if timer T3174 expires before a response from the new cell and returns to the old cell Reference GSM 04 60 v 6 4 0 Chapter 8 4 1 42 4 2 1 2 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 2 cells GPRS supported Mobile Station MS is in Packet Idle mode and GPRS attached PDP context established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support of GPRS The way to trigger the MS initiating an uplink packet transfer Foreseen final state of the MS MS is in Transfer mode Test procedure MS is brought into uplink packet transfer mode SS sends the PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER message to the MS MS sends several PACKET CHANNEL REQUESTs on the new cell but the timer T3174 expires before a respon
282. dvance Value field The SS shall wait 2 seconds and then send a PACKET POWER CONTROL TIMING ADVANCE message with a valid timing advance information The MS shall start to send data on the allocated uplink The SS allows the MS to send the uplink data transfer The SS verifies that the MS not send any normal burst on the uplink until the SS sends a valid timing advance Maximum duration of the test 2 min Expected sequence The MS is triggered to initiate packet uplink transfer of an LLC PDU consisting of 500 octets data 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 3 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK No Timing Advance Value Indicating ASSIGNMENT Dynamic allocation struct Sent on PAGCH 4 SS Wait 2 seconds and verifies that the MS not send any normal burst on the uplink 5 SS gt MS PACKET POWER Include a valid Timing Advance information CONTROL TIMING ADVANCE Sent on PACCH 6 Uplink data transfer dynamic Macro Completion of the TBF procedure allocation Specific message contents None 42 1 2 1 9 Packet Uplink Assignment Two phase access 42 1 2 1 9 1 Packet Uplink Assignment Two phase access Packet Resource Request RLC Octet Count 42 1 2 1 9 1 1 Conformance requirements The mobile station shall indicate in the RLC_OCTET_COUNT the number of octets of user data that it has to be transferred in the TBF Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 3 1 42 1 2 1 9 1 2 Test purpose To veri
283. dy state Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Multislot Class Test procedure Convert MS Multislot Class to number of downlink timeslot supported The SS initiated a downlink data transfer The SS sends PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT message containing one more assigned Rx than the MS supports according to its multislot class The SS sends RLC data blocks The SS verify that the MS not respond to the RLC data blocks sent by SS Verify that the MS return to packet idle mode The SS sends PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT message again containing correct multislot class The SS starts to send RLC data blocks and the MS complete the downlink data transfer Maximum duration of the test 2 min Expected sequence The SS initiate a downlink transfer of 200 octets data SS gt MS PACKET DOWNLINK Assign one more Rx timeslot than the MS ASSIGNMENT support Sent on PCCCH Wait one block period SS gt MS DOWNLINK RLC DATA Sent on assigned PDTCHs Verify for 10 seconds that the MS not respond SS gt MS PACKET DOWNLINK Assign Rx timeslot according to the MS ASSIGNMENT multislot class Sent on PCCCH SS gt MS DOWNLINK RLC DATA Sent on assigned PDTCHs with a valid RRBP BLOCK field MS gt SS PACKET DOWNLINK The SS verifies that the MS indicating correct ACK NACK reception of downlink data blocks Received on PACCH Specific message contents None 42 1 2 2 5 2 Packet Downlink Assignment Abnormal cases
284. e Step Direction Message Comments CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT CM SERVICE REQUEST CLASSMARK CHANGE CIPHERING MODE COMMAND CIPHERING MODE COMPLETE SETUP ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE SETUP HANDOVER COMMAND HANDOVER ACCESS HANDOVER ACCESS HANDOVER ACCESS HANDOVER ACCESS HANDOVER COMPLETE SETUP CHANNEL RELEASE An MO call is initiated Establ Cause Originating call NECI not set to 4 See Specific Message contents CM Service Type Mobile Originating Call Establishment Multislot class Last L2 frame not acknowledged by the SS Multislot configuration is sent to MS See specific message contents below Last L2 frame not acknowledged by the SS Same N SD as in step 8 See Specific Message Contents below See Specific message contents Four messages are transmitted to cell B in 4 successive slots on the new DCCH Sent without information field The message shall be ready to be transmitted before 1500 ms after the completion of step 12 The header of the next uplink SACCH M is examined and the Timing Advance and Power Level indications are examined The correct timing advance shall be indicated The power level indication shall indicate the power level used in the handover command Same N SD as in step 8 The main signalling link is released r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Specific Message Contents DCS 1 8
285. e Frequency List PHYSICAL INFORMATION 1 5 764 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies encoded in the Frequency Short List IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 2 63 As many timeslots assigned as before HANDOVER COMMAND As many timeslots assigned as before HANDOVER COMMAND Same as before HANDOVER COMMAND Use Range 256 to encode the following 16 frequencies 739 743 746 749 756 758 761 764 771 779 782 791 798 829 832 844 Information Element value remarks As default message contents except Timing advance Arbitrarily selected but different to default value 26 13 1 3 2 Multislot signalling RR Handover successful call under establishment non synchronized resource upgrading This test is applicable to all MS that supports multislot configuration 26 13 1 3 2 1 Conformance requirements 1 The MS shall correctly apply the handover procedure from non hopping multislot configuration to non hopping multislot configuration in the non synchronized case during call establishment 2 The MS shall activate the new channels that belongs to same multislot configuration correctly taking into account upgraded resources 3 If during call establishment a Layer 3 MM or CC message just sent by the MS is not Layer 2 acknowledged before the
286. e GPRS MS TXPWR MAX CCH is set to the maximum level 39dBm for GSM and 36dBm for DCS The Icy value is set such that To lcn equals the maximum power control level supported by the Power Class of the MS under test The amp value is set to 0 The MIS asdabe SS estebitss an apli TRE os the same AS BOM as the BOCH ase PBECH The SS establishes a downlink TBF on the same ARFCN as the BCCH and PBCCH The MS shall transmit on the uplink This is achieved using the GPRS test mode by transmitting a GPRS TEST MODE CMD see GSM 04 14 section5 4 The downlink power level is adjusted until a stable C value of 52dBm is reported by the MS in the channel quality report see GSM 05 08 10 2 3 22 4 4 1 Initial conditions The MS shall transmit on the uplink with the maximum number of TS for the multislot class of the MS This is achieved using the GPRS test mode by first establishing a downlink TBF and transmitting a GPRS TESST MODE CMD see GSM 04 14 section 5 4 The MS and the SS establish an uplink TBE with the maximum number of TS for the muttistot class ofthe MS Each TS is transmitting on its maximum power The o value is set to 0 ETSI STC SMG7 23 Tdoc SMG7 99 255 Sophia Antipolis SMG10 AP99 101 19 22 October 1999 CHANGE REQUEST No A788 Please see embedded help file at the bottom of this page for instructions on how to fill in this form correctly Technical Specification GSM UMTS per
287. e Multislot configuration with one TCH F is allocated User initiated service level upgrade is successfully performed The SS sends CONFIGURATION CHANGE COMMAND message to MS and it reply s with CONFIGURATION CHANGE ACKNOWLEDGE message This is repeated from simplest case up to the maximum number of channels supported by the MS in the HSCSD configuration this is performed within highest multislot class that the MS supports Maximum duration of test 7 min ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Expected Sequence Direction Message Comments The called number is entered If p1 Y the MS must display the called number in the way defined in PICS PIXIT MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST Establishment cause is Originating call and TCH F is needed or originating call and the network does not set NECI bit to 1 IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT CM SERVICE REQUEST Message is contained in SABM CLASSMARK CHANGE Multislot class AUTHENTICATION REQUEST AUTHENTICATION SRES specifies correct value RESPONSE CIPHERING MODE SS starts deciphering after sending the message COMMAND CIPHERING MODE Shall be sent enciphered All following messages COMPLETE shall be sent enciphered SS starts ciphering SETUP Non transparent connection CALL PROCEEDING ASSIGNMENT COMMAND In multislot allocation only one timeslot is allocated ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE ALERTING Depending on the PICS an alerting indic
288. e idle updated state with a TMSI allocated and camped on cell A ePrTor SMG7 Meeting 23 Document P 99 319 Sophia Antipolis France 19 22 Oct 1999 S br SMG use the format P euoue CHANGE REQUEST 543o insrucions on how to il in this form corecty 11 10 1 CR A735 Current Version 6 1 0 GSM AA BB or 3G AA BBB specification number 1 T CR number as allocated by MCC support team For submission to SMG 30 for approval X strategic for SMG list expected approval meeting here T for information non strategic X use only Form CR cover sheet version 2 for 3GPP and SMG The latest version of this form is available from ftp ftp 3gpp org Information CR Form v2 doc Proposed change affects siM ME X UTRAN Radio Core Network at least one should be marked with an X Source Rohde amp Schwarz Date 11 10 1999 Subject HSCSD section 26 13 PICS PIXIT sections reworked Work item HSCSD Category F Oorrection Release Phase 2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 only one category B Addition of feature Release 97 X shall be marked C Functional modification of feature Release 98 with an X D Editorial modification Release 99 Release 00 Reason for The PICS PIXIT sections in 26 13 needed to be cleared up change missing PICS PIXIT s added removal of PICS PIXIT s without references removal of PICS PIXIT s which are not releva
289. e specifications MS test specifications BSS test specifications O amp M specifications Other comments List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Annex 4 A4 3 8 EFss SIM service table Services will be allocated and activated as follows Service Allocated Activated No 1 CHV1 disable function Yes Yes No 2 Abbreviated Dialling numbers ADN Yes Yes No 3 Fixed dialling numbers FDN Yes Optional No 4 Short Message Storage SMS Yes Yes No 5 Advice of Charge AoC Yes Yes No 6 Capability Configuration Parameters CCP Yes Yes No 7 PLMN Selector Yes Yes No 8 Reserved for future use No No No 9 MSISDN Optional Optional No 10 Extension 1 Yes Optional No 11 Extension 2 Yes Optional No 12 SMS Parameters Yes Yes No 13 Last Dialled Number LND Yes Yes No 14 Cell Broadcast Message Identifier Yes Yes No 15 Group identifier Level 1 Yes Optional No 16 Group identifier Level 2 Yes Optional No 21 VGCS Group Identifier List EFvacs EF vacss_ Yes Yes No 22 VBS Group Identifier List EFves EF vass_ Yes Yes No 23 eMLPP service Yes Yes No 24 Automatic answer for eMLPP Yes Yes A4 3 27 EFyGcs Voice Group Call Service This EF contains a list of the default VGCS group identifiers File size Bytes 200 Default values BCD encoding in the SIM card 20 FFFFFF i 2043FFFF
290. e 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Contents of IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT EXTENDED message L2 pseudo length Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message Type Page Mode Page Mode Channel Description 1 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFON Request Reference 1 Timing Advance 1 Timing advance value Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Request Reference 2 Timing Advance 2 Timing advance value Mobile Allocation Length Starting Time IAX rest octets This is the sum of the lengths of all the information elements present in the message except for the IAX rest octets and L2 pseudo length IEs For the default message the L2 pseudo length is 18 RR Management 0000 00111001 Normal Paging For non combined CCCH SDCCH see test conditions SDCCH 8 with subchannel chosen arbitrarily by the test house For combined CCCH SDCCH default SS conditions SDCCH 4 with subchannel chosen arbitrarily by the test house For non combined CCCH SDCCH see test conditions chosen arbitrarily by the test house For combined CCCH SDCCH default SS conditions SDCCH 4 timeslot zero For non combined CCCH SDCCH see initial conditions chosen arbitrarily by the test house For combined CCCH SDCCH default SS conditions SDCCH 4 TSC 5 same as the BCC Single RF channel For
291. e Data offers the same service as bearer services 21 34 with 3 1kHz information transfer capability 81 Speech followed by Data here Data offers the same service as bearer services 21 34 with 3 1kHz information transfer capability A3 2 1 8 SIM removal Removal of the SIM is possible without disconnection of the power supply Y N A3 2 1 9 Classmark The coding of Mobile station classmark 1 2 and 3 and the fact whether and under which conditions the classmark 3 information element is included in a CLASSMARK CHANGE message has to be declared by the manufacturer The declaration has to fulfil the following requirements Mobile station classmark 1 Bits 4 5 and 8 of the first and only octet of the value part of the information element shall be coded as 0 The Revision level and RF power capability field shall specify the value that is correct for the MS Mobile station classmark 2 Bits 4 5 and 8 of the first octet bits 2 3 and 8 of the second octet bits 3 to 7 of the third octet of the value part of the information element shall be coded as 0 The Revision level field RF power capability field PS capability field SS Screening indicator field SM capability field Frequency capability field Classmark 3 field A5 2 algorithm supported field and A5 3 algorithm supported field shall specify the value that is correct for the MS Mobile station classmark 3 Bits 5 to 8 of the first octet of the val
292. e MS 1s in Packet Idle mode Related PICS PIXIT statement Support of PDP context Test procedure The MS is triggered to transfer data The SS assigns packet uplink resources in an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message indicating one phase packet access The MS shall start transferring RLC data blocks including the correct TLLI in the RLC data blocks which are sent preceding the reception of PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Maximum duration of the test 5 minutes Expected sequence Step The MS is triggered to transfer 200 octets of data MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT For uplink TBF one phase access MS gt SS 3 RLC data blocks SS verifies correct TLLI in RLC headers SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Including correct TLLI ACK NACK MS lt gt SS Completion of macro Uplink SS allows MS to complete data transfer data transfer 41 2 3 5 One phase packet access Contention resolution TLLI mismatch Conformance requirement If the TLLI in the PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK message differs from that sent by the MS in the RLC block headers the MS shall immediately stop transmitting on this TBF and re initiate the packet access procedure unless it has already been repeated 4 times Reference GSM 04 08 subclause 3 5 2 1 3 2 GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 3 Test purpose To verify that the MS immediately stops transmitting if it receives a PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK with incorrect TLLI Method of test Initial condi
293. e at the bottom of this page for instructions on how to fill in this form correctly Technical Specification GSM UMTS 11 10 1 Version 6 1 0 list plenary meeting or STC here T for information with presentation strategic Submitted to SMG 30 for approval x without presentation non strategic E PT SMG CR cover form Filename crf26_3 doc Proposed change affects SIM ME X Network at least one should be marked with an X Work item GPRS Source Motorola Date 18 09 99 Subject Cell reselection test 20 22 4 Category F Correction Release Phase 2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 one category B Addition of feature Release 97 and one release C Functional modification of feature Release 98 only shall be D Editorial modification Release 99 marked with an X UMTS Reason for The initial conditions table in test 20 22 4 4 1 has incorrectly calculated values for C32 change As C32 C1 GRO RARH the value of GRO was not added to the value of C1 Clauses affected 20 22 4 4 1 Other specs Other releases of same spec List of CRs affected Other core specifications List of CRs MS test specifications TBRs List of CRs BSS test specifications List of CRs O amp M specifications List of CRs Other comments help doc lt double click here for help and instructions on how to create a CR 20 22 4 4 Method of Test 20 22 4 4 1 Initial Conditions
294. e block assigned in step 3 5 SS The SS waits T3168 expiry 6 The SS verifies that the MS reinitiate packet access procedure four times Specific message contents None 42 1 2 1 9 2 2 Packet Uplink Assignment Two phase access Contention resolution TLLI mismatch The contention resolution is completed on the mobile station side when the mobile station receives a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message with the same TLLI as the mobile station has included in the PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message 42 1 2 1 9 2 2 1 Conformance requirements If the failure is due to a TLLI mismatch or to the expiry of timers T3166 or T3168 or to the fact that the counter N3104 reached its maximum value in the contention resolution procedure and repetition as described in subclause 7 1 3 3 has been performed the mobile station shall remain in packet idle mode notify higher layer TBF establishment failure transactions in progress shall be aborted and cell reselection continued Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 4 subclause 7 1 3 3 42 1 2 1 9 2 2 2 Test purpose To verify that the MS reinitiates packet access procedure with failure due to a TLLI mismatch in the contention resolution procedure unless it has already been repeated 4 times In that case TBF failure has occurred 42 1 2 1 9 2 2 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS The packet system information ACCESS BURST TYPE indicates 8 bit access Mob
295. e can only report on 6 neighbour cells and the test specifies for execution path c 3 that 7 ARFCNs should be reported on including ARFCN 20 Therefore ARFCN 20 should be removed from the list for execution path c 3 3 The Measurement Report message value NO NCELL M is incorrectly specified for c 6 Since there are only 3 neighbour cells in the list to report on the value of NO NCELL M shall be changed to equal 3 Clauses affected 26 10 2 1 affected Other GSM core List of CRs Other specs Other 3G core specifications List of CRs specifications MS test specifications List of CRs BSS test specifications List of CRs O amp M specifications List of CRs Other comments ETSI GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 950 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 26 10 2 E GSM or R GSM signalling RR 26 10 2 1 E GSM or R GSM signalling RR Measurement This test applies to E GSM or R GSM mobile stations Conformance requirements of section 26 6 3 fully apply to any mobile station P GSM E GSM R GSM or DCS in the whole supported band of the mobile station Besides as an E GSM or R GSM mobile station shall support the P GSM band it shall pass successfully every test of section 26 6 3 under the described GSM 900 conditions The purpose of this extra section is to test the reporting of measurements in the case where cells use E GSM or R GSM frequency s Several coding formats may be used by the ne
296. e contents None 42 4 2 1 5 Cell change order procedure Uplink transfer Failure cases REJECT from the new cell and T3176 expiry 42 4 2 1 5 1 Conformance requirement If a PACKET ACCESS REJECT message is received from the new cell the mobile station shall start timer T3176 return to the old cell and send a PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message to the network If the mobile station was in uplink packet transfer before the cell change the mobile station shall establish a new uplink TBF and send the PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message on this TBF When the mobile station has sent a PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message timer T3176 shall be stopped If T3176 expires and the mobile station was previous in an uplink packet transfer on the old cell the mobile station shall perform the abnormal release with random access 42 4 2 1 5 2 Test Purpose To verify that the mobile station shall perform the abnormal release with random access if a PACKET ACCESS REJECT message is received from the new cell and timer T3176 expires Reference GSM 04 60 v 6 4 0 Chapter 8 4 1 42 4 2 1 5 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 2 cells GPRS supported Mobile Station MS is in Packet Idle mode and GPRS attached PDP context established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support of GPRS The way to trigger the MS initiating an uplink packet transfer Foreseen final state of the MS MS is in idle mode ePrTor Test proced
297. e paging sub channel of the MS It is checked that the MS indicates the paging information together with the priority level if it supports eMLPP The test procedure is repeated for sending PAGING REQUEST TYPE 2 and PAGING REQUEST TYPE 3 messages The same test procedure is repeated for the MS in group transmit mode if supporting VGCS talking or VBS originating Maximum Duration of Test 5 minutes Expected Sequence If the MS mode supports VGCS talking or VBS originating the test sequence is repeated once for k 2 If the MS supports monitoring PCH in group transmit mode steps 5 17 for k 2 are executed ETC GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Direction Message broadcast the default Sls PAGING REQUEST TYPE 2 PAGING REQUEST TYPE 3 a SS gt MS UPLINK RELEASE CHANNEL RELEASE Specific Message Contents NOTIFICATION FACCH in step 2 Information Element Group call Paging information indication Paging Information mobility identity channel first EMLPP priority indication priority spare padding for k 1 the MS is brought in group receive mode for k 2 the MS is in brought group transmit mode In band paging Information addresses the MS check that the MS indicates correctly the paging information of a new MT call with priority 4 if the MS supports eMLPP user action to reject the point to point MT call with priority 2 check that the MS indicates co
298. e path loss criterion parameter C2 used for cell reselection GSM 05 08 6 4 2 Whilst in idle mode an MS shall continue to monitor all BCCH carriers as indicated by the BCCH allocation GSM 05 08 6 6 1 3 Mobile stations shall treat all ARFCNs in the set 0 1 2 1023 as valid ARFCN values even if the mobile station is unable to transmit or receive on that ARFCN GSM 04 08 10 5 2 1b 4 An E GSM MS shall correctly decodes parameters transmitted in the system information type 2 ter message GSM 04 08 9 1 34 20 5 3 Test purpose 1 To verify that the MS correctly calculates the C2 criterion when the parameters affecting cell reselection are transmitted in the system information type 7 and 8 messages 2 To verify that E GSM and DCS 1800 MS decode parameters transmitted in the system information type 2 bis message 3 To verify that the MS treats ARFCNs as valid ARFCNs even if the MS is unable to transmit or receive on that ARFCN 4 To verify that an E GSM mobile correctly decode parameters transmitted in the system information type 2 ter message 20 5 4 Method of test 20 5 4 1 Initial conditions a Parameters changed from the default values in table 20 1 GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 301 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 RF Signal Level OFF OFF OFF dBuV emf dBm RXLEV ACCESS MIN dBuV emf dBm BS AG BLKS RES PT CRO TO C1 C2 Carrier 3 is off for P GSM and DCS 1800 MS Carri
299. earing by sending a DISCONNECT message the MS shall proceed to release the call by sending a RELEASE message 8 On receipt of a CHANNEL RELEASE message the MS shall disconnect the main signalling link Reference Conformance requirement 1 GSM 02 07 Conformance requirement 2 GSM 04 08 sections 3 3 1 1 and 9 1 8 and 9 1 18 Conformance requirement 3 GSM 04 08 sections 3 4 10 and 9 1 11 and 9 3 23 Conformance requirement 4 GSM 04 08 sections 9 3 5 and 9 3 6 GSM 07 01 section 8Conformance requirement 5 GSM 04 08 sections 9 3 13 and 9 3 14 Conformance requirement 6 GSM 04 08 sections 9 1 12b and 9 1 12c Conformance requirement 7 GSM 04 08 sections 5 4 4 2 2 and 9 3 7 and 9 3 18 Conformance requirement 8 GSM 04 08 section 9 1 7 26 13 3 1 2 Test purpose 1 To verify that the MS in MM state idle updated with a TMSI assigned when made to initiate a call for a selected teleservice bearer service for HSCSD that is supported by the MS as declared in a PICS PIXIT statement displays the dialled number in the way described in a PICS PIXIT statement To verify that the MS in MM state idle updated and in RR idle mode with a TMSI assigned when made to initiate a call for a selected teleservice bearer service for HSCSD that is supported by the MS as declared in a PICS PIXIT statement starts to initiate an immediate assignment procedure by sending the CHANNEL REQUEST message with correct establishment cause To verify that sub
300. ecific message contents As default messages contents except PACKET QUEUING NOTIFICATION in step 3 Information element Value remark Packet Request Reference IE lt FRAME NUMBER gt Arbitrarily chosen TQI gt Allocate a TQI to the MS 42 1 2 1 1 4 Packet Uplink Assignment Packet queuing notification Expiry of timer T3162 42 1 2 1 1 4 1 Conformance requirements On receipt of a PACKET QUEUING NOTIFICATION message corresponding to one of its 3 last PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages the mobile station shall stop timer T3170 if running start timer T3162 and stop sending PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages On receipt of a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message following a PACKET QUEUING NOTIFICATION message the mobile station shall stop timer T3162 start timer T3164 and switch to the assigned PDCHs On expiry of timer T3162 the packet access procedure shall be aborted and a packet access failure indicated to the upper layer Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 2 2 subclause 13 1 42 1 2 1 1 4 2 Test purpose 1 To verify that the MS waits T3162 seconds before aborting the packet access procedure on receipt of a PACKET QUEUING NOTIFICATION message 2 To verify that the mobile station listening to its paging channel after a time greater than timer T3162 42 1 2 1 1 4 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS Mobile Station The MS is GPRS attached and in packet idle mode R
301. ection System simulator 1 cell default parameters Related PICS PIXIT statement s Supported teleservices bearer services Classmark Multislot class Foreseen final state of the MS Idle updated with TMSI allocated Test procedure MS is in the active state of a multislot connection Multislot configuration with one TCH F is allocated User initiates User initiated service level upgrade by sending MODIFY message including the wanted value of the Maximum number of traffic channels this being one supported by the MS and channel modes supported by the MS ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Timer T323 expires and MS starts call clearing procedure by sending DISCONNECT message to SS After MS receives RELEASE message it sends RELEASE COMPLETE message SS sends CHANNEL RELEASE message to MS and the main signalling link is released Maximum duration of test 3 min Expected sequence Message Comments MS gt SS MODIFY User initiated service level upgrade is initiated Timer T323 expires MS gt SS DISCONNECT Cause 102 recovery on timer expiry SS gt MS RELEASE MS gt SS RELEASE COMPLETE SS gt MS CHANNEL RELEASE The main signalling link is released Specific message contents MODIFY Bearer capability Maximum number of TCH F s the MS is able to support and channel modes supported by the MS Low layer comp Appropriate for the basic
302. ed on the assigned PDTCH 12 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Including correct TLLI Sent on PACCH 13 Uplink data transfer dynamic Macro Completion of the TBF procedure allocation Specific message contents None 42 1 2 1 8 1 5 Packet Uplink Assignment One phase access Contention resolution 4 access repetition attempts 42 1 2 1 8 1 5 1 Conformance requirement The contention resolution has failed on the mobile station side when the counter N3104 has reached its maximum value or on expiry of timer T3166 or if the mobile station receives a PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK message with the right TFI but with a another TLLI than the mobile station has included in the RLC header of the first RLC data blocks The mobile station shall then reset the counter N3104 stop timer T3166 if not expired immediately stop transmitting on this TBF and reinitiate the packet access procedure unless it has already been repeated 4 times Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 3 42 1 2 1 8 1 5 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station repeats the packet access initiation 4 times 42 1 2 1 8 1 5 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS Mobile Station The MS is GPRS attached and in packet idle mode PDP context 2 has been established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Support PDP context Method of triggering the MS to initiate an uplink packet data transfer Test procedu
303. ed to perform a GPRS attach 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 3 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Assign one more Tx than the MS supported ASSIGNMENT Sent on PAGCH 4 The SS verifies that the MS reinitiate packet access procedure four times Specific message contents None 42 1 2 1 10 2 Packet Uplink Assignment Abnormal cases Expiry of timer T3164 42 1 2 1 10 2 1 Conformance requirements On expiry of timer T3164 the mobile station shall reinitiate the packet access procedure unless it has already been reinitiated 3 times in which case the mobile station shall return to packet idle mode and notify higher layers Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 4 42 1 2 1 10 2 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station reinitiate the packet access procedure when the network have sent a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message but the MS has not sent the first block within the time equal to the timer T3164 This packet access procedure shall at most be reinitiated 3 times 42 1 2 1 10 2 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS The packet system information ACCESS BURST TYPE indicates 8 bit access Mobile Station The MS is GPRS attached and in packet idle mode PDP context 2 has been established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Support PDP context Method of triggering the MS to initiate an uplink data transfer Test procedure The MS is triggered t
304. efore the BCCH of cell B The timing advance in cell A sent to the MS is y bit periods k and y are selected such that 0 2k y mod 256 60 The frame numbers of cells A and B shall be different by 100 GSM 900 Cell A has BCCH ARFCN 20 Cell Allocation 10 17 20 26 34 42 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Cell B has BCCH ARFCN 40 Cell Allocation 14 18 22 24 30 31 38 40 60 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 DCS 1 800 Cell A has BCCH ARFCN 747 Cell Allocation 734 741 747 754 759 762 766 767 773 775 779 782 791 798 829 832 844 Cell B has BCCH ARFCN 764 Cell Allocation 739 743 746 749 756 758 761 764 771 779 782 791 798 829 832 844 Mobile Station The MS is in the idle updated state with a TMSI allocated and camped on cell A Related PICS PIXIT Statements Support for state MO calls Type of Mobile Station P GSM 900 or EGSM or DCS 1 800 Power class of Mobile Station Multislot class ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Supported teleservices Classmark change Foreseen Final State of the MS Idle updated with TMSI allocated and camped on cell B Test Procedure A Mobile Originating Call is initiated on cell A After the MS has sent the SETUP message and before the last L2 frame carrying the SETUP message is acknowledged by the SS the SS s
305. egic X use only T Form CR cover sheet version 2 for 3GPP and SMG The latest version of this form is available from ftp ftp 3gpp org Information CR Form v2 doc Proposed change affects USiM ME X UTRAN Radio Core Network at least one should be marked with an X Source Hewlett Packard Date 18 OCT 1999 Subject Introduction of GPRS test mode as a means of establishing uplink TBF in Power Control test cases Work item GPRS Category F Correction Release Phase 2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 only one category B Addition of feature Release 97 X shall be marked C Functional modification of feature Release 98 with an X D Editorial modification Release 99 Release 00 Reason for A recent CR to GSM 04 14 introduces a GPRS test mode This enables a GPRS change device to establish an uplink TBF without being connected to a data terminal running an application Clauses affected 22 3 and 22 4 Other specs Other 3G core specifications List of CRs affected Other GSM core List of CRs specifications MS test specifications List of CRs BSS test specifications List of CRs O amp M specifications List of CRs Other comments help doc M double click here for help and instructions on how to create a CR 22 3 4 1 Initial conditions The SS establishes a BCCH and a PBCCH on the same carrier in the mid ARFCN rang
306. el Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Step 11 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Maximum number of timeslots that MS supports Less timeslots assigned than downlink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Arbitrarily chosen from Cell channel description Not included 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included
307. el set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not included Not included Appropriate for the test Depending on Multislot class Shall not have maximum number of timeslots Appropriate for the test but as many as in downlink assignment Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Indicates frequencies 773 775 779 829 832 844 Not included r ret1 GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 13 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 11XXX Appropriate number of additional unidirectional TCH FDs and SACCH MDs or Additional bidirectional TCH F and SACCH M and additional unidirectional TCH FD and SACCH MD Number of downlink timeslots shall be more than in step 11 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen
308. el used 26 13 1 1 1 3 Method of test Initial Conditions System Simulator 8 cells with the following settings GSM900 DCS1800 identity Serving S1 Neighbour N1 Neighbour N2 Neighbour N3 Neighbour N4 Neighbour N5 Neighbour N6 Neighbour N7 AR WND A A NOW N O1W With the exception of the Cell Allocation the rest of the parameters for all eight cells are the same as the default settings and default SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 1 to 4 message contents for cell A The Cell Allocation for the serving cell is the same as the default setting for cell A The Cell Allocations for the neighbour cells need have only one entry consisting of the ARFCN of that cell s BCCH Mobile Station The MS is in the active state of a service using symmetric multislot connection Related PICS PIXIT Statements Type of MS P GSM 900 or EGSM or DCS 1 800 Multislot class Supported teleservices bearer services Foreseen Final State of the MS Active state of a service using symmetric multislot connection Test Procedure This test procedure is repeated for all the symmetric multislot configurations MS supports ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 With the MS having a multislot connection in progress the SS sends SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5 amp 6 on the SACCH M All 7 of the BCCHs on air are indicated in the BA N1 is excluded The MS shall send MEASUREMENT REPORTS
309. elated PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Test procedure The SS page the MS with a PACKET PAGING REQUEST message The SS sends PACKET QUEUING NOTIFICATION message corresponding to one of its 3 last PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages The SS waits until T3162 seconds elapse and sends an PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message which shall be ignored by the MS since the access procedure should be aborted The SS page the MS with a PACKET PAGING REQUEST message The SS verifies that the MS respond to the paging request and sends PACKET QUEUING NOTIFICATION message corresponding to one of its 3 last PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages The SS sends a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message before T3162 seconds elapse and the MS shall complete the uplink data transfer containing the paging response Maximum duration of the test min Expected sequence Step Direction Message Comments 1 SS gt MS PACKET PAGING REQUEST Sent on PPCH 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST ACCESS TYPE Page response Received on PRACH 3 SS gt MS PACKET QUEUING Allocate a TQI to the MS Sent on PAGCH NOTIFICATION 4 SS The SS waits T3162 0 1 T3162 5 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Include same TQI as in step 3 and dynamic ASSIGNMENT allocation struct Sent on PAGCH 6 SS The SS verifies for 5 s that the MS does not respond 7 SS gt MS PACKET PAGING REQUEST _ Sent on PPCH 8 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST ACCESS TYPE Page
310. ements Type of MS P GSM 900 or EGSM or DCS 1 800 Multislot class Supported teleservices bearer services Foreseen Final State of the MS Active state of a service using asymmetric multislot connection Test Procedure MS having a multislot connection with maximum number of timeslots in the downlink and one slot in uplink direction in progress the SS sends SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5 amp 6 on the SACCH M The MS shall send MEASUREMENT REPORTS back to the SS on the main channel based on the worst subchannel The SS allows 2 seconds for the MS to get used to the RF conditions and then records the reported RXQUAL FULL SERVING CELL and RKXKQUAL SUB SERVING CELL values Then an arbitrarily chosen uni directional subchannel is made the worst from the RX quality point of view by switching off the ciphering in the SS on this channel The MS shall send MEASUREMENT REPORTS back to the SS on the main channel based on the new worst channel The SS allows 2 seconds for the MS to get used to the new RF conditions and then records the reported RXQUAL FULL SERVING CELL and RXQUAL SUB SERVING CELL values The difference between the RXQUAL values recorded before and after the change in RX quality shall be greater than 3 ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Maximum Duration of Test 5 minutes including 1 minute for any necessary operator actions Expected Sequence Since SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5 SYST
311. ence Timing Advance Timing advance value Mobile Allocation Length Starting Time IA rest octets Packet Downlink Assignment TLLI TBF STARTING TIME spare padding RR Management 0000 00111111 Normal Paging 0 not a two message assignment 0 no meaning 1 assign a Temporary Block Flow PDCH slot 4 3 0 00 Binary 30 Pertaining to last Channel Request sent by the MS 30 bit periods 0 Not present HHO01 Packet Downlink Assignment Corresponding to the value allocated to the MS 0 parameters TFI ASSIGNMENT RLC MODE ALPHA GAMMA POLLING TA VALID and REL OR ABS FN not present 1 TBF starting time is present indicating current frame 50 frames Spare Padding 41 2 8 2 3 dynamic allocation Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message Type Page Mode Page Mode Dedicated mode or TBF TMA Downlink T D Packet Channel Description Channel Type TN TSC ARFCN Request Reference Timing Advance Timing advance value Mobile Allocation Length Starting Time IA rest octets Packet Uplink Assignment TFI ASSIGNMENT POLLING USF USF GRANULARITY CHANNEL CODING CMD TLLI BLOCK CH CODING ALPHA GAMMA TBF STARTING TIME spare padding 41 2 8 2 4 fixed allocation IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT for uplink TBF one phase access RR Management 0000 00111111 Normal Paging 0 no meaning 0 no meaning 1 a
312. ending an ALERTING message depending on PICS PIXIT statemant To verify that the MS generates an alerting indication if an ALERTING message had to be sent To verify that if an ALERTING had been sent subsequently when the user accepts the call possibly internal action as declared in PICS PIXIT statement the MS returns a CONNECT message To verify that the MS after receipt of a CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message subsequently attaches the user connection to the radio path This is verified by checking that the MS synchronises correctly to the TCHs and sends and receives correct data frames in each data block To verify that the MS correctly uses different ciphering bit streams on the different timeslots in a multislot configuration To verify that subsequently the MS can initiate call clearing by sending a DISCONNECT message To verify that the MS in this phase of call release upon receipt of a RELEASE message returns a RELEASE COMPLETE message To verify that subsequently the MS upon receipt of a CHANNEL RELEASE message disconnects the main signalling link These test purposes are tested for all rates supported by the MS full rate 26 13 3 5 3 Method of test Initial conditions Mobile Station The MS is in MM state idle updated with valid TMSI and CKSN System Simulator 1 cell default parameters except Early classmark sending enabled in SI3 rest octets ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Dra
313. ends ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message to MS defining used multislot configuration MS responds with ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message Then the SS sends a HANDOVER COMMAND message ordering the MS to switch to cell B After the handover timeslots are relocated Timeslots are also overlapped this is described in specific message contents The MS shall then send 4 access bursts in successive slots on the new DCCH to cell B Then the MS shall establish a signalling link indicating the correct timing advance and power level number of channels in multislot configuration is not changed but the place of each channel is changed and send a HANDOVER COMPLETE message The MS shall be ready to transmit the HANDOVER COMPLETE message before 1500 ms after the end of the HANDOVER COMMAND message but not before a UA frame has been sent by the SS The MS shall then again send the SETUP message to the SS using the same value in the N SD field Finally the SS sends a CHANNEL RELEASE to end the test The term ready to transmit is defined in GSM 04 13 Maximum Duration of Test 5 minutes including 1 minute for any necessary operator actions r ret1 GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Expected Sequence Step Direction Message Comments AON dogm on oo e e ls 1012 44 i Co EISE TE S CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT CM SERVICE REQUEST CLASSMARK CHANGE AUTHENTICATION REQUEST AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE CIPHERIN
314. ent Frequency hopping 42 1 2 2 3 1 Conformance requirements The mobile station shall use information received on the PBCCH to decode the channel descriptions contained in the assignment If frequency hopping is applied the mobile station shall use the last CA received on PBCCH to decode the Mobile Allocation Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 2 1 1 42 1 2 2 3 2 Test purpose To verify that if frequency hopping is applied the mobile station uses the last CA received on PBCCH to decode the Mobile Allocation To verify that if frequency hopping is applied indirect encoding direct encoding 1 and direct encoding 2 worked as intend together with the information received on PBCCH 42 1 2 2 3 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator cell supporting GPRS PACKET SYSTEM INFORMATION Type 2 PSI2 sent on PBCCH indicate frequency hopping parameters see specific message contents Mobile Station The MS is GPRS attached and in packet idle mode Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Test procedure The SS initiate a downlink data transfer The SS send PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT message indicating Indirect encoding in frequency parameters The SS shall start to transmit the downlink data to the MS The MS and SS complete the downlink data transfer The SS verifies that the MS use the last CA information received on PBCCH to decode the Mobile Allocation Repeat the test with frequency parameters Direct encoding 1 a
315. ent channel assignment procedure Handover Successful handover supporting CC state U10 Handover layer 1 failure supporting CC state U10 Frequency Redefinition continued r ret1 Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests procedure Mobile originated call supporting at least one MO teleservice procedures emergency call supporting speech assignment procedure operation 26 11 2 2 1 Multiband signalling RR Handover MS supporting simultaneous multiband successful active call non synchronized operation and supporting TCH F and supporting CC state U10 layer 1 failure operation and supporting CC state U10 26 11 2 3 Multiband signalling RR Measurement MS supporting simultaneous multiband reporting operation and supporting CC protocol for at least one Bearer Capability updating accepted operation updating periodic operation 26 11 5 1 Multiband signalling Structured MS supporting simultaneous multiband procedures MS originated call early operation and supporting at least one assignment MO teleservice 26 11 5 2 Multiband signalling Structured MS supporting simultaneous multiband procedures MS terminated call late operation and supporting at least one assignment MT teleservice modify procedure successful case EFR signalling Handover successful call under establishment non synchronized MS originated call late assignment MS terminated call early assignment emergency call symmetric of mult
316. ents below See specific message contents Resource upgrading Repeated on every burst of the uplink main DCCH until reception of PHYSICAL INFORMATION Handover Reference as included in the HANDOVER COMMAND Sent after reception of n HANDOVER ACCESS message Timing Advance as specified in table 26 13 1 3 1 of section 26 13 1 3 6 Sent without information field This message shall be ready to be transmitted before 650 ms after the completion of step 13 Same N SD as in step 8 The main signalling link is released r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Specific Message Contents P GSM 900 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Information element Value remark Channel description 2 describes non hopping Bm ACCHs or Lm ACCHs as appropriate for the test Power Command As in section 26 1 1 Frequency list Omitted Cell channel description Omitted Description of the multislot configuration Downlink assignment Only one timeslot is allocated in downlink direction Uplink assignment Only one timeslot is allocated in uplink direction Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Appropriate for the test Mode of the channel set X 12 X 8 Appropriate for on bearer capability chosen for the test Description of the second channel Omitted Mode of the second channel Omitted Mobile allocation Omitted Starting time Omitted Cipher mode setting Omitted HANDOVER COMMAND Information Element value remarks As defau
317. epends on parameter TX INTEGER broadcast on BCCH The timer s value is 2 S4 TX INTEGER slots where S is given in Table 3 1 04 08 Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence Message Comments 1 MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST The MS turned on and triggered to initiate the GPRS attach procedure 2 CHANNEL REQUEST 3 CHANNEL REQUEST 4 SS waits T3146 0 1 T3146 The value of T3146 corresponding to 5 6 the current settings is 0 5 seconds see note above IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT for uplink TBF one phase access MS shall ignore the message SS verifies that MS does not send any RLC data or control blocks 7 MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST MS attempts a second time to access the network 8 MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST 9 MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST 10 SS SS waits T3146 0 1 T3146 11 SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT for uplink TBF one phase access 14 SS lt gt MS Completion of macro GPRS attach SS allows MS to complete GPRS procedure attach The complete test is repeated for TX_INTEGER set to 20 MS shall set timer T3146 to 1 1s and for TX_INTEGER set to 32 MS shall set timer T3146 to 2 1s 41 2 2 5 Initiation of the packet access procedure Request Reference Conformance requirements On receipt of an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message corresponding to one of its 3 last CHANNEL REQUEST messages the mobile stops sending CHANNEL REQUEST messages and switches to the assigned PDCH Reference GSM 04 08
318. equency The network control order The frequency is not capable of using PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Single block without TBF establishment SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT Sent on PACCH MS gt SS_ PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE Single block Error cause Frequency not implemented Specific message contents ePrTor PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE in step 7 Packet Cell Change Failure message content CAUSE 42 4 2 3 Cell change order procedure Simultaneous uplink and downlink transfer 42 4 2 3 1 Cell change order procedure Simultaneous uplink and downlink transfer Normal case 42 4 2 3 1 1 Conformance requirement The cell change order procedure is started by sending a PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER message to the mobile station on the PCCCH or PACCH Upon receipt of the PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER message the mobile station shall start timer T3174 When a cell reselection is made controlled by the network the mobile station shall act upon the IMMEDIATE REL value which has been received in the Packet Cell Change Order if required the mobile station shall abort any TBF in progress by immediately ceasing to decode the downlink ceasing to transmit on the uplink stopping all RLC MAC timers except for timers related to measurement reporting The mobile station shall then switch to the identified specified new cell and shall obey the relevant RLC MAC procedures on this new cell When cell reselection is controlled by the network
319. equency Lists RFL_NUMBER Length of RFL contents RFL contents 0l1 lt Cell Allocation 01 1 Reference Frequency lists present 0010 List 2 1111 IE length 16 For GSM900 in bit map 0 10 25 40 55 70 85 100 For DCS1800 in bit map 0 740 755 770 785 800 810 825 1 Cell Allocation present RFL_NUMBER 0010 List 2 0l1 lt Cell Allocation gt 0 No Further Cell Allocation present OI1 lt GPRS Mobile Allocations 1 GPRS Mobile Allocation present MA_NUMBER 0010 List 2 HSN 000000 Sequence 0 Ol1 lt RFL number list gt 1 Number list present RFL_NUMBER 0010 List 2 0 0 MA LENGTH 000111 7 octets MA BITMAP 1010101 4 belonging PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT in step 5 Indirect encoding Information element Value remark Oll lt Frequency Parameters gt lt Frequency Parameters gt lt TSC gt 01 lt Indirect encoding 1 gt lt Indirect encoding struct gt lt MAIO gt MA NUMBER gt Oll lt CHANGE MARK 1 CHANGE MARK 1 Oll lt CHANGE MARK 2 CHANGE MARK 2 Frequency Parameters present value arbitrarily chosen from valid values default 5 01 indirect encoding arbitrarily chosen 0010 point to a GPRS Mobile Allocation in PSI2 step 2 1 CHANGE MARK 1 present the same value as PSI2 CHANGE MARK in PSI2 step 2 1 CHANGE MARK 2 present the same value as PSI2 CHANGE MARK in PSI2 step 2 PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGN
320. equently upon user requests User initiated service level upgrade the MS send MODIFY message and after receipt of MODIFY COMPLETE message the MS enters the active state 7 To verify that subsequently after receipt of a CONFIGURATION CHANGE COMMAND after MS sends CONFIGURATION CHANGE ACKNOWLEDGE MS through connects all bi directional channel s in multislot configuration in both directions and all uni directional channels in downlink direction Multislot configuration is upgraded from simplest case up to the maximum number of channels supported by MS in the HSCSD configuration This is verified by checking that the MS sends and receives correct RLP frames in each data block 8 To verify that subsequently the MS can initiate call clearing by sending DISCONNECT message 9 To verify that the MS in this phase of call release upon receipt of a RELEASE message returns a RELEASE COMPLETE message 10 To verify that subsequently the MS upon receipt of a CHANNEL RELEASE message disconnects the main signalling link 26 13 3 4 3 Method of test Initial conditions Mobile Station The MS is in MM state idle updated with valid TMSI and CKSN System Simulator 1 cell default parameters except Early classmark sending enabled in SI3 rest octets Related PICS PIXIT statement s Interface to the human user p1 Y N Wayto display the called numbertonly applicable if Way to indicate alerting only applicable if the MS s
321. er 3 is only required for E GSM MS b The ARFONS of carriers 1 2 and 3 are chosen from those in table 20 1 C The cell reselection parameters PENALTY TIME CELL RESELECT OFFSET and TEMPORARY OFFSET are transmitted in the SI3 SI7 and SI8 messages on carrier 2 They are not transmitted in S14 and the ADDITIONAL RESELECT PARAM IND parameter is set to 1 d The Sl2bis message is transmitted on carrier 1 and contains the ARFCN of carrier 2 and ARFCNs 43 70 500 550 990 and 995 For an E GSM MS and a DCS 1 800 MS the ARFCN of carrier 2 is not transmitted in the SI2 message e Carriers 1 and 2 are synchronized but staggered in frame number so that the transmission of the SI3 message on carrier 2 coincides with the paging block which the MS is listening to on carrier 1 NOTE Under these conditions the MS can only decode the parameters affecting cell reselection from the SI7 or SI8 messages To achieve this the following conditions are used BS PA MFRMS 4 IMSI mod 1000 12 FN carrier 1 FN carrier 2 21 for simultaneously transmitted frames f For an E GSM MS the SI3 message on carrier 2 indicates that Sl2ter is used on carrier 2 Sl2ter message contains the ARFCN of carrier 3 and ARFONSs 45 76 891 905 The ARFCN of carrier 3 is transmitted neither in the SI2 nor in the Sl2bis messages on carriers 1 and 2 20 5 4 2 Test Procedure a The SS activates the channels The MS is not paged on carrier 1 b The MS is switched on c
322. er number 520 Contents of ALERTING message SS to MS Protocol Discriminator Call Control Transaction Identifier TI value As used in the SETUP message TI flag 1 destination side Message Type 00000001 All other information elements Not present r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Contents of ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message Protocol Discriminator RR Management Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 00101110 Channel Description Channel Type and TDMA offset Bm ACCHs Timeslot Number Chosen arbitrarily by the test house Training Sequence Code Chosen arbitrarily by the test house Hopping Single RF channel ARFCN Channel number 650 Power Command Power level Chosen arbitrarily by the test house Multislot allocation Appropriate for the test Downlink assignment Appropriate for the test Uplink assignment Appropriate for the test Channel set 1 lt X lt 8 Appropriate for the test Channel mode 1 lt X lt 8 Appropriate for the test Contents of ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message Protocol Discriminator RR Management Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 00101001 RR Cause RR Cause Value Normal event Contents of ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message Protocol Discriminator RR Management Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 00101111 RR Cause RR Cause Value Depending on test Contents of AUTHENTICATION REQUEST message Protocol Discriminator MM message Skip Indica
323. er on the list 20 12 Decoding the BCCH information of the All MS neighbour carriers on the list of six strongest neighbour carriers 20 13 Decoding the BSIC of the neighbour All MS carriers on the list of six strongest neighbour carriers Emergency calls 20 15 Cell reselection due to MS rejection LA All MS not allowed 20 16 Downlink signalling failure All MS 20 17 Cell selection if no suitable cell found in 10 All MS S 20 18 Cell reselection due to MS rejection All MS Roaming not allowed in this LA 20 19 Cell selection on release of SDCCH and All MS TCH 20 20 1 Multiband cell selection and reselection MS supporting simultaneous multiband Cell selection operation continued ero Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests Applicability 20 20 2 Multiband cell selection and reselection MS supporting simultaneous multiband Cell reselection operation 20 21 1 R GSM cell selection R GSM MS 20 21 2 R GSM cell selection with varying signal R GSM MS strength values 20 21 3 R GSM basic cell reselection R GSM MS 20 21 4 R GSM cell reselection using R GSM MS TEMPORARY_OFFSET CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET POWER_OFFSET and PENALTY_TIME parameters 20 21 5 R GSM cell reselection using parameters R GSM MS transmitted in the System Information type 2bis type 7 and type 8 messages 20 21 6 R GSM cell reselection timing R GSM MS 20 21 7 R GSM priority of cells R GSM MS cell lt 0 for 5 seconds 20 21 9 R GSM running a
324. er than allowed level or no priority level is selected by MMI action for k 1 2 3 respectively An MO call is attempted It is checked that the MS indicates the selected priority level for k 1 or the nearest allowed priority level below the selected level for k 2 or no priority level for k 3 in the signalling message A normal MO call is attempted with an allowed priority level level 3 It is checked that the MS establishes completely this call If the mobile station supports VGCS VBS originating a VGCS VBS call is initiated via the MMI by using the SETUP procedure A MO VGCS VBS call is attempted with the allowed priority level 0 It is checked that the MS establishes completely this call using the immediate setup procedure without authentication and ciphering Maximum Duration of Test 5 minutes ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Expected Sequence MS MS gt SS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT CM SERVICE REQUEST CM SERVICE REJECT CHANNEL RELEASE CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT CM SERVICE REQUEST CM SERVICE REJECT CHANNEL RELEASE CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT CM SERVICE REQUEST CM SERVICE REJECT CHANNEL RELEASE CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT CM SERVICE REQUEST AUTHENTICATION REQUEST Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Direction Message Comments for k 1 MMI action to select a priority level 3 for k 2 MMI ac
325. er time for the first Packet Channel Request 0 7 sec 8 4 615 ms Maximum TDMA frame spread between two successive Packet Channel Requests max S T 1 4 615ms 266 4 615ms gt maximum time to send M 1 Packet Channel Requests 0 7 sec 8 4 615ms M 266 4 615ms 9 33 sec Verification According the test procedure J is B 120 1 P 1 16 distributed i e we will accept MSs when the following inequality holds 1 P 1 16 0 0161 sqrt PG 16 P J120 lt 1 P 16 0 0161 sqrt PG 16 P this confidence interval is chosen in such a way that the possibility of non accepting a correct MS is less than 0 5 46 Remark If P 1 0 the above inequality is simplified to 1 lt J 120 lt 1 i e J 2120 i e the MS has to answer every PACKET PAGING REQUEST with M 1 PACKET CHANNEL REQUESTS And if P 1 16 the above inequality is simplified to 0 J 120 lt 0 i e J 0 i e the MS is not allowed to send PACKET CHANNEL REQUESTS Specific message contents None 42 1 1 4 3 Packet Channel Request Access persistence control on PRACH Successive Attempts 42 1 1 4 3 1 Conformance requirements The first attempt to send PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message may be initiated at the first possible TDMA frame containing PRACH on PDCH matching the mobile stations PCCCH GROUP see GSM 05 02 For each attempt the mobile station shall draw a random value R with uniform probability distribution in the set 0
326. ered to perform a GPRS attach 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 3 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Dynamic Allocation struct information Sent ASSIGNMENT on PAGCH 4 GPRS attach procedure Macro Completions from step 4 in the attach procedure as one phase access 3 MS Switch off the MS 6 MS The MS is switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach 7 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 8 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Fixed Allocation struct information Sent on ASSIGNMENT PAGCH 9 MS gt SS Uplink RLC data blocks GMM ATTACH REQUEST 10 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Sent on PACCH to acknowledge the data blocks 11 SS gt MS PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT 12 SS gt MS Downlink RLC data blocks GMM ATTACH ACCEPT 13 MS gt SS PACKET DOWNLINK Received on PACCH ACK NACK 14 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 15 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Fixed Allocation struct information Sent on ASSIGNMENT PAGCH 16 MS gt SS Uplink RLC data blocks GMM ATTACH COMPLETE 17 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Sent on PACCH to acknowledge the data blocks 18 MS gt SS PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT 19 MS Switch off the MS 20 MS The MS is switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 22 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Single Block Allocation struct information ASSIGNMENT Sen
327. es switched basic service band tones switched basic service received switched basic service switched basic service switched basic service received switched basic service out switched basic service failure switched basic service message received switched basic service requested by the user speech received speech failure speech message received speech continued ero Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests Te O Applicability T308 time out switched basic service timer T308 time out switched basic service RELEASE received switched basic service RELEASE COMPLETE received switched basic service layer failure switched basic service 26 8 1 3 1 1 Incoming call UO null state SETUP All MS received with a non supported bearer capability call rejection switched basic service 26 8 1 3 3 1 Incoming call U9 mobile terminating call MS supporting at least one MT circuit confirmed alerting or immediate switched basic service connecting 26 8 1 3 3 2 Incoming call U9 mobile terminating call MS supporting at least one MT circuit confirmed TCH assignment switched basic service for which immediate connect is not used 26 8 1 3 3 3 Incoming call U9 mobile terminating call MS supporting at least one MT circuit confirmed termination requested by the switched basic service for which user immediate connect is not used and supporting sending DISCONNECT when in CC state U9 26 8 1 3 3 4 Incomin
328. escia of the ELAS COMPLETE yessacc tho Me shall strode ho _eporesHe c_user indication which is to be describ i i i j j ed by the f Heu acture Reference s GSM 04 67 section 4 2 figure 6 GSM 04 08 sections 3 3 1 2 4 5 1 1 9 1 89 9 2 9 31 12 4 2 Test purpose To check that the MS 1 Correctly requests a supplementary service transaction for registration of eMLPP in CHANNEL REQUEST message 2 Correctly requests a supplementary service transaction for registration of eMLPP in the subsequent CM SERVICE REQUEST 3 Then sends a REGISTER message containing the invoke of the RegisterSS operation with the expected parameter values for registration of eMLPP default priority level 4 Provides the appropriate user indication as described by the manufacturer upon receipt of the result of the operation in a RELEASE COMPLETE message 31 12 4 3 Method of test Initial Conditions System Simulator 1 cell with default parameters Mobile Station the MS is in idle mode Related PICS PIXIT Statement s Type of MS P E R GSM 900 or DCS 1800 Support eMLPP Way to select a priority level ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Way to initiate eMLPP registration Way to indicate the result of the eMLPP registration Foreseen Final State of the MS Idle updated Test Procedure By means of appropriate MMI functions using either GSM 02 30 or manufacturer defined
329. essage contents ACKNOWLEDGE CHANNEL MODE MODIFY See specific message contents CHANNEL MODE MODIFY See specific message contents ACKNOWLEDGE CHANNEL RELEASE The main signalling link is released Specific Message Contents CHANNEL MODE MODIFY Channel description describes the already assigned dedicated channel Channel mode Mode instep 8 data 9 6 Kb s instep 10 data 4 8 Kb s full rate instep 12 data 14 4 Kb s CHANNEL MODE MODIFY ACKNOWLEDGE Channel mode Mode instep 9 i data 9 6 Kb s i signalling only instep 11 i data 4 8 Kb s full rate if p2 2 N same as in step 9 in step 13 if p3 Y data 14 4 Kb s full rate if p2 2 N same as in step 11 ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 26 13 1 5 Multislot signalling RR Early classmark sending This test is applicable to all MS that supports multislot configuration 26 13 1 5 1 Conformance requirement 1 MS uses Controlled Early Classmark Sending procedure when indicated in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3 ES ind bit in SI 3 Rest Octets 1 1 If Controlled Early Classmark Sending is not allowed by network the MS does not send a CLASSMARK CHANGE message 1 2 If Controlled Early Classmark Sending is allowed by network the MS shall send its multislot class in Mobile Station Classmark 3 in a CLASSMARK CHANGE message Reference Conformance requirement 1 GSM 04 08 sections 3 3 1 1 4 and 3 4 10 26 13 1 5 2 Test purpose 1
330. ethod of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS The packet system information BS CV MAX value 1 Mobile Station The MS is GPRS attached and in packet idle mode PDP context 2 has been established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Support PDP context Method of triggering the MS to initiate an uplink packet data transfer Test procedure The MS is triggered to initiate packet uplink transfer of an LLC PDU The SS assigns packet uplink resources in a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message indicating one phase packet access The MS shall start transferring RLC data blocks The SS verifies that the MS stops transmitting and re initiates the packet access procedure At the second attempt the SS sends PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK exactly after N3104 MAX 1 data blocks The SS verifies that this time the MS does not abort the access procedure and successfully completes uplink transfer Maximum duration of the test 5 min Expected sequence Step Direction Message Comments 1 MS The MS is triggered to initiate packet uplink transfer of an LLC PDU consisting of 500 octets data 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 3 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Indicating one phase packet access granted ASSIGNMENT and CS 1 Sent on PAGCH 4 MS gt SS n RLC data blocks SS receives n N3104 MAX data blocks Received on the assigned PDTCH 5 SS SS verifies that MS d
331. evel the priority level 4 f a_priority selection is performed by the user the MS shall provide the priority level information element in L3 MM CM SERVICE REQUEST message _when a_group call is initiated Signalling information required for the prioritisation at mobile originating call establishment see figure 1 of GSM 04 67 subclause 4 1 1 and Signalling information between the network and the calling mobile station required for the prioritisation in case of a VGCS or VBS call figure 4 of GSM 04 67 subclause 4 1 4 bj The user or the network may wish to omit or postpone authentication and ciphering in order to provide for a faster call set up Reference s GSM 03 67 section 445 6 11 3 1 1 11 3 1 2 11 6 11 3 1 3 GSM 02 67 section 4 GSM 04 67 section 4 1 1 4 1 4 31 12 1 2 Test purpose For the MS supporting MO to verify that 1 When user selects priority level for normal MO call the priority level is indicated in the signalling message 2 The MS verifies the selected priority level against the priority levels stored in the SIM If the selected priority is not allowed then the priority of the call shall be modified to that of the nearest allowed priority level below the requested level 3 If the user does not select a priority level the priority level is not indicated in the signalling message 4 If a priority selection is performed by the user the MS provides the priority level information e
332. f test Initial Conditions System Simulator 2 cells A and B with same LAI default parameters except Early classmark sending enabled in SI3 rest octets The BCCH of cell A is sent k bit periods before the BCCH of cell B The timing advance in cell A sent to the MS is y bit periods k and y are selected such that 0 2k y mod 256 60 The frame numbers of cells A and B shall be different by 100 GSM 900 Cell A has BCCH ARFCN 20 Cell Allocation 10 17 20 26 34 42 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Cell B has BCCH ARFCN 40 Cell Allocation 14 18 22 24 30 31 38 40 60 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 DCS 1 800 Cell A has BCCH ARFCN 747 Cell Allocation 734 741 747 754 759 762 766 767 773 775 779 782 791 798 829 832 844 Cell B has BCCH ARFCN 764 Cell Allocation 739 743 746 749 756 758 761 764 771 779 782 791 798 829 832 844 ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Mobile Station The MS is in the idle updated state with a TMSI allocated and camped on cell A Related PICS PIXIT Statements Suppor for state MO calls Type of Mebile Statien P GSM 900 or EGSM or DCS 1 800 Power class of Mobile Station Multislot class Supported teleservices bearer services Classmark change Foreseen Final State of the MS Idle updated with TMS
333. for 3GPP and SMG SIM The latest version of this form is available from ftp ftp 3gpp org Information CR Form v2 doc ME UTRAN Radio Proposed change affects Core Network __ at least one should be marked with an X Source MCC STF 61V Date 13 10 99 Subject Alignment to the priority levels based on the test SIM card Work item REN SMG 071110Q6R1 1 Category F Correction Release Phase 2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 only one category B Addition of feature Release 97 X shall be marked Functional modification of feature Release 98 with an X D Editorial modification Release 99 Release 00 Reason for Based on the test SIM specified for the ASCI testing the following alignments are change needed 1 In 26 14 2 1 priority level B shall be replaced with 3 because non automatic answering is requested In 26 14 6 1 and 26 14 8 1 the priority level 0 is chosen for a fast setup 2 In the group receive mode receiving paging has become an optional feature due to the change of the core specs 03 68 03 69 The corresponding conformance requirement in 26 14 2 1 needs to be aligned Clauses affected Modification of 26 14 2 1 26 14 6 1 26 14 8 1 Other specs Other 3G core specifications List of CRs Affected Other GSM core List of CRs specifications MS test specifications List of CRs BSS test specifications List of CRs O
334. frames during data block transfer steps 4 Idle frame numbers are 12 25 38 and 51 in the 52 multiframe structure Specific message contents None 42 1 2 1 8 2 3 Packet Uplink Assignment One phase access Timing Advance TA value field not provided 42 1 2 1 8 2 3 1 Conformance requirements For the case where a TIMING_ADVANCE_VALUE field is not provided in the assignment message the mobile station is not allowed to send normal bursts on the uplink until it receives a valid timing advance either through the continuous timing advance procedure or in a PACKET TIMING ADV ANCE POWER CONTROL message Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 5 42 1 2 1 8 2 2 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station does not send normal bursts on the uplink until it receives a valid timing advance in a PACKET POWER CONTROL TIMING ADVANCE message if Timing Advance Value field is not provided in the PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message 42 1 2 1 8 2 2 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS Mobile Station The MS is GPRS attached and in packet idle mode PDP context 2 has been established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Support PDP context Method of triggering the MS to initiate an uplink data transfer Test procedure The MS is triggered to initiate uplink data transfer The SS responds with PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message that request one phase access and does not include Timing A
335. from non hopping multislot configuration to hopping multislot configuration relocating all channels in multislot configuration call without changing the number of TCH Fs allocated 1 9 from hopping multislot configuration to non hopping multislot configuration partially relocating the channels in multislot configuration call without changing the number of TCH Fs allocated 1 10 from non hopping multislot configuration to hopping multislot configuration resource downgrading to one TCH F To verify that an MS supporting TCH and multislot configuration having sent a MM or CM message that was not acknowledged on L2 before the channel assignment procedure was initiated and before the MS has left the old channel repeats that message after completion of the assignment procedure without incrementing N SD This is tested in the special case of MM message AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE To verify that an MS supporting TCH and multislot configuration having received an ASSIGNMENT COMMAND having sent an SABM frame to establish the main signalling link on the assigned main channel of the multislot configuration reports the power level s specified in the ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message in the uplink SACCH L1 header of the SACCH message sent int the SACCH period following the transmission of the SABM frame To verify that an MS supporting TCH and multislot configuration having received an ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is able in the case of frequency hopping to
336. ft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Related PICS PIXIT statement s Interface to the human user p1 Y N Way to indicate alerting only applicable if the MS supports the feature Way to make the MS accept an incoming call after alerting possibly dependent on teleservice bearer service and configuration Supported teleservices bearer service Classmark Immediate connect supported Y N Multislot class Foreseen final state of the MS MS is in MM state idle updated with valid TMSI and CKSN Test procedure The MS is paged and the resulting HSCSD connection is established Maximum number of channels supported by the MS in a HSCSD configuration is allocated Having reached the active state the MS is made to clear the call Maximum duration of test 7 min r ret1 GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Expected sequence Message PAGING REQUEST TYPE 1 Sent on the correct paging subchannel CHANNEL REQUEST Establishment cause indicates answer to paging IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT PAGING RESPONSE Message is contained in SABM CLASSMARK CHANGE Early classmark sending Multislot class indicated AUTHENTICATION REQUEST AUTHENTICATION SRES specifies correct value RESPONSE CIPHERING MODE SS starts deciphering after sending the message COMMAND CIPHERING MODE Shall be sent enciphered All following messages COMPLETE shall be sent enciphered SS starts ciphering SETUP Message
337. fy that the mobile station indicates the number of octets of user data that it has to be transferred in the TBF 42 1 2 1 9 1 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS The packet system information ACCESS BURST TYPE indicates 8 bit access Mobile Station The MS is GPRS attached and in packet idle mode PDP context 1 has been established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Support PDP context Method of triggering the MS to initiate an uplink data transfer Test procedure The MS is triggered to initiate unacknowledged uplink data transfer The SS shall send PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message including Single Block Allocation struct information to instruct the MS to send PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST The MS should perform a two phase access i e the MS shall transmit a PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message on the allocated uplink resource The RLC OCTET COUNT field shall indicate the number of LLC data octets the MS wishes to transfer The SS should then respond with PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message and the MS should begin transmitting RLC data blocks on the allocated uplink resources The SS allows the MS to complete the sending of the data Maximum duration of the test 2 min Expected sequence Step Direction Message Comments 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST 3 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT 4 MS gt SS PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST 5 SS gt MS PAC
338. g Packet Channel Request regarding the PRACH Control Parameters Change packet system information PRACH Control Parameters The SS sends PACKET ACCESS REJECT message and the MS shall return to idle mode The MS will reinitiate the GPRS attach The SS shall verify that the change of the PRACH Control Parameters has influenced the Packet Channel Request message in a correct way The SS shall send PACKET ACCESS REJECT message Maximum duration of the test min Expected sequence The MS is switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST n 1 M 1 Received on PRACH n 3 SS The SS verifies for 5 seconds that the MS send M 1 messages in step 2 4 SS gt MS PACKET SYSTEM The PRACH Control Parameter INFORMATION MAX RETRANS in PSII is changed to 2 retransmission allowed Sent on PBCCH 5 SS gt MS PACKET ACCESS REJECT No WAIT_INDICATION field Sent on PAGCH The MS shall return to packet idle mode 6 SS Waits until the MS has reinitiated the GPRS attach procedure 7 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST n 1 M 1 Received on PRACH n 8 SS The SS verifies for 5 seconds that the MS send M 1 messages in step 7 according to the change in step 4 9 SS gt MS PACKET ACCESS REJECT Sent on PAGCH Specific message contents None 42 1 2 1 4 Packet Uplink Assignment Packet Uplink Assignment handling 42 1 2 1 4 1 Conformance requirements On receipt of a PAC
339. g Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Step 21 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF Channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Appropriate for the test but more than one timeslot allocated and excluding timeslot 0 Same as in downlink assignment Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included 10XXX Same number of TCH Fs and timeslot mapping as in step 19 Same as in step 19 Chosen arbitrarily Frequency hopping Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero en
340. g a DISCONNECT message 12 The MSin this phase of call release upon receipt of a RELEASE message shall return a RELEASE COMPLETE message 13 Subsequently the MS upon receipt of a CHANNEL RELEASE message shall disconnect the main signalling link Reference Conformance requirement 1 GSM 02 07 Conformance requirement 2 GSM 04 08 sections 3 3 1 1 and 9 1 8 Conformance requirement 3 GSM 04 08 sections 3 3 2 2 9 1 25 and 9 1 11 Conformance requirement 4 GSM 04 08 sections 4 3 2 9 2 2 9 2 3 3 4 7 9 1 9 9 1 10 Conformance requirement 5 GSM 04 08 sections 9 3 23 and 9 3 2 Conformance requirement 6 GSM 04 08 sections 9 1 2 and 9 1 3 and 5 2 1 5 and 9 3 1 Conformance requirement 7 GSM 04 08 section 9 3 5 Conformance requirement 8 GSM 04 08 section 9 3 6 GSM 07 01 section 8Conformance requirement 9 GSM 04 08 sections 9 3 13 and 9 3 14 Conformance requirement 10 GSM 04 08 sections 9 1 12b and 9 1 12c Conformance requirement 11 GSM 04 08 section 9 3 7 Conformance requirement 12 GSM 04 08 sections 9 3 18 and 9 3 19 and 5 4 4 2 2 Conformance requirement 13 GSM 04 08 section 9 1 7 26 13 3 4 2 Test purpose 1 To verify that the MS in MM state idle updated and in RR idle mode with a TMSI assigned after being paged by the network on the correct paging subchannel after initiating the immediate assignment procedure by sending the CHANNEL REQUEST message after receipt of an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message allocating an SDC
341. g call U9 mobile terminating call MS supporting at least one MT circuit confirmed DISCONNECT received switched basic service for which immediate connect is not used 26 8 1 3 3 5 Incoming call U9 mobile terminating call MS supporting at least one MT circuit confirmed RELEASE received switched basic service for which immediate connect is not used 26 8 1 3 3 6 Incoming call U9 mobile terminating call MS supporting at least one MT circuit confirmed lower layer failure switched basic service for which immediate connect is not used 26 8 1 3 3 7 Incoming call U9 mobile terminating call MS supporting at least one MT circuit confirmed unknown message received switched basic service for which immediate connect is not used 26 8 1 3 4 1 Incoming call U7 call received call MS supporting at least one MT circuit accepted switched basic service for which immediate connect is not used 26 8 1 3 4 2 Incoming call U7 call received MS supporting at least one MT circuit termination requested by the user switched basic service for which immediate connect is not used 26 8 1 3 4 3 Incoming call U7 call received MS supporting at least one MT circuit DISCONNECT received switched basic service for which immediate connect is not used 26 8 1 3 4 4 Incoming call U7 call received MS supporting at least one MT circuit RELEASE received switched basic service for which immediate connect is not used 26 8 1 3 4 5 Incoming call U7 call received l
342. g call clearing by sending a DISCONNECT message the MS proceed to release the call with RELEASE To verify that subsequently on receipt of a RELEASE COMPLETE message followed by a CHANNEL RELEASE message the MS disconnects the main signalling link 26 13 3 2 3 Method of test Initial conditions Mobile Station The MS is in MM state idle updated with valid TMSI and CKSN System Simulator 1 cell default parameters except Early classmark sending enabled in SI3 rest octets Related PICS PIXIT statement s Interface to human user p1 Y N Way to display the called number only applicable if the MS has an interface to human user Way to indicate alerting only applicable if the MS supports the feature SS version Supported teleservices bearer services Classmark Multislot class Foreseen final state of the MS MS is in MM state idle updated with valid TMSI and CKSN Test procedure The MS is made to initiate a HSCSD connection The call is established with late assignment MS enters the active state Multislot configuration with one TCH F is allocated User initiated service level upgrade is successfully performed The SS sends CONFIGURATION CHANGE COMMAND message to MS and it reply s with CONFIGURATION CHANGE ACKNOWLEDGE message This is done from simplest case up to ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 the maximum number of channels supp
343. g sent a SETUP message after having received of a CALL PROCEEDING message followed by an ALERTING message and an ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 8 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message allocating an appropriate TCH the MS sends an ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message To verify that subsequently after the suite of actions specified in test purposes 1 and 2 the MS after receiving a CONNECT message returns a CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message To verify that subsequently the MS has attached the user connection to the radio path This is verified by checking that the MS establishes the RLP link correctly and sends and receives correct RLP frames in each data block To verify that subsequently upon user requests User initiated service level upgrade the MS sends MODIFY message and after receipt of MODIFY COMPLETE message the MS enters the active state To verify that subsequently after receipt of a CONFIGURATION CHANGE COMMAND after MS sends CONFIGURATION CHANGE ACKNOWLEDGE MS through connects all bi directional channel s in multislot configuration in both directions and all uni directional channels in downlink direction Multislot configuration is upgraded from the simplest case up to the maximum number of channels supported by MS in the HSCSD configuration This is verified by checking that the MS sends and receives correct RLP frames in each data block To verify that subsequently upon the network initiatin
344. g to 10s after the current frame number 2 SS SS waits 1 1 TBF Starting Time T3190 216 5 s after the last IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT 3 SS gt MS RLC data block including Polling bit set and valid RRBP field 4 SS SS verifies for that the MS does not respond in the assigned block in step 3 5 SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT SS assigns again a PDCH with TBF Starting Time corresponding to 10s after the current frame number 6 SS SS waits 0 9 TBF Starting Time T3190 13 5 s after the last IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT 7 SS gt MS RLC data block including Polling bit set and valid RRBP field 8 MS gt SS PACKET DOWNLINK sent in the assigned block at step 7 ACK NACK indicating correct reception of downlink RLC block 9 MS lt gt SS Completion of macro SS completes data transfer Downlink data transfer 10 SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT SS assigns again a PDCH with TBF Starting Time which already elapsed 11 SS gt MS RLC data block sent in the third block after the block containing the message in step 10 see note below including Polling bit set and valid RRBP field 12 MS gt SS PACKET DOWNLINK indicating correct reception of RLC block ACK NACK 13 MS lt gt SS Completion of macro SS completes data transfer Downlink data transfer Note The requirements to uplink and downlink assignment reaction times are stated in GSM 05 10 6 11 An MS shall be ready to transmit and receive u
345. ge L2 pseudo length Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message Type Page Mode Page Mode Channels needed first channel second channel Mobile identity 1 TMSI value Mobile identity 2 TMSI value Mobile identity 3 TMSI value Mobile identity 4 TMSI value P3 rest octets Contents of PAGING RESPONSE message Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message Type Ciphering Key Sequence Number Key Sequence Mobile Station Classmark 2 Mobile Identity odd even indication Type of identity Identity Digits 19 RR Management 0000 00100100 Normal Paging any channel any channel TMSI previously allocated to MS TMSI not allocated to MS TMSI not allocated to MS TMSI not allocated to MS Not used all bits set to spare RR Management 0000 00100111 Key sequence number previously allocated to MS or 111 if no key is available Even TMSI TMSI previously allocated to MS ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Contents of PHYSICAL INFORMATION message Protocol Discriminator RR Management Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 00101101 Timing advance 20 bit periods Contents of SETUP message MS to SS Protocol Discriminator Call Control Transaction Identifier TI value any value from the set 0 6 TI flag 0 Message Type 0X000101 Other information elements Not checked 26 13 1 6 2 Default conte
346. ge 26 13 1 3 2 26 13 1 3 4 26 13 1 3 5 Authentication is required for Ciphering Clauses affected 26 13 1 3 2 26 13 1 3 4 26 13 1 3 5 Other specs Other 3G core specifications affected Other GSM core specifications MS test specifications BSS test specifications O amp M specifications Other comments List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 26 13 1 3 2 Multislot signalling RR Handover successful call under establishment non synchronized resource upgrading This test is applicable to all MS that supports multislot configuration 26 13 1 3 2 1 Conformance requirements 1 The MS shall correctly apply the handover procedure from non hopping multislot configuration to non hopping multislot configuration in the non synchronized case during call establishment 2 The MS shall activate the new channels that belongs to same multislot configuration correctly taking into account upgraded resources 3 If during call establishment a Layer 3 MM or CC message just sent by the MS is not Layer 2 acknowledged before the channel change caused by the HANDOVER COMMAND message the MS shall send the Layer 3 message to the new cell using the same value in the N SD field after the handover procedure References Conformance requirements GSM 04 08 sections 3 4 4 and 9 1 15 GSM 04 13 section 5 2 6 2 26 13 1 3 2 2 Test pu
347. ge request TBF establishment before the wait indication has elapse The SS verifies that the MS not respond to the message The SS sends a PACKET PAGING REQUEST message request TBF establishment after the wait indication has elapse The SS verifies that the MS respond to the message The test procedures shall be repeated with different chosen values of WAIT INDICATION Maximum duration of the test 10 min Expected sequence SS gt MS PACKET PAGING REQUEST Sent on PPCH MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 3 SS gt MS PACKET ACCESS REJECT See specific message contents Sent on PAGCH 4 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Send this message after timer T3162 has ASSIGNMENT expires on PAGCH 5 SS Verify for 5 seconds that the MS not respond to message in step 4 6 SS gt MS PACKET PAGING REQUEST Request TBF establishment Send this message after WAIT INDICATION step 3 0 1 WAIT INDICATION on PPCH 7 SS Verify that the MS not respond to message in step 4 8 SS gt MS PACKET PAGING REQUEST Request TBF establishment Send this message after WAIT INDICATION step 3 0 1 WAIT INDICATION on PPCH 9 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 10 SS Verify that the MS respond to message in step 8 The test is repeated with different values of WAIT INDICATION see specific message contents Specific message contents As default messages contents except PACKET ACCESS REJECT in
348. h ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message Then the SS sends a HANDOVER COMMAND message ordering the MS to switch to cell B The MS shall then begin to send access bursts on the new DCCH to cell B The SS observes the access bursts and after receiving 10 20 access bursts the SS sends one PHYSICAL INFORMATION message with a Timing Advance as specified in table 26 13 1 3 1 of section 26 13 1 3 6 The MS shall activate the channels that belongs to same multislot configuration correctly taking into account upgraded resources The MS shall establish a signalling link The MS shall be ready to transmit a HANDOVER COMPLETE message before 650 ms after the end of the PHYSICAL INFORMATION message but not before a UA frame has been sent by the SS The MS shall then again send the SETUP message to the SS using the same value in the N SD field Finally the SS sends a CHANNEL RELEASE to end the test The term ready to transmit is defined in GSM 04 13 Maximum Duration of Test 5 minutes including 1 minute for any necessary operator actions r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Expected Sequence Step Direction Message 1 Comments An MO call is initiated on cell A CHANNEL REQUEST Establ Cause Originating call NECI not set to 1 IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT See specific message contents CM SERVICE REQUEST CM Service Type Mobile Originating Call Establishment CLASSMARK CHANGE Multislot class CIPHERING
349. hall wait until the frame number indicated by the TBF starting time start timer T3190 and switch to the assigned PDCH If the mobile station receives the message after the TBF starting time has expired it shall ignore the indicated TBF starting time immediately start timer T3190 and switch to the assigned PDCH Reference GSM 04 08 subclause 3 5 3 1 2 Test purpose To verify that the MS correctly considers the TBF starting time during downlink assignment Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator Default settings Mobile Station MS is GPRS attached a PDP context has been established and the MS is in Packet Idle mode Related PICS PIXIT statement Support of PDP context Test procedure The SS assigns a PDCH via an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT including a TBF starting time The SS does not send RLC data blocks after TBF starting time T3190 elapses The MS shall return to packed idle updated and ignore the RLC data blocks The SS assigns again a PDCH and this time the SS sends RLC data blocks before TBF starting time T3190 expires The MS shall successfully receive the RLC data blocks Finally the SS assigns the third time a PDCH but including a TBF starting time which expired The SS immediately sends RLC data blocks which shall be acknowledged by the MS Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT including a packet downlink assignment with a TBF Starting Time correspondin
350. hat belong to same multislot configuration correctly taking into account upgraded resources and transmits the HANDOVER COMPLETE message without undue delay 26 13 1 3 5 3 Method of test Initial Conditions System Simulator 2 cells A and B with same LAI default parameters The BCCH of cell A is sent k bit periods before the BCCH of cell B Mobile Station The MS is in the idle updated state with a TMSI allocated and camped on cell A Related PICS PIXIT Statements Support for state MO calls Type of MS P GSM 900 or EGSM or DCS 1 800 Multislot class Classmark change Foreseen Final State of the MS Idle updated with TMSI allocated and camped on cell B ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Test Procedure A Mobile Originating Call is initiated The SS sends an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message allocating an SDCCH 4 The MS is commanded to use a timing advance of y bit periods on cell A After the MS has sent the SETUP message and before the last L2 frame carrying the SETUP message is acknowledged by the SS the SS sends ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message to MS specifying used multislot configuration MS responds by sending ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message to SS Then the SS sends a HANDOVER COMMAND ordering the MS to switch to cell B The MS shall then send 4 access bursts at the commanded power level in 4 successive slots of the new DCCH to cell B Then the MS shall establish
351. he MS shall ignore PACKET QUEUING NOTIFICATION message and at the frame number indicated by the TBF Starting Time the MS shall starts to send the uplink RLC data in the allocated uplink resources The SS allows the MS to complete the GPRS attach procedure Maximum duration of the test 15s Expected sequence 1 MS he MS is switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 3 ISS gt MS PACKET UPLINK See specific message contents Sent on SSIGNMENT AGCH 4 ISS gt MS PACKET QUEUING See specific message contents Sent on PAGCH OTIFICATION efore starting time in step 3 have elapsed 5 GPRS Attach procedure acro Completion from step 4 in the attach rocedure The SS verifies that the first RLC ata block sends according to the indicated starting time in step 3 Specific message contents As default messages contents except PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT in step 3 Information element Value remark Fixed Allocation lt TBF Starting Time gt Arbitrarily chosen PACKET QUEUING NOTIFICATION in step 4 Information element Value remark Packet Request Reference IE lt FRAME NUMBER gt Arbitrarily chosen TQI Allocate a TQI to the MS 42 1 2 1 1 3 Packet Uplink Assignment Packet queuing notification Assigned PDCHs 42 1 2 1 1 3 1 Conformance requirements On receipt of a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message following a
352. hering key sequence number Mobile station classmark Priority Information element identifier Spare Call priority not checked not checked not checked 0001 0 010 for k 1 011 for k 2 Information Element value remark as default except CM Service Type Ciphering key sequence number Mobile station classmark Priority CM SERVICE REQUEST in step 11 for k 1 2 not checked not checked not checked not present Information Element value remark as default except CM Service Type Ciphering key sequence number Mobile station classmark Priority Information element identifier Spare Call priority for k 3 emergency call establishment not checked not checked 0001 0 010 for k 1 011 for k 2 ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Information Element value remark as default except CM Service Type emergency call establishment Ciphering key sequence number not checked Mobile station classmark not checked Priority not present r ret1 SMG7 Document 7 99 349 SOPHIA ANTIPOLIS FRANCE 19 22 OCT 1999 o op ep a e CHANGE REQUEST pase irinsinisions on how to iin is form cory 11 10 1 CR A785 Current Version 6 1 0 GSM AA BB or 3G AA BBB specification number 1 T CR number as allocated by MCC support team For submission to 30 for approval X strategic for SMG list expected approval meeting here for information non strat
353. hich are specified in GSM 04 60 5 6 and 8 4 Applicability and default conditions The clause is applicable for mobiles supporting GPRS Default message contents and signalling macros are defined in the GPRS general defaults section except for those messages and macros specified at the end of this clause 42 4 1 Measurement reports 42 4 1 1 Network Control measurement reporting Uplink Normal case 42 4 1 1 1 Conformance requirement The behaviour of the mobile station is controlled by the NETWORK CONTROL ORDER parameter in a PACKET MEASUREMENT ORDER message The reporting periods are indicated in the NC REPORTING PARAMETER T field of the PACKET MEASUREMENT ORDER message The mobile station shall apply to the timer T3158 the NC REPORTING PARAMETER T when in packet transfer mode The procedure for NC measurement report sending shall be initiated by the mobile station at the expiry of the NC measurement report interval timer T3158 At expiry of the timer T3158 the mobile station shall restart the timer T3158 perform the measurements and send the PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT message containing the NC measurement report struct on PACCH A mobile station in mode NC1 may receive a new indicated reporting period or change packet mode while timer T3158 is active If the new indicated reporting period is less than the time to expiry of timer T3158 the mobile station shall immediately restart timer T3158 with the new indicated reporting period Otherwise
354. ic allocation Step Direction Message Comments PDP context 2 has been established The MS is triggered to send data PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST PACKET UPLINK One phase access dynamic allocation ASSIGNMENT struct PACKET DOWLINK DUMMY Containing USF assigned to the MS CONTROL BLOCK UPLINK RLC DATA If USF GRANULARITY four blocks 4 BLOCK S RLC data block will be sent PACKET UPLINK Containing USF assigned to the MS ACK NACK UPLINK RLC DATA If USF_GRANULARITY four blocks 4 BLOCK S RLC data block will be sent Repeat step 6 and 7 until the countdown value CV 0 in step 7 PACKET UPLINK Final Ack Indicator 1 containing valid ACK NACK RRBP PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT 42 1 3 2 Default Messages These default message contents override those specified in GPRS default conditions but messages specified in a test case have always the highest precedence 42 1 3 2 1 PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message Access Type gt One phase access request or Two phase access request Multislot class gt Not checked lt Radio priority gt Not checked lt Random Reference gt Not checked 42 1 3 2 2 PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message lt MESSAGE_TYPE gt 000001 lt TLLI gt not checked lt CTRL_ACK gt not checked lt padding bits gt Spare Padding 42 1 3 2 3 PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK message lt MESSAGE_TYPE gt 000010 lt DOWNLINK TFI gt pertaining to the downlink TBF lt Ack Nack
355. id indication shall be set to valid 0 within the second block at the latest After 20 seconds the order of values in the MEASUREMENT REPORT message shall contain measurement results for the 6 strongest BCCH carriers among those monitored by the MS Further in a quiet environment the DTX USED field shall be set by the MS to DTX used References GSM 04 08 section 3 4 1 2 GSM 05 08 section 8 4 26 6 3 4 2 Test purpose To test that in the case of the MS using DTX and the SS indicating that power control is in use the MS reports appropriate results 26 6 3 4 3 Method of test Initial Conditions System Simulator 8 cells with the following settings Transmitter Level NCC BCC ARFCN ARFCN Cell identity GSM900 DCS1800 Serving S1 60 1 3 002 514 0001H Neighbour N1 85 1 5 008 530 0002H Neighbour N2 80 1 7 014 602 0003H Neighbour N3 75 1 1 020 665 0004H Neighbour N4 55 1 3 026 762 0005H Neighbour N5 50 1 5 032 686 0006H Neighbour N6 45 1 7 038 549 0007H Neighbour N7 40 1 1 044 810 0008H In the serving cell the DTX indicator is set to MS shall use discontinuous transmission With the exception of the Cell Allocation the rest of the parameters for all eight cells are the same as the default settings and default SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 1 to 4 message contents for cell A The Cell Allocation for the serving cell is the same as the default setting for cell A The Cell Allocations for the neighbour cells need have onl
356. ies that the MS correctly considers reporting parameter NC REPORTING PERIOD I Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator Default settings Mobile Station MS is GPRS attached in Ready state and in Packet Idle mode Related PICS PIXIT statement Foreseen final state of the MS Test procedure The SS requests the MS via a PACKET MEASUREMENT ORDER to periodically send measurement reports When the MS attempts a measurement report procedure the SS assigns a single block for uplink TBF with an arbitrarily chosen TBF starting time not yet elapsed The SS verifies that the MS sends PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT in the assigned block Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT for single block downlink assignment on PCH corresponding to MS 2 SS gt MS PACKET MEASUREMENT _ Including parameters ORDER NETWORK CONTROL ORDHR 01 NC REPORTING PERIOD I O11 3 84 s 3 MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST with establishment cause single block access 4 SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT for uplink TBF single block assignment with an arbitrarily chosen TBF starting time in the future in the range 0 5 to 2 seconds 5 MS gt SS PACKET MEASUREMENT Shall be sent in the assigned block REPORT 6 SS gt MS CHANNEL REQUEST SS verifies that the time interval between steps 3 and 6 corresponds to NC_ REPORTING PERIOD I 10 7 SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT for u
357. ifier 0000 Message Type MEASUREMENT REPORT Measurement Results BA used 1 DTX used DTX was not used RXLEV FULL SERVING CELL See NOTE 1 RXLEV SUB SERVING CELL See NOTE 1 MEAS VALID See NOTE 2 RXQUAL FULL SERVING CELL See NOTE 1 RXQUAL SUB SERVING CELL See NOTE 1 NO NCELL M RXLEV NCELL 1 BCCH FREQ NCELL 1 BSIC_NCELL_1 RXLEV_NCELL_2 BCCH_FREQ_NCELL_2 BSIC_NCELL_2 RXLEV_NCELL_3 BCCH_FREQ_NCELL_3 BSIC_NCELL_3 RXLEV_NCELL_4 BCCH_FREQ_NCELL_4 BSIC_NCELL_4 RXLEV_NCELL_5 BCCH_FREQ_NCELL_5 BSIC_NCELL_5 RXLEV_NCELL_6 BCCH_FREQ_NCELL_6 BSIC NCELL 6 4 neighbour cell measurement results See NOTE 1 Corresponds to one of N7 N6 S1 or N2 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 1 See NOTE 1 Corresponds to one of N7 N6 S1 or N2 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 2 See NOTE 1 Corresponds to one of N7 N6 S1 or N2 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 3 See NOTE 1 Corresponds to one of N7 N6 S1 or N2 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 4 00 0000 0 0000 00 0000 00 0000 0 0000 00 0000 This message shall contain one report on each of N7 N6 S1 and N2 GSM 900 end DCS 1 800 begin SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5 Information Element Protocol Discriminator Message Type Neighbour Cells Description Format EXT IND W i value remark RR management Sys Info 5 1024 range Information Element carries complete BA Non null for ARFCN 514 549 602 665 686 762
358. ile Station The MS is GPRS attached and in packet idle mode PDP context 1 has been established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Support PDP context Method of triggering the MS to initiate an uplink data transfer Test procedure The MS is triggered to initiate unacknowledged uplink data transfer The SS responds with PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message that request two phase access The MS shall then send PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message The SS responds with PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message with a TLLI different to that the MS has sent in PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message The MS shall reinitiate the packet access procedure This procedure shall be repeated 4 times Maximum duration of the test 2 min Expected sequence The MS is triggered to initiate packet uplink transfer of an LLC PDU consisting of 200 octets data 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Two Phase Access Request Received on PRACH 3 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Single Block Allocation struct Sent on ASSIGNMENT PAGCH 4 MS gt SS PACKET RESOURCE ACCESS_TYPE Two Phase Access REQUEST Request Include TLLI Received on the PACCH of the assigned PDCH 5 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Include incorrect TLLI according to step 4 ASSIGNMENT Sent on the PACCH of the assigned PDCH 6 The SS verifies that the MS reinitiate packet access procedure four times Specific message contents None 42 1 2 1 10 Packet Uplink Assig
359. ility complete 26 5 6 3 Unknown IE in the non imperative All MS message part comprehension not required RR All MS AIMS 0 0 26 6 1 1 Immediate assignment SDCCH or TCH First test All MS Third test MS supporting TCH H assignment rejection assignment assignment reject 26 6 2 1 1 26 6 2 1 2 26 6 2 1 3 26 6 2 2 26 6 2 3 1 26 6 2 3 2 26 6 2 4 Paging same as before All MS 26 6 2 5 Paging multislot CCCH All MS AIMS one Bearer Capability one Bearer Capability permitted NCCs one Bearer Capability one Bearer Capability one Bearer Capability one bearer capability Dedicated assignment failure failure during active state k 1 CC state U10 during active state k 2 CC state U10 case Handover successful active call non synchronized M 1 CC state U10 synchronized M 2 CC state U10 continued ero Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests Applicability synchronized M 3 CC state U10 synchronized M 4 CC state U10 synchronized M 5 CC state U10 synchronized M 6 CC state U10 synchronized M 7 CC state U10 synchronized M 8 CC state U10 establishment non synchronized M 1 CC state U10 establishment non synchronized M 2 CC state U10 establishment non synchronized M 3 establishment non synchronized M 4 establishment non synchronized M 5 CC state U10 establishment non synchronized M 6 CC state U10 establishment non synchronized
360. ily Single RF Channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 11 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not included Not included Appropriate for the test Depending on Multislot class Shall not have maximum number of timeslots Appropriate for the test but as many as in downlink assignment Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Indicates frequencies 45 46 73 74 75 76 108 114 Not included r ret1 GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 13 A
361. in PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST and frame number in which PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST was received CS 2 coding CS 1 coding H assign an uplink TFI 0000110 uplink TBF identifier 1 timing advance value 30 bit periods 0 no timing advance index H Frequency Parameters present 5 00 no hopping For GSM 900 30 For DCS 1800 650 HL Fixed allocation 0 no reference frequencies 0 no MA LL Dynamic Allocation as required in TC 2 H Contention Resolution TLLI is present As allocated to the MS H power control parameters 0 5 0 not present 0 not present 1 9 dBm GSM 900 6 dBm DCS 1800 0 not present 0 not present 0 not present 0 not present 0 not present 0 no half duplex mode indicating current frame 91 frames L bit map is blocks ALLOCATION BITMAP allocate 15 consecutive blocks 41 2 8 2 8 MESSAGE TYPE PAGE MODE Referenced Address TLLI MAC MODE RLC MODE CONTROL ACK TIMESLOT ALLOCATION Packet Timing Advance TIMING ADVANCE VALUE LIH Frequency Parameters Frequency Parameters TSC ARFCN LIH Power Control Parameters ALPHA 011 lt GAMMA_TNO gt 0L1 lt GAMMA_TNI gt 01GAMMA TN2 GAMMA TN2 011 lt GAMMA_TN3 gt 01GAMMA TN4 011 lt GAMMA_TN5 gt 011 lt GAMMA_TN6 gt 011 lt GAMMA_TN7 gt LIH lt DOWNLINK_TFI_ASSIGNMENT gt DOWNLINK TFI ASSIGNMENT LIHXTBF STARTING TIME TBF STARTING T
362. in Transfer mode Test procedure MS is brought into uplink packet transfer mode SS sends the PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER message to the MS MS sends the PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST to the new cell Contention resolution procedure fails in the new cell MS initiates a random access to the old cell and sends PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message to the network Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence Step Direction Message ____ Comments__ Uplink packet transfer mode dyn MS is brought into uplink packet transfer mode 2 MS gt SS HRLC data blocks MS sends data 3 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Sent on PACCH 4 SS 3MS PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER Sent on the PCCCH or PACCH Contains BSIC BCCH frequency The network control order 5 MS 5SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST To the new cell 6 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT Sent on the PACCH 7 MS gt SS RLC MAC data and control blocks The first three data blocks contain the TLLI The TLLI should be the same in each RLC data block header ero 8 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Contention resolution procedure fails in the new cell Message has wrong TLLI 9 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST To the old cell 10 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT Sent on the PACCH 11 MS gt SS PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE No error cause 12 MS gt SS RLC data blocks MS sends data 13 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Sent on PACCH Specific messag
363. ing PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK Sent on PACCH PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER Sent on the PACCH Contains BSIC BCCH frequency The network control order PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST To the new cell MS sends PACKET CHANNEL REQUESTS until timer T3174 has expired PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST To the old cell PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT Sent on the PACCH PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE Error cause No response on target cell RLC data blocks MS sends data SS 2MS PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Sent on PACCH Specific message contents PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE in step 12 Packet Cell Change Failure message content CAUSE 42 4 3 Macros and Default Message contents 42 4 3 1 Macros In order to simplify the process of writing and coding test cases macros are referenced in the expected signalling tables These macros provide all additional signalling needed to complete the particular test but are not relevant to its purpose r retr 42 4 3 1 1 Uplink packet transfer mode Dynamic allocation Direction Message Comments MS gt SS Uplink packet transfer mode dyn Macro 1 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 2 SS MS PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT Sent on PAGCH Dynamic allocation 42 4 3 1 2 Uplink packet transfer mode Fixed allocation Direction Message Comments MS gt SS Uplink packet transfer mode fixed Macro 1 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 2 SS MS PACKET
364. ing VGCS VBS call A NOTIFICATION FACCH message containing priority level not higher enough for auto answering and containing VGCS VBS channel description is sent It is checked that the MS indicates the incoming VGCS VBS call to the user ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Maximum Duration of Test 5 minutes r ret1 GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Expected Sequence Step Direction Message _ _____Comments__ e e e the MS is in idle mode T gt a NOTIFICATION NCH CHANNEL RELEASE NOTIFICATION NCH NOTIFICATION FACCH DISCONNECT RELEASE RELEASE COMPLETE CHANNEL RELEASE CHANNEL RELEASE NOTIFICATION FACCH DISCONNECT RELEASE RELEASE COMPLETE CHANNEL RELEASE MICHEL OME OSs DISCONNECT BELZASE RELEASE COMPLETE CEANNELBELEASE NOTIFICATION FACCH NOTIFICATION FACCH CHANNEL RELEASE containing priority level 1 to check that the MS automatically accepts the VGCS VBS call stop sending NOTIFICATION NCH UI format release VGCS VBS channel containing priority level 3 to check that the MS indicates the VGCS VBS call to the user stop sending NOTIFICATION NCH the MS is in dedicated mode the priority level of current call is level 3 containing priority level 2 to check that the MS automatically accepts the VGCS VBS call UI format release VGCS VBS channel the MS is brought into dedicated mode
365. interface rates 12kbps 6kbps Multislot signalling RR Early classmark sending 26 13 2 1 1 Multislot signalling CC In call functions MS supporting Multislot class User initiated service level upgrade successful 26 13 2 1 2 Multislot signalling CC In call functions MS supporting Multislot class User initiated service level downgrade successful 26 13 2 1 3 Multislot signalling CC In call functions MS supporting Multislot class User initiated service level upgrade Time out of T323 26 13 2 1 4 Multislot signalling CC In call functions MS supporting Multislot class User initiated service level upgrade modify reject 26 13 3 1 Multislot signalling Structured procedures MS supporting Multislot class MS originated call early assignment HSCSD non transparent 26 13 3 2 Multislot signalling Structured procedures MS supporting Multislot class MS originated call late assignment HSCSD non transparent 26 13 3 3 Multislot signalling Structured procedures MS supporting Multislot class MS originated call early assignment HSCSD transparent 26 13 3 4 Multislot signalling Structured procedures MS supporting Multislot class and MS terminated call early assignment immediate connection HSCSD non transparent 26 13 3 5 Multislot signalling Structured procedures MS supporting Multislot class and MS originated call early assignment immediate connection HSCSD tran
366. ion Normal Cell Indication Description of the multislot connection Uplink assignment Downlink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 HANDOVER ACCESS 1 5 764 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF Channel 764 Chosen arbitrarily from the range 0 1 255 Arbitrarily chosen but different to the one already in use and within the range supported by that type of MS Shall not be included Synchronized Ignore out of range timing advance Same as before HANDOVER COMMAND or less timeslots are allocated than before HANDOVER COMMAND Less timeslots are allocated than before HANDOVER COMMAND Appropriate for the test Information Element value remark As default message contents except Handover Reference Value Same as HANDOVER COMMAND 26 13 1 3 4 Multislot signalling RR Handover successful call under establishment finely synchronized relocation of channels This test is applicable to all MS that supports multislot configuration 26 13 1 3 4 1 Conformance requirements 1 The MS shall correctly apply the handover procedure from hopping multislot configuration finely synchronized case to hopping multislot configuration synchronized case during call establishment 2 The MS shall not change number of channels in multislot configuration but the place of each channel is changed 3 If during call establishment a
367. ion 2 and 2bis do not contain all neighbour cell ARFCNs 20 21 5 2 Conformance requirement 1 The MS shall be able to calculate correctly the path loss criterion parameter C2 used for cell reselection GSM 05 08 6 4 2 Whilst in idle mode an MS shall continue to monitor all BCCH carriers as indicated by the BCCH allocation GSM 05 08 6 6 1 3 Mobile stations shall treat all ARFCNs in the set 0 1 2 1023 as valid ARFCN values even if the mobile station is unable to transmit or receive on that ARFCN GSM 04 08 10 5 2 1b 4 The MS shall correctly decodes parameters transmitted in the system information type 2 ter message GSM 04 08 9 1 34 20 21 5 3 Test purpose 1 To verify that the MS correctly calculates the C2 criterion when the parameters affecting cell reselection are transmitted in the system information type 7 and 8 messages 2 To verify that the MS decodes parameters transmitted in the system information type 2 bis message 3 To verify that the MS treats ARFCNs as valid ARFCNs even if the MS is unable to transmit or receive on that ARFCN 4 To verify that the MS correctly decodes parameters transmitted in the system information type 2 ter message 20 21 5 4 Method of test 20 21 5 4 1 Initial conditions a Parameters changed from the default values in table 20 21 1 RF Signal Level OFF OFF OFF dBuV emf dBm RXLEV ACCESS MIN dBuV emf dBm BS AG BLKS RES PT 0 CRO TO el C2 GSM
368. ion 6 1 0 Release 1997 Then the SS sends an AUTHENTICATION REQUEST message The MS shall answer with an AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE message which is not acknowledged on L2 by the SS Immediately after the AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE message is received the SS sends an ASSIGNMENT COMMAND The MS shall switch to the assigned channel establish the link with the commanded power level and send as ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message Then MS shall repeat the AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE message with the same N SD value Then the SS sends an ASSIGNMENT COMMAND which includes a Starting Time IE The MS shall react Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 as specified above but this shall be done at the time specified in Starting Time IE The SS initiates the channel release procedure and the main signalling link is released Maximum Duration of Test 30 s Expected Sequence NOOR WOOD 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 19 SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS MS gt SS MS gt SS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS Message PAGING REQUEST TYPE 1 CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT PAGING RESPONSE CLASSMARK CHANGE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE ASSIGNMENT CO
369. ion Release 99 Release 00 Reason for Due to improvement of GSM 04 67 and GSM 08 67 the requirements have been change changed It leads to the modification of the test purposes and the test procedures for the establishment of a normal an emergency and a group call Clauses affected 31 12 1 Other specs Other 3G core specifications affected Other GSM core specifications MS test specifications BSS test specifications O amp M specifications Other comments List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 31 12 1 eMLPP Service priority level of MO call 31 12 1 1 Conformance requirement For the MS supporting MO calls 1 Mobile stations indicate the priority of their call in the signalling that takes place during the call establishment process When user selects priority level for normal MO call the priority level shall be indicated in the signalling message j j j j 2 The MS shall verify the selected priority level against the priority levels stored in the SIM If the selected priority is not allowed then the priority of the call shall be modified to that of the nearest allowed priority level below the requested level 3 In case of no priority selection or use of a non compatible Mobile Station the Mobile Station shall send a standard service request message the user does not select a_oriority l
370. ises the level back to 60 dBm The SS waits 20 seconds d The SS reduces the RF level on carriers 1 amp 2 to 100dBm for 20 seconds 20 22 6 5 Test Requirements 1 After step c there shall be no access on carrier 3 or carrier 4 2 After step d there shall be access on carrier 44 within 25 seconds allow 20s for c1 average to reach 10 2s to decode BCCH 2s to decode PBCCH ETSI SMG7 Tdoc 7 99 280 Sophia Antipolis 19 22 October 1999 CHANGE REQUEST No A706 Technical Specification GSM 11 10 1 Version 6 1 0 Submitted to SMG 30 for approval Es without presentation non strategic HM list SMG plenary meeting no here T for information with presentation strategic PT SMG CR cover form is available from http docbox etsi org tech org smg Document smg tools CR_form crf28_1 zip Proposed change affects SIM ME Network Work item DE SMG 00110P 1 Source Anite Ref CR 1386p1 Date 21 July 1999 Subject Stop paging in carrier 2 in the EGSM path in test case 20 5 and 20 21 5 Category F Correction Release Phase 2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 one category B Addition of feature Release 97 and one release Functional modification of feature Release 98 only shall be D Editorial modification Release 99 marked with an X Reason for This problem was initiated with AniteMail 1386 and confirmed with STF79mail 99443 change There is a problem in the E
371. ish a new uplink TBF and send the PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message on this TBF The mobile station shall then resume its uplink transfer on this TBF 42 4 2 1 3 2 Test Purpose To verify that the mobile station sends a PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message to the network from the old cell if a PACKET ACCESS REJECT message is received from the new cell Reference GSM 04 60 v 6 4 0 Chapter 8 4 1 42 4 2 1 3 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 2 cells GPRS supported Mobile Station r retr MS is in Packet Idle mode and GPRS attached PDP context established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support of GPRS The way to trigger the MS initiating an uplink packet transfer Foreseen final state of the MS MS is in Transfer mode Test procedure MS is brought into uplink packet transfer mode SS sends the PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER message to the MS MS sends the PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST SS sends PACKET ACCESS REJECT message MS returns to the old cell and sends PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message to the network Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence Step Direction Message _ Comments___ Uplink packet transfer mode MS is brought into uplink packet transfer mode RLC data blocks MS sends data PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Sent on PACCH PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER Sent on the PACCH Contains BSIC BCCH frequency The network control order PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST To the new cell PACKET ACCES
372. islot configuration with or without resource upgrading downgrading but does not activate the assigned channels The MS shall try to activate the new channel this is not verified and shall then reactivate the old channel and trigger the establishment of the main signalling link on the old channel Then the MS shall send an ASSIGNMENT FAILURE The SS initiates the channel release procedure and the test ends here Maximum Duration of Test 30 s GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Expected Sequence Step Direction 1 SS gt MS 2 MS gt SS 3 SS gt MS 4 MS gt SS 5 SS gt MS 6 7 MS gt SS 8 Ss 9 SS gt MS 10 MS gt SS 11 SS gt MS 12 13 MS gt SS 14 SS gt MS 15 MS gt SS 16 SS gt MS 17 18 MS gt SS 19 SS gt MS 20 MS gt SS 21 SS gt MS 22 23 MS gt SS 24 SS gt MS 25 MS gt SS 26 SS gt MS 27 28 MS gt SS 29 SS gt MS 30 MS gt SS Message PAGING REQUEST TYPE 1 CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT PAGING RESPONSE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT FAILURE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT FAILURE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT FAILURE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT FAILURE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT FAILURE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE 1175 Draft EN
373. islot connection asymmetric of multislot connection 26 13 1 1 3 Multislot signalling RR Measurement MS supporting Multislot class and state asymmetric Change of the reported of multislot connection subchannel assignment successful case interface rates 12kbps 6kbps assignment failure general case interface rates 12kbps 6kbps continued r retr Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests 26 13 1 3 1 Multislot signalling RR Handover MS supporting Multislot class state U10 successful active call non synchronized of the Call Control protocol and radio interface rates 12kbps 6kbps 26 13 1 3 2 Multislot signalling RR Handover MS supporting Multislot class and state successful call under establishment U10 of the Call Control protocol non synchronized resource upgrading 26 13 1 3 3 Multislot signalling RR Handover MS supporting Multislot class and state successful active call finely U10 of the Call Control protocol synchronized resource downgrading 26 13 1 3 4 Multislot signalling RR Handover MS supporting Multislot class and state successful call under establishment U10 of the Call Control protocol finely synchronized relocation of channels 26 13 1 3 5 Multislot signalling RR Handover MS supporting Multislot class and state successful call under establishment pre U10 of the Call Control protocol synchronized resource upgrading channel mode modify procedure
374. ith a one phase access The SS allows the MS to complete the GPRS attach procedure Switch off the MS The MS is switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach The SS send a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message with Fixed Allocation struct information field the MS shall proceed with a one phase access The SS allows the MS to complete the GPRS attach procedure Switch off the MS The MS is switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach The SS send a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message with Single Block Allocation struct information field the MS shall perform a two phase access i e it should transmit a PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message on the allocated uplink resource The SS responds with a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message with Dynamic Allocation struct information field The SS allows the MS to complete the GPRS attach procedure Switch off the MS The MS is switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach The SS send a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message with Single Block Allocation struct information field the MS shall perform a two phase access i e it should transmit a PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message on the allocated uplink resource The SS responds with a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message with Fixed Allocation struct information field The SS allows the MS to complete the GPRS attach procedure Maximum duration of the test 2 min Expected sequences Step Direction Message Comments 1 MS The MS is switched on and trigg
375. itial conditions Mobile station MS in the active state of a service using a multislot connection System simulator 1 cell default parameters Related PICS PIXIT statement s Supported teleservices bearer services Classmark Multislot class Foreseen final state of the MS MS is in the active state of a service using a multislot connection Test procedure MS is in the active state of a multislot connection Multislot configuration with one TCH F is allocated Then user initiates User initiated service level upgrade by sending MODIFY message including the wanted value of the Maximum number of traffic channels this being one supported by the MS and channel modes supported by the MS The MS enters mobile originating modify state This is verified by a status enquiry procedure SS responds to MODIFY message by sending MODIFY REJECT message to MS MS enters the active state This is verified by a status enquiry procedure Maximum duration of test 1 min Expected sequence Direction Message Comments MODIFY User initiated service level upgrade is initiated STATUS ENQUIRY STATUS Cause shall be 30 response to enq and state U26 Mobile originated modify MODIFY REJECT Cause 58 bearer capability not presently available MS enters in the active state of multislot call STATUS ENQUIRY STATUS Cause shall be 30 response to enq and state U10 Active ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997
376. itiated 2 MS enters CC state Mobile originating modify U26 after sending MODIFY 3 MS enters CC state Active U10 when MODIFY COMPLETE is received References Conformance requirement 1 GSM 04 08 section 9 3 13 Conformance requirement 2 GSM 04 08 section 5 3 5 1 Conformance requirement 3 GSM 04 08 section 5 3 5 2 26 13 2 1 2 3 Test purpose 1 To verify that the procedure is initiated by the MS in the active state of a multislot connection It sends a MODIFY message including the wanted value of the maximum number of traffic channels and or the wanted air interface parameters and enters the mobile originating modify state Other parameters of the bearer capability given in MODIFY message and already negotiated and agreed during the establishment phase of the call may not be changed 2 To verify that upon receipt of the MODIFY COMPLETE message with bearer capability negotiated at call setup in the MS enters the active state 26 13 2 1 2 4 Method of test Initial conditions Mobile station MS in the active state of a service using a multislot connection Multislot configuration has maximum number of timeslots supported by the MS System simulator 1 cell default parameters except r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Early classmark sending enabled in SI3 rest octets Related PICS PIXIT statement s Supported teleservices bearer services C
377. itional SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5bis is included messages are sent continuously a table is not applicable in this test The interval between 2 successive Layer 2 frames containing MEASUREMENT REPORTS shall not exceed one Layer 2 frame Specific Message Contents GSM 900 begin SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5 Neighbour Cells Description Format Identifier bit map 0 BCCH Allocation Sequence 1 BCCH Allocation ARFCN only channel numbers 2 8 14 20 26 32 38 and 44 belong to the BCCH allocation EXT IND k 1 Information Element carries the complete BA k 2 Information Element carries only a part of the BA SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5bis Sent only when k z 2 Protocol Discriminator RR management Message Type Sys Info 5bis Neighbour Cells Description Format 1024 range EXT IND k 2 Information Element carries only a part of the BA W i Only channel 500 belongs to the BCCH allocation GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 Cell Options Power Control Indicator Power Control Indicator is set DTX Indicator MS shall use DTX Radio Link Timeout 8 MEASUREMENT REPORT Protocol Discriminator RR Management Transaction Identifier 0000 Message Type MEASUREMENT REPORT Measurement Results BA used 10 DTX used DTX was used NOTE 3 RXLEV FULL SERVING CELL See NOTE 1 RXLEV SUB SERVING CELL See NOTE 1 MEAS VALID See NOTE 2 RXQUAL
378. itted ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 MEASUREMENT REPORT Information Element Protocol Discriminator Transaction Identifier Message Type Measurement Results BA used DTX used RXLEV FULL SERVING CELL RXLEV SUB SERVING CELL MEAS VALID RXQUAL FULL SERVING CELL RXQUAL SUB SERVING CELL NO NCELL M RXLEV NCELL 1 BCCH FREQ NCELL 1 BSIC NCELL 1 RXLEV NCELL 2 BCCH FREQ NCELL 2 BSIC NCELL 2 RXLEV NCELL 3 BCCH FREQ NCELL 3 BSIC NCELL 3 RXLEV NCELL 4 BCCH FREQ NCELL 4 BSIC NCELL 4 RXLEV NCELL 5 BCCH FREQ NCELL 5 BSIC NCELL 5 RXLEV NCELL 6 BCCH FREQ NCELL 6 BSIC NCELL 6 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Value remark RR Management 0000 MEASUREMENT REPORT 1 DTX was not used See NOTE 1 See NOTE 1 See NOTE 2 See NOTE 1 See NOTE 1 4 neighbour cell measurement results See NOTE 1 Corresponds to one of N7 N6 S1 or N2 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 1 See NOTE 1 Corresponds to one of N7 N6 S1 or N2 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 2 See NOTE 1 Corresponds to one of N7 N6 S1 or N2 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 3 See NOTE 1 Corresponds to one of N7 N6 S1 or N2 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 4 00 0000 0 0000 00 0000 00 0000 0 0000 00 0000 This message shall contain one report on each of N7 N6 S1 and N2 DCS 1 800 end NOTE 1 These actual values are not checked NOTE 2 The Measurement Valid Indication
379. k containing a TLLI field in the RLC data block header shall be encoded using CS 1 or using the channel coding scheme commanded The mobile station shall send all other RLC data blocks using the channel coding scheme commanded Upon contention resolution during one phase access the mobile station shall start transmitting RLC data blocks without the TLLI field no later than the next occurrence of block B x 3 mod 12 where block B x is the radio block containing the contention resolution message Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 3 subclause 8 1 1 GSM 05 10 subclause 6 11 3 42 1 2 1 8 1 1 2 Test purpose 1 To verify that in one phase access the first RLC data blocks of an uplink TBF contain a TLLI field in the RLC data block header and that these blocks are encoded according to the TLLI BLOCK CHANNEL CODING parameter specified in the PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message 2 To verify that upon contention resolution during one phase access the RLC data blocks not contain a TLLI field and are encoded using the CHANNEL CODING COMMAND parameter included in the PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT after the contention resolution reaction time 42 1 2 1 8 1 1 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS The packet system information ACCESS BURST TYPE indicates 8 bit access Mobile Station The MS is GPRS attached and in packet idle mode PDP context 2 has been established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS
380. ket downlink assignment MS returns to packet idle mode Conformance requirement Unless otherwise indicated by the RLC MAC control message the mobile station remains in packet idle mode If the mobile station remains in packet idle mode it shall continue to monitor downlink CCCH once the block period indicated by the TBF starting time has passed Reference GSM 04 08 subclause 3 5 3 2 Test purpose To verify that the MS remains in packet idle mode and monitors downlink CCCH once the block period indicated by the TBF starting time has passed Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator Default settings except NETWORK CONTROL ORDER in SI 13 Rest Octets set to 00 no measurement reporting Mobile Station MS is GPRS attached a PDP context has been established and the MS 1s in Packet Idle mode Related PICS PIXIT statement Support of PDP context Test procedure The SS assigns a single block for downlink via an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message on CCCH including a TBF starting time The SS sends a PACKET MEASUREMENT ORDER message requesting the MS to periodically send measurement reports Next in order to verify that the MS remains in packet idle mode the SS assigns a downlink TBF which shall be successfully completed The SS shall wait until the MS attempts two periodic measurement report procedures in order to make sure that the MS correctly decoded the PACKET MEASUREMENT ORDER on the assigned single blo
381. ks The SS verifies that the MS indicates One or Two Phase Access Request as the access type in the PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message The SS sends PACKET ACCESS REJECT to end the test case Repeat above tests with RLC unacknowledged mode Maximum duration of the test 20 s Expected sequence Step Direction Message Comments 1 MS The MS is triggered to send data that can fit in 8 or less RLC data blocks 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST SS verifies that the MS indicates Short Access Request as access type Received on PRACH 3 SS gt MS PACKET ACCESS REJECT Sent on PAGCH 4 MS The MS is triggered to send data where the amount of data takes more than 8 RLC MAC blocks 5 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST SS verifies that the MS indicate One or Two Phase Access Request Received on PRACH 6 SS gt MS PACKET ACCESS REJECT Sent on PAGCH Repeat above tests with RLC unacknowledged mode The SS shall verify that the MS request Two Phase Access in the PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages Specific message contents None 42 1 1 4 Packet Channel Request Access persistence control on PRACH 42 1 1 4 1 Packet Channel Request Access persistence control on PRACH M 1 attempts 42 1 1 4 1 1 Conformance requirements The mobile station shall make maximally M 1 attempts to send a PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message Having made M 1 attempts to send a PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST the mobile station shall
382. l Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Step 16 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time 1178 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Only one timeslot is assigned in downlink direction Only one timeslot is assigned in uplink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Maximum number of timeslots that MS supports Maximum number of timeslots that MS supp
383. l abort any TBF in progress and stop transmitting To verify that the MS shall switch to the new cell Reference GSM 04 60 v 6 4 0 Chapter 8 4 42 4 2 1 1 3 Method of test Initial conditions r retr System Simulator 2 cells GPRS supported Mobile Station MS is in Packet Idle mode and GPRS attached PDP context established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support of GPRS The way to trigger the MS initiating an uplink packet transfer Foreseen final state of the MS MS is in transfer mode Test procedure MS is brought into uplink packet transfer mode SS sends a PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER message SS checks that there is no traffic on the old cell MS switches to the new cell and re establishes the uplink TBF Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence Step Direction Message___ Comments__ Uplink packet transfer mode fixed MS is brought into uplink packet transfer mode Fixed allocation MS gt SS RLC data blocks MS sends data SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Sent on PACCH SS gt MS PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER _ Sent on the PACCH Contains BSIC BCCH frequency The network control order USF Check that no more than six data blocks are transmitted from the MS on the old channel Uplink packet transfer mode fixed MS gt SS RLC data blocks MS sends data SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Sent on PACCH Specific message contents None 42 4 2 1 2 Cell change order proce
384. l automatically connect to an incoming call of a sufficient priority level If the user is in dedicated mode and has a subscription to Call Waiting a Call Waiting indication including the priority level of the call shall be given to the Mobile Station which automatically accepts the waiting call 2 In dedicated mode in the case where the called subscriber has a subscription for eMLPP and for Call Waiting and is using a compatible Mobile Station the Mobile Station shall be informed of the priority of the new call together with the call waiting indication The Mobile Station will then consult the internal service configuration list stored on the SIM to establish whether it should automatically accept the waiting call without consulting the user or whether the call waiting facility will be used as normal 3 In the case where the called subscriber has a subscription for eMLPP and for CW the mobile station shall be informed of the priority of the new call together with the CW indication On reception of the set up message the compatible mobile station decides on called party pre emption If called party pre emption applies the mobile station shall automatically accept the waiting call and send a hold message to the network If a hold acknowledge is received the waiting call is accepted If a hold reject is received for any reason e g there is no subscription for hold the other call shall be released and the waiting call accepted If the ongoing call
385. l be ready to be transmitted before 650 ms after the completion of step 12 Shall include the Mobile Time Difference IE with value 2k y mod 2 097 152 half bit periods A tolerance of 2 half bit periods is allowed Same N SD as in step 8 The SS checks that the timing advance reported in the layer 1 header of the SACCH M message that is sent in the first SACCH M multiframe following the SABM is 9 bit periods CHANNEL RELEASE The main signalling link is released rretr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Specific Message Contents P GSM 900 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Information element Value remark Channel description 2 Power Command Frequency list Cell channel description Description of the multislot configuration Uplink assignment Downlink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Mode of the channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Description of the second channel Mode of the second channel Mobile allocation Starting time Cipher mode setting HANDOVER COMMAND describes hopping Bm ACCHs or Lm ACCHs as appropriate for the test As in section 26 1 1 Omitted Omitted Appropriate for the test shall not be the maximum number of timeslots Appropriate for the test but shall not be the maximum number of timeslots Appropriate for the test Appropriate for the test Omitted Omitted Arbitrarily chosen from Cell channel description Omitted Omitted Information Element
386. l modification Release 99 marked with an X UMTS Reason for The wrong carrier is used in test procedure which would cause the test to fail also the change initial conditions are incorrect Clauses affected 20 22 6 4 1 20 22 6 4 2 20 22 6 5 Other specs Other releases of same spec List of CRs affected Other core specifications List of CRs MS test specifications TBRs List of CRs BSS test specifications List of CRs O amp M specifications List of CRs Other comments help doc lt double click here for help and instructions on how to create a CR 20 22 6 4 1 Initial Conditions Parameters changed from the default values in table 20 22 1 RF Signal Level dBm 6 6 GPRS RXLEV ACCESS MIN dBm GRO 28 SPLIT_PG_CYCLE C1 C32 Note 1 The HCS structure is omitted from the system information messages on all the cells Therefore C31 is not used Note 2 The RLA P should be updated every 3 84 seconds with SPLIT PG CYCLE 4 Note 3 Carriers 1 and 3 are the BCCH carriers which broadcast the position of the PBCCH channel in the cell Carriers 2 and 4 20 22 6 4 2 Procedure a The SS activates all carriers and pages the MS on carrier 4 The SS starts to monitor carriers 3 and 4 for responses from the MS b The MS is switched on c The SS waits 30s before the RF level of carriers 1 amp 2 are reduced to 100 dBm for 8 seconds During this period C1 becomes 10 Then the SS ra
387. lassmark Multislot class Foreseen final state of the MS MS is in the active state of a service using a multislot connection Test procedure MS in the active state of a multislot connection Multislot configuration has maximum number of timeslots supported by the MS User initiates User initiated service level downgrade by sending MODIFY message including the wanted value of the Maximum number of traffic channels this being one supported by the MS and channel modes supported by the MS The MS enters mobile originating modify state This is verified by a status enquiry procedure MS receives MODIFY COMPLETE message from SS and enters the active state This is verified by a status enquiry procedure Maximum duration of test 3 min Expected sequence Direction Message Comments MS gt SS MODIFY User initiated service level downgrade is initiated MS enters the Mobile originating modify state SS gt MS STATUS ENQUIRY MS gt SS STATUS Cause shall be 30 response to enq and state U26 Mobile originated modify SS gt MS MODIFY COMPLETE MS enters the active state SS gt MS STATUS ENQUIRY MS gt SS STATUS Cause shall be 30 response to enq and state U10 Active Specific message contents MODIFY Bearer capability One TCH F is indicated and the channel modes supported by the MS Low layer comp Appropriate for the basic service selected for the test High layer comp Appropriate for the basic
388. le from ftp ftp 3gpp org Information CR Form v2 doc Core Network Source Rohde amp Schwarz Date 11 10 1999 Subject HSCSD test 26 13 1 2 1 GSM1800 messages missing Steps 28 29 added Work item HSCSD Category F Correction Release Phase2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 only one category B Addition of feature Release 97 X shall be marked Functional modification of feature Release 98 with an X D Editorial modification Release 99 Release 00 Reason for change The definition of GSM 1800 messages in Specific Message Contents for test 26 13 1 2 1 was missing Test steps added to cover assignment procedure with resource downgrading Clauses affected 26 13 1 2 1 Other specs Other 3G core specifications affected Other GSM core specifications MS test specifications BSS test specifications O amp M specifications Other comments List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 26 13 1 2 1 Multislot signalling RR Dedicated assignment successful case This test is applicable to all MS that supports multislot configuration 26 13 1 2 1 1 Conformance requirements 1 5 Upon receipt of the ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message the mobile station initiates a local end release of link layer connections disconnects the physical channels commands
389. le sequences implementing the GPRS attach procedure In this case we use fixed allocation and simultaneous uplink and downlink TBFs The macros Completion of GPRS attach in the test cases refer to the table below starting at the step required for the particular sequence GPRS attach procedure Step Direction Message Comments CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT RLC data blocks PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGMENT RLC data blocks PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT RLC data blocks PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGMENT MS is triggered to initiate the GPRS attach procedure Establishment Cause is one phase packet access for uplink TBF single phase access dynamic allocation Transporting ATTACH REQUEST Indicating correct reception of uplink blocks including RRBP field set Corresponding to the polling in step 4 Transporting ATTACH ACCEPT Last block containing a valid RRBP field and PBI set Including Channel Request Description Transporting ATTACH COMPLETE Including valid RRBP field 41 2 8 1 2 Uplink data transfer The following table describes a sequence performing uplink data transfer in acknowledged mode Uplink data transfer acknowledged mode Step Direction Message Comments A PDP context in acknowledged RLC mode has been established The MS is triggered to send data CHANNEL RE
390. lement in L3 MM CM SERVICE REQUEST message when a group call is initiated Bi The mobile is able to establish a normal MO call with a priority level or a group call with a priority level according to the procedure specified in GSM 04 67 subclause 4 1 1 and the procedure in GSM 04 67 subclause 4 1 4 6 The mobile is able to initiate a fast call set up without authentication and ciphering ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 31 12 1 3 Method of test Initial Conditions System Simulator 1 cell with default parameters Mobile Station The MS is in idle mode with SIM in which the available priority levels are level 2 level 3 and level 4 Related PICS PIXIT Statement s Type of MS P E R GSM 900 or DCS 1800 Support mobile originating call Support mobile emergency call TS12 Support VGCS originating Support VBS originating Support eMLPP Way to select a priority level Foreseen Final State of the MS Idle updated Test Procedure The test steps 1 to 267 are repeated for k 1 2 3 After the repetition is finished the steps 27 to 71 are performed The test steps 1 to 7 are performed if the mobile station supports normal MO call The steps 8 to 13 are executed if the MS supports TS12 The test steps 20 to step 26 are executed for k 1 2 3 if the mobile station supports VGCS VBS originating An allowed priority level level 3 or a priority level level 1 high
391. lishment by through connecting the traffic channel s in both directions or if the MS does not support immediate connect by sending an ALERTING message 7 An MS indicates acceptance of a MT call by sending CONNECT 8 The mobile station shall attach the user connection and establish the TDS link when receiving the CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message from the network 9 MS correctly uses different ciphering bit streams on the different timeslots in a multislot configuration 10 The MS initiates call clearing of an active call by sending a DISCONNECT message 11 The MS in this phase of call release upon receipt of a RELEASE message shall return a RELEASE COMPLETE message 12 Subsequently the MS upon receipt of a CHANNEL RELEASE message shall disconnect the main signalling link Reference Conformance requirement 1 GSM 02 07 Conformance requirement 2 GSM 04 08 sections 3 3 1 1 and 9 1 8 Conformance requirement 3 GSM 04 08 sections 3 3 2 2 9 1 25 and 9 1 11 Conformance requirement 4 GSM 04 08 sections 4 3 2 9 2 2 9 2 3 3 4 7 9 1 9 9 1 10 Conformance requirement 5 GSM 04 08 sections 9 3 23 and 9 3 2 Conformance requirement 6 GSM 04 08 sections 9 1 2 and 9 1 3 Conformance requirement 7 GSM 04 08 section 9 3 5 Conformance requirement 8 GSM 04 08 section 9 3 6 GSM 07 01 section 8Conformance requirement 9 GSM 03 34 section 5 2 5 GSM 04 08 sections 3 4 7 and 9 1 9 Conformance requirement 10 GSM 04 08 section 9 3 7 Conformance req
392. ll supporting at least one MO teleservice procedures emergency call supporting speech assignment procedure operation 26 11 2 2 1 Multiband signalling RR Handover MS supporting simultaneous multiband successful active call non synchronized operation and supporting TCH F and supporting CC state U10 layer 1 failure operation and supporting CC state U10 26 11 2 3 Multiband signalling RR Measurement MS supporting simultaneous multiband reporting operation and supporting CC protocol for at least one Bearer Capability updating accepted operation updating periodic operation 26 11 5 1 Multiband signalling Structured MS supporting simultaneous multiband procedures MS originated call early operation and supporting at least one assignment MO teleservice 26 11 5 2 Multiband signalling Structured MS supporting simultaneous multiband procedures MS terminated call late operation and supporting at least one assignment MT teleservice modify procedure successful case EFR signalling Handover successful call under establishment non synchronized MS originated call late assignment MS terminated call early assignment emergency call Originated Call 6 12 6 26 12 7 EFR Signalling Directed Retry Mobile MS supporting EFR speech Terminated Call symmetric of multislot connection Multislot signalling RR Measurement MS supporting Multislot class and state asymmetric of multislot connection 26 13 1 1 3 Multislot
393. lly responds to the paging message containing sufficient higher a priority level for which automatic answering is enabled and the priority level is higher than the priority level of the ongoing call In group receive mode the MS indicates an incoming point to point call of a priority level for which automatic answering is enabled and the priority level is equal or lower than the priority level of the ongoing callnot high enough er autematic answering 31 12 2 3 Method of test Initial Conditions System Simulator 1 cell with default parameters Mobile Station the MS is in idle mode The auto answering priority level is set to higher than priority level 2 Related PICS PIXIT Statement s Type of MS P E R GSM 900 or DCS 1800 Support VGCS listening Support VBS listening Support call waiting Support hold Support eMLPP Way to configure automatic answering Way to indicate a call has been automatically answered Foreseen Final State of the MS Idle updated Test Procedure The call waiting is activated The MS is in idle mode and automatic answering for priority level 2 is disabled A PAGING REQUEST message containing priority level 2 is sent It is checked that the MS indicates the incoming call to the user The automatic answering for level 12 is enabled A PAGING REQUEST message with priority level 2 is sent It is checked that the MS automatically accepts the incoming normal call The call is released A
394. lt MA NUMBER gt Same as PSD 01 CHANGE MARK 1 1 CHANGE MARK present CHANGE MARK 1 01 which mismatches PSI2 CHANGE MARK 011 CHANGE MARK 2 0 no CHANGE MARK 2 gt 42 1 2 1 7 Packet Uplink Assignment Most recently received Packet Uplink Assignment 42 1 2 1 7 1 Conformance requirements A PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message may indicate an assignment starting time in the TBF Starting Time parameter The mobile station shall monitor PCCCH until the point in time denoted by the TBF Starting Time If while monitoring the PCCCH the mobile station receives more than one PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message it shall act upon the most recently received message and shall ignore the previous message Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 2 1 42 1 2 1 7 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station monitors PCCCH until the point in time denoted by the TBF Starting Time and that the mobile station acts on the most recently received Packet Uplink Assignment 42 1 2 1 7 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS The packet system information ACCESS BURST TYPE indicates 8 bit access Mobile Station The MS is switched off Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Switch off on button Yes No Method of trigger GPRS attach Test procedure The MS is switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach The SS sends PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message with a TBF starti
395. lt GAMMA_TN7 gt lt padding bits gt For DCS 1800 6 dBm 0 timeslot 3 not assigned 0 timeslot 4 not assigned 0 timeslot 5 not assigned 0 timeslot 6 not assigned 0 timeslot 7 not assigned Spare Padding 42 1 3 2 9 lt MESSAGE TYPE gt PAGE MODE Oll lt PERSISTENCE LEVEL gt Referenced Address struct 0 Global TFI gt 10 lt TLLI gt 1110 lt TQI gt 111 lt Packet Request Reference gt lt CHANNEL_CODING_COMMAND gt lt TLLI BLOCK CHANNEL CODING gt Packet Timing Advance Oll lt TIMING ADVANCE VALUE gt TIMING ADVANCE VALUE Ol TIMING ADVANCE INDEX TIMING ADVANCE TIMESLOT N UMBER gt Oll lt Frequency Parameters gt lt TSC gt 00 lt ARFCN gt ARFCN 11 lt Fixed Allocation gt Ol1 lt UPLINK TFI ASSIGNMENT gt UPLINK TFI ASSIGNMENT lt FINAL ALLOCATION gt DOWNLINK CONTROL TIMESLOT oll p0 lt BTS PWR CTRL MODE gt Oll lt Timeslot Allocation gt lt ALPHA gt lt GAMMA_TNO gt GAMMA TNI gt lt GAMMA TN2 GAMMA TN2 lt GAMMA TN3 lt GAMMA TN4 lt GAMMA TN5 PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message fixed allocation 001010 Normal Paging 0 no persistence level present 111 Packet Request Reference information field sent in PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST and frame number in which PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST was received 00 CS 1 coding 0 CS 1 1 timing advance value 30
396. lt message contents except Cell Description Network Colour Code Base Station Colour Code BCCH Carrier Number Channel Description 2 Channel Type 00000 Timeslot number Chosen arbitrarily but not Zero Training Sequence Code Chosen arbitrarily Hopping 0 no hopping ARFCN The ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Synchronization Indication IE is not included Channel Mode IE is not included Description of a multislot configuration Downlink assignment More timeslots are assigned than before HANDOVER COMMAND Uplink assignment As many timeslots assigned as in Downlink assignment Channel set X 1 lt x lt 8 Same as before HANDOVER COMMAND PHYSICAL INFORMATION Information Element value remarks As default message contents except Timing advance Arbitrarily selected but different to default value ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 DCS 1 800 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Information element Value remark Channel description 2 describes non hopping Bm ACCHs or Lm ACCHs as appropriate for the test Power Command As in section 26 1 1 Frequency list Omitted Cell channel description Omitted Description of the multislot configuration Appropriate for the teleservice selected for the test Downlink assignment Only one timeslot is allocated in downlink direction Uplink assignment Only one timeslot is allocated in uplink direction Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Appropriate for
397. ltislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time 1185 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Use Range 128 to encode 773 775 779 782 791 798 829 832 844 More than one timeslot but less than maximum number of timeslots is assigned in downlink direction Only one timeslot is assigned in uplink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Use Range 128 to encode 773 775 779 782 791 798 829 832 844 Maximum number of timeslots that MS supports Less timeslots assigned than downlink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 24 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Chan
398. ltislot configuration to hopping multislot configuration it continuously sends access bursts on the main DCCH until it receives a PHYSICAL INFORMATION message from the SS 2 To test that the MS correctly handles the Timing Advance IE in the PHYSICAL INFORMATION message ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 3 To test that the MS activates the new channels correctly and transmits the HANDOVER COMPLETE message without undue delay 26 13 1 3 1 3 Method of test Initial Conditions System Simulator 2 cells A and B with same LAI default parameters except Early classmark sending enabled in SI3 rest octets GSM 900 Cell A has BCCH ARFCN 20 Cell B has BCCH ARFCN 40 Cell Allocation 14 18 22 24 30 31 38 40 60 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 The Cell Allocation of Cell B shall be coded using range 256 format The frame numbers of cells A and B shall be different by 100 The timebase of cells A and B shall be such that the edges of their timeslots are not coincident at the antenna connector DCS 1 800 Cell A has BCCH ARFCN 747 Cell B has BCCH ARFCN 764 Cell Allocation 739 743 746 749 756 758 761 764 771 779 782 791 798 829 832 844 The Cell Allocation of Cell B shall be coded using range 256 format The frame numbers of cells A and B shall be different by 100 The timebase of cells A and B shall be su
399. ly to MSs supporting PDP context MS lt gt SS A PDP context is established for RLC unacknowledged data transfer MS is triggered to transfer data MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST SS verifies that Establishment Cause is single block access SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT 41 2 2 2 Random references for single block packet access Conformance requirements The random reference in the CHANNEL REQUEST messages shall be randomly drawn from a uniform probability distribution for every new transmission References GSM 04 08 subclause 3 5 2 1 2 Test purpose To verify that the MS produces different Random References when accessing the network for single block access Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator Default settings except Parameter MAX RETRANS is set to 4 retransmissions Mobile Station MS is GPRS attached a PDP context in RLC unacknowledged mode has been established and the MS is in Packet Idle mode Related PICS PIXIT statement Test procedure The MS is triggered to transfer data it shall attempt a single block packet access GSM 04 08 3 5 2 1 2 The SS does not answer to the access bursts but stores N 2 80 Random References and verifies that the MS uses all possible values 0 7 in its Random Reference Justification The length of the Random Reference is 3 bits for single block packet access GSM 04 08 Table 9 9 This test verifies that the MS uses all values 0
400. mat 256 range EXT IND k 2 Information Element carries only a part of the BA W i Channel 0 and 800 belong to the BCCH allocation r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Information Element value remark Protocol Discriminator Message Type Cell Identity LAI Cell Options Power Control Indicator DTX Indicator Radio Link Timeout PLMN permitted MEASUREMENT REPORT Information Element Protocol Discriminator Transaction Identifier Message Type Measurement Results BA_used DTX_used RXLEV_FULL_SERVING_CELL RXLEV_SUB_SERVING_CELL MEAS VALID RXQUAL_FULL_SERVING_CELL RXQUAL SUB SERVING CELL NO NCELL M RXLEV NCELL 1 BCCH FREQ NCELL 1 BSIC NCELL 1 RXLEV NCELL 2 BCCH FREQ NCELL 2 BSIC NCELL 2 RXLEV NCELL 3 BCCH FREQ NCELL 3 BSIC NCELL 3 RXLEV NCELL 4 BCCH FREQ NCELL 4 BSIC NCELL 4 RXLEV NCELL 5 BCCH FREQ NCELL 5 BSIC NCELL 5 RXLEV NCELL 6 BCCH FREQ NCELL 6 BSIC NCELL 6 RR Management sys info 6 default default Power Control Indicator is set MS shall not use DTX default only NCC 1 permitted Value remark RR Management 0000 MEASUREMENT REPORT 1 DTX was not used See NOTE 1 See NOTE 1 See NOTE 2 See NOTE 1 See NOTE 1 4 neighbour cell measurement results See NOTE 1 Corresponds to one of N7 N6 S1 or N2 Corresponds to that of BCCH FREQ NCELL 1 See NOTE 1 Corresponds to one of N7 N6 S
401. mation Sent on PAGCH Received on PACCH Fixed Allocation struct information Sent on PAGCH Sent on PACCH to acknowledge the data blocks Specific message contents None 42 1 2 1 6 Packet Uplink Assignment Decoding of frequency parameters 42 1 2 1 6 1 The mobile station may use information received on PBCCH BCCH or a previous assignment message to decode the frequency parameters contained in the assignment message If the mobile station detects an invalid Frequency Parameters information element in the assignment message it shall abort the procedure if required initiate a partial acquisition of PBCCH or BCCH and may then Conformance requirements re initiate this procedure When the indirect encoding is used the network may include a CHANGE MARK 1 and a CHANGE MARK 2 in the Frequency Parameters information element The mobile station shall then verify that it is using a set of PBCCH or BCCH information identified by a PSI or SI change mark corresponding to one of the CHANGE MARK 1 or 2 parameters for the decoding of the frequency information If that is not the case an abnormal condition occurs Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 2 1 subclause 5 5 1 7 42 1 2 1 6 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station uses information received on PBCCH to decode the frequency parameters contained in the assignment message and when the mobile station receives a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message with an invalid freque
402. ment 00 two phase access 1 TLLD not checked 1 MS Radio Access Capability not checked not checked not checked not checked 1 not SACK or ACK not checked not checked not checked not checked not checked not checked not checked not checked not checked not checked not checked not checked Spare Padding PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK message 001001 same as the TFI value of the TBF which the message applies same as the coding scheme of the TBF which the message applies 0 not a final ACK V R acknowledges all data blocks transmitted by the MS 0 no contention resolution TLLI 0 no packet timing advance 0 no power control parameters 0 no fixed allocation parameters present Spare Padding 42 1 3 2 8 lt MESSAGE TYPE gt PAGE MODE Oll lt PERSISTENCE LEVEL gt Referenced Address struct 0 Global TFI gt 10 lt TLLI gt 1110 lt TQI gt 111 lt Packet Request Reference gt lt CHANNEL_CODING_COMMAND gt lt TLLI_BLOCK_CHANNEL_CODING gt lt Packet Timing Advance gt Oll lt TIMING ADVANCE VALUE gt TIMING ADVANCE VALUE Oll lt TIMING ADVANCE INDEX gt TIMING ADVANCE TIMESLOT N UMBER gt Oll lt Frequency Parameters gt lt TSC gt 00 lt ARFCN gt ARFCN 01 lt Dynamic Allocation gt lt Extended Dynamic Allocation gt Oll lt PO gt PO lt USF_GRANULARITY gt Oll lt UPLINK TFI ASSIGNMENT gt UPLINK TFI
403. meslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFON Handover Reference Value Power command Power Level Synchronization Indication Report Observed Time Difference Synchronization Indication Normal Cell Indication Description of the multislot connection Uplink assignment Downlink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 HANDOVER ACCESS 1 5 764 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF Channel 764 Chosen arbitrarily from the range 0 1 255 Arbitrarily chosen but different to the one already in use and within the range supported by that type of MS Shall not be included Synchronized Ignore out of range timing advance Same as before HANDOVER COMMAND or less timeslots are allocated than before HANDOVER COMMAND Less timeslots are allocated than before HANDOVER COMMAND Appropriate for the test Information Element value remark As default message contents except Handover Reference Value Same as HANDOVER COMMAND 26 13 1 3 4 Multislot signalling RR Handover successful call under establishment finely synchronized relocation of channels This test is applicable to all MS that supports multislot configuration ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 26 13 1 3 4 1 Conformance requirements 1 The MS shall correctly apply the handover procedure
404. message 42 1 2 1 2 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS The packet system information ACCESS BURST TYPE indicates 8 bit access and CONTROL ACK TYPE indicates four access bursts Mobile Station The MS is GPRS attached and in packet idle mode PDP context 2 has been established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Support PDP context Method of triggering the MS to initiate an uplink packet data transfer Test procedure The MS is triggered to transfer data The SS sends a PACKET QUEUING NOTIFICATION message and sends then a PACKET POLLING REQUEST message after 10 seconds On receipt of PACKET POLLING REQUEST message the MS shall respond with PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message as four access bursts The SS sends an PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message 10 seconds after the PACKET POLLING REQUEST message the delay of the message is to verify that the timer T3162 must have been restarted The uplink data transfer is completed Maximum duration of the test 30 s Expected sequence The MS is triggered to transfer 200 octets data 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 3 SS gt MS PACKET QUEUING Allocate a TQI to the MS Sent on PAGCH NOTIFICATION 4 SS Wait 10s 5 SS gt MS PACKET POLLING REQUEST Include same TQI as step 3 Sent on PAGCH 6 MS gt SS PACKET CONTROL Received on the uplink block specified by the ACKNOWLEDGEMENT RRBP field o
405. metric multislot configuration resource upgrading used The MS attempts and fails to establish a signalling link on the new channel The MS re establishes the signalling link on the old channel RR cause value protocol error unspecified Assignment command to non hopping asymmetric multislot configuration is successfully performed Channel Type TCH F non hopping asymmetric multislot configuration resource downgrading used The MS attempts and fails to establish a signalling link on the new channel The MS re establishes the signalling link on the old channel RR cause value protocol error unspecified Assignment command to hopping symmetric multislot configuration is successfully performed Channel Type TCH F hopping asymmetric multislot configuration resource upgrading used The MS attempts and fails to establish a signalling link on the new channel The MS re establishes the signalling link on the old channel RR cause value protocol error unspecified Assignment command to hopping asymmetric multislot configuration is successfully performed ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 31 SS gt MS ASSIGNMENT COMMAND 32 33 MS gt SS ASSIGNMENT FAILURE 34 SS gt MS CHANNEL RELEASE Specific Message Contents Step 5 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power
406. mitted before 600 ms after the completion of step 19 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND See specific message contents ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE Sent on the correct channel after establishment of the main signalling link This message shall be ready to be transmitted before 600 ms after the completion of step 21 AUTHENTICATION REQUEST AUTHENTICATION This message is not L2 acknowledged by the SS RESPONSE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND See specific message contents ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE Sent on the correct channel after establishment of the main signalling link This message shall be transmitted ifi i ime i 25 before 600 ms after the completion of step 25 AUTHENTICATION N SD shall be the same as in step 24 RESPONSE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND See specific message contents ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE Sent on the correct channel after establishment of the main signalling link This message shall be transmitted at the specified Starting Time in step 28 SS gt MS CHANNEL RELEASE The main signalling link is released Specific Message Contents GSM 900 begin Step 3 IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT As default message contents except Channel Description Channel Type SDCCH 8 TDMA offset Chosen arbitrarily Timeslot Number N chosen arbitrarily Training Sequence Code Chosen arbitrarily Hopping Single RF Channel ARFCN the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 6 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Cha
407. n Completion of macro Uplink SS allows MS to complete uplink data data transfer transfer 41 2 3 6 One phase packet access Contention resolution Counter N3104 Conformance requirement The contention resolution has failed on the mobile station when the counter N3104 has reached its maximum value Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 3 Test purpose To verify that the MS correctly sets and considers counter N3104 Note Counter N3104 is incremented by 1 with each new RLC MAC block the mobile station sends until the first PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK message is received Its maximum value is N3104 MAX 3 BS CV MAX no of timeslots assigned where BS CV MAX is broadcast in SI 13 Rest Octets Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator Default settings except B5 CV MAX value in System Information Type 13 arbitrarily chosen in the range 3 to 10 Mobile Station MS is GPRS attached a PDP context has been established and the MS is in Packet Idle mode Related PICS PIXIT statement Support of PDP context Test procedure The MS is triggered to transfer 1000 octets of data The SS assigns packet uplink resources in an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message indicating one phase packet access The MS shall start transferring RLC data blocks The SS acknowledges the RLC block transfer with a correct PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK sent after N3104 MAX data blocks The SS verifies that the MS stops transmitting and restarts packet
408. n PACCH as four access bursts 7 SS The SS wait 10s following the packet polling request SS verifies that the message in step 6 was received 8 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Include same TQI as step 3 dynamic ASSIGNMENT allocation struct and USF_GRANULARITY four blocks Sent on PAGCH 9 Uplink data transfer dynamic Macro Completion from step 4 in the TBF allocation procedure Specific message contents None 42 1 2 1 3 Packet Uplink Assignment Packet access reject procedure 42 1 2 1 3 1 Packet Uplink Assignment Packet access reject Action during Wait_Indication 42 1 2 1 3 1 1 Conformance requirements On receipt of a PACKET ACCESS REJECT message containing a WAIT_INDICATION field in a Reject structure addressed to the mobile station where the Packet Request Reference in the Reject structure corresponds to one of its three last PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages the mobile station shall stop sending PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages start timer T3172 with the value indicated in the WAIT INDICATION field start timer T3162 if it has not already been started and listen to the downlink PCCCH until timer T3162 expires During this time the mobile station shall ignore additional PACKET ACCESS REJECT message but on reception of any PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message corresponding to any other of its 3 last PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST MESSAGE the mobile station shall stop timers T3162 and T3172 and switch to the assigned PDCHs Reference
409. n a PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK message at most every fourth time it is polled 42 4 1 3 2 Test Purpose To verify that the MS sends the measurement report of the NC measurements according to the indicated reporting periods when the T3158 expires To verify that the MS restarts the timer T3158 when it expires To verify that the MS sends at least two PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK messages before transmitting a PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT message upon entering transfer state Reference GSM 04 60 v 6 3 0 Chapters 8 1 2 2 8 3 and 5 6 1 42 4 1 3 3 Method of test Initial conditions r retr System Simulator 1 cell GPRS supported Mobile Station MS is in Packet Idle mode and GPRS attached PDP context established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support of GPRS Foreseen final state of the MS MS is in transfer mode Test procedure MS is brought into downlink packet transfer mode SS sends a PACKET MEASUREMENT ORDER message SS sends data blocks and MS answers with PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK When reporting period has expired and at least two PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK messages has been sent MS sends a PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT message SS sends data blocks continuously and MS sends PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT messages when reporting period has expired and at least three PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK messages have been sent after the last PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT message Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence erTor Step
410. n arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Use Range 128 to encode 773 775 779 782 791 798 829 832 844 Maximum number of timeslots that MS supports Less timeslots assigned than in downlink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Chosen arbitrarily from the Cell channel description Not included 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Use Range 128 to encode 773 775 779 782 791 798 829 832 844 Only one timeslot is assigned in downlink direction Only one timeslot is assigned in uplink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included ETSI SMG7 Tdoc SMG7 99 271 Sophia Antipolis 19 22 October 1999 CHANGE REQUEST No A698 Please see embedded help file at the bottom of this page for instructions on how to fill in this form correctly Technical Specification GSM UMTS 11 10 1 Version 6 1 0 list plenary meeting or STC here T for information with presentation strategic Submitted to SMG 30 for approval x without presentation non strategic E PT SMG CR cover form File
411. n the mobile originating call proceeding state or in the call delivered state shall upon receipt of a CONNECT message 4 1 attach the user connection to the radio path 4 2 return a CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message 4 1 establish the TDS link 5 Subsequently when the network initiates call clearing by sending a DISCONNECT message the MS shall proceed to release the call by sending a RELEASE message 6 On receipt of a CHANNEL RELEASE message the MS shall disconnect the main signalling link Reference Conformance requirement 1 GSM 02 07 Conformance requirement 2 GSM 02 07 and GSM 04 08 sections 3 3 1 1 and 9 1 8 Conformance requirement 3 GSM 04 08 sections 9 1 11 and 9 3 23 Conformance requirement 4 GSM 04 08 sections 9 3 5 and 9 3 6 GSM 07 01 section 8Conformance requirement 5 GSM 04 08 sections 9 3 7 and 9 3 18 and 5 4 4 2 2 Conformance requirement 6 GSM 04 08 section 9 1 7 26 13 3 3 2 Test purpose 1 To verify that the MS in MM state idle updated with a TMSI assigned when made to initiate a call for a selected teleservice bearer service for HSCSD that is supported by the MS as declared in a PICS PIXIT statement displays the dialled number in the way described in a PICS PIXIT statement 2 To verify that the MS in MM state idle updated and in RR idle mode with a TMSI assigned when made to initiate a call for a selected teleservice bearer service for HSCSD that is supported by the MS as declared in a PICS
412. n this form correctly Current Version 6 1 0 T CR number as allocated by MCC support team Strategic non strategic X for SMG use only Form CR cover sheet version 2 for 3GPP and SMG SMM Proposed change affects at least one should be marked with an X ME UTRAN Radio The latest version of this form is available from ftp ftp 3gpp org Information CR Form v2 doc Core Network Source SMG7 GPRS Date 1999 10 19 Subject Measurement Reports and Cell Change Order Procedures Work item GPRS Category F Correction Release Phase 2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 only one category B Addition of feature Release 97 X shall be marked C Functional modification of feature Release 98 with an X D Editorial modification Release 99 Release 00 Reason for Tests of this feature is missing in current version change Clauses affected 42 4 Other specs Other 3G core specifications affected Other GSM core specifications MS test specifications BSS test specifications O amp M specifications Other comments help doc List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs lt double click here for help and instructions on how to create a CR 42 4 Measurement reports and Cell change order procedures This clause presents tests for Measurement Reports and Cell Change Order Procedures w
413. name crf26_3 doc Proposed change affects SIM ME X Network at least one should be marked with an X Work item GPRS Source Motorola Date 18 09 99 Subject Cell reselection test 20 22 2 Category F Correction Release Phase 2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 one category B Addition of feature Release 97 and one release C Functional modification of feature Release 98 only shall be D Editorial modification Release 99 marked with an X UMTS Reason for A carrier is not enabled in the procedure section which is needed for the test to work change correctly Clauses affected 20 22 2 4 2 Other specs Other releases of same spec List of CRs affected Other core specifications List of CRs MS test specifications TBRs List of CRs BSS test specifications List of CRs O amp M specifications List of CRs Other comments help doc lt double click here for help and instructions on how to create a CR 20 22 2 4 2 Procedure a The SS activates carriers 1 2 and 5 and 2 The MS is paged on Carriers 1 and 2 The SS starts monitoring carriers 1 and 2 for RA requests from the MS b The MS is switched on C The SS activates carriers 3 and 4 The MS is paged on both carriers The SS monitors carriers 3 and 4 for RA requests from the MS ETSI SMG7 Tdoc SMG7 99 272 Sophia Antipolis 19 22 October 1999 CHANGE REQUEST No A700 Please see embedded help fil
414. ncy hopping mode Propagation profile Downlink Input Level Uplink output power Serving cell BCCH CCCH carrier Channel ARFCN Alternative channels Serving cell Traffic channel SDCCH Channel ARFCN Alternative channels Power Control Indicator Non hopping Static 63 dBuVemf Minimum according to MS power class 50 or 70 0 Neighbouring cells BCOCH CCCH carriers Channel ARFCN Alternative channels Input level Network dependent parameters Cell identity Mobile country code MCC Mobile network code MNC Location area code LAC Frequency List BCCH allocation sequence number BA IND Cell Channel Descriptor PLMN colour code NCC BS colour code BCC SMS Cell Broadcast DTX IMSI Attach detach CCCH CONF BS AG BLKS RES BS PA MFRMS CELL BAR ACCESS Call re establishment RE Emergency Call allowed Access Control Class AC 0 9 11 15 10 80 90 100 110 120 15 85 95 105 115 122 53 dBuVemf 0001H 001 decimal 01 decimal 0001H Bit Map 0 0 Bit Map 0 1 5 not active MS must not use MS shall not apply 1 basic physical channel for CCCH combined with SDCCH 0 blocks reserved 5 paging subgroups not barred allowed r retr Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 GSM99 DCS 1 800 yes Non hopping Static 63 dBuVemf Minimum according to MS power class 650 750 or 850 0 520 600 700 780 810 870 530 610 710 790 820 880 53 dBuVemf
415. ncy parameters information element the mobile station shall abort the procedure 42 1 2 1 6 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS Packet system information PSI2 including frequency hopping parameters Mobile Station The MS is switched off Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Switch off on button Yes No Method of trigger GPRS attach Test procedure The MS is switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach The SS send a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message containing frequency parameter information elements The SS allows the MS to complete the GPRS attach procedure The MS is switched off then switched on again and triggered to perform a GPRS attach The SS sends PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message containing an invalid frequency parameter as respond to the PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message from the MS The SS verifies that the MS abort the GPRS attach procedure Maximum duration of the test 30 s Expected sequence The MS is switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 3 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Include frequency parameters see specific ASSIGNMENT message contents Sent on PAGCH 4 GPRS attach procedure Macro Completion from step 4 in the attach procedure 5 MS Switch off the MS 6 MS The MS is switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach 7 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on
416. nd Direct encoding 2 Maximum duration of the test 5 min Expected sequence Wait until MS has read initial PSI2 T gt m PACKET SYSTEM Change Reference Frequency List CA and INFORMATION Type 2 MA see specific message contents 3 SS Wait 35 seconds 4 SS The SS initiate a downlink transfer of 200 octets data 5 SS gt MS PACKET DOWNLINK See specific message contents Sent on ASSIGNMENT PCCCH 6 SS gt MS DOWNLINK RLC DATA Sent on assigned PDTCHs BLOCKs 7 MS gt SS PACKET DOWNLINK The SS verifies that the MS use the last CA ACK NACK information received on PBCCH Received on PACCH 8 Repeat step 5 to 7 five times 9 SS gt MS PACKET PDCH RELEASE Repeat the test with frequency parameters Direct encoding 1 and Direct encoding 2 Specific message contents As default messages contents except PACKET SYSTEM INFORMATION Type 2 in initial condition Information element Value remark PSI2 CHANGE MARK PCCCH Description List struct gt lt TSC gt Oll lt Hopping PCCCH carriers gt lt MA NUMBER Hopping PCCCH carriers struct gt lt Hopping PCCCH carriers struct gt MAIO TIMESLOT ALLOCATION 00 value arbitrarily chosen from valid values default 5 1 0001 list 1 arbitrarily chosen 00001000 timeslot 4 PACKET SYSTEM INFORMATION Type 2 in step 2 Information element Value remark lt PSI2_CHANGE_MARK gt Oll lt Reference Fr
417. nd multislot configuration having received an ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is able in the case of frequency hopping to decode the Mobile Allocation and Frequency List IEs correctly and applies the specified frequencies using the correct Cell Allocation To verify that after receipt of the ASSIGNMENT COMMAND the MS returns an ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE without undue delay 26 13 1 2 1 3 Method of test Initial Conditions System Simulator 1 cell default parameters except Early classmark sending enabled in SI3 rest octets GSM 900 BCCH ARFCN 20 Throughout the test the CA broadcast in System Information 1 is 10 17 20 26 34 42 45 46 52 59 Note that the actual CA of the cell contains other frequencies DCS 1 800 BCCH ARFCN 747 Throughout the test the CA broadcast in System Information 1 is 734 741 747 754 759 766 773 775 779 782 Note that the actual CA of the cell contains other frequencies Mobile Station The MS is in the idle updated state with a TMSI allocated Related PICS PIXIT Statements i GSM E GSM R GSM or DCS 3 800 Type of MS P GSM 900 or EGSM or DCS 1 800 Multislot class Classmark change Foreseen Final State of the MS Idle updated with TMSI allocated Test Procedure The SS pages the MS and allocates an SDCCH Each time the MS shall switch to the assigned channel establish the link and send an ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message ero GSM 11 10 1 vers
418. ne the MS correctly continues call establishment and enters CC state U6 2 Upon receipt of the SETUP message containing a notification indication that the call is a forwarded one the MS provides the appropriate user indication which is to be described by the manufacturer 31 2 1 7 2 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell default parameters Mobile Station The MS is idle updated Related PICS PIXIT statement s Description of the user s commands and of display of the answers from the network for call forwarding Foreseen final state of the MS The MS is idle updated Test procedure An incoming call is given to the MS with the SETUP message with the facility information element containing an invoke of the NotifySS operation with the indication that the call is forwarded After the MS has responded with a CALL CONFIRM message Fhen the netwerkthe SS sends a STATUS ENQUIRY message the MS responds indicating CC state U6U9 implying that it has travelled through state U6 The transaction and the channel are released by the SS Maximum duration of test 1 min GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Expected sequence Step Direction 1 Message Comments PAGING CHANNEL REQUEST with establishment cause answer to paging IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT PAGING RESPONSE SETUP containing the notification that the call is a forwarded one CALL CONFIRMED STATUS
419. nel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Step 26 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time 1186 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Use Range 128 to encode 773 775 779 782 791 798 829 832 844 Only one timeslot is assigned in downlink direction Only one timeslot is assigned in uplink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Chosen arbitrarily from the Cell channel description Not included 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RE hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of freq
420. nel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time 1177 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Maximum number of timeslots that MS supports Less timeslots assigned than downlink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Arbitrarily chosen from Cell channel description Not included 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Maximum number symmetrical of timeslots supported by MS assigned As many timeslots as in downlink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 14 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power leve
421. ng scheme CS 1 If the requested RLC mode is acknowledged mode and amount of data to send takes more than 8 RLC MAC blocks the mobile station shall request either one phase access or two phase access Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 1 42 1 1 3 2 Test purpose 1 To verify that the mobile station indicates Short Access as access type if the amount of data to send can fit in 8 or less than 8 RLC MAC blocks if the requested RLC mode is acknowledged mode 2 To verify that the mobile station requests either one phase or two phase access if the amount of data to send takes more than 8 RLC MAC blocks if the requested RLC mode is acknowledged mode 3 To verify that the mobile station requests two phase access if the requested RLC mode is unacknowledged mode 42 1 1 3 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS Mobile Station The MS is GPRS attached and in packet idle mode PDP context 2 has been established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Support PDP context Method of triggering the MS to initiate an uplink packet data transfer Test procedure The MS is triggered to send data that can fit in 8 or less RLC data blocks The SS verifies that the MS indicates Short Access Request as the access type in the PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message The SS sends PACKET ACCESS REJECT to end the test case The MS is triggered to send data where the amount of data takes more than 8 RLC bloc
422. ng channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Only one timeslot is assigned in downlink direction Only one timeslot is assigned in uplink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Chosen arbitrarily from the Cell channel description Not included 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Maximum number of timeslots that MS supports Less timeslots assigned than in downlink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Chosen arbitrarily from the Cell channel description Not included GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 29 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description
423. ng link It then sends an ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message cause protocol error unspecified on the main DCCH and resumes the normal operation as if no assignment attempt had occurred The operational parameters e g ciphering mode when returning on the old channel are those applied before the procedure ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 References Conformance requirements GSM 04 08 sections 3 4 3 9 1 3 and 9 1 4 26 13 1 2 2 2 Test purpose 1 To test that when the MS fails to seize the new channel the MS reactivates the old channel 2 This is tested in the special cases of transition 2 from non hopping SDCCH to hopping symmetric multislot configuration 2 2 from hopping asymmetric multislot configuration to non hopping symmetric 2 3 from non hopping symmetric multislot configuration to non hopping symmetric multislot configuration resource upgrading used 2 4 from non hopping asymmetric multislot configuration to non hopping asymmetric multislot configuration resource upgrading used 2 5 from hopping symmetric multislot configuration to hopping asymmetric multislot configuration resource upgrading used 2 6 from hopping asymmetric multislot configuration to non hopping multislot configuration resources downgrading to one TCH F 26 13 1 2 2 3 Method of test Initial Conditions System Simulator 1 cell default parameters Mobile Station The MS is idle updated
424. ng logic L PAGING REQUEST TYPE 3 in step 15 Information Element value remark Mobile Identity 1 TMSI not allocated to MS P3 Rest Octets CN3 indication NLN PCH indication Priority 1 indication Priority 000 B no level applied Spare padding logic L ere GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 26 14 6010 VGCS VBS GCC BCC Procedures MO call establishment 26 14 6 1 1 Conformance requirement 1 The MS in idle updated mode shall initiate a VGCS VBS call correctly using IMMEDIATE SETUP procedure if a priority level is requested by the user for which the user has the subscription and the fast call setup is enableden equest 2 The MS in idle updated mode shall initiate a VGCS VBS call correctly using SETUP procedure on request 3 For VGCS call after establishment the MS shall indicate to the user that an indication of the desire to speak should be made if he wants to speak If this is not done within a certain time the MS shall send an UPLINK RELEASE Reference s GSM 04 68 clause 6 2 2 GSM 04 69 clause 6 2 2 GSM 093 68 clause 11 3 1 1 3 26 14 6 1 2 Test purpose To verify that in idle updated mode 1 The MS initiates a VGCS VBS call correctly using IMMEDIATE SETUP procedure if a priority level is requested by the user for which the user has the subscription and the fast call setup is enableden request 2 The MS initiates a VGCS VBS call correctly using S
425. ng time Then send a new PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message with another TBF starting time and a different timeslot on PCCCH before the first TBF starting time has elapse The MS shall start to send the RLC data block on the allocated uplink according to the second TBF starting time The SS allows the MS to complete the GPRS attach procedure Maximum duration of the test 15 s Expected sequence The MS is switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach procedure 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 3 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK See specific message contents Sent on ASSIGNMENT PAGCH 4 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK See specific message contents Sent on ASSIGNMENT PAGCH 5 GPRS attach procedure Macro Completion from step 4 in the attach procedure Sent on allocated uplink resource The SS verifies that the MS starts to send data according to information in step 4 Specific message contents As default messages contents except PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT in step 3 Information element Value remark Dynamic allocation struct TIMESLOT ALLOCATION 00010000 allocate timeslot 3 TBF STARTING TIME Arbitrarily chosen high enough so the next message will be sent before the time has elapsed PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT in step 4 Information element Value remark Dynamic allocation struct TIMESLOT ALLOCATION 00000010 allocate timeslot 6 lt TBF STARTING TIME
426. nitial conditions System Simulator Default settings except Parameter MAX RETRANS is set to 7 retransmissions Mobile Station MS is switched off Related PICS PIXIT statement Foreseen final state of the MS Test procedure The MS is triggered to initiate the GPRS attach procedure After reception of 3 CHANNEL REQUEST messages the SS sends an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT with correct Request Reference and including a waiting indication T3142 The SS verifies that the MS stops sending CHANNEL REQUEST messages and does not attempt a new packet access until T3142 seconds elapse Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence MS is triggered to initiate GPRS attach procedure CHANNEL REQUEST CHANNEL REQUEST CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT jincluding Request Reference REJECT corresponding to the CHANNEL REQUEST in step 1 and waiting time indication with value T3142 50s SS verifies that MS does not send any further access bursts see note below CHANNEL REQUEST SS verifies that the access burst arrives after T3142 0 1 T3412 55s after last IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT for uplink TBF one phase access MS lt gt SS Completion of macro GPRS SS allows MS to complete GPRS attach attach procedure The test is repeated with an arbitrarily chosen value of T3142 in the range 2 to 255 seconds Note The number of frames between successive access bursts considering
427. nlink TBF is re established SS sends a PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER message with IMMEDIATE REL value set to 0 The MS continues its operation in the old serving cell Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence r ret1 Step Direction Message Comments Uplink packet transfer mode fixed MS is brought into uplink packet PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT RLC data blocks PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK 10 RLC data blocks PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT RLC data block PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT 10 RLC data blocks PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK RLC data blocks PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER RLC data blocks PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT RLC data block PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT 10 RLC data blocks PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK RLC data blocks PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK ePrTor transfer mode Fixed allocation Sent on the PACCH MS sends data Sent on PACCH SS sends data last block is polling Sent on PACCH Sent on the PACCH Contains BSIC BCCH frequency The network control order USF Check that no more than six data blocks are transmitted from the MS on old channel Sent on the PRACH To the new cell Sent on the PCCCH MS sends data Sent on PACCH Sent on PACCH On the new cell SS sends data last block is polling
428. nment Downlink T D Packet Channel Description Request Reference Timing Advance Starting Time IA Rest Octets 0 1 assign a TBF not present as default as default not present as default IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT second message Information Element Value as default except Dedicated mode or TBF TMA 0 Downlink 0 T D 1 assign a TBF Packet Channel Description as default Request Reference as default Timing Advance as default Starting Time IA Rest Octets not present spare bits IE Rest Octets not present 41 2 3 3 Packet uplink assignment Polling bit set Conformance requirement If the Polling bit is set to 1 MS shall send a PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message see 04 60 on the assigned PDCH in the uplink block specified by the TBF Starting Time In this case the TBF Starting Time is used both to indicate when the assigned PDCH becomes valid and to specify the uplink block Reference GSM 04 08 subclause 3 5 2 1 3 2 Test purpose To verify that the MS sends a PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message in the correct uplink block if the Polling bit is set in packet uplink assignment construction Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator Default settings Mobile Station MS is switched off Related PICS PIXIT statement Test procedure The MS is triggered to initiate the GPRS attach procedure The SS assigns packet uplink reso
429. nment Abnormal cases 42 1 2 1 10 1 Packet Uplink Assignment Abnormal cases Incorrect PDCH assignment 42 1 2 1 10 1 1 Conformance requirements If the mobile station has been assigned more PDCHs than it supports according to its MS multislot class the mobile station shall reinitiate the packet access procedure unless it has already been repeated 4 times In that case TBF failure has occurred Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 4 42 1 2 1 10 1 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station reinitiates the packet access procedure when the mobile station has been assigned more PDCHs than it supports and after 4 repetitions of the packet access procedure the mobile station shall initiate TBF failure 42 1 2 1 10 1 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS Mobile Station The MS is switched off Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Switch off on button Yes No Multislot class Method of trigger GPRS attach Test procedure Convert the MS Multislot Class to number of uplink timeslot supported The MS is switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach The SS sends PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message containing more assigned PDCHs than the MS supports according to its multislot class The MS shall reinitiate packet access procedure this procedure shall be repeated 4 times Maximum duration of the test 2 min Expected sequence The MS is switched on and trigger
430. nnel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Step 9 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not included Maximum number of timeslots supported by the MS Maximum number of timeslots supported by the MS after specifying Downlink timeslots Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Indicates all of the CA broadcast on the BCCH except for the BCCH carrier Not included 10XXX Maximum number of possible additional bidirectional TCH Fs and SACCH Ms substracted by one minimum being one A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrar
431. not send further RLC data blocks at step 5 Note steps 4 to 16 transfer one block every 52 frames or 240 ms 22 repetitions require about 5 5 s Timer T3166 shall expire 19 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST MS re initiates packet access procedure Received on PRACH 20 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Indicating one phase packet access granted ASSIGNMENT CS 1 shall be used and USF_GRANULARITY one block Sent on PAGCH 21 MS lt gt SS Steps 4 to 16 are repeated 17 times Note 17 repetitions require about 4 3 s Timer T3166 should not expire 22 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK _ Sent on PACCH 23 Uplink data transfer dynamic Macro Completion of the TBF procedure allocation Specific message contents None 42 1 2 1 8 1 4 Packet Uplink Assignment One phase access Contention resolution TLLI mismatch 42 1 2 1 8 1 4 1 Conformance requirements The contention resolution has failed on the mobile station side when the counter N3104 has reached its maximum value or on expiry of timer T3166 or if the mobile station receives a PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK message with the right TFI but with a another TLLI than the mobile station has included in the RLC header of the first RLC data blocks The mobile station shall then reset the counter N3104 stop timer T3166 if not expired immediately stop transmitting on this TBF and reinitiate the packet access procedure unless it has already been repe
432. nt Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 0X100100 Other information elements Not checked Contents of CONFIGURATION CHANGE COMMAND message SS to MS Protocol Discriminator Radio Resource Skip Indicator 0000 Message type 00110000 Multislot allocation Appropriate for the test Downlink assignment Appropriate for the test Uplink assignment Appropriate for the test Channel set 12 X 8 Appropriate for the test Channel mode 1 lt X lt 8 Appropriate for the test r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Contents of CONFIGURATION CHANGE ACKNOWLEDGE message MS to SS Protocol Discriminator Radio Resource Skip Indicator 0000 Message type 00110001 Contents of CONFIGURATION CHANGE REJECT message MS to SS Protocol Discriminator Radio Resource Skip Indicator 0000 Message type 00110011 RR Cause Protocol Error Unspecified Contents of CONNECT message SS to MS Protocol Discriminator Call Control Transaction Identifier TI value As used in the SETUP message TI flag 1 Message Type 000001 11 All other information elements Not present Contents of CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message MS to SS Protocol Discriminator Call Control Transaction Identifier TI value As used in the SETUP message TI flag 0 Message Type 0X001 111 Contents of HANDOVER ACCESS message Handover Reference Equal to the value included in the Handover Command message r retr GSM 1
433. nt for a test editorial corrections Clauses affected 26 13 Multislot signalling Other specs Other 3G core specifications List of CRs affected Other GSM core List of CRs specifications MS test specifications List of CRs BSS test specifications List of CRs O amp M specifications List of CRs Other comments 26 13 Multislot signalling 26 13 1 Multislot signalling RR 26 13 1 1 Multislot signalling RR Measurement 26 13 1 1 1 Multislot signalling RR Measurement symmetric This test is applicable to all MS that supports multislot configuration GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 26 13 1 1 1 1 Conformance requirements The MS shall continuously send MEASUREMENT REPORT messages on every uplink HSCSD channel used on every SACCH blocks and the measurement valid indication shall be set to valid 0 within the second block at the latest After 20 seconds the values in the MEASUREMENT REPORT message shall contain measurement results for the 4 strongest BCCH carriers with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC References GSM 04 08 sections 3 4 1 2 and 9 1 21 GSM 05 08 section 8 4 26 13 1 1 1 2 Test purpose 1 To test that when a combination of normal neighbours and non permitted NCCs is on air the MS reports only on normal neighbours and that in symmetric HSCSD configuration the neighbouring cell measurement reports are copied on every uplink HSCSD chann
434. nts except Channel Description Channel Type TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 10000 no additional timeslots Same as in step 19 Chosen arbitrarily Frequency hopping Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Not included Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Indicate frequencies 46 73 74 Chosen arbitraril SDCCH 8 Chosen arbitrarily N chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF Channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 6 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Step 9 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07
435. nts of DCS 1 800 layer 3 messages for RR tests This section contains the default values of DCS 1 800 L3 messages which unless indicated otherwise in section 26 6 shall be transmitted by the system simulator and which are required to be received from the DCS 1 800 MS under test These values are used in order to be consistent with the phase 2 version of 26 6 The necessary L3 messages are listed in alphabetic order with the exception of the SYSTEM INFORMATION messages where it is the information elements that are listed in alphabetic order this is because some information elements occur in several SYSTEM INFORMATION types In this section decimal values are normally used However sometimes a hexadecimal value indicated by an H or a binary value indicated by a B is used Default SYSTEM INFORMATION NOTE 1 SYSTEM INFORMATION 2 bis SYSTEM INFORMATION 7 and SYSTEM INFORMATION 8 messages are not used SYSTEM INFORMATION 5 bis is not sent as a default message For those tests that require SYSTEM INFORMATION 5 bis see the specific message contents for that test r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Cell A Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Contents of information elements in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 1 to 6 messages for cell A CBCH Channel Description CBCH Mobile Allocation Cell Channel Description Format identifier Cell Allocation ARFCN Cell Identity Cell Identity Value Cell Options Power Control
436. o initiate uplink data transfer The SS sends PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message with a USF assigned to the MS The SS shall send PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK messages with USF not assigned to the MS The SS verifies that the MS reinitiate packet access procedure after a time equal to timer T3164 this shall be repeated 3 times Maximum duration of the test min Expected sequence The MS is triggered to initiate packet uplink transfer of an LLC PDU consisting of 200 octets data 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 3 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Allocate a USF for the MS Sent on ASSIGNMENT PAGCH 4 SS gt MS PACKET DOWNLINK Don t contain the assigned USF in step 3 DUMMY CONTROL BLOCKs_ Repeat step 4 during timer T3164 is running 5 MS The SS verifies that the packet access procedure is reinitiated after a time equal to timer T3164 four times Specific message contents None 42 1 2 2 Packet Downlink Assignment 42 1 2 2 1 Packet Downlink Assignment Response to poll bit 42 1 2 2 1 1 Conformance requirements In case valid timing advance for the mobile station is not available and the CONTROL ACK TYPE parameter in the System Information indicates acknowledgement is access burst the network may set the poll bit in the PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT message The mobile station shall then send the PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT as four access bursts in the reserved uplink radio block specified by
437. ode eMLPP ero SMG7 Meeting 23 Sophia Antipolis France 19 22 Oct 1999 Document 7 99 346 e g for 3GPP use the format TP 99xxx or for SMG use the format P 99 xxx CHANGE REQUEST 11 10 1 CR A759 GSM AA BB or 3G AA BBB specification number T For submission to SMG 30 list expected approval meeting here T for approval X for information Please see embedded help file at the bottom of this Current Version 6 1 0 7 CR number as allocated by MCC support team strategic non strategic X for SMG use only page for instructions on how to fill in this form correctly Form CR cover sheet version 2 for 3GPP and SMG U SIM Proposed change affects at least one should be marked with an X ME X UTRAN Radio The latest version of this form is available from ftp ftp 3gpp org Information CR Form v2 doc Core Network Source Rohde amp Schwarz Date 12 10 1999 Subject HSCSD section 26 13 1 3 Authentication procedures missing Work item HSCSD Category F Correction Release Phase2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 only one category B Addition of feature Release 97 X shall be marked Functional modification of feature Release 98 with an X D Editorial modification Release 99 Release 00 Reason for The Authentication procedures were missing in the Expected Sequence for test chan
438. oes not send further RLC data blocks 6 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST MS re initiates packet access procedure Received on PRACH 7 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Indicating one phase packet access granted ASSIGNMENT Sent on PAGCH 8 MS gt SS in 1 RLC data blocks SS receives N3104 MAX 1 data blocks Received on the assigned PDTCH 9 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Sent on PACCH 10 Uplink data transfer dynamic Macro Completion of the macro procedure allocation Specific message contents None 42 1 2 1 8 1 3 Packet Uplink Assignment One phase access Contention resolution Timer T3166 42 1 2 1 8 1 3 1 Conformance requirements The contention resolution has failed on the mobile station side when the counter N3104 has reached its maximum value or on expiry of timer T3166 or if the mobile station receives a PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK message with the right TFI but with a another TLLI than the mobile station has included in the RLC header of the first RLC data blocks The mobile station shall then reset the counter N3104 stop timer T3166 if not expired immediately stop transmitting on this TBF and reinitiate the packet access procedure unless it has already been repeated 4 times Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 3 42 1 2 1 8 1 3 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station correctly considers timer T3166 42 1 2 1 8 1 3 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell sup
439. of the BCCHSs on air are indicated in the BA N1 is excluded The MS shall send MEASUREMENT REPORTS back to the SS on every uplink HSCSD channel and it shall be indicated in these that measurement results for the 4 strongest carriers have been obtained Maximum Duration of Test 5 minutes including 1 minute for any necessary operator actions Expected Sequence This sequence is performed for execution counter k 1 2 Since when k 1 SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5 SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 and MEASUREMENT REPORT and when k 2 an additional SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5bis is included are sent continuously a table is not applicable in this test The interval between 2 successive Layer 2 frames containing MEASUREMENT REPORTS shall not exceed one Layer 2 frame Specific Message Contents GSM 900 begin SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5 Information Element value remark Neighbour Cells Description Format Identifier bit map 0 BCCH Allocation Sequence 1 BCCH Allocation ARFCN The channel numbers 2 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 26 28 29 30 32 34 35 36 38 40 and 44 belong to the BCCH allocation EXT IND k 1 Information Element carries complete BA k 2 Information Element carries only a part of the BA SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5bis Sent only when k 2 Information Element value remark Protocol Discriminator RR management Message Type Sys Info 5bis Neighbour Cells Description For
440. on Message Comments PACKET MEASUREMENT ORDER Sent on PCCCH Contains NETWORK CONTROL ORDER and NC REPORTING PERIOD of cell A See specific message contents SS waits 0 5 the indicated reporting period PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER Sent on PCCCH Contains NETWORK CONTROL ORDER and NC REPORTING PERIOD of cell B with new reporting period which is shorter than remaining time of the old reporting period See specific message contents PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST To the new cell Single block without TBF establishment SS verifies that PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST arrives at the end of correct reporting period PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT Sent on PAGCH PACKET MEASUREMENT Sent on the allocated PDCH REPORT PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Single block without TBF establishment SS verifies that PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST arrives at the end of correct reporting period PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT Sent on PAGCH PACKET MEASUREMENT Sent on the allocated PDCH REPORT PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER Sent on PCCCH Contains NETWORK CONTROL ORDER and NC REPORTING PERIOD of cell C with new reporting period which is longer than remaining time of the old reporting period See specific message contents PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Single block without TBF establishment SS verifies that PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST arrives at the end of correct reporting period PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT Sent on PAGCH PACKET MEASUREMENT Sent on the allocated PDCH REPORT
441. on 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 11XXX Appropriate number of additional unidirectional TCH FDs and SACCH MDs or Additional bidirectional TCH F and SACCH M and additional unidirectional TCH FD and SACCH MD Number of downlink timeslots shall be more than in step 11 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not included Not included Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Indicates frequencies 45 46 73 74 75 76 108 114 Not included r ret1 GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 15 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Step 17 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel
442. on Message Comments MS is triggered to initiate the GPRS attach procedure PACKET CHANNEL Mobility Management procedure request REQUEST PACKET UPLINK Indicate dynamic allocation struct ASSIGNMENT PACKET DOWNLINK Containing USF assigned to the MS DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK UPLINK RLC DATA BLOCKs GMM ATTACH REQUEST PACKET UPLINK Containing Final Ack Indicator bit 1 ACK NACK and valid RRBP field PACKET CONTROL Sent in the block assigned by the RRBP ACKNOWLEDGEMENT field in step 6 PACKET DOWNLINK Assign a downlink TBF MAC mode ASSIGNMENT dynamic allocation DOWNLINK RLC DATA Containing USF assigned to the MS Last BLOCKs block shall contain Final Block Indicator GMM ATTACH ACCEPT bit 1 and valid RRBP field PACKET DOWNLINK Sent in the block assigned by the RRBP ACK NACK field in step 9 PACKET CHANNEL Mobility Management procedure request REQUEST PACKET UPLINK Indicate dynamic allocation struct ASSIGNMENT PACKET DOWNLINK Containing USF assigned to the MS DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK UPLINK RLC DATA BLOCKs GMM ATTACH COMPLETE PACKET UPLINK Containing Final Ack Indicator bit 1 ACK NACK and valid RRBP field PACKET CONTROL Sent in the block assigned by the RRBP ACKNOWLEDGEMENT field in step 15 42 1 3 2 Uplink data transfer dynamic allocation The following table describes a sequence performing uplink data transfer with one phase access dynamic allocation when PCCCH is present Uplink data transfer dynam
443. on accepted All MS 31 8 4 2 1 Rejection after invoke of DeactivateSS All MS operation continued erTor Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests Tie O O Applicability and supporting CC state U10 phase compatibility and error handling and supporting CC state U10 and supporting CC state U10 busy and supporting CC state U10 and supporting CC state U10_ busy and supporting CC state U10 31 10 MMI input for USSD AIMS gt SEY 31 12 1 eMLPP Service priority level of MO call AMS AA a E supporting eMLPP and MO call point to point MT call VGCS or VBS call VGCS or VBS listening Full Rate Speech channel transmission MS supporting TCH FS delay continued r retr Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests Applicability 32 10 Half Rate Speech channel transmission MS supporting TCH HS delay to a TCH FS to a TCH HS Barring of outgoing calls GUN oa MN NNNM unauthorized calls supporting CC state U10 supporting CC state U10 available notification of short messages in the SIM SMS COMMAND E MN of received short messages 34 2 5 2 Test of class 1 short messages MS supporting storing of received Class Short Messages o M I Short Messages in the SIM e t type 1 7 and display of received Short Messages of received Short Messages and submitting Short Messages 36 Individual equipment type requirements Refer to GSM 04 14 for complete EE and interworking special conformance spe
444. ond to requests message in step 2 Sent ASSIGNMENT on PAGCH with dynamic allocation struct he SS shall verify for 4 5 seconds that the IMS stops sending packet channel request messages 5 GPRS attach procedure Macro Completion from step 4 in the attach procedure Specific message contents None 42 1 2 1 5 Packet Uplink Assignment One or two phase access 42 1 2 1 5 1 Conformance requirements A mobile station that has not indicated Measurement Report in the PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message shall perform a two phase access if the Single Block Allocation struct is included in the PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message or a one phase access if the Dynamic Allocation or Fixed Allocation struct is included Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 2 1 42 1 2 1 5 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station proceeds with one phase access or two phase access according to the parameters in the PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message 42 1 2 1 5 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS The packet system information ACCESS BURST TYPE indicates 8 bit access Mobile Station The MS is switched off Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Switch off on button Yes No Method of trigger GPRS attach Test procedures The MS is switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach The SS send a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message with Dynamic Allocation struct information field the MS shall proceed w
445. onditions System Simulator 1 cell with default parameters for ASCI testing Mobile Station The MS is in MM state idle updated with a TMSI allocated Related PICS PIXIT Statement s Type of MS P E R GSM 900 or DCS 1800 Support VBS originating Way to configure VBS Way to select the immediate set up or the normal set up Way to initiate VBS call Foreseen Final State of the MS MM state Idle updated Test Procedure The MS is requested to initiate VBS call Then it is checked by getting status procedure that the MS goes through different GCC states with correct parameters Maximum Duration of Test 5 minutes Expected Sequence Step Direction Message Comments The MS is in idle mode MMI action to initiate VBS call CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT TCH F single RF channel GSM 900 50 DCS 1800 750 CM SERVICE REQUEST VBC establishment L2 SABM UA GET STATUS STATUS state UO p ORIG T COMM F D ATT F U ATT F CM SERVICE ACCEPT SETUP GET STATUS STATUS state U1 ORIG T COMM T D ATT F U ATT F CONNECT GET STATUS STATUS state U2 ORIG T COMM TF D ATT T UJATT T CHANNEL MODE MODIFY CHANNEL MODE MODIFY ACKNOWLEDGE MMI action to terminate VBS call TERMINATION REQUEST GET STATUS STATUS state U5 ORIG T COMM T D ATT T U ATT T TERMINATION CHANNEL RELEASE The MS releases L2 multiple frame link L2 DISC UA 26 14 10 VGCS VBS Default Message Contents The default message con
446. ontents of GSM 900 layer 3 messages for RR tests This section contains the default values of GSM 900 L3 messages which unless indicated otherwise in section 26 13 shall be transmitted by the system simulator and which are required to be received from the GSM 900 MS under test The necessary L3 messages are listed in alphabetic order with the exception of the SYSTEM INFORMATION messages where it is the information elements that are listed in alphabetic order this is because some information elements occur in several SYSTEM INFORMATION types In this section decimal values are normally used However sometimes a hexadecimal value indicated by an H or a binary value indicated by a B is used ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Default SYSTEM INFORMATION NOTE 1 SYSTEM INFORMATION 2 bis SYSTEM INFORMATION 5 bis SYSTEM INFORMATION 7 and SYSTEM INFORMATION 8 messages are not used r ret1 GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Cell A Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Contents of information elements in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 1 to 6 messages for cell A CBCH Channel Description CBCH Mobile Allocation Cell Channel Description Format identifier Cell Allocation ARFCN Cell Identity Cell Identity Value Cell Options Power Control Indicator DTX Indicator Radio Link Timeout Cell Selection Parameters Cell Reselect Hysteresis MX TXPWR MAX CCH ACS
447. opping Bm ACCHs or Lm ACCHs as appropriate for the test Power Command As in section 26 1 1 Frequency list Omitted Cell channel description Omitted Description of the multislot configuration Uplink assignment Appropriate for the test Downlink assignment Appropriate for the test Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Appropriate for the test Mode of the channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Appropriate for the test Description of the second channel Omitted Mode of the second channel Omitted Mobile allocation Omitted Starting time Omitted Cipher mode setting Omitted IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT Information Element value remark As default message contents except Channel Description Channel Description Channel Type SDCCH 8 TDMA offset As default message contents Timeslot number Arbitrary value but not zero Training Sequence Code Chosen arbitrarily Hopping RF hopping channel MAIO Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies encoded in the Mobile Allocation HSN Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 2 63 Mobile Allocation Indicates all of the CA of cell A except for the BCCH frequency r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 HANDOVER COMMAND Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Information Element value remark As default message contents except Cell Description Network Colour Code Base Station Colour Code BCCH Carrier Number Channel Description 2 Channel T
448. orted by the MS in the HSCSD configuration this is performed within highest multislot class that MS supports Maximum duration of test 7 min Expected Sequence Direction Message Comments MS SS CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT CM SERVICE REQUEST CLASSMARK CHANGE AUTHENTICATION REQUEST AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE CIPHERING MODE COMMAND CIPHERING MODE COMPLETE SETUP CALL PROCEEDING ALERTING ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE CONNECT CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE MODIFY MODIFY COMPLETE CONFIGURATION CHANGE COMMAND CONFIGURATION CHANGE ACKNOWLEDGE DISCONNECT RELEASE RELEASE COMPLETE CHANNEL RELEASE The called number is entered If p1 Y the MS must display the called number in the way defined in PICS PIXIT Establishment cause is Originating call and TCH F is needed or originating call and the network does not set NECI bit to 1 Message is contained in SABM Multislot class SRES specifies correct value SS starts deciphering after sending the message Shall be sent enciphered All following messages shall be sent enciphered SS starts ciphering Non transparent connection Depending on the PICS an alerting indication is given In multislot allocation only one timeslot is allocated The appropriate bearer channel is through connected in both directions The RLP link establishment is initiated by the MS User initiated service level upgrade is initiated MS enter the active
449. orts Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 19 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Step 21 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time 1179 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 More than one timeslot but less than maximum number of timeslots is assigned in downlink direction Only one timeslot is assigned in uplink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included No
450. ose 1 To test that when the MS fails to seize the new channel the MS reactivates the old channel 2 This is tested in the special cases of transition 2 mk from non hopping SDCCH to hopping symmetric multislot configuration 2 2 from hopping asymmetric multislot configuration to non hopping symmetric 2 3 from non hopping symmetric multislot configuration to non hopping symmetric multislot configuration resource upgrading used 2 4 from non hopping asymmetric multislot configuration to non hopping asymmetric multislot configuration resource upgrading used 2 5 from hopping symmetric multislot configuration to hopping asymmetric multislot configuration resource upgrading used 2 6 from hopping asymmetric multislot configuration to non hopping multislot configuration resources downgrading to one TCH F 26 13 1 2 2 3 Method of test Initial Conditions System Simulator 1 cell default parameters Mobile Station The MS is idle updated Related PICS PIXIT Statements Type of MS P GSM 900 or EGSM or DCS 1 800 Multislot class Foreseen Final State of the MS The MS is idle updated GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 1174 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Test Procedure A mobile terminated RR connection is established on an SDCCH The following is repeated six times with different parameters The SS sends an ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message allocating a hopping non hopping symmetric asymmetric mult
451. our Code Base Station Colour Code BCCH Carrier Number Channel Description 2 Channel Type TDMA offset Timeslot number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Handover Reference Value Power command Power Level Synchronization Indication Report Observed Time Difference Synchronization Indication Normal Cell Indication Frequency List after time Frequency List Description of the multislot configuration Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 HANDOVER ACCESS 1 5 764 00000 Chosen arbitrarily A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies encoded in the Frequency List IE Zero this gives cyclic hopping Chosen arbitrarily from the range 0 1 255 Arbitrarily chosen but different to the one already in use and within the range supported by the MS Shall not be included Synchronized Ignore out of range timing advance Use Range 512 to encode the complete CA of Cell B For Type 1 MS timeslots are shifted one position to right if timeslot 7 is not used If timeslot 7 is used then timeslots are shifted one position to left For type 2 MS timeslots are shifted one position to right taking into account rules of multislot capability described in 05 02 Annex B For Type 1 MS timeslots
452. ower Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Step 21 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF Channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Appropriate for the test but more than one timeslot allocated and excluding timeslot 0 Same as in downlink assignment Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included 10XXX Same number of TCH Fs and timeslot mapping as in step 19 Same as in step 19 Chosen arbitrarily Frequency hopping Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75
453. ower MS supporting at least one MT circuit layer failure switched basic service for which immediate connect is not used continued ero Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests 26 8 1 3 4 6 Incoming call U7 call received unknown MS supporting at least one MT circuit message received switched basic service for which immediate connect is not used 26 8 1 3 4 7 Incoming call U7 call received TCH MS supporting at least one MT circuit assignment switched basic service for which immediate connect is not used 26 8 1 3 4 8 Incoming call U7 call received MS supporting at least one MT circuit RELEASE COMPLETE received switched basic service for which immediate connect is not used CONNECT acknowledged switched basic service T313 time out switched basic service termination requested by the user switched basic service 26 8 1 3 5 4 Incoming call U8 connect request MS supporting at least one MT circuit DISCONNECT received with in band switched basic service information 26 8 1 3 5 5 Incoming call U8 connect request MS supporting at least one MT circuit DISCONNECT received without in band switched basic service information RELEASE received switched basic service layer failure switched basic service assignment switched basic service unknown message received switched basic service transfer basic procedures control procedure terminated switched basic service 26 8 1 4 3 1 In call functions channel changes a MS supporting a
454. p 2 NOTIFICATION FRAME_NUMBER set to indicating 2200 frames Sent on PAGCH The SS verifies during 10 seconds that MS stop sending PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages 5 SS gt MS PACKET ACCESS REJECT Sent on PAGCH Specific message contents None 42 1 2 1 1 2 Packet Uplink Assignment Packet queuing notification Ignoring Packet Queuing Notification 42 1 2 1 1 2 1 Conformance requirements If the mobile station receives a PACKET QUEUING NOTIFICATION message while waiting for the TBF Starting Time of a valid PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message the mobile station shall ignore the PACKET QUEUEING NOTIFICATION Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 2 2 42 1 2 1 1 2 2 Test purpose To verify that the mobile station ignores the PACKET QUEUEING NOTIFICATION if the mobile station receives a PACKET QUEUING NOTIFICATION message while waiting for the TBF Starting Time of a valid PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message 42 1 2 1 1 2 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS Mobile Station The MS is switched off Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Switch off on button Yes No Method of trigger GPRS attach Test procedure The MS is switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach The SS sends PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message containing a TBF Starting Time While the MS is waiting for the TBF Starting Time the SS sends a PACKET QUEUING NOTIFICATION message T
455. packet uplink assignment construction the mobile station shall use the continuous update timing advance mechanism see GSM 05 10 using PTCCH in the same timeslot as the assigned PDCH Reference GSM 04 08 subclause 3 5 2 1 3 2 GSM 03 64 subclause 6 5 7 2 Test purpose To verify that the MS uses the continuous update timing advance mechanism and sends access bursts in the PTCCH slots as determined by the Timing Advance Index TAI sent in the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator Default settings Mobile Station MS is GPRS attached a PDP context has been established and the MS is in Packet Idle mode Related PICS PIXIT statement Support of PDP context Test procedure The MS is triggered for uplink data transfer The SS assigns packet uplink resources in an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message indicating one phase packet access and containing a Timing Advance Index During TBF transfer the SS shall verify the access bursts sent by the MS in the PTCCH Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence The MS is triggered to transfer 2000 octets of data MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT For one phase packet access dynamic allocation and including Timing Advance Index TAI 0 RLC data blocks PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Including correct TLLI Completion of macro Uplink SS allows MS to complete data transfer data transfer Verification During TBF transfer steps 3 to 5
456. parameters of the bearer capability given in MODIFY message and already negotiated and agreed during the establishment phase of the call may not be changed 2 To verify that upon receipt of the MODIFY COMPLETE message with bearer capability negotiated at call setup in the MS enters the active state r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 26 13 2 1 1 4 Method of test Initial conditions Mobile station MS in the active state of a service using a multislot connection System simulator 1 cell default parameters except Early classmark sending enabled in SI3 rest octets Related PICS PIXIT statement s Supported teleservices bearer services Classmark Multislot class Foreseen final state of the MS MS is in the active state of a service using a multislot connection Test procedure MS is in the active state of a multislot connection Multislot configuration with one TCH F is allocated User initiates User initiated service level upgrade by sending MODIFY message including the wanted value of the Maximum number of traffic channels this being one supported by the MS and channel modes supported by the MS The MS enters mobile originating modify state This is verified by a status enquiry procedure MS receives MODIFY COMPLETE message from SS and enters the active state This is verified by a status enquiry procedure Maximum duration of test 3 min Expected sequence
457. pecific message contents SS sends data last block is polling Sent on PACCH SS sends data last block is polling Sent on PACCH SS sends data last block is polling Repeat steps 6 and 7 until the reporting period has expired Sent on PACCH Contains the NC measurement report struct on PACCH SS sends data last block is polling Sent on PACCH SS sends data last block is polling Sent on PACCH SS sends data last block is polling Sent on PACCH SS sends data last block is polling Repeat steps 15 and 16 until the reporting period has expired Sent on PACCH Contains the NC measurement report struct on PACCH SS sends data last block is polling Sent on PACCH Sent on PACCH Contains NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER and NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T with new reporting period See specific message contents SS sends data last block is polling Sent on PACCH SS sends data last block is polling Sent on PACCH SS sends data last block is polling Repeat steps 24 and 25 until the reporting period has expired Sent on PACCH Contains the NC measurement report struct on PACCH SS sends data last block is polling Sent on PACCH SS sends data last block is polling Sent on PACCH SS sends data last block is polling Sent on PACCH SS sends data last block is polling Repeat steps 33 and 34 until the reporting period has expired 39 MS 5SS PACKET MEASUREMENT Sent on PACCH REPORT Contain
458. plink TBF single block assignment with an arbitrarily chosen TBF starting time in the future 8 MS gt SS PACKET MEASUREMENT Shall be sent in the assigned block REPORT 41 2 5 Packet immediate assignment Packet access rejection 41 2 5 1 Packet access rejection wait indication Conformance requirement On receipt of an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message corresponding to one of its 3 last CHANNEL REQUEST messages the mobile station stops sending CHANNEL REQUEST messages starts timer T3142 with the indicated value wait indication information element starts T3146 if it has not already been started and listens to the downlink CCCH until T3146 expires During this time additional IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT messages are ignored but any immediate assignment corresponding to any other of its 3 last CHANNEL REQUEST messages make the mobile station follow the assignment procedure If no such immediate assignment is received the mobile station returns to packet idle mode Reference GSM 04 08 subclause 3 5 2 1 3 4 Test purpose To verify that the MS stops sending CHANNEL REQUEST messages when receiving an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT containing a Request Reference IE corresponding to one of its last 3 CHANNEL REQUEST messages Further on the SS verifies that the MS makes a new attempt for uplink transfer only after T3142 seconds wait indication timer after last IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT elapse Method of test I
459. porting GPRS The packet system information ACCESS BURST TYPE indicates 8 bit access and B5 CV MAX value 15 Mobile Station The MS is GPRS attached and in packet idle mode PDP context 2 has been established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Support PDP context Method of triggering the MS to initiate an uplink packet data transfer Foreseen final state of the MS Packet idle mode Test procedure The MS is triggered to initiate packet uplink transfer of an LLC PDU The SS assigns packet uplink resources in a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message indicating one phase packet access The MS shall start transferring RLC data blocks The SS reduces the block transfer rate by controlling the USF flag In this way the SS forces T3166 with value 5 s to expire before counter N3104 reaches N3104 MAX with value 45 blocks for current settings The SS verifies that the MS stops transmitting and re initiates the packet access procedure At the second attempt the SS sends PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK before T3166 expire The SS verifies that this time the MS does not abort the access procedure and successfully completes the data transfer Maximum duration of the test 5 min Expected sequence The MS is triggered to initiate packet uplink transfer of an LLC PDU consisting of 1000 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 MS gt SS SS gt MS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS SS gt MS SS gt MS SS
460. pporting either ID 1 or Plug in SIM case 27 1 2 MS identification by short IMSI Phase 1 DCS ME supporting either ID 1 or Plug DCS SIM in SIM MS identification by short TMSI ME supporting either ID 1 or Plug in SIM MS identification by long TMSI ME supporting either ID 1 or Plug in SIM 27 4 MS identification by long IMSI TMSI ME supporting either ID 1 or Plug in SIM updating and cipher key sequence number assignment undefined cipher key MS updating forbidden PLMNs ME supporting either ID 1 or Plug in SIM MS deleting forbidden PLMNs ME supporting either ID 1 or Plug in SIM MS updating the PLMN selector list ME supporting either ID 1 or Plug in SIM 27 9 MS recognizing the priority order of the ME supporting either ID 1 or Plug in SIM PLMN selector list 27 10 MS access control management ME supporting either ID 1 or Plug in SIM transmission from the ME to the SIM 27 11 1 2 Bit character duration during the ME supporting either ID 1 or Plug in SIM transmission from the SIM simulator to the ME 27 11 1 4 Error handling during the transmission ZTA remme mE to tne SM simulator the SIM simulator to the ME 27 12 1 Operating speed in authentication ME supporting either ID 1 or Plug in SIM procedure 27 12 2 Clock stop ME supporting either ID 1 or Plug in SIM 27 13 1 ME supporting either ID 1 or Plug in SIM 27 13 2 Shape of contacts for IC card SIM card ME supporting either ID 1 or Plug in SIM reader 27 14 1 Entry of PIN All ME
461. priority level not high enough for 3 __n dedicated mode the MS _shall automatically accept an incoming VGCS or VBS call of sufficient proritylevel 4 _ _In dedicated mode the MS_shall indicate an incoming VGCS or VBS call of priority level not high priority evel 1n greup receive mode the MS shall indicate an incoming VGCS or VBS call of priority level not high enough for automatic answering Reference s GSM 02 67 section 4 GSM 03 68 section 4 11 3 1 3 11 3 1 4 GSM 03 67 section 4 GSM 04 67 section 4 1 5 31 12 3 2 Test purpose For the MS supporting VGCS VBS listening to verify that 1 In idle mode the MS automatically accepts an incoming VGCS or VBS call of sufficient priority level ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 2 In idle mode the MS indicates an incoming VGCS or VBS call of priority level not high enough for automatic answering 3 In dedicated mode the MS automatically accepts an incoming VGCS or VBS call of sufficient priority level 4 In dedicated mode the MS indicates an incoming VGCS or VBS call of priority level not high enough for automatic answering 5 In group receive mode the MS automatically accepts an incoming VGCS or VBS call of sufficient priority level 6 In group receive mode the MS indicates an incoming VGCS or VBS call of priority level not high enough for automatic answering call with a
462. procedures are applied The call is established by using early assignment procedure For an R band MS a carrier with ARFCN in the rage of 955 974 is assigned for the traffic channel The MS needs to be configured to use EFR codec for the test if it supports EFR The MS is requested to terminate the call The MS is requested to initiate a VGCS VBS call using setup procedure The authentication and ciphering mode setting to no ciphering procedures are applied The call is established by using assignment procedure For an R band MS a carrier with ARFCN in the rage of 955 974 is assigned for the traffic channel The MS needs to be configured to use half rate codec for the test if it supports dual rate The call is terminated Maximum Duration of Test 5 minutes Expected Sequence Steps 0 to 20 are executed if MS supports eMLPP ETC GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT IMMEDIATE SETUP AUTHENTICATION REQUEST AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE CIPHERING MODE COMMAND CIPHERING MODE COMPLETE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE CONNECT TERMINATION REQUEST TERMINATION CHANNEL RELEASE CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT CM SERVICE REQUEST AUTHENTICATION REQUEST AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE CIPHERING MODE COMMAND CIPHERING MODE COMPLETE SETUP CHANNEL MODE MODIFY CHANNEL MODE MODIFY ACKNOWLEDGE CONNECT TERMINATION CHANNEL RELEASE ETC Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07
463. proval X for information Please see embedded help file at the bottom of this Current Version 6 1 0 T CR number as allocated by MCC support team strategic non strategic X for SMG use only page for instructions on how to fill in this form correctly Form CR cover sheet version 2 for 3GPP and SMG U SIM Proposed change affects at least one should be marked with an X ME X UTRAN Radio The latest version of this form is available from ftp ftp 3gpp org Information CR Form v2 doc Core Network Source Rohde amp Schwarz Date 12 10 1999 Subject New PICS PIXIT in GSM 11 10 1 Annex 3 Work item HSCSD Category F Oorrection Release Phase 2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 only one category B Addition of feature Release 97 X shall be marked C Functional modification of feature Release 98 with an X D Editorial modification Release 99 Release 00 Reason for For testcases of section 26 13 Multislot signalling the PIXIT section in Annex 3 of GSM change 11 10 1 needed to be enhanced Clauses affected Annex 3 A3 2 Other specs Other 3G core specifications affected Other GSM core specifications MS test specifications BSS test specifications O amp M specifications Other comments List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 19
464. quence Code Hopping ARFCN Request Reference Timing Advance Timing advance value Mobile Allocation Length Starting Time IA rest octets Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 This is the sum of the lengths of all the information elements present in the message except for the IA rest octets and L2 pseudo length IEs For the default message the L2 pseudo length is 11 RR Management 0000 00111111 Normal Paging For non combined CCCH SDCCH see initial conditions SDCCH 8 with subchannel chosen arbitrarily by the test house For combined CCCH SDCCH default SS conditions SDCCH 4 with subchannel chosen arbitrarily by the test house For non combined CCCH SDCCH see initial conditions chosen arbitrarily by the test house For combined CCCH SDCCH default SS conditions SDCCH 4 timeslot zero For non combined CCCH SDCCH see initial conditions chosen arbitrarily by the test house For combined CCCH SDCCH default SS conditions SDCCH 4 TSC 5 same as the BCC Single RF channel For non combined CCCH SDCCH see initial conditions Channel number 30 For combined CCCH SDCCH default SS conditions SDCCH 4 Channel number 20 Pertaining to last Channel Request sent by the MS 30 bit periods 0 Not present Not used all bits set to spare ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Contents of IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT EXTENDED message L2 pseudo length
465. ransfer 2000 octets of data MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT not including Timing Advance Index MS gt SS 3 RLC data blocks SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Including correct TLLI MS gt SS RLC data blocks SS lt gt MS Completion of macro Uplink SS allows MS to complete data transfer data transfer Verification The SS verifies that the MS does not transmit in idle frames during data block transfer steps 3 to 6 Idle frame numbers are 12 25 38 and 51 in the 52 multiframe structure 41 2 4 Packet immediate assignment Single block packet access 41 2 4 1 Single block packet access Packet Resource Request Conformance requirement The network shall use the TBF starting time to indicate the first frame number belonging to the single block period granted for packet access The mobile station may use that block period to send a PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message to initiate the two phase access defined in GSM 04 60 or to send a PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT message see GSM 04 60 Reference GSM 04 08 subclause 3 5 2 1 3 3 Test purpose To verify that the MS sends PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST in the assigned block as indicated by the TBF starting time when it is triggered for uplink transfer Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator Default settings Mobile Station MS is GPRS attached a PDP context has been established and the MS is in Packet Idle mode Related PICS
466. rce MCC STF 61V Date 13 10 99 Subject Correction of test requirements in 31 12 4 and 31 12 5 eMLPP Service registration and interrogation Work item REN SMG 071110Q6R1 1 Category F Correction Release Phase 2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 only one category B Addition of feature Release 97 X shall be marked Functional modification of feature Release 98 with an X D Editorial modification Release 99 Release 00 Reason for Due to the corrections of GSM 04 67 the requirements have been changed change Clauses affected 31 12 4 and 31 12 5 Other specs Other 3G core specifications affected Other GSM core specifications MS test specifications BSS test specifications O amp M specifications Other comments List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 31 12 4 eMLPP Service registration 31 12 4 1 Conformance requirement For registration of eMLPP default priority level the MS shall transmit successively 1 A CHANNEL REQUEST with establishment cause set to other services requested by the mobile user 2 A CM SERVICE REQUEST with CM service type indicating supplementary service activation 3 An eMLPP registration request from a mobile user shall include the SS Code of the eMLPP service and the default priority level us suu c IM M UM mete p cuspis eshon 4 Heen r
467. rcuit proceeding PROGRESS with in band switched basic service information 26 8 1 2 4 5 Outgoing call U3 MS originating call MS supporting at least one MO circuit proceeding DISCONNECT with in band switched basic service tones 26 8 1 2 4 6 Outgoing call U3 MS originating call MS supporting at least one MO circuit proceeding DISCONNECT without in switched basic service band tones proceeding RELEASE received switched basic service 26 8 1 2 4 8 Outgoing call U3 MS originating call MS supporting at least one MO circuit proceeding termination requested by the switched basic service user proceeding traffic channel allocation switched basic service proceeding timer T310 time out switched basic service continued r ret1 Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests Title O Applicability proceeding lower layer failure switched basic service proceeding unknown message received switched basic service proceeding Internal alerting indication switched basic service for telephony CONNECT received switched basic service termination requested by the user switched basic service DISCONNECT with in band tones switched basic service DISCONNECT without in band tones switched basic service RELEASE received switched basic service layer failure switched basic service channel allocation switched basic service message received switched basic service the user switched basic service switched basic service band ton
468. re The MS is triggered to initiate packet uplink transfer of an LLC PDU The SS assigns packet uplink resources ina PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message indicating one phase packet access The MS shall start transferring RLC data blocks after SS has assigned USF to the MS The SS acknowledges the RLC block transfer with a PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK including a TLLI not corresponding to the MS The SS shall verify that the MS stops transmitting blocks and reinitiates packet access This test sequence shall be repeated four times Maximum duration of the test 5 min Expected sequence The MS is triggered to initiate packet uplink transfer of an LLC PDU consisting of 200 octets data 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 3 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Indicating one phase packet access granted ASSIGNMENT dynamic allocation struct and USF_GRANULARITY one block Sent on PAGCH 4 SS gt MS PACKET DOWNLINK Contained USF assigned to the MS DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK 5 MS gt SS UPLINK RLC DATA BLOCK _ Received on the assigned PDTCH 6 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Assign USF to the MS include a incorrect TLLI Sent on PACCH 7 SS The SS verifies that the MS reinitiates the packet access procedure from step 2 four times Specific message contents None 42 1 2 1 8 2 Packet Uplink Assignment One phase access Timing Advance 42 1 2 1 8 2 1 Packet Uplink Assignment One phase access Timing
469. reinitiates the packet access procedure after a time equal to timer T3168 and the procedure shall be repeated 4 times 42 1 2 1 9 2 1 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS PSI GPRS Cell Options T3168 7 Mobile Station The MS is GPRS attached and in packet idle mode PDP context 1 has been established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Support PDP context Method of triggering the MS to initiate an uplink data transfer Test procedure The MS is triggered to initiate unacknowledged uplink data transfer The SS sends PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message including Single Block Allocation struct information to order the MS to send PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message The MS shall perform a two phase access ie the MS shall transmit a PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message on the allocated uplink resource The SS wait for a time greater than timer T3168 so the MS shall reinitiate packet access procedure This procedure shall be repeated 4 times Maximum duration of the test 2 min Expected sequence The MS is triggered to initiate packet uplink transfer of an LLC PDU consisting of 200 octets data 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Two Phase Access Request Received on PRACH 3 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Single Block Allocation struct Sent on ASSIGNMENT PAGCH 4 MS gt SS PACKET RESOURCE ACCESS_TYPE Two Phase Access REQUEST Request Received on the singl
470. requency list START FREQUENCY BSIC 0 1 Cell selection params Cell selection params EXC ACC CELL BAR ACCESS 2 SAME RA AS SERVING CELL 0 1 GPRS RXLEV ACCESS MIN GPRS RXLEV ACCESS MIN GPRS MS TXPWR MAX CCH 0 1 GPRS TEMPORARY OFFSET GPRS TEMPORARY OFFSET GPRS PENALTY TIME 0 1 GPRS RESELECT OFFSET GPRS RESELECT OFFSET 0 1 HCS params GPRS PRIORITY CLASS GPRS HCS THR 0 1 SI13 PBCCH LOCATION J 0 lt SH3 LOCATION l13_LOCATION NR_OF_FREQUENCIES FREQ_DIFF_LENGTH FREQUENCY_DIFF BSIC 0 1 lt Cell selection params Cell selection params EXC_ACC CELL_BAR_ACCESS 2 SAME RA AS SERVING CELL 0 1 GPRS RXLEV ACCESS MIN 1 lt GPRS TEMPORARY OFFSET 1 lt GPRS RESELECT OFFSET 1 lt HCS params 1 lt SI13 PBCCH LOCATION ero 0000 11 00 Normal Paging 10 address is TLLI Same as the value received from MS 0 0 first message of two messages 0 1 two messages expected 1 NC Measurement Parameters available 01 NC1 1 Additional NC parameters available NC NON DRX PERIOD 000 No non DRX mode after a measurement report has been sent NC REPORTING PERIOD 1 111 61 44 sec NC REPORTING PERIOD T 011 3 84 sec 1 NC Frequency list struct available 1 Frequencies have been removed 00001 000000 00 0101 1000 ARFCN 88 001101 1 cell selection parameters available 0 0 normal reselection 1 same RA as serving cell 1GPRS RXLEV ACCESS MIN present 011111 80dBm
471. rface hardware and software In case of a non standard connector provide a mechanical adapter r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 A3 2 5 2 Configuration of the MT Description of the configuration information to be selected in the MT to connect a terminal equipment to the mobile termination Description of the different configuration s of the MT for each bearer service and each teleservice supported with the range or value for the parameters and the configuration procedure For the purpose of test of MOC the manufacturer shall describe precisely how it is possible to put the MT in the different configurations to generate the capability information of the Mobile according to section 3 2 5 3 and described as supported by the MS For the purpose of test of MTC the manufacturer shall describe how to verify the correct selection by the MT of the required function with regard to the capability information as described below especially using the messages at the Um interface if there is no R or S interface available case MTO The description shall be made for every combination of the parameter value valid for the MT A3 2 5 3 Capability information Description of the capability information related to supported bearer services bearer capabilities higher layer capabilities lower layer capabilities The manufacturer shall describe for every capability the associated terminal f
472. ric Change of the reported of multislot connection subchannel assignment successful case interface rates 12kbps 6kbps assignment failure general case interface rates 12kbps 6kbps continued ETSI SMG7 23 Sophia 19 22 October 1999 Tdoc 7 99 370 rev 325 CHANGE REQUEST GSM CR A782 11 10 1 GSM AA BB or 3G AA BBB specification number T For submission to 30 list expected approval meeting here T for approval X for information Please see embedded help file at the bottom of this Current Version 6 1 0 7 CR number as allocated by MCC support team strategic non strategic X for SMG use only Form CR cover sheet version 2 for 3GPP and SMG U SIM Proposed change affects at least one should be marked with an X The latest version of this form is available from ftp ftp 3gpp org Information CR Form v2 doc ME UTRAN Radio page for instructions on how to fill in this form correctly Core Network Source MCC STF 61V Date 13 10 99 Subject Correction of test prose 31 12 1 eMLPP Service priority level of MO call Work item REN SMG 071110Q6R1 1 Category F Correction Release Phase2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 only one category B Addition of feature Release 97 shall be marked Functional modification of feature Release 98 with an X D Editorial modificat
473. ries to access the network H5 SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT SYS INFO 13 including PRIORITY ACCESS THR 101 packet access priority levels 1 to 3 SS waits 30 s to allow Sys Info decoding The MS is triggered to transfer data with priority 4 SS verifies for 10 s that MS does not try to access the network SYS INFO 13 including PRIORITY ACCESS THR 110 packet access priority levels 1 to 4 SS waits 30 s to allow Sys Info decoding The MS is triggered to transfer data with priority 1 CHANNEL REQUEST MS tries to access the network IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT Repeat steps J1 to J5 except that LLC PDU priority is set to 4 L 1 5 SS 2MS SYS INFO 13 repeat steps J1 to J5 except that PRIORITY ACCESS THR 111 spare packet access allowed M 1 5 SS 2MS SYS INFO 13 repeat steps J1 to J5 except that PRIORITY ACCESS THR 111 spare packet access allowed and MS is triggered to send data with priority 4 41 2 2 Initiation of the packet access procedure 41 2 2 1 Initiation of the packet access procedure establishment causes Conformance requirements The CHANNEL REQUEST messages are sent on RACH and contain the parameters an establishment cause which indicates packet access and as applicable a request for one phase packet access or single block packet access a random reference which is drawn randomly from a uniform probability distribution for every new transmission If the req
474. rily but with a changed value Not included Not included Appropriate for the test Must be more than one Appropriate for the test but as many as in downlink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Indicates frequencies 773 775 779 829 832 844 Not included 10000 no additional timeslots A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF Channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Use Range 128 to encode 773 775 779 782 791 798 829 832 844 Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 19 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Step 21 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07
475. riminator 0000 B for GCC 0001 B for BCC Transaction identifier depending on the context of the test Message Type 0x110011 B Broadcast call reference PICS PIXIT Originator indication Originator Spare half octet 0000 B GET STATUS GCC BCC Protocol Discriminator 0000 B for GCC 0001 B for BCC Transaction identifier depending on the context of the test Message Type 0x111001 B Mobile identity PICS PIXIT Parameters call state amp state attribute requested IMMEDIATE SETUP GCC BCC Protocol Discriminator 0000 B for GCC 0001 B for BCC Transaction identifier 0001 B Message Type 0x110001 B Spare half octet 0000 B Ciphering key sequence number PICS PIXIT Mobile station classmark PICS PIXIT Mobile identity PICS PIXIT GroupBreadcast identity PICS PIXIT SET STATUS GCC BCC Protocol Discriminator 0000 B for GCC 0001 B for BCC Transaction identifier depending on the context of the test Message Type 0x111010 B All other information elements Not present SETUP Information Element value remark GCC BCC Protocol Discriminator 0000 B for GCC 0001 B for BCC Transaction identifier 0001 B Message Type 0x110010 B Broadcast identity PICS PIXIT STATUS GCC BCC Protocol Discriminator 0000 B for GCC 0001 B for BCC Transaction identifier depending on the context of the test Message Type 0x111000 B Cause Not checked Call state depending on the context of the test State
476. rom this connector This EN does not apply to TE which is to be connected to that connector even if it is delivered with the MS 3 2 2 Applicability of the individual tests The applicability of each individual test is identified in the following table r retr Table 3 1 Applicability of tests Teleservice supported by the MS Teleservice supported by the MS numbering scheme Verification of non support of services Advice of Charge Charging AOCC Verification of non support of services call MS which support AOCC and do not hold support the Call Hold supplementary service 11 5 Verification of non support of services MS which support Call Hold and AOCC multiparty but do not support the Multi Party supplementary service Fixed Dialling Number FDN IMEI Security All MS 12 1 1 Conducted spurious emissions MS All MS with a permanent antenna allocated a channel connector 12 1 2 Conducted spurious emissions MS in idle All MS with a permanent antenna mode connector 12 2 1 Radiated spurious emissions MS All MS The test at extreme voltages allocated a channel does not apply to MS where a practical connection to an external power supply is not possible 12 2 2 Radiated spurious emissions MS in idle All MS The test at extreme voltages mode does not apply to MS where a practical connection to an external power supply is not possible 12 3 1 Conducted spurious emissions MS R GSM MS with a permanent antenna allocated a ch
477. rpose 1 To test that when the MS is ordered to make a non synchronized handover from non hopping multislot configuration to a non hopping multislot configuration it continuously sends access bursts on the main DCCH until it receives a PHYSICAL INFORMATION message from the SS 2 To test that the MS correctly takes the values of the Timing Advance information element in the PHYSICAL INFORMATION message into account 3 To test that the MS activates the new channels that belongs to same multislot configuration correctly taking into account upgraded resources and transmits the HANDOVER COMPLETE message without undue delay 4 To test that MS correctly retransmits Layer 3 MM or CC messages that were not acknowledged by Layer 2 before the Handover after completion of the Handover 26 13 1 3 2 3 Method of test Initial Conditions System Simulator 2 cells A and B with same LAI default parameters except Early classmark sending enabled in SI3 rest octets GSM 900 Cell A has BCCH ARFON 20 PLMN colour code NCC as defaults BS colour code BCC as defaults PLMN PERM 00001010 Cell B has BCCH ARFON 40 PLMN colour code NCC 3 BS colour code BCC 0 ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 The timebase of cells A and B shall be such that the edges of their timeslots are not coincident at the antenna connector DCS 1 800 Cell A has BCC
478. rrectly the paging information of a new MT call with the priority if the MS supports eMLPP user action to reject the incoming call wait 5 s with priority 3B check that the MS indicates correctly the paging information of a new MT call with the priority if the MS supports eMLPP user action to reject the incoming call wait 5s no priority check that the MS indicates correctly the paging information of a new MT call which no priority is provided to user action to reject the incoming call or k 1 no signalling for k 2 return to group receive mode UI format the MS returns to idle updated state value remark 1 paging information TMSI previously allocated to MS 10 B TCH F 1 B 001 B call priority level 4 logic L ETC GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in step 5 Information Element value remark S6 Rest Octets 7 octets length PCH NCH info indication VGCS VBS options in band notifications in band paging Spare padding PAGING REQUEST TYPE 1 in step 7 Information Element value remark P1 Rest Octets NLN PCH indication L Priority 1 indication H Priority 011 B level 2 Spare padding logic L PAGING REQUEST TYPE 2 in step 11 Information Element value remark P2 Rest Octets CN3 indication NLN PCH indication Priority 1 indication Priority 010140 B level B3 Spare paddi
479. rsistence level 42 1 1 4 2 1 Conformance requirements The first attempt to send a PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message may be initiated at the first possible TDMA frame containing PRACH on PDCH matching the mobile stations PCCCH GROUP see GSM 05 02 For each attempt the mobile station shall draw a random value R with uniform probability distribution in the set 0 1 15 The mobile station is allowed to transmit a PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message if P 1 where i is the radio priority of the TBF being established is less than or equal to R Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 1 1 42 1 1 4 2 2 Test purpose To verify that for each attempt the mobile station shall draw a random value R with uniform probability distribution in the set 0 1 15 The mobile station is only allowed to transmit a PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message if P 1 where i is the radio priority of the TBF being established is less than or equal to R 42 1 1 4 2 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS The packet system information indicates BS_PCC_CHANS 3 BS PAG BLKS RES 2 and BS PBCCH BLKS 3 BS PRACH BLKS 12 all Blocks reserved for PRACH Mobile Station The MS is GPRS attached and in packet idle mode Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Test procedure Specific test parameters K equals the value of 120 MAX RETRANS 1 MAX RETRANS is chosen from 1 2 4 7 PERSISTENCE LEV
480. rting Time not present IA Rest Octets as default IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT second message Information Element Value as default except Dedicated mode or TBF TMA 0 Downlink 0 TD 1 assign a TBF Packet Channel Description as default Request Reference as default Timing Advance as default Starting Time not present IA Rest Octets spare bits IE Rest Octets not present 41 2 3 2 Two message assignment Failure cases Conformance requirements If the indirect encoding is used the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message may contain a CHANGE MARK 1 field If that is present the mobile station shall verify the validity of the SII3 CHANGE MARK associated with the GPRS mobile allocation to which the message refers see GSM 04 60 If the CHANGE MARK 1 field and the SII3 CHANGE MARK do not match the message does not satisfactorily define a PDCH The two IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT messages in a two message assignment shall have the same contents of the Request Reference information elements If the mobile station does not receive the second IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT messages in a two message assignment within two multiframe periods following the first message the mobile station shall discard the first IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message received Reference GSM 04 08 subclause 3 5 2 1 3 1 Test purpose To verify that the MS does not respond to a two message assignment if CHANGE MARK 1 does not match SII3 CHANGE MARK
481. rvice selected for the test Downlink assignment Only one timeslot is allocated in downlink direction Uplink assignment Only one timeslot is allocated in uplink direction Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Appropriate for the test Mode of the channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Appropriate for on bearer capability chosen for the test Description of the second channel Omitted Mode of the second channel Omitted Mobile allocation Omitted Starting time Omitted Cipher mode setting Omitted ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 HANDOVER COMMAND As default message contents except Cell Description Network Colour Code 3 Base Station Colour Code 0 BCCH Carrier Number 764 Channel Description 2 Channel Type 00000 Timeslot number Chosen arbitrarily but not Zero Training Sequence Code Chosen arbitrarily Hopping 0 no hopping ARFCN the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Synchronization Indication IE is not included Channel Mode IE is not included Description of a multislot configuration Downlink assignment More timeslot are assigned than before HANDOVER COMMAND Uplink assignment As many timeslots assigned as before HANDOVER COMMAND Channel set X 1 lt x lt 8 Same as before HANDOVER COMMAND PHYSICAL INFORMATION Information Element value remarks As default message contents except Timing advance Arbitrarily selected but different to default value 26 13 1 3 3 Multi
482. s On receipt of a PACKET POLLING REQUEST message the mobile station shall respond to the network with the PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message in the block period specified by the RRBP field If the MS has received a PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT message with no starting time or with a starting time that has already elapsed the PACKET POLLING REQUEST message shall be sent on PACCH Otherwise the PACKET POLLING REQUEST message shall be sent on PAGCH Reference GSM 04 60 subclause 7 2 1 3 42 1 2 2 4 2 Test purpose To verify that on receipt of a PACKET POLLING REQUEST message the mobile station responds with PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message in the block period specified by the RRBP field 42 1 2 2 4 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS The packet system information ACCESS BURST TYPE indicates 8 bit access Mobile Station The MS is GPRS attached and in packet idle mode and Ready state Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Test procedure The SS initiate a downlink data transfer The SS sends PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT message to the MS with a TBF starting time The SS sends a PACKET POLLING REQUEST message containing a valid RRBP field The SS verifies that the MS sends a PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message in the block period specified by the RRBP field The SS sends PACKET PDCH RELEASE message to the MS The SS initiate a downlink data transfer The SS sends PAC
483. s 21 25 40 51 60 must have a higher priority than 2 7 The maximum duration of test is proposed for 5 minutes Clauses affected 31 12 2 Other 3G core specifications Other GSM core specifications MS test specifications BSS test specifications O amp M specifications Other specs Affected List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs Other comments GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 31 12 2 eMLPP Service automatic answering point to point MT call 31 12 2 1 Conformance requirement For the MS supporting MT call 4 Inidie mode the MS_shall automatically accept an incoming point to point call of priority level for 2 In idle mode the MS shall alert an incoming point to point call of a priority level for which automatic 3 In dedicated mode and suppoHing Call Waiting when a Call Waiting indication includes prority of i ego viesdeag eben o Call A ode socer d oeleces saad ols 5 in greuas recobec massc Hhe Me shal escematiedll oeseonc te ho eeging messego centainine 6 ln group receive mode the MS shallindicate an incoming point to point call of a priority level not high 1 Automatic answering or if necessary called party pre emption has to be performed by the Mobile Station as defined in the following point to point calls If the user is in idle mode the Mobile Station shal
484. s after the completion of step 6 The SS checks that the MS reports the requested power level in the layer 1 header of the SACCH message that is sent in the first SACCH multiframe following the SABM See specific message contents Sent on the correct channel after establishment of the main signalling link This message shall be ready to be transmitted before 600 ms after the completion of step 9 See specific message contents Sent on the correct channel after establishment of the main signalling link This message shall be ready to be transmitted before 600 ms after the completion of step 11 See specific message contents ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Direction Message Comments MS gt SS ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND See specific message contents ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE Sent on the correct channel after establishment of the main signalling link This message shall be ready to be transmitted before 600 ms after the completion of step 15 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND See specific message contents ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE Sent on the correct channel after establishment of the main signalling link This message shall be ready to be transmitted before 600 ms after the completion of step 17 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND See specific message contents ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE Sent on the correct channel after establishment of the main signalling link This message shall be ready to be trans
485. s are shifted one position to left For type 2 MS timeslots are shifted one position to right taking into account rules of multislot capability described in 05 02 Annex B Appropriate for the test Information Element value remark As default message contents except Handover Reference Value Same as HANDOVER COMMAND ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 GSM 900 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Information element Value remark Channel description 2 describes hopping Bm ACCHs or Lm ACCHs as appropriate for the test Power Command As in section 26 1 1 Frequency list Omitted Cell channel description Omitted Description of the multislot configuration Uplink assignment Appropriate for the test Downlink assignment Appropriate for the test Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Appropriate for the test Mode of the channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Appropriate for the test Description of the second channel Omitted Mode of the second channel Omitted Mobile allocation Omitted Starting time Omitted Cipher mode setting Omitted IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT Information Element value remark As default message contents except Channel Description Channel Description Channel Type SDCCH 8 TDMA offset As default message contents Timeslot number Arbitrary value but not zero Training Sequence Code Chosen arbitrarily Hopping RF hopping channel MAIO Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0
486. s in Packet Idle mode and GPRS attached PDP context established Related PICS PIXIT statement ePrTor Support of GPRS The way to trigger the MS initiating an uplink packet transfer Foreseen final state of the MS MS is in Transfer mode Test procedure MS is brought into uplink packet transfer mode SS sends the PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER message MS is not capable of using the ordered frequency and sends a PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message to the network MS shall remain on the current PDCH s Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence Step Direction Message___ Comments__ Uplink packet transfer mode dyn MS is brought into uplink packet transfer mode RLC data blocks MS sends data PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Sent on PACCH PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER Contains BSIC BCCH frequency The network control order MS is not capable of using the ordered frequency PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE Sent on the PACCH Error cause frequency not implemented MS shall remain on the current PDCH s RLC data blocks MS sends data PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Sent on PACCH Specific message contents PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE in step 5 Packet Cell Change Failure message content CAUSE 42 4 2 2 Cell change order procedure Downlink transfer 42 4 2 2 1 Cell change order procedure Downlink transfer Normal case 42 4 2 2 1 1 Conformance requirement The cell change order procedure is started by sending a PACKET
487. s the NC measurement report struct on PACCH Specific message contents PACKET MEASUREMENT ORDER in step 4 NC Measurement parameters NETWORK CONTROL ORDER 01 NC1 NC REPORTING PERIOD T 000 0 48 s PACKET MEASUREMENT ORDER in step 23 NC Measurement parameters NETWORK CONTROL ORDER 01 NC1 NC REPORTING PERIOD T 001 0 96 s 42 4 2 Cell change order procedures 42 4 2 1 Cell change order procedure Uplink transfer 42 4 2 1 1 Cell change order procedure Uplink transfer Normal case 42 4 2 1 1 1 Conformance requirement The cell change order procedure is started by sending a PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER message to the mobile station on the PCCCH or PACCH Upon receipt of the PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER message the mobile station shall start timer T3174 When a cell reselection is made controlled by the network the mobile station shall act upon the IMMEDIATE REL value which has been received in the Packet Cell Change Order if required the mobile station shall abort any TBF in progress by immediately ceasing to decode the downlink ceasing to transmit on the uplink stopping all RLC MAC timers except for timers related to measurement reporting The mobile station shall then switch to the identified specified new cell and shall obey the relevant RLC MAC procedures on this new cell 42 4 2 1 1 2 Test Purpose To verify that when the cell change order procedure is started by sending a PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER message the MS shal
488. se To verify that the mobile station does not send any access bursts on the PTCCH if Timing Advance Index is not present in the PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message 42 1 2 1 8 2 2 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell supporting GPRS Mobile Station The MS is GPRS attached and in packet idle mode PDP context 2 has been established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support GPRS service Support PDP context Method of triggering the MS to initiate an uplink data transfer Test procedure The MS is triggered to initiate uplink data transfer The SS responds with PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message that request one phase access and not including a Timing Advance Index The MS shall start to send data on the allocated uplink The SS allows the MS to send the uplink data transfer During the uplink data transfer the SS shall verify that the MS not send any access bursts on PTCCH Maximum duration of the test 2 min Expected sequence The MS is triggered to initiate packet uplink transfer of an LLC PDU consisting of 500 octets data 2 MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST Received on PRACH 3 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Not include Timing Advance Index Indicating ASSIGNMENT Dynamic allocation struct Sent on PAGCH 4 Uplink data transfer dynamic Macro Completion from step 4 in the TBF allocation procedure Verification see below Verification The SS verifies that the MS does not transmit in idle
489. se to PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message has been received from the new cell MS returns to the old cell sends a PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message to the SS and continues data transfer on the old cell Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence ePrTor Step Direction Message ___ Comments__ Uplink packet transfer mode dyn MS is brought into uplink packet transfer mode RLC data blocks MS sends data PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Sent on PACCH PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER Sent on the PACCH Contains BSIC BCCH frequency The network control order PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST To the new cell MS sends PACKET CHANNEL REQUESTS until timer T3174 has expired PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST To the old cell PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT Sent on PACCH PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE Error cause No response on target cell RLC data blocks MS sends data SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Sent on PACCH Specific message contents PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE in step 9 Packet Cell Change Failure message content CAUSE 42 4 2 1 3 Cell change order procedure Uplink transfer Failure cases REJECT from the new cell 42 4 2 1 3 1 Conformance requirement If a PACKET ACCESS REJECT message is received from the new cell the mobile station shall start timer T3176 return to the old cell and send a PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message to the network If the mobile station was in uplink packet transfer before the cell change the mobile station shall establ
490. section for GSM 1800 messages is missing Clauses affected 26 13 1 2 2 3 Other specs Other 3G core specifications affected Other GSM core specifications MS test specifications BSS test specifications O amp M specifications Other comments help doc List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs List of CRs Same changes are necessary to other releases of same specification lt double click here for help and instructions on how to create a CR GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 1173 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 26 13 1 2 2 Multislot signalling RR Dedicated assignment failure general case This test is applicable to all MS that supports multislot configuration 26 13 1 2 2 1 Conformance requirements On the mobile station side if a lower layer failure happens on the new channel before the ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message has been sent the mobile station deactivates the new channels reactivates the old channels reconnects the TCHs if any and triggers the establishment of the main signalling link It then sends an ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message cause protocol error unspecified on the main DCCH and resumes the normal operation as if no assignment attempt had occurred The operational parameters e g ciphering mode when returning on the old channel are those applied before the procedure References Conformance requirements GSM 04 08 sections 3 4 3 9 1 3 and 9 1 4 26 13 1 2 2 2 Test purp
491. sequently after receipt of an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message allocating an SDCCH after completion of establishment of the main signalling link after having sent a CM SERVICE REQUEST message after MS sends it s multislot class in CLASSMARK CHANGE message after having successfully performed the authentication and cipher mode setting procedures the MS sends a SETUP message with correct parameters Multislot configuration with one TCH F is allocated To verify that subsequently after receipt of a CALL PROCEEDING message and of an ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message allocating an appropriate TCH after having completed the early assignment procedure by replying with the ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message after receipt of an ALERTING message and a CONNECT message the MS returns a CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message To verify that subsequently the MS has attached the user connection to the radio path This is verified by checking that the MS establishes the RLP link correctly and sends and receives correct RLP frames in each data block To verify that subsequently upon user requests User initiated service level upgrade the MS sends MODIFY message and after receipt of MODIFY COMPLETE message the MS enters the active state To verify that subsequently after receipt of a CONFIGURATION CHANGE COMMAND after MS sends CONFIGURATION CHANGE ACKNOWLEDGE MS through connects all bi directional channel s in multislot configuration in both directions and all uni directional channels
492. ser user Not checked SS version Not checked ALERTING network to mobile station direction Information element Value remark Facility Omitted Progress indicator Omitted User user Omitted ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Information element Value remark Description of the first channel Power Command Frequency list Cell channel description Description of the multislot configuration Mode of the channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Description of the second channel Mode of the second channel Mobile allocation Starting time Cipher mode setting ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 describes non hopping Bm ACCHs or Lm ACCHs as appropriate for the test As in section 26 1 1 Omitted Omitted Appropriate for the teleservice selected for the test Appropriate for on bearer capability chosen for the test Omitted Omitted Omitted Omitted Omitted Information element Value remark RR cause normal event AUTHENTICATION REQUEST Information element Value remark Ciphering key sequence number Spare half octet Arbitrary spare bits Authentication parameter RAND AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE Arbitrary Information element Value remark Authentication parameter SRES Correct for given SRES CALL CONFIRMED Information element Value remark Repeat indicator Bearer capability 1 Bearer capability 2 Cause CALL PROCEEDING Omitted GSM
493. service selected for the test High layer comp Appropriate for the basic service selected for the test Reverse call setup direction Presence and value not checked 26 13 2 1 4 Multislot signalling CC In call functions User initiated service level upgrade modify reject 26 13 2 1 4 1 Definition and applicability Multislot connection is established Multislot configuration with one TCH F is allocated User initiated service level upgrade is requested SS responds to upgrade request by rejecting it MS enters the active multislot connection state This test is applicable for any equipment supporting multislot configuration 26 13 2 1 4 2 Conformance requirements 1 MS shall send MODIFY message to SS indicating that User initiated service level upgrade is initiated 2 MS enters CC state Mobile originating modify U26 after sending MODIFY 3 MS enters CC state Active U10 when MODIFY REJECT is received References Conformance requirement 1 GSM 04 08 section 9 3 13 Conformance requirement 2 GSM 04 08 section 5 3 5 1Conformance requirement 3 GSM 04 08 section 5 3 5 3 ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 26 13 2 1 4 3 Test purpose 1 To verify that upon receipt of the MODIFY REJECT message with the bearer capability negotiated at the call setup the MS is continuously sending user information according to current call mode 26 13 2 1 4 4 Method of test In
494. shall be set to valid within the second SACCH block at the latest 26 13 1 1 3 Multislot signaling RR Measurement asymmetric change of the reported subchannel This test is applicable to all MS that supports multislot configuration 26 13 1 1 3 1 Conformance requirements The MS shall continuously send MEASUREMENT REPORT messages on the main channel reporting the worst subchannel One of the other subchannels is made worse than the one originally reported one and the MEASUREMENT REPORTS sent on the main channel are based on the new worst subchannel References GSM 04 08 sections 3 4 1 2 and 9 1 21 GSM 05 08 section 8 4 ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 26 13 1 1 3 2 Test purpose 1 To test that the MS shall report on the main SACCH RXLEV FULL and RXLEV SUB from the main channel and the worst RXQUAL FULL values and RXQUAL SUB values from the main channel and the unidirectional channels 2 To test that when an another subchannel becomes the worst MEASUREMENT REPORTS sent on the main channel are based on the new worst subchannel 26 13 1 1 3 3 Method of test Initial Conditions System Simulator 1 cell with the following settings Transmitter Level NCC BSCC ARFCN ARFCN Cell identity GSM900 DCS1800 Serving S1 60 1 3 002 514 0001H Mobile Station The MS is in the active state of a service using asymmetric multislot connection Related PICS PIXIT Stat
495. shall correctly apply the handover procedure from multislot configuration with frequency hopping to multislot configuration without frequency hopping in the finely synchronized case when a call is in progress Resources are downgraded in handover procedure References Conformance requirement 1 GSM 04 08 sections 3 4 4 9 1 14 9 1 15 and 9 1 16 26 13 1 3 3 2 Test purpose 1 To test that when the MS is ordered to make a finely synchronized handover to a synchronized cell from a hopping multislot configuration to a non hopping multislot configuration it sends 4 access bursts on the main DCCH and then activates the channels correctly taking into account power command downgraded resources and correctly calculating the timing advance to use 2 To test the MS activates the new channels that belongs to same multislot configuration correctly taking into account downgraded resources and transmits the HANDOVER COMPLETE message without undue delay 26 13 1 3 3 3 Method of test Initial Conditions System Simulator 2 cells A and B with same LAI default parameters except Early classmark sending enabled in SI3 rest octets The BCCH of cell A is sent k bit periods before the BCCH of cell B The timing advance in cell A sent to the MS is y bit periods k and y are selected such that 0 2k y mod 256 60 P GSM 900 Cell B has BCCH ARFCN 40 DCS 1 800 Cell B has BCCH ARFCN 764 Mobile Station The MS is in the active s
496. signalling RR Measurement MS supporting Multislot class and state asymmetric Change of the reported of multislot connection subchannel assignment successful case interface rates 12kbps 6kbps Multislot signalling RR Dedicated MS supporting Multislot Class and radio assignment failure general case interface rates 12kbps 6kbps continued Document 99 361 e g for 3GPP use the format TP 99xxx or for SMG use the format P 99 xxx 3GPP SMG7 Meeting 23 Nice France 19 22 Oct 1999 Please see embedded help file at the bottom of this page for instructions on how to fill in this form correctly CHANGE REQUEST 11 10 1 CR A767 GSM AA BB or 3G AA BBB specification number T Current Version 6 1 0 T CR number as allocated by MCC support team For submission to 30 list expected approval meeting here 4 for approval X for information strategic non strategic X for SMG use only Form CR cover sheet version 2 for 3GPP and SMG U SIM The latest version of this form is available from ftp ftp 3gpp org Information CR Form v2 doc ME X UTRAN Radio Proposed change affects Core Network at least one should be marked with an X Source Nokia Date 20 Oct 99 Subject Test 27 21 3 Clarification of test procedure and expected sequence Work item TEI Category F Correction Release Phase 2 A Corresponds
497. sing a new assignment no later than the next occurrence of block B x 3 mod 12 where block B x is the last radio block containing the uplink assignment 41 2 6 4 Initiation of packet downlink assignment procedure incorrect TFI Conformance requirement On receipt of an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message the MS stops monitoring downlink CCCH and switches to the assigned PDCH and starts listening for downlink RLC MAC blocks identified by the assigned Temporary Flow Identifier TFI Reference GSM 04 08 subclause 3 5 3 1 2 Test purpose To verify that the MS correctly considers the TFI in the RLC MAC blocks Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator Default settings Mobile Station MS is GPRS attached a PDP context has been established and the MS 1s in Packet Idle mode Related PICS PIXIT statement Support of PDP context Test procedure The SS assigns a PDCH and starts transmitting RLC MAC blocks with incorrect TFI The MS shall ignore these RLC MAC blocks and after T3190 expires return to packet idle mode To prove that the MS returns to idle mode the SS assigns again a PDCH and this time the SS sends RLC MAC blocks with correct TFI The MS shall successfully receive the data packets Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT for downlink TBF 5 SS gt MS RLC data block SS sends RLC blocks with incorrect TFI i e not corresponding to the last IMMEDIATE ASS
498. slot signalling RR Handover successful active call finely synchronized resource downgrading This test is applicable to all MS that supports multislot configuration 26 13 1 3 3 1 Conformance requirements 1 The MS shall correctly apply the handover procedure from multislot configuration with frequency hopping to multislot configuration without frequency hopping in the finely synchronized case when a call is in progress Resources are downgraded in handover procedure References Conformance requirement 1 GSM 04 08 sections 3 4 4 9 1 14 9 1 15 and 9 1 16 26 13 1 3 3 2 Test purpose 1 To test that when the MS is ordered to make a finely synchronized handover to a synchronized cell from a hopping multislot configuration to a non hopping multislot configuration it sends 4 access bursts on the main DCCH and then activates the channels correctly taking into account power command downgraded resources and correctly calculating the timing advance to use 2 To test the MS activates the new channels that belongs to same multislot configuration correctly taking into account downgraded resources and transmits the HANDOVER COMPLETE message without undue delay ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 26 13 1 3 3 3 Method of test Initial Conditions System Simulator 2 cells A and B with same LAI default parameters except Early classmark sending enabled in SI3 rest octets The BCC
499. smitted by the MS in the next radio block on PDTCH 7 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Sent on the PACCH of the PDCH 3 blocks after step 4 containing USF assigned to the MS 8 MS gt SS UPLINK RLC DATA BLOCK Received on the assigned PDTCH Check that if the RLC data block is received after the contention resolution reaction time the coding is the scheme specified by CHANNEL CODING COMMAND the TFI is correct and the block does not contain TLLI otherwise the content should be as comments in step 5 9 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Sent on the PACCH of the PDCH assigned in step 3 containing USF assigned to the MS 10 MS gt SS UPLINK RLC DATA BLOCK _ jReceived on the assigned PDTCH Check that the coding is the scheme specified by CHANNEL CODING COMMAND the TFI is correct and the block does not contain TLLI 11 Repeat step 9 and 10 until the countdown value CV 0 in step 10 12 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Final Ack Indicator 1 containing valid RRBP Sent on PACCH of the assigned PDCH 13 MS gt SS PACKET CONTROL Received on the block specified by RRBP on ACKNOWLEDGEMENT PACCH of the assigned PDCH Specific message contents PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMET message in step 3 0 Global TFI gt 110 lt TLLI gt 1110 lt TQI gt 1111 lt Packet Request Reference gt 111 Packet Request Reference information field sent in PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST and frame number in which PACKET C
500. sparent continued r retr Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests Clause 26 14 1 1 26 14 1 2 26 14 1 3 26 14 1 4 originating originating 26 14 2 2 Paging Notification MS supporting VGCS VBS listening group transmit mode originating group call establishment neighbours present originating 26 14 4 1 Uplink Access uplink investigation MS supporting VGCS talking 26 14 4 2 Uplink Access uplink access MS supporting VGCS talking 26 14 4 3 Uplink Reply in VGCS receive mode MS supporting VGCS talking 26 14 3 5 RR Procedures handover failure MS supporting VGCS talking or VBS originating 26 14 5 1 Leaving group receive mode MS supporting VGCS VBS listening 26 14 5 2 Leaving group transmit mode MS supporting VGCS talking establishment Identifier originating originator group transmit mode 26 14 2 1 Paging Paging indication MS supporting VGCS VBS listening originator group receive mode not originator MS supporting VBS originating unknown message type and TI Error Handling incorrect information elements VGCS receive mode early assingments 26 14 9 1 Cell change same LA MS supporting VGCS or VBS listening 26 14 9 2 Cell change different LA MS supporting VGCS or VBS listening 26 14 9 3 Cell change different PLMN MS supporting VGCS or VBS listening continued r retr Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests Applicability 27 1 1 MS identification by short IMSI Normal ME su
501. specific message contents IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT second message see specific message contents except Packet Channel Description IE describes a hopping channel including CHANGE MARK different from SII3 CHANGE MARK CHANNEL REQUEST MS shall re initiate packet access IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT first message of two message assignment see specific message contents IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT second message see specific message contents sent after two multiframes after the first message CHANNEL REQUEST MS shall re initiate packet access IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT first message of two message assignment see specific message contents including a Request Reference corresponding to step 8 IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT second message see specific message contents except Request Reference is different from that in step 8 CHANNEL REQUEST MS shall re initiate packet access IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT first message of two message assignment see specific message contents IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT second message see specific message contents sent in the last access grant block before the second multiframe after the first message elapses MS lt gt SS Completion of macro GPRS SS allows MS to complete the GPRS attach attach procedure procedure Specific message contents IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT first message Information Element Value as default except Dedicated mode or TBF TMA 1 is first message of a two message assig
502. specified otherwise for a specific test the ARFCN range defined for E GSM900 MS is used for the testing of MS supporting the R GSM 900 frequency range erTor 41 4 DCCH related RR procedures for TBF establishment The clause is applicable for all MS supporting GPRS service 41 4 1 Default conditions and message contents r ret1 ETSI STC SMG7 23 Sophia Antipolis 19 22 October 1999 Document 7 99 313 e g for 3GPP use the format TP 99xxx or for SMG use the format P 99 xxx GSM AA BB or 3G AA BBB specification number T For submission to CHANGE REQUEST 11 10 1 CR A722 SMG 30 for approval X Please see embedded help file at the bottom of this page for instructions on how to fill in this form correctly Current Version 6 1 0 7 CR number as allocated by MCC support team Strategic for SMG list expected approval meeting here 1 for information use only non strategic X Form CR cover sheet version 2 for 3GPP and SMG SIM Proposed change affects at least one should be marked with an X ME UTRAN Radio The latest version of this form is available from ftp ftp 3gpp org Information CR Form v2 doc Core Network Source SMG7 GPRS Date 1999 10 08 Subject RR procedures on CCCH related to temporary block flow establishment Work item GPRS Category F Correction Release Phase 2 A Corresponds to
503. ssage L2 pseudo length Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message Type Page Mode Page Mode Channels needed first channel second channel Mobile Identity 1 odd even indication Type of Identity Identity Digits Mobile Identity 2 P1 rest octets This is the sum of the lengths of all the information elements present in the message except for the P1 rest octets and L2 pseudo length IEs For the default message the L2 pseudo length is 9 RR Management 0000 00100001 Normal Paging any channel any channel Even TMSI TMSI previously allocated to MS Not present Not used all bits set to spare r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Contents of PAGING REQUEST TYPE 2 message L2 pseudo length Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message Type Page Mode Page Mode Channels needed first channel second channel Mobile Identity 1 TMSI value Mobile Identity 2 TMSI value Mobile Identity P2 rest octets This is the sum of the lengths of all the information elements present in the message except for the P2 rest octets and L2 pseudo length IEs For the default message the L2 pseudo length is 11 RR Management 0000 00100010 Normal Paging any channel any channel TMSI previously allocated to MS TMSI not allocated to MS Not present Not used all bits set to spare Contents of PAGING REQUEST TYPE 3 messa
504. ssage content CAUSE 42 4 2 2 3 Cell change order procedure Downlink transfer Failure cases Frequency not implemented 42 4 2 2 3 1 Conformance requirement If the network message instructs the mobile station to use a frequency that it is not capable of using the mobile station shall send a PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message and remain on the current PDCH s 42 4 2 2 3 2 Test Purpose To verify that the mobile station returns a PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message if it is not capable of using the ordered frequency ero Reference GSM 04 60 v 6 4 0 Chapter 8 4 2 42 4 2 2 3 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 2 cells GPRS supported Mobile Station MS is in Packet Idle mode and GPRS attached PDP context established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support of GPRS Foreseen final state of the MS MS is in idle mode Test procedure MS is brought into downlink packet transfer mode SS sends the PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER message The ordered frequency is not capable of using and MS initiates a random access The MS sends a PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message to the network Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence Step Direction Message Comments e PACKET DOWNLINK Sent on the PCCCH ASSIGNMENT 10 RLC data blocks SS sends data last block is polling PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK Sent on PACCH PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER Sent on the PACCH Contains BSIC BCCH fr
505. ssign a Temporary Block Flow PDCH slot 4 3 0 00 Binary 30 decimal Pertaining to last Channel Request sent by the MS 30 bit periods 0 Not present HH00 Packet Uplink Assignment 1 00001 0 0 Dynamic Allocation 001 0 MS shall transmit one RLC MAC block 01 CS 2 00 CS 1 1 ALPHA is present 0 5 For GSM 900 9 dBm For DCS 1800 6 dBm 0 TIMING_ADVANCE_INDEX not present 1 TBF_STARTING_TIME is present indicating current frame 50 frames Spare Padding IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT for uplink TBF one phase access Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message Type Page Mode Page Mode Dedicated mode or TBF TMA Downlink T D Packet Channel Description Channel Type TN TSC ARFCN Request Reference Timing Advance Timing advance value Mobile Allocation Length Starting Time IA rest octets Packet Uplink Assignment TFI ASSIGNMENT POLLING ALLOCATION BITMAP LGTH ALLOCATION BITMAP CHANNEL CODING CMD TLLI BLOCK CH CODING ALPHA GAMMA TBF STARTING TIME spare padding RR Management 0000 00111111 Normal Paging 0 no meaning 0 no meaning 1 assign a Temporary Block Flow PDCH slot 4 3 0 00 Binary 30 Pertaining to last Channel Request sent by the MS 30 bit periods 0 Not present HH00 Packet Uplink Assignment 1 00001 0 1 Fixed Allocation 31 bitmap of length 31 all bits set 01 CS 2
506. ssion to access the network 41 2 1 1 Permission to access the network priority classes Conformance requirements Access to the network is allowed if packet access is allowed in the cell for the priority class associated with the packet transfer as indicated by the PRIORITY ACCESS THR parameter broadcast in SI 13 message References GSM 04 08 subclause 3 5 2 1 1 Test purpose To verify that the MS accesses the network only if packet access is allowed in the cell for the priority class associated with the packet transfer Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator Default settings Mobile Station MS is GPRS attached a PDP context has been established and the MS is in Packet Idle mode Related PICS PIXIT statement Support of PDP context Test procedure The MS is triggered to transfer data with different priority classes The SS verifies that the MS accesses the network or not as appropriate Expected sequence Direction Message Comments SS gt MS SYS INFO 13 including PRIORITY ACCESS THR 000 packet access not allowed in the cell SS waits 30 s to allow Sys Info decoding The MS is triggered to transfer data with priority 4 SS verifies for 10 s that MS does not try to access the network SS 2MS SYS INFO 13 repeat steps Al to A4 except that PRIORITY ACCESS THR 001 spare packet access not allowed in the cell SS 2MS SYS INFO 13 repeat steps Al to A4 except that PRIORITY
507. state Next three steps are performed as many times as used multislot class has different channel combinations Timeslot allocation starts from simplest case and is upgraded up to the maximum that MS multislot class supports one step at the time within highest multislot class that the MS supports Appropriate number of timeslots is selected TCH s shall be through connected in both directions The main signalling link is released ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 26 13 3 3 Multislot signalling Structured procedures MS originated call early assignment HSCSD Transparent This test is applicable to all MS that supports multislot configuration 26 13 3 3 1 Conformance requirement 1 An MS in MM state idle updated and in RR idle mode when made to initiate a call if it provides a human interface shall display the dialled number 2 An MS in MM state idle updated and in RR idle mode when made to initiate a call for a selected teleservice bearer service for HSCSD that is supported by the MS starts to initiate the immediate assignment procedure by sending a CHANNEL REQUEST message with correct establishment cause 3 Subsequently after establishment of a MM connection after MS sends its multislot class in CLASSMARK CHANGE message the MS shall send a SETUP message with correct parameters 4 The call control entity of the Mobile Station in the call initiated state i
508. stination side Message Type 00000001 All other information elements Not present r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Contents of ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message Protocol Discriminator RR Management Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 00101110 Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Bm ACCHs Timeslot Number Chosen arbitrarily by the test house Training Sequence Code Chosen arbitrarily by the test house Hopping Single RF channel ARFCN Channel number 30 Power Command Power level Chosen arbitrarily by the test house Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Appropriate for the test Uplink assignment Appropriate for the test Channel set 12 X 8 Appropriate for the test Channel mode Appropriate for the test Contents of ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message Protocol Discriminator RR Management Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 00101001 RR Cause RR Cause Value Normal event Contents of ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message Protocol Discriminator RR Management Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 00101111 RR Cause RR Cause Value Depending on test Contents of AUTHENTICATION REQUEST message Protocol Discriminator MM message Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 00010010 Ciphering Key Sequence Number Key Sequence Chosen arbitrarily by the test house from the range 0 to 6 Authentication Parameter RAND RAND value Chosen arbitrarily by the test house
509. subclause 3 5 2 1 3 1 Test purpose e To verify that the MS continues sending CHANNEL REQUEST messages when receiving an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT containing an incorrect Request Reference e To verify that the MS stops sending CHANNEL REQUEST messages and switches to the assigned PDCH when receiving an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT containing a Request Reference IE corresponding to one of its last 3 CHANNEL REQUEST messages Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator Default settings except Parameter MAX RETRANS is set to 7 retransmissions Mobile Station The MS is switched off Related PICS PIXIT statement Test procedure The MS is triggered to initiate the GPRS attach procedure After 3 CHANNEL REQUEST messages the SS sends an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT including an incorrect Request Reference The SS verifies that the MS continues sending CHANNEL REQUEST messages After the 5 CHANNEL REQUEST message the SS sends an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT including a correct Request Reference The SS verifies that the MS stops sending CHANNEL REQUEST messages switches to the assigned PDCH and completes the attach procedure Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence D Message Comments The MS is turned on and triggered to initiate the GPRS attach procedure CHANNEL REQUEST CHANNEL REQUEST CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT for uplink TBF one phase access fixed allocation and including a Request Reference different from those incl
510. t Description of the second channel Omitted Mode of the second channel Omitted Mobile allocation Arbitrarily chosen from Cell channel description Starting time Omitted Cipher mode setting Omitted HANDOVER COMMAND Information Element value remarks As default message contents except Cell Description Network Colour Code 1 Base Station Colour Code 5 BCCH Carrier Number 764 Channel Description 2 Channel Type 00000 Timeslot number A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Training Sequence Code Chosen arbitrarily Hopping 0 no hopping ARFCN Chosen arbitrarily Synchronization Indication pre synchronized ROT 1 NCI 0 Channel Mode IE is not included Description of a multislot configuration Downlink assignment More timeslots are allocated than before HANDOVER COMMAND Uplink assignment Same as before HANDOVER COMMAND Channel set X 1 lt x lt 8 Same as before HANDOVER COMMAND Timing Advance 9 bit periods 26 13 1 4 Multislot signalling RR Test of the channel mode modify procedure This test is applicable to all MS that supports multislot configuration 26 13 1 4 1 Conformance requirements 1 When the MS has received the CHANNEL MODE MODIFY message the mobile station changes the mode for the indicated channel and then replies by a CHANNEL MODE MODIFY ACKNOWLEDGE message indicating the new channel mode ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1
511. t MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT indicating one phase packet access granted fixed allocation MS gt SS 3 RLC data blocks SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK including incorrect TLLI ACK NACK MS aborts packet access procedure and does not transmit further RLC data blocks MS lt gt SS repetition 1 MS shall reinitiate a packet access procedure steps 2 to 6 are repeated MS lt gt SS repetition 2 MS reinitiates a packet access procedure steps 2 to 6 are repeated MS lt gt SS repetition 3 MS reinitiates a packet access procedure steps 2 to 6 are repeated repetition 4 MS reinitiates a packet access procedure steps 2 to 6 are repeated Note after step 10 the MS may reinitiate a packet access procedure since higher layers may request to restart the access procedure 41 2 3 9 One phase packet access TBF starting time Conformance requirement In case the packet uplink assignment construction contains a TBF starting time and the mobile station receives the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message before the TBF starting time has expired it shall wait until the frame number indicated by the TBF starting time before accessing the channel If the mobile station receives the message after the TBF starting time has expired it shall ignore the TBF starting time and may immediately access the channel GSM 04 60 if the mobile station receives a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE or a PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK with an
512. t different to the one already in use and within the range supported by the MS Shall not be included Synchronized Ignore out of range timing advance Use Range 512 to encode the complete CA of Cell B For Type 1 MS timeslots are shifted one position to right if timeslot 7 is not used If timeslot 7 is used then timeslots are shifted one position to left For type 2 MS timeslots are shifted one position to right taking into account rules of multislot capability described in 05 02 Annex B For Type 1 MS timeslots are shifted one position to right if timeslot 7 is not used If timeslot 7 is used then timeslots are shifted one position to left For type 2 MS timeslots are shifted one position to right taking into account rules of multislot capability described in 05 02 Annex B Appropriate for the test Information Element value remark As default message contents except Handover Reference Value Same as HANDOVER COMMAND 26 13 1 3 5 Multislot signalling RR Handover successful call under establishment pre synchronized resource upgrading If an MS does not implement the pre synchronized handover procedure correctly then calls may fail ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 If an MS does not report the observed time difference between cells correctly then pseudo synchronized handovers might not be possible for any MS This test is applicable to all MS that s
513. t included 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Maximum number of timeslots that MS supports Less timeslots assigned than downlink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 24 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Step 26 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time 1180 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hoppi
514. t least one MT circuit successful channel change in active state switched basic service Handover and Assignment Command 26 8 1 4 3 2 In call functions channel changes an MS supporting at least one MT circuit unsuccessful channel change in active switched basic service mode Handover and Assignment Command 26 8 1 4 4 1 In call functions MS terminated in call MS supporting at least one circuit modification modify when new mode is switched basic service not supported 26 8 1 4 5 1 In call functions MS originated in call MS supporting at least one dual mode modification a successful case of bearer capability service BS61 BS81 or modifying TS61 26 8 1 4 5 2 In call functions MS originated in call MS supporting at least one dual mode modification modify rejected bearer capability service BS61 BS81 or TS61 26 8 1 4 5 3 In call functions MS originated in call MS supporting at least one dual mode modification an abnormal case of bearer capability service BS61 BS81 or acceptance TS61 continued ero Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests Applicability 26 8 1 4 5 4 In call functions MS originated in call MS supporting at least one dual mode modification an abnormal case of bearer capability service BS61 BS81 or rejection TS61 26 8 1 4 5 5 In call functions MS originated in call MS supporting at least one dual mode eee modification time out of timer T323 bearer capability service BS61 B
515. t on PAGCH 23 MS gt SS PACKET RESOURCE Received on PACCH REQUEST 24 SS gt MS PACKET UPLINK Dynamic Allocation struct information Sent ASSIGNMENT on PAGCH 25 GPRS attach procedure Macro Completion from step 4 in the attach procedure 26 MS Switch off the MS 27 28 29 30 3l 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 MS MS gt SS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS SS gt MS SS gt MS MS gt SS MS gt SS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS MS gt SS SS gt MS MS gt SS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT Uplink RLC data blocks GMM ATTACH REQUEST PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT Downlink RLC data blocks GMM ATTACH ACCEPT PACKET DOWNLINK ACK NACK PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT Uplink RLC data blocks GMM ATTACH COMPLETE PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT The MS is switched on and triggered to perform a GPRS attach Received on PRACH Single Block Allocation struct information Sent on PAGCH Received on PACCH Fixed Allocation struct information Sent on PAGCH Sent on PACCH to acknowledge the data blocks Received on PACCH Received on PRACH Single Block Allocation struct infor
516. t procedure The MS is triggered to initiate the GPRS attach procedure it shall attempt a one phase packet access GSM 04 08 3 5 2 1 2 The SS does not answer to the access bursts but stores N 80 Random References and verifies that the MS uses all possible values 0 6 in its Random Reference and does not use value 111 see GSM 04 08 Table 9 9 Justification Possible values for Random Reference for one phase packet access are 0 to 6 value 111 is not allowed This test verifies that the MS uses all values 0 6 in its Random Reference The probability that in a sequence of N samples one of the possible value does not appear is 7 3 4 N for large N Note The number of samples N has been computed such that the probability of refusing a correct MS is less than 0 02 96 Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence MS is turned on M MS is triggered to perform GPRS attach MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST SS stores the value of Request References MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST SS stores the value of Request References MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST SS stores the value of Request References MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST SS stores the value of Request References MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST SS stores the value of Request References MS lt gt SS Steps 2 to 7 are repeated N 5 16 times SS SS verifies that all Request Reference values 0 to 6 come out in the stored samples and that value 111 is not used
517. tablishment a Layer 3 MM or CC message just sent by the MS is not Layer 2 acknowledged before the channel change caused by the HANDOVER COMMAND message the MS shall send the Layer 3 message to the new cell using the same value in the N SD field after the handover procedure 2 When the Timing Advance information element is included in the HANDOVER COMMAND the MS shall access the new cell with the timing advance included in the Timing Advance IE 3 The MS shall be ready to transmit the HANDOVER COMPLETE message within 650 ms of the end of the HANDOVER COMMAND message 4 When requested to do so in the HANDOVER COMMAND message the MS shall return the Mobile Time Difference IE in the HANDOVER COMPLETE message indicating the sum of the observed time difference between the cells and the timing advance used on the old cell References Conformance requirement 1 GSM 04 08 sections 3 1 4 3 and 9 1 5 Conformance requirement 2 GSM 05 10 section 6 6 GSM 04 08 section 9 1 16 Conformance requirement 3 GSM 04 13 section 5 2 6 1 Conformance requirement 4 GSM 04 08 section 10 5 2 39 26 13 1 3 5 2 Test purpose 1 To verify that when the MS is ordered to make a pre synchronized handover from hopping multislot configuration to non hopping multislot configuration it sends 4 access bursts on the main DCCH and then activates the channel correctly and correctly calculates the time to transmit 2 To test that the MS activates the new channels t
518. tate U10 of a service using a multislot connection on cell A The MS is using a power level P Where P is a power level within the supported range of that type of MS Related PICS PIXIT Statements Support for state U10 of the Call Control protocol Type of Mobile Station P GSM 900 or EGSM or DCS 1 800 Power class of Mobile Station Multislot class Supported teleservices Foreseen Final State of the MS The active state U10 of a multislot connection on cell B Test Procedure The MS is in the active state U10 of a multislot connection on cell A Maximum number of channels supported by the MS in a HSCSD configuration is allocated The SS sends a HANDOVER COMMAND on the main DCCH In the case that the MS supports only 1 timeslot in uplink direction the HANDOVER COMMAND S Uplink assignment shall be one timeslot The MS shall send 4 access bursts in 4 successive slots on the new DCCH to cell B Then the MS shall establish a signalling link indicating the correct Timing Advance and power level and send a HANDOVER COMPLETE message ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 The MS shall be ready to transmit a HANDOVER COMPLETE message before 650 ms after the end of the HANDOVER COMMAND message but not before a UA frame has been sent by the SS The term ready to transmit is defined in GSM 04 13 Maximum Duration of Test 5 minutes including 1 minute for any necessary operator
519. tation shall automatically leave the on going voice group call or voice broadcast call and react according to the type of the notified call type 2 In dedicated mode in the case where the called subscriber has a subscription for eMLPP and for Call Waiting and is using a compatible Mobile Station the Mobile Station shall be informed of the priority of the new call together with the call waiting indication The Mobile Station will then consult the internal service configuration list stored on the SIM to establish whether it should automatically accept the waiting call without consulting the user or whether the call waiting facility will be used as normal 3 In the case where the called subscriber has a subscription for eMLPP and for CW the mobile station shall be informed of the priority of the new call together with the CW indication On reception of the set up message the compatible mobile station decides on called party pre emption If called party pre emption applies the mobile station shall automatically accept the waiting call and send a hold message to the network If a hold acknowledge is received the waiting call is accepted If a hold reject is received for any reason e g there is no subscription for hold the other call shall be released and the waiting call accepted If the ongoing call is not a TS11 call the mobile station should not send a hold message to the network but release the call and accept the waiting call of
520. tatus is U1 UPDATED cf GSM 04 08 itis in the MM state MM IDLE cf GSM 04 08 itis in the RR idle mode cf GSM 04 08 idle not updated The MS is defined to be idle not updated if the following three conditions are fulfilled its update status is U2 NOT UPDATED cf GSM 04 08 itis in the MM state MM IDLE cf GSM 04 08 itis in the RR idle mode cf GSM 04 08 arbitrary If for a test a test purpose a test group or a test suite which uses a certain parameter the value of that parameter has to be chosen arbitrarily in a certain set of values this means that for each value in the set the MS is required to fulfil the requirements of the test test purpose test group or test suite but that the test test purpose test group or test suite is only performed for one value in the set the selection of which is made by the test operator 3 4 Conventions for mathematical notations For the purpose of this EN mathematical terms used throughout this EN are given in this subclause 3 4 1 Mathematical signs The plus or minus sign is expressed by The sign multiplied by is expressed by The sign divided by is expressed by or the common division bar The sign greater than or equal to is expressed by 2 The sign less than or equal to is expressed by lt 3 4 2 Powers to the base 10 Powers to the base 10 are expressed by 10Ex where x is the exponent e g 10E 5 10E6 3 5 Conventions on electrical
521. tents listed in clause 26 6 14 and 26 6 15 are applicable to the clause 26 14 except BS AG BLKS RES 1 Additional default message contents are specified below SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 1 S1 Rest Octets 2 octets length NCH position indication H NCH position The 1st NCH block number 1 No of blocks 1 Spare padding SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 Information Element S6 Rest Octets 7 octets length PCH NCH info indication L VGCS VBS options in band notifications H in band paging H Spare padding logical L NOTIFICATION NCH Information Element value remark L2 Pseudo Length This is the sum of the lengths of all the information elements present in the message except for the NT N rest octets and L2 pseudo length IEs For the default message the L2 pseudo length is 09 B RR Protocol Discriminator 0110 B Skip Indicator 0000 B Message Type 00100000 B NT N Rest Octets Reduced monitoring indication 0 B no reduced monitoring List of group call NCH information Group call reference 1 indication TB Group or broadcast call reference Group or broadcast call reference PICS PIXIT active in the SIM 27 bits SF VBS if only VBS supported otherwise VGCS AF acknowledgement not required Ciphering information No ciphering Group Channel Description indication T Channel Description Channel type and TDMA offset TCH F Timeslot number arbitrarily chosen but not 0 TSC arbitrarily chosen Hopping Single RF Ch
522. tep 17 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not included Not included Appropriate for the test Must be more than one Appropriate for the test but as many as in downlink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Indicates frequencies 45 46 73 74 75 76 108 114 Not included 10000 no additional timeslots A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF Channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 19 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Trainin
523. the timer T3158 shall continue to run 42 4 1 1 2 Test Purpose To verify that the MS sends the measurement report of the NC measurements according to the indicated reporting periods when the T3158 expires To verify that the MS restarts the timer T3158 when it expires Reference GSM 04 60 v 6 3 0 Chapters 5 6 1 and 8 3 42 4 1 1 3 Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator 1 cell GPRS supported Mobile Station MS is in Packet Idle mode and GPRS attached PDP context established Related PICS PIXIT statement Support of GPRS ePrTor The way to trigger the MS initiating an uplink packet transfer Foreseen final state of the MS MS is in transfer mode Test procedure MS is brought into uplink packet transfer mode SS sends a PACKET MEASUREMENT ORDER message MS sends continuously data blocks and PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT messages according to the indicated reporting period A PACKET MEASUREMENT ORDER message is sent again with new reporting period MS sends data blocks and PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT messages according to the new reporting period Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence erTor Step Direction Message ____ Comments___ Uplink packet transfer mode dyn MS is brought into uplink packet transfer mode PACKET MEASUREMENT ORDER Sent on PACCH Contains NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER and NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T See specific message contents RLC data blocks MS sends data PACKET UPLI
524. the indication of the country Description of the indication of the available PLMN Description of the indication of the automatic registration to a PLMN Description of the service indicator Description of the management of the SIM by the user keying PIN and changing PIN indication of acceptance or rejection of keyed PIN indication of blocked SIM indication of successful unblocking of the SIM storing an abbreviated number displaying an abbreviated number Description of the selection of the hands free Description of the volume control Description of local barring of outgoing calls Description of prevention of unauthorized calls Description of the auto calling management selection of the auto calling indication that the call failed and a re try is attempted indication that the call finally failed Description of the way in which the MS generates an MS originated NOTIFY if possible This feature may or may not be supported by the MS ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 NOTE All the above description could be extracted from the user s manual A3 2 2 2 Short message service Description of the basic procedures to send a mobile originated short message Description of the basic procedures to display a mobile terminated short message Description of the basic procedures to display a cell broadcasted short message The value of the timer TC1M Whether S
525. the new channel The MS re establishes the signalling link on the old channel RR cause value protocol error unspecified Assignment command to hopping symmetric multislot configuration is successfully performed Channel Type TCH F hopping asymmetric multislot configuration resource upgrading used The MS attempts and fails to establish a signalling link on the new channel The MS re establishes the signalling link on the old channel RR cause value protocol error unspecified Assignment command to hopping asymmetric multislot configuration is successfully performed GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 31 SS gt MS ASSIGNMENT COMMAND 32 33 MS gt SS ASSIGNMENT FAILURE 34 SS gt MS CHANNEL RELEASE Specific Message Contents GSM 900 begin Step 5 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time 1176 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Channel Type TCH F non hopping multislot configuration resources downgrading to one TCH F The MS attempts and fails to establish a signalling link on the new channel The MS re establishes the signalling link on the old
526. ther specs Other releases of same spec List of CRs affected Other core specifications List of CRs MS test specifications TBRs List of CRs BSS test specifications List of CRs O amp M specifications List of CRs Other comments GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 300 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 20 5 Cell reselection using parameters transmitted in the System Information type 2bis type 2ter type 7 and type 8 messages 20 5 1 Definition and applicability System information SI type 7 and 8 are transmitted on the BCCH Ext when the system information type 4 message does not contain all information needed for cell selection The system information type 2 bis message is used when the system information type 2 message does not contain all neighbour cell ARFCNs The system information type 2 ter message is used when system information type 2 messages broadcast by one cell which are system information 2 or both system information 2 and 2bis do not contain all neighbour cell ARFCNs Test purposes 1 and 3 are applicable to all types of GSM900 and DCS1800 MS Test purpose 2 is only applicable for E GSM and DCS 1 800 MS This is reflected in initial conditions step d Test purpose 4 is only applicable to an E GSM MS This is reflected in initial conditions step f test procedures d and e and test requirements clause 3 20 5 2 Conformance requirement 1 The MS shall be able to calculate correctly th
527. tiate a call The call is established with AoCC e parameters sent in a Facility IE in the CONNECT message as given below The MS returns the AoCC acknowledgement within 1 second of the CONNECT message It is an implementation option whether the AoCC acknowledge is sent by the MS before or after the CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE b The call is maintained until cleared by the MS after 30 seconds with cause value 68 C The contents of ACM are checked Maximum Duration of Test 2 minutes Expected Sequence Step Direction 1 Message 1 Comments The MS is made to initiate a call CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT CM SERVICE REQUEST CM SERVICE ACCEPT SETUP CALL PROCEEDING ASSIGNMENT COMMAND to a supported channel type ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE ALERTING CONNECT As default message except contains Facility IE with contents as indicated in i below ONOaRWND a h ao L 9 EitherA orB branch is taken A12 MS gt SS CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE A13 MS gt SS FACILITY As default message except contains Facility IE with contents as indicated in ii below contents as indicated in ii below MS gt SS CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE call duration 30 seconds after CAI information sent by SS MS gt SS DISCONNECT Cause value 68 SS gt MS RELEASE MS gt SS RELEASE COMPLETE MS gt SS CHANNEL RELEASE The main signalling link is released Document 7 99 362 e g for 3GPP use the format TP 9
528. ting 23 Sophia Antipolis France 19 22 Oct 1999 Document 7 99 263 e g for 3GPP use the format TP 99xxx or for SMG use the format P 99 xxx CHANGE REQUEST 11 10 1 CR A696 GSM AA BB or 3G AA BBB specification number T For submission to SMG 30 list expected approval meeting here T for approval X for information Please see embedded help file at the bottom of this page for instructions on how to fill in this form correctly Current Version 6 1 0 7 CR number as allocated by MCC support team Strategic non strategic X for SMG use only Form CR cover sheet version 2 for 3GPP and SMG SM Proposed change affects at least one should be marked with an X ME X UTRAN Radio The latest version of this form is available from ftp ftp 3gpp org Information CR Form v2 doc Core Network Source 7 layers AG Germany Date 01 10 1999 Subject Adding of Specific Message Contents for GSM 1800 Work item HSCSD Category F Correction Release Phase2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 only one category B Addition of feature Release 97 X shall be marked C Functional modification of feature Release 98 with an X D Editorial modification Release 99 Release 00 Reason for Test Case 26 13 1 2 2 contains a subsection for GSM 900 Specific Message change Contents but a corresponding sub
529. tion to select a priority level 0 for k 3 no MMI action to select priority level to initiate a normal MO call for k 1 containing priority IE with the selected priority for k 2 containing priority IE with a priority level nearest allowed priority level below the requested one level 2 for k 3 containing no priority IE to initiate a normal MO emergency call for k 1 containing priority IE with the selected priority for k 2 containing priority IE with a priority level nearest allowed priority level below the requested one level 2 for k 3 containing no priority IE for k 1 MMI action to select a priority level 3 for k 2 MMI action to select a priority level 0 for k 3 no MMI action to select priority level to initiate a VGCS call by setup procedure if supporting VGCS originating to initiate a VBS call by setup procedure if supporting only VBS originating for k 1 containing priority IE with the selected priority for k 2 containing priority IE with a priority level nearest allowed priority level below the requested one level 2 for k 3 containing no priority IE MMI action to select a priority level 3 initiate a normal MO call containing priority IE with a priority level nearest allowed priority level below the requested one level 3 ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 MS gt SS SS gt MS MS gt SS MS gt SS AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE CIPHERING MODE COMMAND CIPHERING MO
530. tions System Simulator Default settings Mobile Station MS is GPRS attached a PDP context has been established and the MS is in Packet Idle mode Related PICS PIXIT statement Support of PDP context Test procedure The MS is triggered to transfer data The SS assigns packet uplink resources in an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message indicating one phase packet access The MS shall start transferring RLC data blocks including the correct TLLI in the first three blocks The SS acknowledges the RLC block transfer with a PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK including an incorrect TLLI The SS shall verify that the MS immediately stops transmitting see note below and retries packet access procedure Note The MS is allowed to transmit n RLC blocks after the block containing the PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK message the exact value of n is specified in GSM 04 60 3 1 Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence The MS is triggered to transfer 200 octets of data CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT For uplink TBF one phase packet access granted fixed allocation 3 RLC data blocks SS verifies correct TLLI in RLC headers PACKET UPLINK Including incorrect TLLI ACK NACK The SS verifies that the MS transmits at most further n 6 data blocks after step 4 see Note before re initiating packet access CHANNEL REQUEST MS re initiates packet access procedure IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT For uplink TBF one phase packet access granted fixed allocatio
531. to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 only one category B Addition of feature Release 97 X shall be marked Functional modification of feature Release 98 with an X D Editorial modification Release 99 Release 00 Reason for The cause value of the Disconnect message has not been defined change Clauses affected Other specs Other 3G core specifications List of CRs affected Other GSM core List of CRs specifications MS test specifications List of CRs BSS test specifications List of CRs O amp M specifications List of CRs Other Ref GSM04 86 ch2 3 comments 2 3 Accumulated Call Meter is equal to or greater than ACMmax If the change stored in the Accumulated Call Meter ACM is equal to or greater than the maximum value specified by ACMmax then the mobile station shall initiate call clearing giving a specific cause value for this situation as indicated in figure 2 5 MS DISCONNECT Network Cause 68 ACM equal to or greater than ACMmax Figure 2 5 Mobile station releases the call due to ACM being equal to or greater than ACMmax 27 21 3 Call terminated when ACM greater than ACMmax 27 21 3 1 Definition and applicability ACMmax gives the maximum value of ACM at which the current calls shall be terminated and no further charged calls may be made except emergency calls This test applies to all ME supporting AoCC 27 21 3 2 Conformance requirement ACM shall be incremented by the
532. tocol Discriminator RR Management Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 00001 101 RR Cause RR Cause Value Normal event Contents of CHANNEL REQUEST message Establishment Cause Not checked Random Reference Not checked ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Contents of CIPHERING MODE COMMAND message Protocol Discriminator RR Management Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 00110101 Cipher Mode Setting algorithm identifier cipher with A5 1 SC Start ciphering Cipher Response IMEI shall not be included Contents of CIPHERING MODE COMPLETE message Protocol Discriminator RR Management Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 00110010 Mobile Identity Not present Contents of the CLASSMARK CHANGE message Protocol Discriminator RR Management Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 000100110 Mobile Station Classmark 2 See PICS PIXIT Mobile Station Classmark 3 For presence and contents see PICS PIXIT Contents of CM SERVICE ACCEPT message Protocol Discriminator Mobility Management Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 00100001 Contents of CM SERVICE REQUEST message Protocol Discriminator Mobility Management Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 0X100100 Other information elements Not checked Contents of CONFIGURATION CHANGE COMMAND message SS to MS Protocol Discriminator Radio Resource Skip Indicator 0000 Message type 00110000 Multislot allocation Appropriate
533. tor 0000 Message Type 00010010 Ciphering Key Sequence Number Key Sequence Chosen arbitrarily by the test house from the range 0 to 6 Authentication Parameter RAND RAND value Chosen arbitrarily by the test house Contents of AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE message Protocol Discriminator MM message Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 0X010100 Other information element s Not checked ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Contents of CALL PROCEEDING message Protocol Discriminator Call Control Transaction Identifier TI value As used in the SETUP message TI flag 1 destination side Message Type 00000010 All other information elements Not present Contents of CHANNEL MODE MODIFY message Protocol Discriminator RR Management Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 00010000 Channel Description Channel Type and TDMA offset Depending on test Timeslot Number Chosen arbitrarily by the test house Training Sequence Code Chosen arbitrarily by the test house Hopping Single RF channel ARFCN Channel number 650 Channel Mode Mode Depending on test Contents of CHANNEL MODE MODIFY ACKNOWLEDGE message Protocol Discriminator RR Management Skip Indicator 0000 Message Type 000101 11 Channel Description Channel Type and TDMA offset Depending on test Timeslot Number Same as in the CHANNEL MODE MODIFY message Training Sequence Code Same as in the CHANNEL MODE
534. ttach All MS and periodic 26 7 5 2 MM connection establishment with cipher All MS 26 7 5 3 MM connection establishment without All MS cipher 26 7 5 4 MM connection establishment rejected All MS 26 7 5 5 MM connection establishment rejected All MS cause 4 26 7 5 6 MM connection expiry T3230 All MS cause 6 cause not equal to 6 supplementary service operation 26 7 5 8 1 MM connection follow on request pending test 1 pending test 2 procedure pending test 3 connection requested switched basic service pending CM service rejected switched basic service pending CM service accepted switched basic service pending lower layer failure switched basic service CALL PROCEEDING switched basic service with RELEASE COMPLETE switched basic service expiry switched basic service layer failure switched basic service ALERTING switched basic service state U10 switched basic service message received switched basic service proceeding ALERTING received switched basic service proceeding CONNECT received switched basic service 26 8 1 2 4 3 Outgoing call U3 MS originating call MS supporting at least one MO circuit proceeding PROGRESS received without switched basic service in band information continued r retr Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests Titl e Applicability 26 8 1 2 4 4 ougsng eur Us engnaUg esr call U3 MS originating call MS supporting at least one MO ci
535. twork in the SYSTEM INFORMATION message 26 10 2 1 1 Conformance requirements The MS shall continuously send MEASUREMENT REPORT messages on every SACCH blocks and the measurement valid indication shall be set to valid 0 within the second block at the latest After 20 seconds the values in the MEASUREMENT REPORT message shall contain measurement results for the 6 th strongest cells belonging to the set of cells indicated either in SI5 and SI5bis messages or in SI5 and Sl5ter messages References GSM 04 08 sections 3 4 1 2 and 9 1 39 GSM 05 08 section 8 4 26 10 2 1 2 Test purpose To test that when the SS gives information about neighbouring cells indicated either in SI5 and Sl5bis messages or in SI5 and Sl5ter messages the MS reports appropriate results 26 10 2 1 3 Method of test Initial Conditions System Simulator 8 cells with the following settings E GSM Transmitter Level NCC BCC ARFCN Cell identity Serving S1 60 1 3 002 0001H Neighbour N1 85 1 5 990 0002H Neighbour N2 80 1 7 1005 0003H Neighbour N3 75 1 1 000 0004H Neighbour N4 55 1 3 026 0005H Neighbour N5 50 1 5 1020 0006H Neighbour N6 45 1 7 038 0007H Neighbour N7 40 1 1 1003 0008H ETSI GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 951 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 R GSM Transmitter Level NCC BCC ARFCN Cell identity Serving S1 60 1 3 002 0001H Neighbour N1 85 1 5 990 0002H Neighbour N2 80 1 7 970 0003H Neighbour N3 75 1 1 000 0004H
536. ty level Way to initiate eMLPP interrogation Way to indicate the result of the eMLPP interrogation pret GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Foreseen Final State of the MS Idle updated Test Procedure By means of appropriate MMI functions using either GSM 02 30 or manufacturer defined MMI the user requests interrogation of eMLPP Upon receipt of the operation in a REGISTER message the system simulator answers with a RELEASE COMPLETE message with the Facility information element containing the return result of the InterrogateSS operation The SS transaction is released and the dedicated channel is released Then check the MS provides a correct user indication Maximum Duration of Test 3 min Expected Sequence Step Direction Message _ _____Comments_ The MS is made to initiate a interrogation of eMLPP default priority level CHANNEL REQUEST with establishment cause Other procedures which can be completed with an SDCCH IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT CM SERVICE REQUEST cause supplementary service activation CM SERVICE ACCEPT REGISTER InterrogateSS eMLPP RELEASE COMPLETE InterrogateSS operation Return result containing SS Status MaximumPriorityLevel DefaultPriorityLevel provide correct MMI user indication CHANNEL RELEASE Special Message Contents REGISTER Information Element as default except Facility invoke InterrogateSS Supplementary service c
537. ty level In this EN the term Reference Sensitivity level is used to indicate that the SS establishes reference sensitivity level taking account of any loses associated with the RF connection to the MS 3 5 3 Power level of fading signal The power level of a fading signal is defined as the total signal level averaged over time 3 6 Terms on test conditions 3 6 1 Radio test conditions The radio propagation conditions refer to multipath propagation models of GSM 05 05 They are expressed by typical profiles static rural area RA hilly terrain HT urban area TU or for equalization test EQ The non static profiles are also related to typical speeds of movement of the MS expressed in km h e g TU1 5 TU3 TU50 HT100 EQ50 In this EN the following conventions are used Table 3 2 r retr For tests using ARFCN ranges the following table shall be used Table 3 3 P GSM 900 DCS1800 E GSM900 R GSM 900 Low ARFCN range 1105 518 to 523 975 to 980 955 to 960 R GSM NOTE 1 NOTE 2 NOTE3 and 975 to 980 E GSM Mid ARFCN range 60 to 65 690 to 710 60 to 65 60 to 65 High ARFCN range 120 to 124 874 to 884 120 to 124 120 to 124 For definitions of P GSM 900 DCS 1800 E GSM 900 and R GSM 900 refer to GSM 05 05 In this EN the term GSM 900 is used to cover the primary GSM band the extended GSM band and the railway GSM band For R GSM two low ARFCN ranges are defined Unless
538. uded in previous CHANNEL REQUEST messages CHANNEL REQUEST MS continues sending CHANNEL REQUEST messages CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT with Request Reference corresponding to step 3 MS shall stop sending further access bursts MS gt SS RLC data block GMM ATTACH REQUEST see message contents in default section MS lt gt SS Completion of macro GPRS SS allows MS to complete the attach attach procedure procedure 41 2 3 Packet immediate assignment One phase packet access 41 2 3 1 Two message assignment Successful case Conformance requirements If the mobile station receives an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message and the Dedicated mode or TBF information element indicates that this is the first message in a two message assignment the mobile station shall continue to listen to the full CCCH The network may send a second IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message within two multiframe periods following the first IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT specifying the packet channel description and if required a mobile allocation for the assignment On receipt of an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message or in case of a two message assignment a matching pair of IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT messages corresponding to one of its 3 last CHANNEL REQUEST messages the mobile station stops T3146 if running stops sending CHANNEL REQUEST messages and switches to the assigned PDCH Reference GSM 04 08 subclause 3 5 2 1 3 1 Test purpose To verify that the MS corre
539. ue for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Use Range 128 to encode 773 775 779 782 791 798 829 832 844 Maximum number symmetrical of timeslots supported by MS assigned As many timeslots as in downlink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 14 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Step 16 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time 1184 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier
540. ue part of the information element shall be coded as 0 If the value part contains more octets they shall be coded as 0000 0000 The A5 4 algorithm supported field A5 5 algorithm supported field A5 6 algorithm supported field and A5 7 algorithm supported field shall specify the value that is correct for the MS that is they shall be set to 0 NOTE The requirements to the classmark may be subject to changes That is why test cases are expected to verify the manufacturer s declaration whereas the correctness of the manufacturer s declaration is to be verified off line A3 2 1 10 Type of SIM ME interface ref GSM 11 11 and GSM 11 12 5V SIM ME interface 5V only ME ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 3V SIM ME interface 3V only ME 5V 3V SIM ME interface 3V technology ME A3 2 1 11 Multislot class Multislot class as defined in annex B 1 of GSM 05 02 A3 2 2 Man machine interface A3 2 2 1 Mobile station features Description of manual entry and display of a called number Description of the basic way to send a call manually Description of the basic way to take a call manually Description of the basic way to end a call manually Description of the basic way to send an emergency call manually Description of the basic way to send DTMF manually Description of the manual PLMN selector Description of the automatic PLMN selector Description of
541. uencies in the Mobile Allocation IE Chosen arbitrarily from the set 1 to 63 Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Use Range 128 to encode 773 775 779 782 791 798 829 832 844 Maximum number of timeslots that MS supports Less timeslots assigned than in downlink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Chosen arbitrarily from the Cell channel description Not included GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 29 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Step 31 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time GSM 1800 end 1187 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chose
542. uested RLC mode is unacknowledged mode the mobile station shall request a single block packet access and attempt a two phase packet access If the purpose of the packet access procedure is to send a Page Response Cell Update for a GPRS Mobility Management or a GPRS Session Management procedure the mobile station shall request a one phase packet access References GSM 04 08 subclause 3 5 2 1 2 Test purpose To verify that the CHANNEL REQUEST message sent by the MS contains the correct establishment cause when initiating a packet access procedure Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator Default settings Mobile Station MS is switched off Related PICS PIXIT statement Support of PDP context Test procedure The MS is triggered to initiate a GPRS attach procedure The SS verifies that the MS attempts a one phase packet access If the MS supports PDP context a PDP context for RLC unacknowledged is established and the MS is triggered to transfer RLC data blocks The SS verifies that the MS correctly sets the Establishment Cause in the CHANNEL REQUEST message Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence MS is switched on and triggered to initiate a GPRS attach procedure MS gt SS CHANNEL REQUEST SS verifies that Establishment Cause is one phase SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT SS lt gt MS Completion of macro SS allows MS to complete GPRS attach GPRS attach procedure Steps 5 to 8 app
543. uirement 11 GSM 04 08 section 9 3 19 Conformance requirement 12 GSM 04 08 section 9 1 7 ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 26 13 3 5 2 Test purpose 1 To verify that the MS in MM state idle updated and in RR idle mode with a TMSI assigned after being paged by the network on the correct paging subchannel after initiating the immediate assigament procedure by sending the CHANNEL REQUEST message after receipt of an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message allocating an SDCCH after having sent a PAGING RESPONSE message on the allocated SDCCH after having sent multislot class in CLASMARK CHANGE message which has been explicitly accepted by the network as indicated in the last reception in the accessed cell of the SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3 message after having performed successful authentication and cipher mode setting procedures after receipt of a SETUP message not containing a signal information element returns a CALL CONFIRMED message Multislot configuration with maximum number of channels supported by MS in a HSCSD configuration is allocated To verify that subsequently the SS sending an ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message the MS successfully continues a mobile terminating call establishment with early assignment of traffic channel s 2 1 by replying to the ASSIGNMENT COMMAND with an ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message and 2 2 by continuing the call establishment by either sending a CONNECT message or s
544. ulti Level Pre emption and Priority service ength 2 Byte Format HEX Byte 1 Priority levels 74 ETC GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Byte 2 Fast call set up conditions 04 The coding corresponds to available priority levels 2 3 4 and 0 For fast call setup the coding corresponds to available priority level 0 A4 3 32 EF aaey Automatic Answer for eMLPP Service This EF contains the default priority levels of the Multi Level Pre emption and Priority service for which the mobile station shall answer automatically to incoming calls Length 1 Byte Format HEX Byte 1 OF The coding corresponds to the default capability of the MS to answer automatically to incoming calls that have a priority level higher than 2 ETC GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 ETSI SMG7 23 Sophia France 19 22 October Tdoc 7 99 322 Please see embedded help file at the bottom of this page for instructions on how to fill in this form correctly CHANGE REQUEST GSM CR A744 11 10 1 GSM AA BB or 3G AA BBB specification number T Current Version 6 1 0 7 CR number as allocated by MCC support team For submission to 30 list expected approval meeting here T for approval X for information strategic non strategic for SMG use only X Form CR cover sheet version 2
545. unctions and their characteristics A3 2 5 4 Subaddress or DDI number Subaddress or a DDI number of the MT Procedure to allocate or change DDI number or subaddress if possible A3 2 5 5 User to user signalling Description of the function and the user s access to it A3 2 5 6 Data call set up and data call clearing For each implemented transparent and non transparent data service Description of the data call establishment mechanism Terminal initiated CT 108 if possible MT MMI EMMI initiated Description of DCE provided information MT to TE if any Declaration of optimal function and procedure services supported by the MT Description of the data call clearing mechanism Terminal initiated CT109 if possible MT MMI EMMI initiated Description of DCE provided information MT to TE related to a mobile or network initiated call clearing if any r retr GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 A3 2 5 7 Characteristics of non transparent data services Description of Radio Link Protocol RLP features supported Description of supported RLP parameters and how to modify these values if possible lt iws gt IWF to MS window size lt mws gt MS to IWF window size T1 acknowledgement timer T1 lt N2 gt retransmission attempts N2 Ability to configure the MS to use non default RLP parameters Description of flow control mechanism INBAND XON XOFF OUT
546. undue delay References Conformance requirements Conformance requirements 4 GSM 04 08 sections 3 4 3 and 9 1 2 GSM 04 08 section 3 1 4 3 1 2 Conformance requirements 3 GSM 04 08 sections 3 4 3 and 9 1 2 GSM 05 08 section 4 2 5 Conformance requirements GSM 04 08 sections 3 4 3 and 9 1 3 GSM 04 13 section 5 2 4 26 13 1 2 1 2 Test purpose 1 To verify that upon receipt of an ASSIGNMENT COMMAND the MS switches to the channel s defined in the ASSIGNMENT COMMAND establishes the link and sends an ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message This is tested for an MS supporting TCH and multislot configuration in the special cases of a transition 1 1 from non hopping SDCCH to hopping multislot configuration 1 2 from hopping multislot configuration to non hopping multislot configuration 1 3 from non hopping multislot configuration to hopping multislot configuration 1 4 from hopping symmetric multislot configuration to hopping asymmetric multislot configuration resource upgrading used ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 5 1 5 from hopping asymmetric multislot configuration to hopping symmetric multislot configuration 1 6 from hopping multislot configuration to non hopping multislot configuration resources downgrading to one TCH F 1 7 from non hopping multislot configuration with one TCH F to non hopping multislot configuration resource upgrading used 1 8
547. upports multislot configuration 26 13 1 3 5 1 Conformance requirements 1 If during call establishment a Layer 3 MM or CC message just sent by the MS is not Layer 2 acknowledged before the channel change caused by the HANDOVER COMMAND message the MS shall send the Layer 3 message to the new cell using the same value in the N SD field after the handover procedure 2 When the Timing Advance information element is included in the HANDOVER COMMAND the MS shall access the new cell with the timing advance included in the Timing Advance IE 3 The MS shall be ready to transmit the HANDOVER COMPLETE message within 650 ms of the end of the HANDOVER COMMAND message 4 When requested to do so in the HANDOVER COMMAND message the MS shall return the Mobile Time Difference IE in the HANDOVER COMPLETE message indicating the sum of the observed time difference between the cells and the timing advance used on the old cell References Conformance requirement 1 GSM 04 08 sections 3 1 4 3 and 9 1 5 Conformance requirement 2 GSM 05 10 section 6 6 GSM 04 08 section 9 1 16 Conformance requirement 3 GSM 04 13 section 5 2 6 1 Conformance requirement 4 GSM 04 08 section 10 5 2 39 26 13 1 3 5 2 Test purpose 1 To verify that when the MS is ordered to make a pre synchronized handover from hopping multislot configuration to non hopping multislot configuration it sends 4 access bursts on the main DCCH and then activates the channel correctly an
548. upports the feature Way to make the MS accept an incoming call after alerting possibly dependent on teleservice bearer service and configuration Supported teleservices bearer services Classmark Immediate connect supported Y N Multislot class Foreseen final state of the MS MS is in MM state idle updated with valid TMSI and CKSN ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Test procedure The MS is paged and the resulting HSCSD connection is established Multislot configuration with one TCH F is allocated User service level upgrade is performed MS enters the active state Then CONFIGURATION CHANGE COMMAND message is sent to MS and it replys with CONFIGURATION CHANGE ACKNOWLEDGE message This is done from simplest case up to the maximum number of channels supported by the MS in the HSCSD configuration this is performed within highest multislot class that MS supports Maximum duration of test 7 min r ret1 GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Expected sequence Message PAGING REQUEST TYPE 1 CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT PAGING RESPONSE CLASSMARK CHANGE AUTHENTICATION REQUEST AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE CIPHERING MODE COMMAND CIPHERING MODE COMPLETE SETUP CALL CONFIRMED ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE CONNECT ASSIGNMENT COMMAND ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE ALERTING CONNECT CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE MODIFY MODIFY COMPLETE CONFIGURATI
549. uration of Test 5 minutes Expected Sequence Steps 0 to 18 are executed if MS supports eMLPP ETC GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Direction Message Comments CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT IMMEDIATE SETUP AUTHENTICATION REQUEST AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE CIPHERING MODE COMMAND CIPHERING MODE COMPLETE CHANNEL MODE MODIFY CHANNEL MODE MODIFY ACKNOWLEDGE CONNECT GET STATUS STATUS UPLINK RELEASE UPLINK FREE CHANNEL RELEASE TERMINATION CHANNEL RELEASE CHANNEL REQUEST IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT CM SERVICE REQUEST AUTHENTICATION REQUEST AUTHENTICATION RESPONSE CIPHERING MODE COMMAND CIPHERING MODE COMPLETE SETUP CHANNEL MODE MODIFY CHANNEL MODE MODIFY ACKNOWLEDGE CONNECT ETC The MS is in idle updated state MMI action to select a priority level 0 and MMI action to initiate VGCS VBS call with immediate setup TCH F single RF channel GSM 900 50 DCS 1800 750 L2 SABM UA no ciphering very early assignment verify that the TCH is through connected check that the MS is in state U2sr for VGCS or U2 for VBS for VGCS call check that the MS indicates a user action needed for a desire of speaking user does not answer the indication UI format for VBS call terminate the call The MS releases L2 multiple frame link L2 DISC UA MMI action to initiate VGCS VBS call with setup TCH F single RF channel GSM 9
550. urces in an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message indicating one phase packet access and with the Polling bit set The MS shall send a PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGMENT on the assigned uplink block and then complete the GPRS attach procedure Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence MS is triggered to initiate GPRS attach 3 s gt m CHANNEL REQUEST 3 SS gt MS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT for uplink TBF one phase access and Polling bit set and arbitrarily chosen TBF starting time in the future 4 MS gt SS PACKET CONTROL sent on the block indicated by TBF starting ACKNOWLEDGEMENT time in step 3 5 SS lt gt MS Completion of macro GPRS SS allows MS to complete GPRS attach attach procedure 41 2 3 4 One phase packet access Contention resolution Successful case Conformance requirements After receiving an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message in which one phase packet access for an uplink transfer is granted the mobile station shall start timer T3164 and proceed with the contention resolution at one phase access defined in GSM 04 60 Reference GSM 04 08 subclause 3 5 2 1 3 2 GSM 04 60 subclause 7 1 2 3 Test purpose To verify that the MS includes the correct TLLI Temporary Logical Link Identifier in the first RLC data blocks until contention resolution is completed Method of test Initial conditions System Simulator Default settings Mobile Station MS is GPRS attached a PDP context has been established and th
551. ure MS is brought into uplink packet transfer mode SS sends the PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER message to the MS MS sends the PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST SS sends PACKET ACCESS REJECT message MS performs the abnormal release with random access Maximum duration of the test Expected sequence Step Direction Message _ Comments___ Uplink packet transfer mode MS is brought into uplink packet transfer mode RLC data blocks MS sends data PACKET UPLINK ACK NACK Sent on PACCH PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER Sent on the PACCH Contains BSIC BCCH frequency The network control order PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST To the new cell PACKET ACCESS REJECT Received from the new cell PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST To the old cell Timer T3176 expires PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST To the old cell Specific message contents None 42 4 2 1 6 Cell change order procedure Uplink transfer Failure cases Frequency not implemented 42 4 2 1 6 1 Conformance requirement If the network message instructs the mobile station to use a frequency that it is not capable of using the mobile station shall send a PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message and remain on the current PDCH s 42 4 2 1 6 2 Test Purpose To verify that the mobile station returns a PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message if the ordered frequency cannot be used Reference GSM 04 60 v 6 4 0 Chapter 8 4 2 42 4 2 1 6 3 Method of test System Simulator 2 cells GPRS supported Mobile Station MS i
552. use 2 Subsequently after establishment of a MM connection after MS sends its multislot class in CLASSMARK CHANGE message the MS shall send a SETUP message with correct parameters 3 Upon receipt of the ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message the Mobile Station initiates a local end release of link layer connections disconnects the physical channels commands the switching to the assigned channels and initiates the establishment of lower layer connections this includes the activation of the channels their connection and the establishment of the data links After the main signalling link is successfully established the MS returns an ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message specifying cause normal event to the network on the main DCCH 4 The call control entity of the Mobile Station in the call initiated state in the mobile originating call proceeding state or in the call delivered state shall upon receipt of a CONNECT message 4 1 attach the user connection to the radio path 4 2 return a CONNECT ACKNOWLEDGE message 4 3 establish the RLP link 5 MS sends User initiated service level upgrade with MODIFY message and after receipt of MODIFY COMPLETE message the MS enters the active state 6 MS receives CONFIGURATION CHANGE COMMAND and answers to it by sending CONFIGURATION CHANGE ACKNOWLEDGE message 7 Subsequently when the network initiates call clearing by sending a DISCONNECT message the MS shall proceed to release the call by sending a R
553. use set to other services requested by the mobile user 2 A CM SERVICE REQUEST with CM service type indicating supplementary service activation 3 And then the REGISTER message containing a facility IE that includes an invoke of the InterrogateSS operation with parameter values eMLPP MMI action See Figure 7 of GSM 04 67 subclause 4 5 4 Upon receipt of the RELEASE COMPLETE message the MS shall provide the appropriate user indication which is to j j j j be described by I x J Reference s GSM 04 67 section 4 5 figure 7 GSM 04 08 sections 3 3 1 2 4 5 1 1 9 1 9 9 2 9 31 12 5 2 Test purpose To check that the MS 1 Correctly requests a supplementary service transaction for interrogation of eMLPP in CHANNEL REQUEST message 2 Correctly requests a supplementary service transaction for interrogation of eMLPP in the subsequent CM SERVICE REQUEST 3 Then sends a REGISTER message containing the invoke of the InterrogateSS operation with the expected parameter values for interrogation of eMLPP default priority level 4 Provides the appropriate user indication as described by PIXIT upon receipt of the result of the operation in a RELEASE COMPLETE message 31 12 5 3 Method of test Initial Conditions System Simulator 1 cell with default parameters Mobile Station the MS is in idle mode Related PICS PIXIT Statement s Type of MS P E R GSM 900 or DCS 1800 Support eMLPP Way to select a priori
554. ver sheet version 2 for 3GPP and SMG SMM Proposed change affects at least one should be marked with an X ME X UTRAN Radio The latest version of this form is available from ftp ftp 3gpp org Information CR Form v2 doc Core Network Source Mannesmann Mobilfunk GmbH Date 19 10 1999 Subject Update of table Applicability of Tests in Section 3 2 2 deletion of test case 26 12 2 2 Work item TEI Category F Correction Release Phase2 A Corresponds to a correction in an earlier release Release 96 only one category B Addition of feature Release 97 X shall be marked C Functional modification of feature Release 98 with an X D Editorial modification Release 99 Release 00 Reason for The test case 26 12 2 2 EFR signalling Handover successful call under change establishment non synchronized of GSM 11 10 1 has been deleted The table for the applicability of tests in section 3 2 2 of GSM 11 10 1 needs to be updated accordingly Clauses affected Section 3 2 2 of GSM 11 10 1 Other specs Other 3G core specifications List of CRs affected Other GSM core List of CRs specifications MS test specifications List of CRs BSS test specifications List of CRs O amp M specifications List of CRs Other comments help doc M double click here for help and instructions on how to create a CR CR to GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 2 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1
555. verage of the R GSM MS surrounding cell BCCH carrier signal levels cell BCCH carrier signal level 20 21 11 R GSM updating the list of six strongest R GSM MS neighbour carriers and decoding the BCCH information of a new carrier on the list 20 21 12 R GSM decoding the BCCH information of R GSM MS the neighbour carriers on the list of six strongest neighbour carriers 20 21 13 R GSM decoding the BSIC of the R GSM MS neighbour carriers on the list of six strongest neighbour carriers 20 21 14 R GSM emergency calls R GSM MS supporting speech 20 21 15 R GSM cell reselection due to MS R GSM MS rejection LA not allowed 20 21 16 R GSM downlink signalling failure R GSM MS 20 21 17 R GSM cell selection if no suitable cell ee T oy 20 21 18 R GSM cell reselection due to MS e rl rejection Roaming not allowed in this LA SDCCH and TCH 20 2 GPRS Cell Selection and Reselection All GPRS MS Signal strength All MS Signal strength selectivity All MS 1 2 conditions multislot configuration confirmation single slot 22 2 Transmit power control timing and Multislot MS confirmation in HSCSD multi slot Ga MN configuration Signal quality under static conditions MS supporting speech ero Single frequency reference All MS continued r ret1 Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests Applicability 25 2 1 1 1 Initialization when contention resolution All MS required Normal initialization 25 2 1 1 2 1 Initialization failure
556. wnlink ACK NACK data blocks 41 2 8 2 Default message contents 41 2 8 2 1 IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT for downlink TBF Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message Type Page Mode Page Mode Dedicated mode or TBF TMA Downlink T D Packet Channel Description Channel Type Request Reference Timing Advance Timing advance value Mobile Allocation Length Starting Time IA rest octets Packet Downlink Assignment TLLI TFI ASSIGNMENT RLC MODE ALPHA GAMMA POLLING TA VALID REL OR ABS EN TBF STARTING TIME spare padding RR Management 0000 00111111 Normal Paging 0 not a two message assignment 0 no meaning 1 assign a Temporary Block Flow PDCH slot 4 3 0 00 Binary 30 Pertaining to last Channel Request sent by the MS 30 bit periods 0 Not present HHO01 Packet Downlink Assignment Corresponding to the value allocated to the MS 1 00001 binary 1 RLC acknowledged mode 0 5 For GSM 900 9 dBm For DCS 1800 6 dBm 0 valid 1 0 TIMING ADVANCE INDEX not present 1 TBF starting time is present indicating current frame 50 frames Spare Padding 41 2 8 2 2 IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT for downlink single block assignment Protocol Discriminator Skip Indicator Message Type Page Mode Page Mode Dedicated mode or TBF TMA Downlink T D Packet Channel Description Channel Type TN TSC ARFCN Request Refer
557. x and an incoming call is received for which subsequently a non zero CAI is received then the call is terminated by the ME using cause value 68 with an appropriate indication given to the user To verify that when the value stored in the ACM becomes equal to or exceeds its maximum limit the ACMmax the receiving of calls for which the CAI is zero is uninhibited Conformance Requirement s 1 When the value stored in the ACM becomes equal to or exceeds its maximum value the ACMmax any mobile terminating calls in progress for which a non zero CAI exists shall be terminated by the ME with cause value 68 once the chargeable interval determined by the CAI has elapsed with an appropriate indication given to the user 2 When the value stored in the ACM becomes equal to or exceeds its maximum value the ACMmax and an incoming call is received for which subsequently a non zero CAI is received the call shall be terminated by the ME using cause value 68 with an appropriate indication given to the user 3 When the value stored in the ACM becomes equal to or exceeds its maximum limit the ACMmax the receiving of calls for which the CAI is zero shall be uninhibited Reference s Conformance requirement 1 GSM 02 24 GSM 04 86 section 2 3 Conformance requirement 2 GSM 02 24 GSM 04 86 section 2 3 Conformance requirement 2 GSM 02 24 Related PICS PIXIT Statement s Support of AoCC Supported rates full rate half rate Method
558. y one entry consisting of the ARFCN of that cell s BCCH Mobile Station The MS is in the active state of a call U10 The MS has just completed a handover into the serving cell S1 GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 Related PICS PIXIT Statements Support for state U10 of the Call Control protocol Support for transparent data services only yes no Type of MS P GSM 900 or EGSM or DCS 1 800 Foreseen Final State of the MS Active state of a call U10 Test Procedure This test procedure is performed twice With the MS having a call in progress on an arbitrary cell the MS is handed over to cell S1 On cell S1 the SS sends SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5 amp 6 on the second iteration of the test the SS also sends SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5bis on the SACCH with all 8 of the BCCHs on air indicated in the BA Cell S1 also indicates that DTX shall be used The MS shall send MEASUREMENT REPORTS back to the SS and it shall be indicated in these that measurement results for the 6 strongest carriers have been obtained and that DTX has been used The MS is positioned in an environment free from acoustic noise Maximum Duration of Test 5 minutes including 1 minute for any necessary operator actions Expected Sequence This sequence is performed twice for execution counter k 1 2 Since when k 1 SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 5 SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 and MEASUREMENT REPORT and when k 2 an add
559. y one timeslot is assigned in uplink direction Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included 00000 A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily Single RF channel the ARFCN of the BCCH carrier Chosen arbitrarily but with a changed value Not Included Bit map zero encodes 45 46 52 59 66 73 74 75 76 108 114 Maximum number of timeslots that MS supports Maximum number of timeslots that MS supports Appropriate for the test Data 12 0 kbit s radio interface rate Not included Not included ePrTor GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Release 1997 Step 19 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Step 21 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND Channel Description 2 Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Power Command Power level Frequency list IE Cell Channel Description Multislot allocation Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 Channel Mode Mode Mobile Allocation Starting Time Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07
560. y services services ero continued ero Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests 29 2 3 5 Negotiation of Intermediate Rate MS supporting non transparent services on a TCH F with a user rate of 4 8 kbit s Protocol services in non transparent mode Mobile Originated call 29 2 3 8 Negotiation between TS 61 and TS 62 Transparent Bearer Capabilities interface 29 2 6 1 Data Rate Adaptation MS supporting MTO or MT2 configuration and supporting data over the Um interface and supporting asynchronous data Bearer services 29 2 6 2 Passage of the Break Signal MS supporting MT2 configuration 29 2 6 3 Overspeed Underspeed Handling Local MS supporting MT2 configuration Terminal Terminal transparent bearer capabilities transparent bearer service transparent bearer service transparent bearer service transparent bearer service transparent bearer service transparent bearer service transparent bearer service transparent bearer service transparent bearer service transparent bearer service transparent bearer service frames transparent bearer service transparent bearer service transparent bearer service transparent bearer service transparent bearer service continued ero Table 3 1 continued Applicability of tests e d transparent bearer service transparent bearer service transparent bearer service transparent bearer service transparent bearer service transparent bearer service transparent bearer service
561. ype TDMA offset Timeslot number Training Sequence Code Hopping MAIO HSN Handover Reference Value Power command Power Level Synchronization Indication Report Observed Time Difference Synchronization Indication Normal Cell Indication Frequency List after time Frequency List Description of the multislot configuration Downlink assignment Uplink assignment Channel set X 1 lt X lt 8 HANDOVER ACCESS 1 5 764 00000 Chosen arbitrarily A suitable value for multislot configuration chosen arbitrarily Chosen arbitrarily RF hopping channel Chosen arbitrarily from the set 0 1 to N 1 where N is the number of frequencies encoded in the Frequency List IE Zero this gives cyclic hopping Chosen arbitrarily from the range 0 1 255 Arbitrarily chosen but different to the one already in use and within the range supported by the MS Shall not be included Synchronized Ignore out of range timing advance Use Range 512 to encode the complete CA of Cell B For Type 1 MS timeslots are shifted one position to right if timeslot 7 is not used If timeslot 7 is used then timeslots are shifted one position to left For type 2 MS timeslots are shifted one position to right taking into account rules of multislot capability described in 05 02 Annex B For Type 1 MS timeslots are shifted one position to right if timeslot 7 is not used If timeslot 7 is used then timeslot
562. ype Page Mode Page Mode Channel Description Channel Type and TDMA offset Timeslot Number Training Sequence Code Hopping ARFCN Request Reference Timing Advance Timing advance value Mobile Allocation Length Starting Time IA rest octets Draft EN 300 607 1 V6 1 0 1999 07 This is the sum of the lengths of all the information elements present in the message except for the IA rest octets and L2 pseudo length IEs For the default message the L2 pseudo length is 11 RR Management 0000 00111111 Normal Paging For non combined CCCH SDCCH see initial conditions SDCCH 8 with subchannel chosen arbitrarily by the test house For combined CCCH SDCCH default SS conditions SDCCH 4 with subchannel chosen arbitrarily by the test house For non combined CCCH SDCCH see initial conditions chosen arbitrarily by the test house For combined CCCH SDCCH default SS conditions SDCCH 4 timeslot zero For non combined CCCH SDCCH see initial conditions chosen arbitrarily by the test house For combined CCCH SDCCH default SS conditions SDCCH 4 TSC 5 same as the BCC Single RF channel For non combined CCCH SDCCH see initial conditions Channel number 650 For combined CCCH SDCCH default SS conditions SDCCH 4 Channel number 590 Pertaining to last Channel Request sent by the MS 30 bit periods 0 Not present Not used all bits set to spare ero GSM 11 10 1 version 6 1 0 Releas

ETSI TC SMG#30 Plenary Meeting Tdoc SMG P-99

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents